SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Separate Account A of Pacific Life Insurance Co, et al. – ‘485BPOS’ on 4/17/18

On:  Tuesday, 4/17/18, at 1:56pm ET   ·   Effective:  5/1/18   ·   Accession #:  1104659-18-24454   ·   File #s:  811-08946, 333-136597

Previous ‘485BPOS’:  ‘485BPOS’ on 4/17/18   ·   Next:  ‘485BPOS’ on 4/17/18   ·   Latest:  ‘485BPOS’ on 4/19/24   ·   5 References:   

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 4/17/18  Sep Acct A of Pacific Life Ins Co 485BPOS     5/01/18    3:9.2M                                   Merrill Corp-MD/FASeparate Account A of Pacific Life Insurance Co. (811-08946) Pacific Voyages

Post-Effective Amendment
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 485BPOS     Post-Effective Amendment Filed Pursuant to          HTML   4.07M 
                          Securities Act Rule 485(B)                             
 3: EX-99.10    Miscellaneous Exhibit                               HTML     11K 
 2: EX-99.8.(T)(3)  Miscellaneous Exhibit                           HTML     15K 


485BPOS   —   Post-Effective Amendment Filed Pursuant to Securities Act Rule 485(B)
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential) | (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page   -   Filing Submission
6Terms Used in This Prospectus
"Performance
9Overview
"Total Returns
21Your Investment Options
"Yields
29Purchasing Your Contract
"Performance Comparisons and Benchmarks
"How to Apply for Your Contract
"Power of Tax Deferral
"Purchase Payments
"Distribution of the Contracts
30How Your Purchase Payments Are Allocated
"Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD)
"Choosing Your Investment Options
"The Contracts and the Separate Account
"Custom Model
"Calculating Subaccount Unit Values
32Investing in Variable Investment Options
"Variable Annuity Payment Amounts
"When Your Purchase Payment is Effective
"Redemptions of Remaining Guaranteed Variable Payments Under Options 2 and 4
33Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions
"Corresponding Dates
35Systematic Transfer Options
"Age and Sex of Annuitant
"Charges, Fees and Deductions
"Systematic Transfer Programs
"Withdrawal Charge
"Pre-Authorized Withdrawals
36Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
"More on Federal Tax Issues
37Administrative Fee
"Safekeeping of Assets
"Annual Fee
"Financial Statements
"Optional Rider Charges
"Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Independent Auditors
41Premium Taxes
42Waivers and Reduced Charges
"Fund Expenses
"Annuitization
"Selecting Your Annuitant
43Choosing Your Annuity Date
"Default Annuity Date and Options
"Choosing Your Annuity Option
45Your Annuity Payments
46Death Benefits and Optional Death Benefit Riders
"Death Benefits
48Stepped-Up Death Benefit
49Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG)
50Withdrawals
"Optional Withdrawals
52Tax Consequences of Withdrawals
"Free Look
"Optional Living Benefit Riders
"General Information
58Enhanced Income Select (Single)
62Enhanced Income Select (Joint)
67CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single)
71CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Joint)
74CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single)
78CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint)
81Income Access Select
85Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select
86Pacific Life and the Separate Account
87Federal Tax Issues
"Taxation of Annuities -- General Provisions
"Non-Qualified Contracts -- General Rules
90Impact of Federal Income Taxes
91Taxes on Pacific Life
"Qualified Contracts -- General Rules
93IRAs and Qualified Plans
95Additional Information
"Voting Rights
96Changes to Your Contract
"Changes to All Contracts
97Inquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests
98Telephone and Electronic Transactions
"Electronic Information Consent
99Timing of Payments and Transactions
"Confirmations, Statements and Other Reports to Contract Owners
"Cybersecurity
"Distribution Arrangements
100Service Arrangements
101Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities
"100
"State Considerations
102101
"The General Account
"DCA Plus Fixed Option
105Contents of the Statement of Additional Information
"104
106Appendix A: Enhanced Income Select (Single and Joint) Sample Calculations
"105
115Appendix B: CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single and Joint) Sample Calculations
"114
123Appendix C: CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) Sample Calculations
"122
129Appendix D: CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint) Sample Calculations
"128
136Appendix E: Income Access Select Sample Calculations
"135
141Appendix F: Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select Sample Calculations
"140
143Appendix G: Death Benefit Amount and Stepped-Up Death Benefit Sample Calculations
"142
146Appendix H: Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG) Sample Calculations
"145
148Appendix I: Optional Riders Not Available for Purchase
"147
285Financial Highlights (Condensed Financial Information)
"284

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]

485BPOS1st “Page” of 340TOCTopPreviousNextBottomJust 1st
 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 17, 2018.

Registration Nos. 333-136597
811-08946

 
 
 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 
 

FORM N-4

 

   

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

x

   

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

o

Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 

x

 

and/or

 

  

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

x

   
   

Amendment No. 591

(Check appropriate box or boxes) 

x

 

SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
(Exact Name of Registrant)

 

PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(Name of Depositor)

700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660
(Address of Depositor’s Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

 

(949) 219-3943
(Depository’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

Brandon J. Cage
Assistant Vice President
Pacific Life Insurance Company
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 


485BPOS2nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 2nd

o immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
x on May 1, 2018 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
o 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
o on ________ pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

 

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

o  This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

Title of Securities Being Registered: Interests in the Separate Account under Pacific Voyages individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contracts.

 

Filing Fee: None

 
 
 

 

 

 
 



PACIFIC VOYAGES®  PROSPECTUS MAY 1, 2018

Pacific Voyages is an individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract issued by Pacific Life Insurance Company (“Pacific Life”) through Separate Account A of Pacific Life.

In this Prospectus, you and your mean the Contract Owner or Policyholder. Pacific Life, we, us and our refer to Pacific Life Insurance Company. Contract means a Pacific Voyages variable annuity contract, unless we state otherwise.

This Prospectus provides information you should know before buying a Contract. Please read the Prospectus carefully, and keep it for future reference.

The Variable Investment Options available under this Contract invest in portfolios of the following portfolio companies (“Funds”):

  

AIM Variable Insurance Funds
(Invesco Variable Insurance Funds)

Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust

American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.

Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.

American Funds Insurance Series®

MFS® Variable Insurance Trust

BlackRock® Variable Series Funds, Inc

Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust

Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products Funds

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

First Trust Variable Insurance Trust

Pacific Select Fund

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust

Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios

State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.

Janus Aspen Series

VanEck VIP Trust

JPMorgan Insurance Trust

 

You will find a complete list of each Variable Investment Option on the next page. This Contract also offers the following:

FIXED OPTION

DCA Plus Fixed Option

You will find more information about the Contract and Separate Account A in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated May 1, 2018. The SAI has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and is considered to be part of this Prospectus because it’s incorporated by reference. The contents of the SAI are described in this Prospectus after The General Account section – see the Table of Contents. You can get a copy of the SAI without charge by calling or writing to Pacific Life or you can visit our website at www.pacificlife.com. You can also visit the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, which contains the SAI, material incorporated into this Prospectus by reference, and other information about registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

This Contract is not available in all states. This Prospectus is not an offer in any state or jurisdiction where we are not legally permitted to offer the Contract. The Contract is described in detail in this Prospectus and its SAI. A Fund is described in its Prospectus and its SAI. No one has the right to describe the Contract or a Fund any differently than they have been described in these documents.

You should be aware that the SEC has not approved or disapproved of the securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of the disclosure in this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This material is not intended to be used, nor can it be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding U.S. federal, state or local tax penalties. Pacific Life, its distributors and their respective representatives do not provide tax, accounting or legal advice. Any taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

This Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank. It’s not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the Federal Reserve Board, or any other government agency. Investment in a Contract involves risk, including possible loss of principal.


485BPOS3rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 3rd

VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS

If certain optional living benefit riders are elected, only Investment Options marked with an “*” are available for investment. For more information, see OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS – General Information – Investment Allocation Requirements.

AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS (INVESCO VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS)

*Invesco V.I. Balanced-Risk Allocation Fund Series II

Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund Series II

Invesco V.I. Global Real Estate Fund Series II

AMERICAN CENTURY VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS, INC.

American Century VP Mid Cap Value Fund Class II

AMERICAN FUNDS INSURANCE SERIES

*American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Bond Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Capital Income Builder® Class 4

American Funds IS Global Balanced Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Global Bond Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Global Growth and Income Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Global Growth Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Global Small Capitalization Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Growth Fund Class 4

American Funds IS Growth-Income Fund Class 4

American Funds IS High-Income Bond Fund Class 4

American Funds IS International Fund Class 4

American Funds IS International Growth and Income Fund Class 4

*American Funds IS Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund Class P2

American Funds IS New World Fund® Class 4

American Funds IS U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund Class 4

BLACKROCK VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS, INC

*BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund Class III

BlackRock iShares® Alternative Strategies V.I. Fund Class I

BlackRock iShares® Dynamic Allocation V.I. Fund Class I

FIDELITY® VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS

Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2

*Fidelity® VIP FundsManager® 60% Portfolio Service Class 2

Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Portfolio Service Class

Fidelity® VIP Strategic Income Portfolio Service Class 2

FIRST TRUST VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

First Trust Dorsey Wright Tactical Core Portfolio Class I

*First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio Class I

First Trust Multi Income Allocation Portfolio Class I

FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST

*Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund Class 4

Franklin Income VIP Fund Class 2

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund Class 2

Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund Class 2

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund Class 2

IVY VARIABLE INSURANCE PORTFOLIOS

Ivy VIP Asset Strategy Class II

Ivy VIP Energy Class II

JANUS ASPEN SERIES

*Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio Service Shares

Janus Henderson Flexible Bond Portfolio Service Shares

JPMORGAN INSURANCE TRUST

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio Class 2

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Income Builder Portfolio Class 2

LEGG MASON PARTNERS VARIABLE EQUITY TRUST

ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio – Class II

LORD ABBETT SERIES FUND, INC.

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio Class VC

Lord Abbett International Equity Portfolio Class VC (formerly called Lord Abbett International Core Equity Portfolio)

Lord Abbett Total Return Portfolio Class VC

MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

*MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class

MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class

NEUBERGER BERMAN ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST

Neuberger Berman U.S. Equity Index PutWrite Strategy Portfolio Class S

OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS

Oppenheimer Global Fund/VA Service Shares

Oppenheimer International Growth Fund/VA Service Shares

PACIFIC SELECT FUND

All Portfolios offered are Class I unless otherwise noted below.

Comstock Portfolio

Core Income Portfolio

Currency Strategies Portfolio

Developing Growth Portfolio

*PSF DFA Balanced Allocation Portfolio Class D

Diversified Alternatives Portfolio

Diversified Bond Portfolio

Dividend Growth Portfolio

Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio

Emerging Markets Portfolio

Equity Index Portfolio

Equity Long/Short Portfolio

Floating Rate Income Portfolio

Floating Rate Loan Portfolio

Focused Growth Portfolio

Global Absolute Return Portfolio

Growth Portfolio

Health Sciences Portfolio

High Yield Bond Portfolio

Inflation Managed Portfolio

Inflation Strategy Portfolio

International Large-Cap Portfolio

International Small-Cap Portfolio

International Value Portfolio

Large-Cap Growth Portfolio

Large-Cap Value Portfolio

Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio

As previously supplemented on February 28, 2018, the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio will be reorganized and transferred to the Main Street® Core Portfolio on or about June 28, 2018 (the “Transfer Date”). Effective May 1, 2018, the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio will be closed to new allocations and only Contract Owners that have Contract Value in the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio as of the end of the Business Day on April 30, 2018, may continue to make Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals involving the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio. If you have Contract Value in the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio and withdraw or transfer out 100% of the Contract Value, you will not be able to re-invest in the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio. For 30 calendar days before the Transfer Date and for 30 calendar days after the Transfer Date, you may make a one-time transfer of all or a portion of the Contract Value you have in the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio or in the Main Street® Core Portfolio, as applicable, to any other available Investment Option without the transfer counting towards the twenty-five (25) transfers permitted each calendar year. All other transfers are subject to the limitations as described in this Prospectus. Unless you instruct us otherwise, after the Transfer Date any outstanding instruction you have on file with us that designates the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio will be deemed an instruction for the Main Street® Core Portfolio. Any references to the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio are deleted from this Prospectus after the Transfer Date.

Main Street® Core Portfolio

Managed Bond Portfolio

Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio

Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio

*Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio

*Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio


485BPOS4th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 4th

*Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio

*Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

*Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio

*Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

*Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio

*Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio

Real Estate Portfolio

Short Duration Bond Portfolio

Small-Cap Equity Portfolio

Small-Cap Index Portfolio

Small-Cap Value Portfolio

Technology Portfolio

Value Advantage Portfolio

PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

PIMCO All Asset All Authority Portfolio – Advisor Class

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio – Advisor Class

Effective November 1, 2016, the PIMCO All Asset All Authority Portfolio (Advisor Class) Investment Option was closed to new investors. Starting November 1, 2016, if you have Account Value in that Investment Option and withdraw or transfer out 100% of the Account Value, you will not be able to re-invest in that Investment Option.

STATE STREET VARIABLE INSURANCE SERIES FUNDS, INC.

*State Street Total Return V.I.S. Fund Class 3

VANECK VIP TRUST

VanEck VIP Global Hard Assets Fund Class S

3


485BPOS5th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 5th

YOUR GUIDE TO THIS PROSPECTUS

  

Terms Used in This Prospectus

5

Overview

8

Your Investment Options

20

Purchasing Your Contract

28

How to Apply for Your Contract

28

Making Your Investments ("Purchase Payments")

28

How Your Purchase Payments Are Allocated

29

Choosing Your Investment Options

29

Custom Model

29

Investing in Variable Investment Options

31

When Your Purchase Payment is Effective

31

Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions

32

Systematic Transfer Options

34

Charges, Fees and Deductions

34

Withdrawal Charge

34

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

35

Administrative Fee

36

Annual Fee

36

Optional Rider Charges

36

Premium Taxes

40

Waivers and Reduced Charges

41

Fund Expenses

41

Annuitization

41

Selecting Your Annuitant

41

Annuitization

41

Choosing Your Annuity Date

42

Default Annuity Date and Options

42

Choosing Your Annuity Option

42

Your Annuity Payments

44

Death Benefits and Optional Death Benefit Riders

45

Death Benefits

45

Stepped-Up Death Benefit

47

Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG)

48

Withdrawals

49

Optional Withdrawals

49

Tax Consequences of Withdrawals

51

Right to Cancel (“Free Look”)

51

Optional Living Benefit Riders

51

General Information

51

Enhanced Income Select (Single)

57

Enhanced Income Select (Joint)

61

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single)

66

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Joint)

70

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single)

73

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint)

77

Income Access Select

80

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select

84

Pacific Life and the Separate Account

85

Federal Tax Issues

86

Taxation of Annuities - General Provisions

86

Non-Qualified Contracts - General Rules

86

Impact of Federal Income Taxes

89

Taxes on Pacific Life

90

Qualified Contracts - General Rules

90

IRAs and Qualified Plans

92

Additional Information

94

Voting Rights

94

Changes to Your Contract

95

Changes to All Contracts

95

Inquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests

96

Telephone and Electronic Transactions

97

Electronic Information Consent

97

Timing of Payments and Transactions

98

Confirmations, Statements and Other Reports to Contract Owners

98

Cybersecurity

98

Distribution Arrangements

98

Service Arrangements

99

Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities

100

State Considerations

100

Financial Statements

101

The General Account

101

General Information

101

DCA Plus Fixed Option

101

Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

104

Appendix A: Enhanced Income Select (Single and Joint) Sample Calculations

105

Appendix B: CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single and Joint) Sample Calculations

114

Appendix C: CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) Sample Calculations

122

Appendix D: CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint) Sample Calculations

128

Appendix E: Income Access Select Sample Calculations

135

Appendix F: Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select Sample Calculations

140

Appendix G: Death Benefit Amount and Stepped-Up Death Benefit Sample Calculations

142

Appendix H: Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG) Sample Calculations

145

Appendix I: Optional Riders Not Available for Purchase

147

Financial Highlights (Condensed Financial Information)

284

Where To Go For More Information Back Cover

4


485BPOS6th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 6th

TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

Some of the terms we’ve used in this Prospectus may be new to you. We’ve identified them in the Prospectus by capitalizing the first letter of each word. You will find an explanation of what they mean below.

If you have any questions, please ask your financial advisor or call us at (800) 722-4448. Financial advisors may call us at (800) 722-2333.

Account Value – The amount of your Contract Value allocated to a specified Variable Investment Option or any fixed option.

Annual Fee – A $40.00 fee charged each year on your Contract Anniversary and at the time of a full withdrawal (on a pro rated basis for that Contract year), if your Net Contract Value is less than $50,000 on that date.

Annuitant – A person on whose life annuity payments may be determined. An Annuitant’s life may also be used to determine certain increases in death benefits, and to determine the Annuity Date. A Contract may name a single (“sole”) Annuitant or two (“Joint”) Annuitants, and may also name a “Contingent” Annuitant. If you name Joint Annuitants or a Contingent Annuitant, “the Annuitant” means the sole surviving Annuitant, unless otherwise stated.

Annuity Date – The date specified in your Contract, or the date you later elect, if any, for the start of annuity payments if the Annuitant (or Joint Annuitants) is (or are) still living and your Contract is in force; or if earlier, the date that annuity payments actually begin.

Annuity Option – Any one of the income options available for a series of payments after your Annuity Date.

Beneficiary – A person who may have a right to receive the death benefit payable upon the death of the Annuitant or a Contract Owner prior to the Annuity Date, or may have a right to receive remaining guaranteed annuity payments, if any, if the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date.

Business Day – Any day on which the value of an amount invested in a Variable Investment Option is required to be determined, which currently includes each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, an applicable underlying Fund Portfolio is open for trading, and our administrative offices are open. The New York Stock Exchange and our administrative offices are closed on weekends and on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, President’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, July Fourth, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, and the Friday before New Year’s Day, July Fourth or Christmas Day if that holiday falls on a Saturday, the Monday following New Year’s Day, July Fourth or Christmas Day if that holiday falls on a Sunday, unless unusual business conditions exist, such as the ending of a monthly or yearly accounting period. An underlying Fund Portfolio may be closed when other federal holidays are observed such as Columbus Day and Veterans Day. See the underlying Fund Portfolio prospectus. In this Prospectus, “day” or “date” means Business Day unless otherwise specified. If any transaction or event called for under a Contract is scheduled to occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such transaction or event will be deemed to occur on the next following Business Day unless otherwise specified. Any systematic pre-authorized transaction scheduled to occur on December 30 or December 31 where that day is not a Business Day will be deemed an order for the last Business Day of the calendar year and will be calculated using the applicable Subaccount Unit Value at the close of that Business Day. Special circumstances such as leap years and months with fewer than 31 days are discussed in the SAI.

Code – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contingent Annuitant – A person, if named in your Contract, who will become your sole surviving Annuitant if your existing sole Annuitant should die before your Annuity Date.

Contingent Owner – A person, if named in your Contract, who will succeed to the rights as a Contract Owner of your Contract if all named Contract Owners die before your Annuity Date.

Contract Anniversary – The same date, in each subsequent year, as your Contract Date.

Contract Date – The date we issue your Contract. Contract Years, Contract Anniversaries, Contract Semi-Annual Periods, Contract Quarters and Contract Months are measured from this date.

Contract Debt – As of the end of any given Business Day, the principal amount you have outstanding on any loan under your Contract, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. Loans are only available on certain Qualified Contracts.

Contract Owner, Owner, Policyholder, you, or your – Generally, a person who purchases a Contract and makes the Investments. A Contract Owner has all rights in the Contract, including the right to make withdrawals, designate and change beneficiaries, transfer amounts among Investment Options, and designate an Annuity Option. If your Contract names Joint Owners, both Joint Owners are Contract Owners and share all such rights.

Contract Value – As of the end of any Business Day, the sum of your Variable Account Value, any fixed option value, the value of any other Investment Option added to the Contract by Rider or Endorsement, and any Loan Account Value.

Contract Year – A year that starts on the Contract Date or on a Contract Anniversary.

DCA Plus Fixed Option – If you allocate all or part of your Purchase Payments to the DCA Plus Fixed Option, such amounts are held in our General Account and receive interest at rates declared periodically (the “Guaranteed Interest Rate”), but not less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract. Currently, this fixed option may be used for dollar cost averaging of up to 24 months, depending on what Guarantee Terms we offer. Please contact us for the Guarantee Terms currently available.

DCA Plus Fixed Option Value – The aggregate amount of your Contract Value allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option.

Earnings – As of the end of any Business Day, your Earnings equal your Contract Value less your aggregate Purchase

5


485BPOS7th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 7th

Payments, which are reduced by withdrawals of prior Investments.

Fund – A registered open-end management investment company; collectively refers to AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds), American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc., American Funds Insurance Series, BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc., Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products Fund, First Trust Variable Insurance Trust, Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, Janus Aspen Series, JPMorgan Insurance Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Lord Abbett Series Fund, MFS Variable Insurance Trust, Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust, Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Pacific Select Fund, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. and/or VanEck VIP Trust.

General Account – Our General Account consists of all of our assets other than those assets allocated to Separate Account A or to any of our other separate accounts.

Guarantee Term – The period during which an amount you allocate to any available fixed option earns interest at a Guaranteed Interest Rate.

Guaranteed Interest Rate – The interest rate guaranteed at the time of allocation (or rollover) for the Guarantee Term on amounts allocated to a fixed option. All Guaranteed Interest Rates are expressed as annual rates and interest is accrued daily. The rate will not be less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract.

In Proper Form – This is the standard we apply when we determine whether an instruction is satisfactory to us. An instruction (in writing or by other means that we accept (e.g. via telephone or electronic submission)) is considered to be in proper form if it is received at our Service Center in a manner that is satisfactory to us, such that is sufficiently complete and clear so that we do not have to exercise any discretion to follow the instruction, including any information and supporting legal documentation necessary to effect the transaction. Any forms that we provide will identify any necessary supporting documentation. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in proper form, and we reserve the right to change or waive any in proper form requirements at any time.

Investment (“Purchase Payment”) – An amount paid to us by or on behalf of a Contract Owner as consideration for the benefits provided under the Contract.

Investment Option – A Subaccount, any fixed option or any other Investment Option added to the Contract by Rider or Endorsement.

Joint Annuitant – If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, you may name two Annuitants, called “Joint Annuitants,” in your application for your Contract. Special restrictions may apply for Qualified Contracts.

Loan Account – The account in which the amount equal to the principal amount of a loan and any interest accrued is held to secure any Contract Debt.

Loan Account Value – The amount, including any interest accrued, held in the Loan Account to secure any Contract Debt.

Net Contract Value – Your Contract Value less Contract Debt.

Non-Natural Owner – A corporation, trust or other entity that is not a (natural) person.

Non-Qualified Contract – A Contract other than a Qualified Contract.

Policyholder – The Contract Owner.

Portfolio – A separate portfolio of a Fund in which a Subaccount invests its assets.

Primary Annuitant – The individual that is named in your Contract, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract.

Purchase Payment (“Investment”) – An amount paid to us by or on behalf of a Contract Owner as consideration for the benefits provided under the Contract.

Qualified Contract – A Contract that qualifies under the Code as an individual retirement annuity or account (IRA), or form thereof, or a Contract purchased by a Qualified Plan, qualifying for special tax treatment under the Code.

Qualified Plan – A retirement plan that receives favorable tax treatment under Section 401, 403, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.

SEC – Securities and Exchange Commission.

Separate Account A (the “Separate Account”) – A separate account of ours registered as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

Subaccount – An investment division of the Separate Account. Each Subaccount invests its assets in shares of a corresponding Portfolio.

Subaccount Annuity Unit – Subaccount Annuity Units (or “Annuity Units”) are used to measure variation in variable annuity payments. To the extent you elect to convert all or some of your Contract Value into variable annuity payments, the amount of each annuity payment (after the first payment) will vary with the value and number of Annuity Units in each Subaccount attributed to any variable annuity payments. At annuitization (after any applicable premium taxes and/or other taxes are paid), the amount annuitized to a variable annuity determines the amount of your first variable annuity payment and the number of Annuity Units credited to your annuity in each Subaccount. The value of Subaccount Annuity Units, like the value of Subaccount Units, is expected to fluctuate daily, as described in the definition of Unit Value.

Subaccount Unit – Before your Annuity Date, each time you allocate an amount to a Subaccount, your Contract is credited with a number of Subaccount Units in that Subaccount. These Units are used for accounting purposes to measure your Account Value in that Subaccount. The value of Subaccount Units is expected to fluctuate daily, as described in the definition of Unit Value.

Unit Value – The value of a Subaccount Unit (“Subaccount Unit Value”) or Subaccount Annuity Unit (“Subaccount Annuity Unit

6


485BPOS8th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 8th

Value”). Unit Value of any Subaccount is subject to change on any Business Day in much the same way that the value of a mutual fund share changes each day. The fluctuations in value reflect the investment results, expenses of and charges against the Portfolio in which the Subaccount invests its assets. Fluctuations also reflect charges against the Separate Account. Changes in Subaccount Annuity Unit Values also reflect an additional factor that adjusts Subaccount Annuity Unit Values to offset our Annuity Option Table’s implicit assumption of an annual investment return of 5%. The effect of this assumed investment return is explained in detail in the SAI. Unit Value of a Subaccount Unit or Subaccount Annuity Unit on any Business Day is measured as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on that Business Day, which usually closes at 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, although it occasionally closes earlier.

Variable Account Value – The aggregate amount of your Contract Value allocated to all Subaccounts.

Variable Investment Option – A Subaccount (also called a Variable Account).

7


485BPOS9th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 9th

OVERVIEW

This overview tells you some key things you should know about your Contract. It’s designed as a summary only – please read this Prospectus, your Contract and the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for more detailed information.

Certain Contract features described in this Prospectus may vary or may not be available in your state. The state in which your Contract is issued governs whether or not certain features, Riders, charges or fees are allowed or will vary under your Contract. These variations are reflected in your Contract and in Riders or Endorsements to your Contract. See your financial advisor or contact us for specific information that may be applicable to your state. See ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – State Considerations. This prospectus provides a description of the material rights and obligations under the Contract. Any guarantees provided for under your Contract or through optional Riders are backed by Pacific Life’s financial strength and claims-paying ability. You must look to the strength of the insurance company with regard to such guarantees. Your financial advisor or financial advisor’s firm is not responsible for any Contract guarantees.

Some of the Terms used in this Prospectus may be new to you. You will find a glossary of certain terms in the TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS section.

Pacific Life is a variable annuity provider. It is not a fiduciary and therefore does not give advice or make recommendations regarding insurance or investment products.

Contract Basics

An annuity contract may be appropriate if you are looking for retirement income or you want to meet other long-term financial objectives. Discuss with your financial advisor whether a variable annuity, optional benefits and which underlying Investment Options are appropriate for you, taking into consideration your age, income, net worth, tax status, insurance needs, financial objectives, investment goals, liquidity needs, time horizon, risk tolerance and other relevant information. Together you can decide if a variable annuity is right for you.

This Contract may not be the right one for you if you need to withdraw money for short-term needs, because withdrawal charges and tax penalties for early withdrawal may apply.

You should consider the Contract’s investment and income benefits, as well as its costs.

This Contract is an annuity contract between you and Pacific Life. Annuity contracts have two phases, the accumulation phase and the annuitization phase. The two phases are discussed below.

This Contract is designed for long-term financial planning. It allows you to invest money on a tax-deferred basis for retirement or other goals, and/or to receive income in a variety of ways, including a series of income payments for life or for a specified period of years.

Non-Qualified and Qualified Contracts are available. You buy a Qualified Contract under a qualified retirement or pension plan, or some form of an individual retirement annuity or account (IRA). It is important to know that IRAs and qualified plans are already tax-deferred which means the tax deferral feature of a variable annuity does not provide a benefit in addition to that already offered by an IRA or qualified plan. An annuity contract should only be used to fund an IRA or qualified plan to benefit from the annuity’s features other than tax deferral.

This Contract is a variable annuity, which means that your Contract Value fluctuates depending on the performance of the Investment Options you choose. The Contract allows you to choose how often you make Investments (“Purchase Payments”) and how much you add each time, subject to certain limitations.

Your Right to Cancel (“Free Look”)

During the Free Look period, you have the right to cancel your Contract and return it with instructions to us or to your financial advisor for a refund. The amount refunded may be more or less than the Purchase Payments you have made and the length of the Free Look period may vary, depending on the state where you signed your application, the type of Contract you purchased, and whether the Contract replaced another annuity contract or life insurance policy. You will find a complete description of the Free Look period that applies to your Contract on the Contract’s cover sheet.

For more information about the Right to Cancel (“Free Look”) period see WITHDRAWALS – Right to Cancel (“Free Look”).

8


485BPOS10th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 10th

The Accumulation Phase

The Investment Options you choose and how they perform will affect your Contract Value during the accumulation phase, as well as the amount available to annuitize on the Annuity Date.

The accumulation phase begins on your Contract Date and continues until your Annuity Date. During the accumulation phase, you can put money in your Contract by making Purchase Payments subject to certain limitations, and choose Investment Options in which to allocate them. You can also take money out of your Contract by making a withdrawal.

Investments (“Purchase Payments”)

Your initial Purchase Payment must be at least $5,000 for a Non-Qualified Contract and at least $2,000 for a Qualified Contract. Additional Purchase Payments must be at least $250 for a Non-Qualified Contract and $50 for a Qualified Contract. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum initial Purchase Payment on Qualified Contracts or the minimum additional Purchase Payment amounts on Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts, but we reserve the right to enforce such minimums in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the minimum initial Purchase Payment or the minimum additional Purchase Payment amounts.

If you purchase an optional rider, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments for any Rider, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit rider that you may own, and you will not be able to increase your Contract Value or increase any protected amounts under your optional living benefit rider by making additional Purchase Payments into your Contract. We may reject or restrict additional Purchase Payments to help protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders (for example, changes in current economic factors or general market conditions). If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will provide at least 30 calendar days advance written notice.

For more information about Making Your Investments (“Purchase Payments”) see PURCHASING YOUR CONTRACT – Making Your Investments (“Purchase Payments”).

Investment Options

Ask your financial advisor to help you choose the right Investment Options for your goals and risk tolerance. Any financial firm or financial advisor you engage to provide advice and/or make transfers for you is not acting on our behalf. We are not responsible for any investment decisions or allocations you make, recommendations such financial advisors make or any allocations or specific transfers they choose to make on your behalf. Some broker-dealers may not allow or may limit the amount you may allocate to certain Investment Options.

You can choose from a selection of Variable Investment Options (also called Subaccounts), each of which invests in a corresponding Fund Portfolio. The value of each Portfolio will fluctuate with the value of the investments it holds, and returns are not guaranteed.

The purchase of an optional living benefit rider may limit the number of Investment Options that are otherwise available to you under the Contract while a rider is in effect. See OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS – General InformationInvestment Allocation Requirements.

You can also choose any available fixed option that earns a guaranteed rate of interest that will never be less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract.

We allocate your Purchase Payments to the Investment Options you choose. Your Contract Value will fluctuate during the accumulation phase depending on the Investment Options you have chosen. You bear the investment risk of any Variable Investment Options you choose.

For more information about the Investment Options and the corresponding Investment Adviser see YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS – Your Variable Investment Options.

Transferring Among Investment Options

You can transfer among Investment Options any time, subject to certain limitations, until your Annuity Date without paying any current income tax.

· Transfers are limited to 25 for each calendar year. If you have used all 25 transfers in a calendar year, you may make 1 additional transfer of all or a portion of your Variable Account Value to the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Portfolio Investment Option before the start of the next calendar year.

· Only 2 transfers in any calendar month may involve any of the following Investment Options:

    

American Funds IS Capital Income Builder Fund

American Funds IS Global Balanced Fund

American Funds IS Global Bond Fund

American Funds IS Global Growth Fund

American Funds IS Global Growth and Income Fund

American Funds IS Global Small Capitalization Fund

American Funds IS International Fund

American Funds IS International Growth and Income Fund

9


485BPOS11th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 11th
    

American Funds IS New World Fund

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

Fidelity® VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio

First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund

Invesco V.I. Balanced-Risk Allocation Fund

Ivy VIP Energy

Lord Abbett International Equity Portfolio

MFS Total Return Series

MFS Utilities Series

Oppenheimer Global Fund/VA

Oppenheimer International Growth Fund/VA

State Street Total Return V.I.S. Fund

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund

  

For example, if you transfer from the MFS Total Return Series to the MFS Utilities Series, that counts as one transfer for the calendar month. If you later transfer from the American Funds IS Global Growth Fund to the American Funds IS Global Bond Fund, that would be the second transfer for the calendar month and no more transfers will be allowed for any of the Investment Options listed above for the remainder of the calendar month.

· Only 2 transfers into or out of each of the following Investment Options may occur in any calendar month:

    

American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund

American Funds IS Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund

American Funds IS Bond Fund

American Funds IS Growth Fund

American Funds IS Growth-Income Fund

American Funds IS High-Income Bond Fund

American Funds IS Managed Risk Allocation Fund

American Funds IS U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio

VanEck Global Hard Assets Fund

 

For example, if you transfer from the American Funds IS Growth Fund to the American Funds IS Bond Fund, that counts as one transfer for each Investment Option. Only one more transfer involving those two Investment Options can occur during the calendar month. If you later transfer from the American Funds IS Growth Fund to the American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund, that would be the second transfer in the calendar month involving the American Funds IS Growth Fund and that Investment Option is no longer available for the remainder of the calendar month. All other Investment Options listed above would still be available to transfer into or out of for the remainder of the calendar month.

· Transfers to or from a Variable Investment Option cannot be made before the seventh calendar day following the last transfer to or from the same Variable Investment Option. If the seventh calendar day is not a Business Day, then a transfer may not occur until the next Business Day. The day of the last transfer is not considered a calendar day for purposes of meeting this requirement. Transfers to or from the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Variable Investment Option are excluded from this limitation.

You can also make systematic transfers by enrolling in our dollar cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing or earnings sweep programs. Transfers made under these systematic transfer programs or automatic quarterly rebalancing under the Custom Model program are excluded from these limitations. Some restrictions may apply to transfers to or from any fixed option.

For more information about transfers and transfer limitations see HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED – Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions.

Withdrawals

You can make full and partial withdrawals to supplement your income or for other purposes. You can withdraw a certain amount each year without paying a withdrawal charge, but any amount withdrawn in excess of this amount may incur a withdrawal charge on Purchase Payments that are less than 7 years old. Some restrictions may apply to making partial withdrawals from any fixed option.

In general, you may have to pay income taxes on withdrawals or other distributions from your Contract. If you are under age 59½, a 10% federal tax penalty may also apply to taxable withdrawals.

For more information about withdrawals and withdrawal minimums see WITHDRAWALS – Optional Withdrawals.

The Annuitization Phase

The annuitization phase of your Contract begins on your Annuity Date. Generally, you can choose to surrender your Contract and receive a single payment or you can annuitize your Contract and receive a series of income payments over a fixed period or for life.

You can choose fixed or variable annuity payments, or a combination of both. Variable annuity payments may not be available in all states. You can choose monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual payments. We will make the income payments to you or your designated payee. The Owner is responsible for any tax consequences of any annuity payments.

If you choose variable annuity payments, the amount of the payments will fluctuate depending on the performance of the Variable Investment Options you choose. After your Annuity Date, if you choose variable annuity payments, you can exchange your Subaccount Annuity Units among the Variable Investment Options up to 4 times in any 12-month period.

10


485BPOS12th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 12th

For more information about annuitization see ANNUITIZATION and for annuity options available under the Contract see ANNUITIZATION – Choosing Your Annuity OptionAnnuity Options.

The Death Benefit

Generally, the Contract provides a death payout upon the first death of an Owner or the death of the sole surviving Annuitant, whichever occurs first, during the accumulation phase. Death benefit proceeds are payable when we receive proof of death and payment instructions In Proper Form. To whom we pay a death benefit, and how we calculate the death benefit amount depends on who dies first and the type of Contract you own.

For more information about the death benefit see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS - Death Benefits.

Optional Riders

Optional Riders are subject to availability (including state availability) and may be discontinued for purchase at anytime without prior notice. Before purchasing any optional Rider, make sure you understand all of the terms and conditions and consult with your financial advisor for advice on whether an optional Rider is appropriate for you. We reserve the right to only allow the purchase of an optional living benefit Rider at Contract issue and will give prior written notice and amend the prospectus to reflect such a change. Your election to purchase an optional Rider must be received In Proper Form.

We reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments for any Rider, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own, and you will not be able to increase your Contract Value or increase any protected amounts under your optional living benefit rider by making additional Purchase Payments into your Contract. We may reject or restrict additional Purchase Payments to help protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders (for example, changes in current economic factors or general market conditions). If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will provide at least 30 calendar days advance written notice. See the Subsequent Purchase Payments subsection for any of the optional living benefit riders in the OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS section for additional information.

Stepped-Up Death Benefit

This optional Rider offers you the ability to lock in market gains for your beneficiaries with a stepped-up death benefit, which is the highest Contract Value on any previous Contract Anniversary (prior to Annuitant's 81st birthday) adjusted for additional Purchase Payments and withdrawals. You may not purchase this Rider after the Contract Date.

For more information about the Stepped-Up Death Benefit see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERSStepped-Up Death Benefit.

Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG)

This optional Rider may provide for an additional amount (EEG Amount) to be included in the death benefit proceeds when such proceeds become payable as a result of the sole surviving Annuitant’s death or first death of an Owner who is also an Annuitant. You may buy EEG on the Contract Date or on the first Contract Anniversary.

If you buy EEG within 60 calendar days after the Contract Date or within 60 calendar days after the first Contract Anniversary, we will make the EEG Effective Date coincide with that Contract Date or Contract Anniversary.

The Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG), EEG Amount and EEG Charge are called the Guaranteed Earnings Enhancement (GEE), GEE Amount, and GEE Charge, respectively, in the Rider attached to your Contract.

For more information about EEG see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG).

Optional Living Benefit Riders

Living benefit riders available through this Contract, for an additional cost, are categorized as guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit or guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit riders. The following is a list (which may change from time to time) of riders currently available:

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit

· Enhanced Income Select (Single or Joint)

· CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single or Joint)

· CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single or Joint)

· Income Access Select

The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders focus on providing an income stream for life or over a certain period through withdrawals during the accumulation phase, if certain conditions are met. The riders have the same basic structure with differences in the percentage that may be withdrawn each year, how long the withdrawals may last (for example, certain number of years, for a

11


485BPOS13th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 13th

single life or for joint lives), and what age lifetime withdrawals may begin, if applicable. The riders also offer the potential to lock in market gains on each Contract Anniversary which may increase the annual amount you may withdraw each year under the rider. The riders provide an income stream regardless of market performance, even if your Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit

· Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select

The guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit rider focuses on providing principal protection, if certain conditions are met. If your Contract Value is less than the protected amount at the end of a 10-year term, we will make up the difference by making a one-time addition to your Contract Value. The rider also offers the potential to increase the protected amount by locking in any Contract Value increases after a certain number of years. If you lock in any Contract Value increases, the new protected amount will equal your Contract Value and a new 10-year term will begin.

Additional Information Applicable to Optional Living Benefit Riders

You can find more information about the costs associated with the optional riders within the next few pages and in the CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges section. You can find complete information about each optional rider and its key features and benefits in the OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS section.

You may purchase an optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary (if available). In addition, if you purchase a Rider within 60 calendar days after the Contract Date or, if available, within 60 calendar days after any Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date will be that Contract Date or Contract Anniversary. Your election to purchase an optional Rider must be received In Proper Form. You can find complete purchasing and eligibility information about each optional rider in the Purchasing Your Rider subsection of each rider. See the OPTIONAL LIVING BENFIT RIDERS and the DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS sections.

At initial purchase and during the entire time that you own an optional living benefit Rider, you must invest your entire Contract Value in an asset allocation program or in Investment Options we make available for these Riders. The allocation limitations associated with these Riders may limit the number of Investment Options that are otherwise available to you under your Contract. See OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERSGeneral InformationInvestment Allocation Requirements. Failure to adhere to the Investment Allocation Requirements may cause your Rider to terminate. We reserve the right to add, remove or change asset allocation programs or Investment Options we make available for these Riders at any time. We may make such a change due to a fund reorganization, fund substitution, to help protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders (for example, changes in an underlying portfolio’s investment objective and principal investment strategies, or changes in general market conditions), or otherwise. Generally, a change to an existing allowable Investment Option will not require you to reallocate or transfer the total amount of Contract Value allocated to an affected Investment Option, except when an underlying portfolio is liquidated by a determination of its Board of Directors or by a fund substitution. If a change is required that will result in a reallocation or transfer of an existing Investment Option, we will provide you with reasonable notice (generally 90 calendar days) prior to the effective date of such change to allow you to reallocate your Contract Value to maintain your rider benefits. If you do not reallocate your Contract Value your rider will terminate.

Distributions made due to a request for partial annuitization, divorce instructions or under Code Section 72(t)/72(q) (substantially equal periodic payments) are treated as withdrawals for Contract purposes and may adversely affect Rider benefits.

Taking a withdrawal before a certain age or a withdrawal that is greater than the annual withdrawal amount (“excess withdrawal”) under a particular Rider may result in adverse consequences such as a permanent reduction in Rider benefits or the failure to receive lifetime withdrawals under a Rider.

Some optional riders allow for owner elected Resets/Step-Ups. If you elect to Reset/Step-Up, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary (“60 calendar day period”) on which the Reset/Step-Up is effective. We may, at our sole discretion, allow Resets/Step-Ups after the 60 calendar day period. We reserve the right to refuse a Reset/Step-Up request after the 60 calendar day period regardless of whether we may have allowed you or others to Reset/Step-Up in the past. Each Contract Anniversary starts a new 60 calendar day period in which a Reset/Step-Up may be elected.

Taking a loan while an optional living benefit Rider is in effect will terminate your Rider. Work with your financial advisor before taking a loan.

Work with your financial advisor to review the different riders available for purchase, how they function, how the riders differ from one another, and to understand all of the terms and conditions of an optional rider prior to purchase.

12


485BPOS14th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 14th

Fees and Expenses

This section of the overview explains the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning and surrendering your Contract.

Contract Transaction Expenses

The following describes the transaction fees and expenses that you may pay when you make withdrawals or surrender your Contract. Expenses are fixed under the terms of your Contract. Premium taxes and/or other taxes may also apply to your Contract. We generally charge state premium taxes and/or other taxes when you annuitize your Contract, but there are other times when we charge them to your Contract instead. Please see your Contract for details.

· Maximum Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of Purchase Payments withdrawn)1

        

“Age” of Payment in Years:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 or more

Withdrawal Charge Percentage:

7%

7%

6%

5%

3%

1%

0%

Periodic Expenses

The following describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time you own your Contract not including Portfolio fees and expenses.

   

· Annual Fee2 

 

$40.00

Separate Account A Annual Expenses (as a percentage of the average daily Variable Account Value3):

    
  

Without Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

· Mortality and Expense Risk Charge4

 

1.00%

1.00%

· Administrative Fee4

 

0.15%

0.15%

· Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider Charge4, 5

 

N/A

0.20%

· Total Separate Account A Annual Expenses

 

1.15%

1.35%

The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and the Administrative Fee will not continue after the Annuity Date if fixed annuity payments are elected. If variable annuity payments are elected, both charges will continue after the Annuity Date. For more information about these charges, please see the CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS - Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and Administrative Fee sections.

Loan Expenses (interest on Contract Debt) (Loans are only available with certain Qualified Contracts. See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts – General Rules – Loans):

  

· Loan Interest Rate (net)6

2.00%

Optional Rider7 Annual Expenses:

  
 

Maximum Charge Percentage

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit

 

Enhanced Income Select Charge (Single) 8 

2.25%

Enhanced Income Select Charge (Joint) 8 

2.75%

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select Charge (Single) 9 

1.00%

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select Charge (Joint) 9 

1.50%

CoreIncome Advantage Select Charge (Single) 10 

2.00%

CoreIncome Advantage Select Charge (Joint) 10 

2.50%

Income Access Select Charge11 

2.75%

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit

 

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select Charge12 

2.25%

13


485BPOS15th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 15th
   
 

Current Charge Percentage

Maximum Charge Percentage

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit

  

CoreIncome Advantage Plus Charge (Single)13 

0.95%

1.20%

CoreIncome Advantage Plus Charge (Joint)13 

1.45%

1.50%

CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus Charge (Single)14 

1.50%

1.50%

CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus Charge (Joint)14 

1.75%

1.75%

CoreIncome Advantage 5 Charge15 

1.15%

1.20%

CoreProtect Advantage Charge16 

1.50%

1.50%

CoreIncome Advantage Charge17 

0.65%

1.00%

Flexible Lifetime Income Plus Charge (Single)18 

1.50%

1.50%

Flexible Lifetime Income Plus Charge (Joint)18 

1.75%

1.75%

Foundation 10 Charge19 

1.50%

1.50%

Automatic Income Builder Charge20 

1.50%

1.50%

Flexible Lifetime Income Charge (Single)21 

1.20%

1.20%

Flexible Lifetime Income Charge (Joint)21 

1.20%

1.20%

Income Access Charge22

  

If the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2012 

1.75%

1.75%

If the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2012 

0.75%

0.75%

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit

  

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 (GPA 3) Charge23

  

If the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2012 

1.75%

1.75%

If the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2012 

1.00%

1.00%

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 5 (GPA 5) Charge24 

0.75%

0.75%

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit

  

Guaranteed Income Advantage Plus (GIA Plus) Charge25 

0.75%

0.75%

Optional Death Benefit

  

Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG) Charge26 

0.25%

0.25%

1 The withdrawal charge may or may not apply or may be reduced under certain circumstances. The age is measured from the date of each Purchase Payment. For situations where a withdrawal charge may not apply, see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS and see WITHDRAWALSWithdrawals Free of a Withdrawal Charge for situations where the withdrawal charge amount may be reduced.

2 We deduct an Annual Fee on each Contract Anniversary up to your Annuity Date and when you make a full withdrawal if the Contract Value on these days is less than $50,000 after deducting any outstanding loan and interest (your Net Contract Value). See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS.

3 The Variable Account Value is the value of your Variable Investment Options on any Business Day.

4 This is an annual rate and is assessed on a daily basis. The daily rate is calculated by dividing the annual rate by 365.

5 If you buy an optional death benefit rider, we will add this charge to the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge until, and including, your Annuity Date.

6 If we process a loan on your Contract, we will charge you a gross interest rate of 5% on your outstanding principal amount. We will credit you the amount of 3% on any Contract Value attributed to your Loan Account. The net amount of interest you pay on your loan will be 2% annually. See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts – General Rules – Loans.

7 Only one guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit rider may be owned or in effect at the same time. Only one guaranteed minimum income benefit rider may be owned or in effect at the same time. Only one guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit rider may be owned or in effect at the same time.

8 If you buy Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint), the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the charge percentage in effect for you (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS – Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint). The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base and/or due to changes in the annual charge percentage applied. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. The charge may be waived under certain circumstances. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONSOptional Rider Charges.

9 If you buy CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint), the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the charge percentage in effect for you (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERSCoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint). The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base and/or due to changes in the annual charge percentage applied. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. The charge may be waived under certain circumstances. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONSOptional Rider Charges.

10 If you buy CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint), the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the charge percentage in effect for you (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERSCoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint). The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base and/or due to changes in the annual charge percentage applied. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment

14


485BPOS16th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 16th

Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. The charge may be waived under certain circumstances. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONSOptional Rider Charges.

11 If you buy Income Access Select, the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the charge percentage in effect for you (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERSIncome Access Select. The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base and/or due to changes in the annual charge percentage applied. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. The charge may be waived under certain circumstances. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONSOptional Rider Charges.

12 If you buy Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select, the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the charge percentage in effect for you (divided by 4) multiplied by the Guaranteed Protection Amount. The initial Guaranteed Protection Amount is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Guaranteed Protection Amount, see OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS – Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select. The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Guaranteed Protection Amount and/or due to changes in the annual charge percentage applied. Your Guaranteed Protection Amount may increase due to additional Purchase Payments made the first year of a Term, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Step-Ups. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. The charge may be waived under certain circumstances. See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges.

13 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single) or (Joint), the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the current charge percentage (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. Under the Single version, we will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract, or if your Contract Value is zero. Under the Joint version, we will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of the surviving Designated Life, upon full annuitization of your Contract, or if your Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the quarter that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single or Joint) is no longer available for purchase.

14 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single) or (Joint), the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the current charge percentage (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. Under the Single version, we will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract, or if your Contract Value is zero. Under the Joint version, we will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of the surviving Designated Life, upon full annuitization of your Contract, or if your Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the quarter that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single or Joint) is no longer available for purchase.

15 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage 5, the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the current charge percentage (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract, or if your Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the quarter that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. CoreIncome Advantage 5 is no longer available for purchase.

16 If you purchased CoreProtect Advantage, the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the current charge percentage (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, increases to the Annual Credit Value or Highest Anniversary Value, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract or if your Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the quarter that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. CoreProtect Advantage is no longer available for purchase.

17 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage, the annual charge is deducted from your Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The quarterly charge is the current charge percentage (divided by 4) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The quarterly amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct the charge proportionately from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option) every quarter following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract, or if your Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the quarter that annuitization occurs. If the Rider

15


485BPOS17th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 17th

terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. CoreIncome Advantage is no longer available for purchase.

18 If you purchased Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single or Joint), the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value on an annual basis. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments and Annual Credits, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of the Rider during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. Under the Single version, we will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract or after the Contract Value is zero. Under the Joint version, we will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of the surviving Designated Life, upon full annuitization of the Contract or after the Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the Contract Year that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single or Joint) is no longer available for purchase.

19 If you purchased Foundation 10, the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value on an annual basis. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments and Annual Credits, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of the Rider during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract or after the Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the Contract Year that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONSOptional Rider Charges. Foundation 10 is no longer available for purchase.

20 If you purchased Automatic Income Builder, the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value on an annual basis. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date, during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract or after the Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the Contract Year that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONSOptional Rider Charges. Automatic Income Builder is no longer available for purchase.

21 If you purchased Flexible Lifetime Income (Single or Joint), the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value on an annual basis. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to the Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Protected Payment Base, see APPENDIX I. The amount deducted may increase or decrease due to changes in your Protected Payment Base. Your Protected Payment Base may increase due to additional Purchase Payments and Annual Credits, decrease due to withdrawals or also change due to Resets. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of the Rider during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. Under the Single version, we will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract or after the Contract Value is zero. Under the Joint version, we will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of the surviving Designated Life, upon full annuitization of your Contract or after the Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the Contract Year that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONSOptional Rider Charges. Flexible Lifetime Income (Single or Joint) is no longer available for purchase.

22 If you purchased Income Access, the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the Contract Value. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value on an annual basis. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of the Rider during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. Under the terms and conditions of the Rider, the annual charge percentage may change to the current charge percentage if an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs, but will never be more than the maximum charge percentage. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant, upon full annuitization of your Contract or after the Contract Value is zero. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the Contract Year that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. Income Access is no longer available for purchase.

23 If you purchased GPA 3, the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the Guaranteed Protection Amount. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value on an annual basis. The initial Guaranteed Protection Amount is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. For a complete explanation of the Guaranteed Protection Amount, see APPENDIX I. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of the Rider during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. Under the terms and conditions of the Rider, the annual charge percentage may change to the current charge percentage if a Step-Up is elected but will never be more than the maximum charge percentage. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant or upon full annuitization of your Contract. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the Contract Year that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. GPA 3 is no longer available for purchase.

24 If you purchased GPA 5, the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the Contract Value. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value on an annual basis. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary following the Effective Date of the Rider during the term of the Rider and while the Rider is in effect, and when the Rider is terminated. Under the terms and conditions of the Rider, the annual charge percentage may change to the current charge percentage if a Step-Up is elected but will never be more than the maximum charge percentage. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant or upon full annuitization of your Contract. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the Contract Year that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of

16


485BPOS18th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 18th

death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. GPA 5 is no longer available for purchase.

25 If you purchased GIA Plus, the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the greater of the Contract Value or the Guaranteed Income Base. The charge is deducted from your Contract Value on an annual basis. The initial Guaranteed Income Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment if purchased at Contract issue or is equal to Contract Value if the Rider is purchased on a Contract Anniversary. The Guaranteed Income Base is the amount invested to date grown at 5% annually (until the Contract Anniversary prior to the youngest Annuitant’s 81st birthday) that may be used for fixed annuity payments starting on the Annuity Date. For a complete explanation of the Guaranteed Income Base, see APPENDIX I. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary and when you make a full withdrawal if the Rider is in effect on that date, and when the Rider is terminated. We will waive the annual charge if the Rider terminates as a result of death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant or upon full annuitization of your Contract. Upon full annuitization, the annual charge is only waived for the Contract Year that annuitization occurs. If the Rider terminates as a result of death, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. See CHARGES, FEES, AND DEDUCTIONS Optional Rider Charges. GIA Plus is no longer available for purchase.

26 If you buy EEG, the annual charge is equal to the current charge percentage multiplied by the Contract Value, deducted on an annual basis. We deduct this charge proportionately from your Investment Options on each Contract Anniversary following the date you purchase the Rider, and when you make a full withdrawal, if EEG is in effect on that date. See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS.

17


485BPOS19th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 19th

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

For more about the underlying Funds see YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONSYour Variable Investment Options, and see each underlying Fund Prospectus.

This table shows the minimum and maximum total annual operating expenses incurred by the Portfolios that you indirectly pay during the time you own the Contract. This table shows the range (minimum and maximum) of fees and expenses (including management fees, shareholder servicing and/or distribution (12b-1) fees, and other expenses) charged by any of the Portfolios, expressed as an annual percentage of average daily net assets. The amounts are based on expenses paid in the year ended December 31, 2017, adjusted to reflect anticipated changes in fees and expenses, or, for new Portfolios, are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.

Each Variable Account of the Separate Account purchases shares of the corresponding Fund Portfolio at net asset value. The net asset value reflects the investment advisory fees and other expenses that are deducted from the assets of the Portfolio. The advisory fees and other expenses are not fixed or specified under the terms of the Contract, and they may vary from year to year. These fees and expenses are described in each Fund Prospectus.

   
 

Minimum

Maximum

Range of total annual portfolio operating expenses before any waivers or expense reimbursements

0.28%

2.77%

Range of total annual portfolio operating expenses after any waivers or expense reimbursements

0.28%

2.71%

To help limit Fund expenses, Fund advisers have contractually agreed to reduce investment advisory fees or otherwise reimburse certain Portfolios of their respective Funds which may reduce the Portfolio’s expenses. The range of expenses in the first row above does not include the effect of any waiver and/or expense reimbursement arrangement. The range of expenses in the second row above includes the effect of Fund waiver and/or expense reimbursement arrangements that are in effect. The waiver and/or reimbursement arrangements vary in length. There can be no assurance that Fund expense waivers or reimbursements will be extended beyond their current terms as outlined in each Fund prospectus, and they may not cover certain expenses such as extraordinary expenses. See each Fund prospectus for complete information regarding annual operating expenses and any waivers or reimbursements in effect for a particular Fund.

18


485BPOS20th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 20th

Examples

The following examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in your Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. The maximum amounts reflected below include the maximum periodic Contract expenses, Contract Transaction Expenses, Separate Account annual expenses and the Portfolio with the highest fees and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017. The maximum amounts also include the combination of optional Riders whose cumulative maximum charge expenses totaled more than any other optional Rider combination. The optional Riders included are Stepped-Up Death Benefit, EEG, Income Access Select, Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select and GIA Plus. The minimum amounts reflected below include the minimum periodic Contract expenses, Separate Account annual expenses and the Portfolio with the lowest fees and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2017. The minimum amounts do not include any optional Riders.

The examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated. They also assume that your Purchase Payment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum and minimum fees and expenses of all of the Investment Options available. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your maximum and minimum costs would be:

· If you surrendered your Contract:

     
 

1 Year

3 Years

5 Years

10 Years

Maximum

$1,688

$3,652

$5,353

$9,641

Minimum

$816

$1,111

$1,246

$2,084

· If you annuitized your Contract:

     
 

1 Year

3 Years

5 Years

10 Years

Maximum

$1,688

$3,112

$5,083

$9,641

Minimum

$816

$571

$976

$2,084

· If you did not surrender, annuitize, but left your money in your Contract:

     
 

1 Year

3 Years

5 Years

10 Years

Maximum

$1,058

$3,112

$5,083

$9,641

Minimum

$186

$571

$976

$2,084

In calculating the examples above, we used the maximum and minimum total operating expenses of all the Portfolios as shown in the Fees And Expenses section of each Fund Prospectus. For more information on Contract fees and expenses, see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS in this Prospectus, and see each Fund Prospectus. See the FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (Condensed Financial Information) appendix in this Prospectus for condensed financial information about the Subaccounts.

19


485BPOS21st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 21st

YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS

Some broker-dealers may not allow or may limit the amount you may allocate to certain Investment Options. Work with your financial advisor to help you choose the right Investment Options for your investment goals and risk tolerance.

You may choose among the different Variable Investment Options and the DCA Plus Fixed Option.

Your Variable Investment Options

Each Variable Investment Option invests in a separate Fund Portfolio. For your convenience, the following chart summarizes some basic data about each Portfolio. This chart is only a summary. For more complete information on each Portfolio, including a discussion of the Portfolio’s investment techniques and the risks associated with its investments, see the applicable Fund Prospectus. No assurance can be given that a Portfolio will achieve its investment objective. YOU SHOULD READ EACH FUND PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE INVESTING.

If certain optional living benefit riders are elected, only Investment Options marked with an “*” are available for investment. For more information, see OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS – General Information – Investment Allocation Requirements.

   

AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS (INVESCO VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS)

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

*Invesco V.I. Balanced-Risk Allocation Fund Series II

Total return with a low to moderate correlation to traditional financial market indices.

Invesco Advisers, Inc.

Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund Series II

Both capital appreciation and current income.

Invesco Advisers, Inc.

Invesco V.I. Global Real Estate Fund Series II

Total return through growth of capital and current income.

Invesco Advisers, Inc.

   

AMERICAN CENTURY VARIABLE PORTFOLIOS, INC.

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

American Century VP Mid Cap Value Fund Class II

Seeks long-term capital growth. Income is a secondary objective.

American Century Investment Management, Inc.

   

AMERICAN FUNDS INSURANCE SERIES

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

*American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund Class 4

Provide high total return (including income and capital gains) consistent with preservation of capital over the long term.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund Class 4

Provide income exceeding the average yield on U.S. stocks generally and to provide an opportunity for growth of principal consistent with sound common stock investing.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Bond Fund Class 4

Provide as high a level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Capital Income Builder® Class 4

The fund has two primary investment objectives. It seeks (1) to provide a level of current income that exceeds the average yield on U.S. stocks generally and (2) to provide a growing stream of income over the years. Secondary objective is to provide growth of capital.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Global Balanced Fund Class 4

Seeks the balanced accomplishment of three objectives: long-term growth of capital, conservation of principal and current income.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

20


485BPOS22nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 22nd
   

AMERICAN FUNDS INSURANCE SERIES

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

American Funds IS Global Bond Fund Class 4

Provide, over the long term, a high level of total return consistent with prudent investment management.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Global Growth and Income Fund Class 4

Provide long-term growth of capital while providing current income.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Global Growth Fund Class 4

Provide long-term growth of capital.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Global Small Capitalization Fund Class 4

Provide long-term growth of capital.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Growth Fund Class 4

Provide growth of capital.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS Growth-Income Fund Class 4

Provide long-term growth of capital and income.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS High-Income Bond Fund Class 4

Provide a high level of current income. Its secondary investment objective is capital appreciation.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS International Fund Class 4

Provide long-term growth of capital.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS International Growth and Income Fund Class 4

Provide long-term growth of capital while providing current income.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

*American Funds IS Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund Class P2

Provide high total return (including income and capital gains) consistent with preservation of capital over the long term while seeking to manage volatility and provide downside protection.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS New World Fund® Class 4

Provide long-term capital appreciation.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

American Funds IS U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund Class 4

Provide a high level of current income consistent with preservation of capital.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM

   

BLACKROCK VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS, INC

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

*BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund Class III

Seeks high total investment return.

BlackRock Advisors, LLC

BlackRock iShares® Alternative Strategies V.I. Fund Class I

Seeks to achieve long term growth of capital and risk adjusted returns.

BlackRock Advisors, LLC

BlackRock iShares® Dynamic Allocation V.I. Fund Class I

Seeks to provide total return.

BlackRock Advisors, LLC

21


485BPOS23rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 23rd
   

FIDELITY® VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

Fidelity® VIP Contrafund® Portfolio Service Class 2

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Fidelity Management & Research Co., Inc.

*Fidelity® VIP FundsManager® 60% Portfolio Service Class 2

Seeks high total return.

Fidelity Management & Research Co., Inc.

Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Portfolio

Service Class

Seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent with preservation of capital and liquidity.

Fidelity Management & Research Co., Inc.

Fidelity® VIP Strategic Income Portfolio Service Class 2

Seeks a high level of current income. The fund may also seek capital appreciation.

Fidelity Management & Research Co., Inc.

   

FIRST TRUST VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

First Trust Dorsey Wright Tactical Core Portfolio Class I

Seeks to provide total return.

First Trust Advisors L.P.

*First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio Class I

Seeks to provide total return by allocating among dividend-paying stocks and investment grade bonds.

First Trust Advisors L.P.

First Trust Multi Income Allocation Portfolio Class I

Seeks to maximize current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation.

First Trust Advisors L.P.

   

FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

*Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund Class 4

Seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal.

Franklin Templeton Services, LLC serves as the fund’s administrator.

Franklin Income VIP Fund Class 2

Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

Franklin Advisers, Inc.

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund Class 2

Seeks capital appreciation.

Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund Class 2

Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration.

Franklin Advisory Services, LLC

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund Class 2

Seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration.

Franklin Advisers, Inc.

   

IVY VARIABLE

INSURANCE PORTFOLIOS

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

Ivy VIP Asset Strategy Class II

Seeks to provide total return.

Ivy Investment Management Company

Ivy VIP Energy Class II

Seeks to provide capital growth and appreciation.

Ivy Investment Management Company

22


485BPOS24th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 24th
   

JANUS ASPEN SERIES

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

*Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio Service Shares

Long-term capital growth, consistent with preservation of capital and balanced by current income.

Janus Capital Management LLC

Janus Henderson Flexible Bond Portfolio Service Shares

Maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital.

Janus Capital Management LLC

   

JPMORGAN INSURANCE TRUST

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio Class 2

Seeks to maximize long-term total return.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Income Builder Portfolio Class 2

Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

   

LEGG MASON PARTNERS VARIABLE EQUITY TRUST

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio – Class II

Seeks capital appreciation.

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

   

LORD ABBETT SERIES FUND, INC.

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio Class VC

Seeks to deliver high current income and long-term growth of capital by investing primarily in a variety of fixed income securities and select equity-related securities.

Lord, Abbett & Co., LLC

Lord Abbett International Equity Portfolio Class VC

(formerly called Lord Abbett International Core Equity Portfolio)

Seeks to deliver long-term growth of capital by investing primarily in stocks of U.S. companies.

Lord, Abbett & Co., LLC

Lord Abbett Total Return Portfolio Class VC

Seeks to deliver current income and the opportunity for capital appreciation by investing primarily in U.S. investment grade corporate, government, and mortgage- and asset-backed securities, with select allocations to high yield and foreign debt securities.

Lord, Abbett & Co., LLC

   

MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

*MFS® Total Return Series – Service Class

Seeks total return.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

MFS® Utilities Series – Service Class

Seeks total return.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

23


485BPOS25th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 25th
   

NEUBERGER BERMAN ADVISERS MANAGEMENT TRUST

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

Neuberger Berman U.S. Equity Index PutWrite Strategy Portfolio Class S

Seeks long-term growth of capital and income generation.

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC

   

OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

Oppenheimer Global Fund/VA Service Shares

Seeks capital appreciation.

OFI Global Asset Management, Inc.

Oppenheimer International Growth Fund/VA Service Shares

Seeks capital appreciation.

OFI Global Asset Management, Inc.

   

PACIFIC SELECT FUND

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

All Portfolios offered are Class I unless otherwise noted below.

Comstock Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

Invesco Advisers, Inc.

Core Income Portfolio

Seeks a high level of current income; capital

appreciation is of secondary importance.

Pacific Asset Management

Currency Strategies Portfolio

Seeks to provide total return.

UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc. & Macro Currency Group

Developing Growth Portfolio

Seeks capital appreciation; no consideration is given to income.

Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC

*PSF DFA Balanced Allocation Portfolio Class D

Seeks long-term growth of capital and low to moderate income.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

Diversified Alternatives Portfolio

Seeks to provide total return.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

Diversified Bond Portfolio

Seeks to maximize total return consistent with prudent investment management.

Western Asset Management Company

Dividend Growth Portfolio

Seeks dividend income and long-term capital appreciation.

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio

Seeks to maximize total return consistent with prudent investment management.

Ashmore Investment Management Limited

Emerging Markets Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

Equity Index Portfolio

Seeks investment results that correspond to the total return of common stocks that are publicly traded in the U.S.

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Equity Long/Short Portfolio

Seeks capital appreciation.

AQR Capital Management, LLC

Floating Rate Income Portfolio

Seeks a high level of current income.

Pacific Asset Management

Floating Rate Loan Portfolio

Seeks a high level of current income

Eaton Vance Investment Managers

Focused Growth Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

Janus Capital Management LLC

Global Absolute Return Portfolio

Seeks to provide total return.

Eaton Vance Investment Managers

Growth Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

MFS Investment Management

24


485BPOS26th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 26th
   

PACIFIC SELECT FUND

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

Health Sciences Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

High Yield Bond Portfolio

Seeks a high level of current income.

Pacific Asset Management

Inflation Managed Portfolio

Seeks to maximize total return consistent with prudent investment management.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

Inflation Strategy Portfolio

Seeks to maximize total return consistent with prudent investment management.

Barings LLC

International Large-Cap Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

MFS Investment Management

International Small-Cap Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

QS Investors, LLC.

International Value Portfolio

Seeks long-term capital appreciation primarily through investment in equity securities of corporations domiciled in countries with developed economies and markets other than the U.S. Current income from dividends and interest will not be an important consideration.

Wellington Management Company LLP

Large-Cap Growth Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital; current income is of secondary importance.

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Large-Cap Value Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital; current income is of secondary importance.

ClearBridge Investments, LLC

Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio

Seeks above-average total returns.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

As previously supplemented on February 28, 2018, the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio will be reorganized and transferred to the Main Street® Core Portfolio on or about June 28, 2018 (the “Transfer Date”). Effective May 1, 2018, the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio will be closed to new allocations and only Contract Owners that have Contract Value in the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio as of the end of the Business Day on April 30, 2018, may continue to make Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals involving the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio. If you have Contract Value in the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio and withdraw or transfer out 100% of the Contract Value, you will not be able to re-invest in the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio. For 30 calendar days before the Transfer Date and for 30 calendar days after the Transfer Date, you may make a one-time transfer of all or a portion of the Contract Value you have in the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio or in the Main Street® Core Portfolio, as applicable, to any other available Investment Option without the transfer counting towards the twenty-five (25) transfers permitted each calendar year. All other transfers are subject to the limitations as described in this Prospectus. Unless you instruct us otherwise, after the Transfer Date any outstanding instruction you have on file with us that designates the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio will be deemed an instruction for the Main Street® Core Portfolio. Any references to the Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio are deleted from this Prospectus after the Transfer Date.

   

Main Street® Core Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital and income.

OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

Managed Bond Portfolio

Seeks to maximize total return consistent with prudent investment management.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio

Seeks capital appreciation.

Scout Investments, Inc.

Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

Ivy Investment Management Company

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

Boston Partners Global Investors, Inc.

*Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio

Seeks current income and moderate growth of capital.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

*Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

Seeks moderately high, long-term growth of capital with low, current income.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

*Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital and low to moderate income.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

25


485BPOS27th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 27th
   

*Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Seeks high, long-term capital appreciation.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

*Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio

Seeks current income and preservation of capital.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

*Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

Seeks moderately high, long-term capital appreciation with low, current income.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

*Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital and low to moderate income.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

*Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio

Seeks current income and moderate growth of capital.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

Real Estate Portfolio

Seeks current income and long-term capital appreciation.

Principal Real Estate Investors LLC

Short Duration Bond Portfolio

Seeks current income; capital appreciation is of

secondary importance.

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

Small-Cap Equity Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

Franklin Advisory Services, LLC & BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Small-Cap Index Portfolio

Seeks investment results that correspond to the total return of an index of small-capitalization companies.

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

Small-Cap Value Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

AllianceBernstein L.P.

Technology Portfolio

Seeks long-term growth of capital.

MFS Investment Management

Value Advantage Portfolio

Seeks to provide long-term total return from a combination of income and capital gains.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

   

PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

PIMCO All Asset All Authority Portfolio – Advisor Class

Seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.

Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio – Advisor Class

Seeks maximum real return, consistent with prudent investment management.

Pacific Investment Management Company, LLC

Effective November 1, 2016, the PIMCO All Asset All Authority Portfolio (Advisor Class) Investment Option was closed to new investors. Starting November 1, 2016, if you have Account Value in that Investment Option and withdraw or transfer out 100% of the Account Value, you will not be able to re-invest in that Investment Option.

   

STATE STREET VARIABLE INSURANCE SERIES FUNDS, INC.

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

*State Street Total Return V.I.S. Fund Class 3

Highest total return, composed of current income and capital appreciation, as is consistent with prudent investment risk.

SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

26


485BPOS28th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 28th
   

VANECK VIP TRUST

INVESTMENT GOAL

MANAGER

VanEck VIP Global Hard Assets Fund Class S

Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in hard asset securities. Income is a secondary consideration.

Van Eck Associates Corporation

The Investment Adviser

American Century Investment Management, Inc. is the investment adviser of the American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.

Capital Research and Management CompanySM is the investment adviser of the American Funds Insurance Series. Milliman Financial Risk Management LLC is the sub-adviser of the Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund with respect to the managed risk strategy.

BlackRock Advisors, LLC is the investment adviser for the BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.

Fidelity Management & Research Co., Inc. is the investment adviser for the Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products Funds.

First Trust Advisors L.P. is the investment advisor for the First Trust Variable Insurance Trust.

Franklin Advisory Services, LLC is the investment adviser for the Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund. Franklin Templeton Services, LLC is the fund administrator for the Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund. Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC is the investment adviser for the Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund. Franklin Advisers, Inc. is the investment adviser for the Franklin Income VIP Fund and the Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund. These Portfolios are part of the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust.

Invesco Advisers, Inc. is the investment adviser for the AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds). Invesco Asset Management Limited is the sub-adviser of Invesco V.I. Global Real Estate Fund.

Ivy Investment Management Company is the investment adviser of the Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios.

Janus Capital Management LLC is the investment adviser of the Janus Aspen Series.

J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. is the investment adviser to JPMorgan Insurance Trust and oversees the management of the JPMorgan Insurance Trust Portfolios.

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC is the investment manager of the Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust.

Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC is the investment adviser for the Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.

Massachusetts Financial Services Company is the investment adviser for the MFS Variable Insurance Trust.

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC is the investment manager of the Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust.

OFI Global Asset Management, Inc. is the investment adviser of the Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds. The Fund’s sub-adviser is OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC is the investment adviser for the PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust.

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (PLFA), a subsidiary of Pacific Life Insurance Company, is the investment adviser for the Pacific Select Fund. PLFA and the Pacific Select Fund’s Board of Trustees oversee the management of all the Pacific Select Fund’s Portfolios, and PLFA also manages certain portfolios directly. PLFA also does business under the name “Pacific Asset Management” and manages certain Pacific Select Fund Portfolios under that name.

SSGA Funds Management, Inc. is the investment adviser for the State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc.

Van Eck Associates Corporation is the investment adviser of the VanEck VIP Trust.

Your Fixed Option

The DCA Plus Fixed Option offers you a guaranteed minimum interest rate on amounts that you allocate to this option. You may only allocate Purchase Payments to the DCA Plus Fixed Option (you cannot make transfers from other Investment Options to the DCA Plus Fixed Option) and you may choose a Guarantee Term of up to 24 months, depending on what Guarantee Terms we offer. Please contact us for the Guarantee Terms currently available. Any amount allocated to this option will be transferred monthly (over the Guarantee Term) to one or more of the Variable Investment Option(s) you selected. Amounts you allocate to this option, and your earnings credited are held in our General Account. For more detailed information about this option, see THE GENERAL ACCOUNT.

27


485BPOS29th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 29th

PURCHASING YOUR CONTRACT

How to Apply for Your Contract

To purchase a Contract, you must work with your financial advisor to fill out an application and submit it along with your initial Purchase Payment to Pacific Life Insurance Company at P.O. Box 2290, Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2290. In those instances when we receive electronic transmission of the information on the application from your financial advisor’s broker-dealer firm and our administrative procedures with your broker-dealer so provide, we consider the application to be received on the Business Day we receive the transmission. If your application and Purchase Payment are complete when received, or once they have become complete, we will issue your Contract within 2 Business Days. If some information is missing from your application, we may delay issuing your Contract while we obtain the missing information. However, we will not hold your initial Purchase Payment for more than 5 Business Days without your permission. In any case, we will not hold your initial Purchase Payment after 20 Business Days.

You may also purchase a Contract by exchanging your existing annuity. Call your financial advisor or call us at (800) 722-4448 if you are interested in this option. Financial advisors may call us at (800) 722-2333.

We reserve the right to reject any application or Purchase Payment for any reason, subject to any applicable nondiscrimination laws and to our own standards and guidelines. On your application, you must provide us with a valid U.S. tax identification number for federal, state, and local tax reporting purposes.

The maximum age of a Contract Owner/Annuitant, including Joint and Contingent Owners/Annuitants, for which a Contract will be issued is 85. The Contract Owner’s age is calculated as of his or her last birthday. If any Contract Owner or any sole Annuitant named in the application for a Contract dies and we are notified of the death before we issue the Contract, then we will return the amount we received. If we issue the Contract and are subsequently notified after issuance that the death occurred prior to issue, then the application for the Contract and/or any Contract issued will be deemed cancelled and a refund will be issued. The refund amount will be the Contract Value based upon the next determined Accumulated Unit Value (AUV) after we receive proof of death, In Proper Form, of the Contract Owner or Annuitant, plus a refund of any amount used to pay premium taxes and/or any other taxes. Any refunded assets may be subject to probate.

Making Your Investments (“Purchase Payments”)

Making Your Initial Purchase Payment

Your initial Purchase Payment must be at least $5,000 for a Non-Qualified Contract and at least $2,000 for a Qualified Contract. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum initial Purchase Payment on Qualified Contracts but we reserve the right to enforce the minimum initial Purchase Payment on Qualified Contracts in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the minimum initial Purchase Payment on Qualified Contracts. For Non-Qualified Contracts, if the entire minimum initial Purchase Payment is not included when you submit your application, you must establish a pre-authorized investment program. A pre-authorized investment program allows you to pay the remainder of the required initial Purchase Payment in equal installments over the first Contract Year. Further requirements for the pre-authorized investment program are discussed in the Pre-Authorized Investment Request form.

You must obtain our consent before making an initial or additional Purchase Payment that will bring your aggregate Purchase Payments over $1,000,000.

Making Additional Purchase Payments

If your Contract is Non-Qualified, you may choose to invest additional amounts in your Contract at any time. If your Contract is Qualified, the method of contribution and contribution limits may be restricted by the Qualified Plan or the Internal Revenue Code (“the Code”). Each additional Purchase Payment must be at least $250 for a Non-Qualified Contract and $50 for a Qualified Contract. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum additional Purchase Payment amounts but we reserve the right to enforce the minimum additional Purchase Payment amounts in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the minimum additional Purchase Payment amounts. Additional Purchase Payments will be allocated according to the instructions we have on file unless we receive specific allocation instructions. Contracts issued in certain states may limit additional Purchase Payments.

If you purchase an optional rider, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments for any Rider, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit rider that you may own, and you will not be able to increase your Contract Value or increase any protected amounts under your optional living benefit rider by making additional Purchase Payments into your Contract. We may reject or restrict additional Purchase Payments to help protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders (for example, changes in current economic factors or general market conditions). If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will provide at least 30 calendar days advance written notice.

Forms of Purchase Payment

Your initial and additional Purchase Payments may be sent by personal or bank check or by wire transfer. Purchase Payments must be made in a form acceptable to us before we can process it. Acceptable forms of Purchase Payments are:

28


485BPOS30th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 30th

· personal checks or cashier’s checks drawn on a U.S. bank,

· money orders and traveler’s checks in single denominations of more than $10,000 if they originate in a U.S. bank,

· third party payments when there is a clear connection of the third party to the underlying transaction, and

· wire transfers that originate in U.S. banks.

We will not accept Purchase Payments in the following forms:

· cash,

· credit cards or checks drawn against a credit card account,

· money orders or traveler’s checks in single denominations of $10,000 or less,

· starter checks,

· home equity checks,

· eChecks,

· cashier’s checks, money orders, traveler’s checks or personal checks drawn on non-U.S. banks, even if the payment may be effected through a U.S. bank,

· third party payments if there is not a clear connection of the third party to the underlying transaction, and

· wire transfers that originate from foreign bank accounts.

All unacceptable forms of Purchase Payments will be returned to the payor along with a letter of explanation. We reserve the right to reject or accept any form of payment. Any unacceptable Purchase Payment inadvertently invested may be returned and the amount returned may be more or less than the amount submitted. If you make Purchase Payments by check other than a cashier’s check, your payment of any withdrawal proceeds and any refund during the “Right to Cancel” period may be delayed until we receive confirmation in our Annuities administrative office that your check has cleared.

HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED

Choosing Your Investment Options

You may allocate your Purchase Payments among any of the available Investment Options. Allocations of your initial Purchase Payment to the Investment Options you selected will be effective on your Contract Date. Each additional Purchase Payment will be allocated to the Investment Options according to your allocation instructions in your application, or most recent instructions, if any, subject to the terms described in WITHDRAWALS – Right to Cancel (“Free Look”). We reserve the right to require that your allocation to any particular Investment Option must be at least $500. We also reserve the right to transfer any remaining Account Value that is not at least $500 to your other Investment Options on a pro rata basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

If your Contract is issued in exchange for another annuity contract or a life insurance policy, our administrative procedures may vary depending on the state in which your Contract is delivered.

Custom Model

The Custom Model program is only available for Contracts issued before May 1, 2012 and for use with optional living benefit riders with a Rider Effective Date before May 1, 2012.

The Custom Model program allows you, with the help of your financial advisor, to create your own asset allocation model that will comply with the Investment Allocation Requirements for certain optional living benefit Riders. (See OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS – General Information – Investment Allocation Requirements.) You will create your own model using the parameters listed below.

Parameters. To create your model, you may select Investment Options from the 4 Categories (Categories A, B, C and D) listed below. You must allocate at least 25% into each of Categories A, B, and C. You may not allocate more than 15% into any one Investment Option within Category A, B, or C. Category D is optional and you are not required to allocate any part of your Purchase Payment or Contract Value to this Category. If you choose to allocate your Purchase Payment or Contract Value to Category D, you are allowed to allocate up to 25% into any one Investment Option within Category D. Allocation percentages among the Categories must total 100%. The percentage allocation requirements only apply to your Variable Account Value. The model you create will be automatically rebalanced on a quarterly basis.

Example: Assume a $100,000 Purchase Payment. Following the parameters and using the Investment Options listed from the Categories below, you may allocate your Purchase Payment as follows:

· Category A – 15% to Diversified Bond Portfolio, 10% to Managed Bond Portfolio and 5% to High Yield Bond Portfolio,

29


485BPOS31st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 31st

· Category B – 15% to Growth Portfolio, 10% to Small-Cap Index Portfolio, 10% to Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio, 5% to Large- Cap Growth Portfolio and 5% to Large-Cap Value Portfolio, and

· Category C – 10% to International Value Portfolio, 10% to International Large-Cap Portfolio and 5% to Emerging Markets Portfolio.

The total allocated is 100%: Category A = 30%, Category B = 45% and Category C = 25%. If you want to include all 4 Categories when creating your model, you could adjust your allocation percentages in Categories A, B and C and allocate up to 25% to any combination of the Investment Options in Category D. Keep in mind that you may select any Investment Option within a Category and the allocation percentages among the Categories must total 100%.

    

Category A – Fixed Income Investment Options

Diversified Bond Portfolio

Emerging Markets Debt Portfolio

Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Portfolio

Floating Rate Loan Portfolio

High Yield Bond Portfolio

Inflation Managed Portfolio

Inflation Strategy Portfolio

Managed Bond Portfolio

Short Duration Bond Portfolio

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund

  

Category B – Domestic Equity Investment Options

American Funds IS Growth Fund

American Funds IS Growth-Income Fund

Comstock Portfolio

Developing Growth Portfolio

Dividend Growth Portfolio

Equity Index Portfolio

Focused Growth Portfolio

Growth Portfolio

Large-Cap Growth Portfolio

Large-Cap Value Portfolio

Long/Short Large-Cap Portfolio

Main Street Core Portfolio

Mid-Cap Equity Portfolio

Mid-Cap Growth Portfolio

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio

Small-Cap Equity Portfolio

Small-Cap Index Portfolio

Small-Cap Value Portfolio

  

Category C – International Equity and Sector Investment Options

Emerging Markets Portfolio

Health Sciences Portfolio

International Large-Cap Portfolio

International Small-Cap Portfolio

International Value Portfolio

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund

Real Estate Portfolio

Technology Portfolio

Category D – Asset Allocation Investment Options

American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

Fidelity® VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio

First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio

Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund

Invesco V.I. Balanced-Risk Allocation Fund

Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio

MFS Total Return Series

Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio

Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio

Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio

State Street Total Return V.I.S. Fund

   

You may make transfers between Investment Options within a particular Category or from one Category to another Category as long as you follow the Custom Model parameters. Transfers made will be subject to any transfer and market timing restrictions (see HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATEDTransfers and Market-timing Restrictions). Subsequent Purchase Payments will be allocated according to your current model allocation instructions. Any future allocations and/or DCA Plus transfers from the DCA Plus Fixed Option must comply with the Custom Model parameters in order to remain in the program. Any withdrawals must be made on a pro rata basis from each of the Investment Options you selected for your model.

You may terminate your participation in the Custom Model program at any time. However, if you own an optional living benefit rider and do not allocate your entire Contract Value to another asset allocation model or Investment Options we make available for the Riders, your Rider will terminate. If you allocate any subsequent Purchase Payment or Contract Value inconsistent with the Custom Model parameters, make transfers between Investment Options outside the Custom Model parameters, or do not make a withdrawal on a pro rata basis, you will no longer be participating in the Custom Model program and your Rider will terminate. Work with your financial advisor and consider your options before making any Investment Option transfers. Any changes in the allocation percentages due to market performance will not be a violation of the program, since the model you created will automatically be rebalanced on a quarterly basis.

30


485BPOS32nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 32nd

We are under no contractual obligation to continue this program and have the right to terminate or change the Custom Model program at any time.

Investing in Variable Investment Options

Each time you allocate your Purchase Payment to a Variable Investment Option, your Contract is credited with a number of “Subaccount Units” in that Subaccount. The number of Subaccount Units credited is equal to the amount you have allocated to that Subaccount, divided by the “Unit Value” of one Unit of that Subaccount.

Example: You allocate $600 to Subaccount A. At the end of the Business Day on which your allocation is effective, the value of one Unit in Subaccount A is $15. As a result, 40 Subaccount Units are credited to your Contract for your $600 ($600 / $15 = 40).

Your Variable Account Value Will Change

After we credit your Contract with Subaccount Units, the value of those Units will usually fluctuate. This means that, from time to time, your Purchase Payments allocated to the Variable Investment Options may be worth more or less than the original Purchase Payments to which those amounts can be attributed. Fluctuations in Subaccount Unit Value will not change the number of Units credited to your Contract.

Subaccount Unit Values will vary in accordance with the investment performance of the corresponding Portfolio. For example, the value of Units in Subaccount A will change to reflect the performance of the corresponding Portfolio (including that Portfolio’s investment income, its capital gains and losses, and its expenses). Subaccount Unit Values are also adjusted to reflect the Administrative Fee and applicable Risk Charge imposed on the Separate Account.

We calculate the value of all Subaccount Units on each Business Day.

Calculating Subaccount Unit Values

We calculate the Unit Value of the Subaccount Units in each Variable Investment Option at the close of the New York Stock Exchange which usually closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on each Business Day. At the end of each Business Day, the Unit Value for a Subaccount is equal to:

Y × Z

where   (Y) = the Unit Value for that Subaccount as of the end of the preceding Business Day; and

(Z) = the Net Investment Factor for that Subaccount for the period (a “valuation period”) between that Business Day and the immediately preceding Business Day.

The “Net Investment Factor” for a Subaccount for any valuation period is equal to:

(A ÷ B) - C

where  (A) = the “per share value of the assets” of that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation period, which is equal to: a + b + c

(a) = the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio shares held by that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation period;

(b) = the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by each Fund for that Portfolio during that valuation period; and

(c) = any per share charge (a negative number) or credit (a positive number) for any income taxes and/or any other taxes or other amounts set aside during that valuation period as a reserve for any income and/or any other taxes which we determine to have resulted from the operations of the Subaccount or Contract, and/or any taxes attributable, directly or indirectly, to Purchase Payments;

(B) = the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio shares held by the Subaccount as of the end of the preceding valuation period; and

(C) = a factor that assesses against the Subaccount net assets for each calendar day in the valuation period the Risk Charge plus the Administrative Fee and any applicable increase in the Risk Charge (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS).

The Subaccount Unit Value may increase or decrease from one valuation period to another. For Subaccount Unit Values please go to www.PacificLife.com.

When Your Purchase Payment is Effective

Your initial Purchase Payment is effective on the Business Day we issue your Contract. Any additional Purchase Payment is effective on the Business Day we receive it In Proper Form. See ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONInquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests.

The day your Purchase Payment is effective determines the Unit Value at which Subaccount Units are attributed to your Contract. In the case of transfers or withdrawals, the effective day determines the Unit Value at which affected Subaccount Units are debited and/or credited under your Contract. That Unit Value is the value of the Subaccount Units next calculated after your transaction is

31


485BPOS33rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 33rd

effective. Your Variable Account Value begins to reflect the investment performance results of your new allocations on the day after your transaction is effective.

Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions

Transfers

Transfers are allowed 30 calendar days after the Contract Date. Currently, we are not enforcing this restriction but we reserve the right to enforce it in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the 30 calendar day waiting period after the Contract Date. Once your Purchase Payments are allocated to the Investment Options you selected, you may transfer your Account Value less Loan Account Value from any Investment Option to any other Investment Option, except the DCA Plus Fixed Option.

· Transfers are limited to 25 for each calendar year. If you have used all 25 transfers available to you in a calendar year, you may no longer make transfers between the Investment Options until the start of the next calendar year. However, you may make 1 transfer of all or a portion of the Account Value remaining in the Variable Investment Options into the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Investment Option prior to the start of the next calendar year.

· Only 2 transfers in any calendar month may involve any of the following Investment Options:

    

American Funds IS Capital Income Builder Fund

American Funds IS Global Balanced Fund

American Funds IS Global Bond Fund

American Funds IS Global Growth Fund

American Funds IS Global Growth and Income Fund

American Funds IS Global Small Capitalization Fund

American Funds IS International Fund

American Funds IS International Growth and Income Fund

American Funds IS New World Fund

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

Fidelity® VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio

First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund

Invesco V.I. Balanced-Risk Allocation Fund

Ivy VIP Energy

Lord Abbett International Equity Portfolio

MFS Total Return Series

MFS Utilities Series

Oppenheimer Global Fund/VA

Oppenheimer International Growth Fund/VA

State Street Total Return V.I.S. Fund

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund

  

For example, if you transfer from the MFS Total Return Series to the MFS Utilities Series, that counts as one transfer for the calendar month. If you later transfer from the American Funds IS Global Growth Fund to the American Funds IS Global Bond Fund, that would be the second transfer for the calendar month and no more transfers will be allowed for any of the Investment Options listed above for the remainder of the calendar month.

· Only 2 transfers into or out of each of the following Investment Options may occur in any calendar month:

    

American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund

American Funds IS Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund

American Funds IS Bond Fund

American Funds IS Growth Fund

American Funds IS Growth-Income Fund

American Funds IS High-Income Bond Fund

American Funds IS Managed Risk Allocation Fund

American Funds IS U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio

VanEck Global Hard Assets Fund

 

For example, if you transfer from the American Funds IS Growth Fund to the American Funds IS Bond Fund, that counts as one transfer for each Investment Option. Only one more transfer involving those two Investment Options can occur during the calendar month. If you later transfer from the American Funds IS Growth Fund to the American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund, that would be the second transfer in the calendar month involving the American Funds IS Growth Fund and that Investment Option is no longer available for the remainder of the calendar month. All other Investment Options listed above would still be available to transfer into or out of for the remainder of the calendar month.

· Transfers to or from a Variable Investment Option cannot be made before the seventh calendar day following the last transfer to or from the same Variable Investment Option. If the seventh calendar day is not a Business Day, then a transfer may not occur until the next Business Day. The day of the last transfer is not considered a calendar day for purposes of meeting this requirement. For example, if you make a transfer into the Equity Index Variable Investment Option on Monday, you may not make any transfers to or from that Variable Investment Option before the following Monday. Transfers to or from the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Variable Investment Option are excluded from this limitation.

For the purpose of applying the limitations, multiple transfers that occur on the same calendar day are considered 1 transfer. A transfer of Account Value from the Loan Account back into your Investment Options following a loan repayment is not considered a transfer under these limitations. Transfers that occur as a result of the DCA Plus program, the dollar cost averaging program, the portfolio rebalancing program, the earnings sweep program, approved corporate owned life insurance policy rebalancing programs or automatic

32


485BPOS34th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 34th

quarterly rebalancing under the Custom Model program are excluded from these limitations. Also, allocations of Purchase Payments are not subject to these limitations.

There are no exceptions to the above transfer limitations in the absence of an error by us, a substitution of Investment Options, or reorganization of underlying Portfolios, or other extraordinary circumstances.

If we deny a transfer request, we will notify you or your financial advisor immediately.

Certain restrictions apply to any available fixed option. See THE GENERAL ACCOUNT. Transfer requests are generally effective on the Business Day we receive them In Proper Form, unless you request a systematic transfer program with a future date.

We have the right, at our option (unless otherwise required by law), to require certain minimums in the future in connection with transfers. These may include a minimum transfer amount and a minimum Account Value, if any, for the Investment Option from which the transfer is made or to which the transfer is made. If your transfer request results in your having a remaining Account Value in an Investment Option that is less than $500 immediately after such transfer, we may transfer that Account Value to your other Investment Options on a pro rata basis, relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

We reserve the right (unless otherwise required by law) to limit the size of transfers, to restrict transfers, to require that you submit any transfer requests in writing, to suspend transfers, and to impose further limits on the number and frequency of transfers you can make. We also reserve the right to reject any transfer request. Any policy we may establish with regard to the exercise of any of these rights will be applied uniformly to all Contract Owners.

Market-timing Restrictions

The Contract is not designed to serve as a vehicle for frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the market. Accordingly, organizations or individuals that use market-timing investment strategies and make frequent transfers should not purchase the Contract. Such frequent trading can disrupt management of the underlying Portfolios and raise expenses. The transfer limitations set forth above are intended to reduce frequent trading. In addition, we monitor certain large transaction activity in an attempt to detect trading that may be disruptive to the Portfolios. In the event transfer activity is found to be disruptive, certain future transactions by such Contract Owners, or by a financial advisor or other party acting on behalf of one or more Contract Owners, will require preclearance. Frequent trading and large transactions that are disruptive to Portfolio management can have an adverse effect on Portfolio performance and therefore your Contract’s performance. Such trading may also cause dilution in the value of the Investment Options held by long-term Contract Owners. While these issues can occur in connection with any of the underlying Portfolios, Portfolios holding securities that are subject to market pricing inefficiencies are more susceptible to abuse. For example, Portfolios holding international securities may be more susceptible to time-zone arbitrage which seeks to take advantage of pricing discrepancies occurring between the time of the closing of the market on which the security is traded and the time of pricing of the Portfolios.

Our policies and procedures which limit the number and frequency of transfers and which may impose preclearance requirements on certain large transactions are applied uniformly to all Contract Owners. However, there is a risk that these policies and procedures will not detect all potentially disruptive activity or will otherwise prove ineffective in whole or in part. Further, we and our affiliates make available to our variable annuity and variable life insurance Contract Owners underlying funds not affiliated with us. We are unable to monitor or restrict the trading activity with respect to shares of such funds not sold in connection with our Contracts. In the event the Board of Trustees/Directors of any underlying fund imposes a redemption fee or trading (transfer) limitations, we will pass them on to you.

We reserve the right to restrict, in our sole discretion and without prior notice, transfers initiated by a market timing organization or individual or other party authorized to give transfer instructions on behalf of multiple Contract Owners. Such restrictions could include:

· not accepting transfer instructions from a financial advisor acting on behalf of more than one Contract Owner, and

· not accepting preauthorized transfer forms from market timers or other entities acting on behalf of more than one Contract Owner at a time.

We further reserve the right to impose, without prior notice, restrictions on transfers that we determine, in our sole discretion, will disadvantage or potentially hurt the rights or interests of other Contract Owners; or to comply with any applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations.

Exchanges of Annuity Units

Exchanges of Annuity Units in any Subaccount(s) to any other Subaccount(s) after the Annuity Date are limited to 4 in any 12-month period. For purposes of applying the limitations, multiple exchanges that occur on the same calendar day are considered 1 exchange. See THE GENERAL ACCOUNT section in this Prospectus and THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT section in the SAI.

33


485BPOS35th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 35th

Systematic Transfer Options

We offer 4 systematic transfer options: dollar cost averaging, DCA Plus, portfolio rebalancing, and earnings sweep. There is no charge for these options and transfers under these options are not counted towards your total transfers in a calendar year. You can have only one DCA Plus, dollar cost averaging, or earnings sweep program in effect at one time.

Dollar Cost Averaging

Dollar cost averaging is a method in which you buy securities in a series of regular purchases instead of in a single purchase. This allows you to average the securities’ prices over time, and may permit a “smoothing” of abrupt peaks and drops in price. Prior to your Annuity Date, you may use dollar cost averaging to transfer amounts, over time, from any Investment Option with an Account Value of at least $5,000 to one or more Variable Investment Options. Each transfer must be for at least $250. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum Account Value and/or transfer amounts but we reserve the right to enforce such minimum amounts in the future. Detailed information appears in the SAI. We will provide you at least 30 calendar days prior notice before we enforce the minimum Account Value and/or transfer amounts on dollar cost averaging purchases.

DCA Plus

DCA Plus provides a way to transfer amounts monthly from the DCA Plus Fixed Option to one or more Variable Investment Option(s) currently over a period of up to 24 months, depending on what Guarantee Terms we offer. Please contact us for the Guarantee Terms currently available. The initial minimum amount that you may allocate to the DCA Plus Fixed Option is $5,000. The minimum amount for subsequent Purchase Payments is $250. Currently, we are not enforcing the initial or subsequent Purchase Payment minimum amounts but we reserve the right to enforce such minimum amounts in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the initial or subsequent Purchase Payment minimum amounts. Amounts allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option are held in our General Account and receive interest at rates declared periodically by us, but not less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract (the “Guaranteed Interest Rate”). The DCA Plus program can also be used with allowable Asset Allocation Models or allowable Investment Options to qualify for certain optional benefit riders offered under your Contract. See THE GENERAL ACCOUNT.

Portfolio Rebalancing

You may instruct us to maintain a specific balance of Variable Investment Options under your Contract (e.g. 30% in Subaccount A, 40% in Subaccount B, and 30% in Subaccount C). Periodically, we will “rebalance” your values in the elected Subaccounts to the percentages you have specified. Rebalancing may result in transferring amounts from a Subaccount earning a relatively higher return to one earning a relatively lower return. You may choose to have rebalances made quarterly, semi-annually or annually until your Annuity Date. Only Variable Investment Options are available for rebalancing. Detailed information appears in the SAI.

Earnings Sweep

You may instruct us to make automatic periodic transfers of your earnings from the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount to one or more Variable Investment Options (other than the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount). Detailed information appears in the SAI.

CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS

Withdrawal Charge

No front-end sales charge is imposed on any Purchase Payment which means the entire amount of your Purchase Payment is allocated to the Investment Options you selected. Your Purchase Payments may, however, be subject to a withdrawal charge. This charge may apply to amounts you withdraw under your Contract prior to the Annuity Date, depending on the length of time each Purchase Payment has been invested and on the amount you withdraw. This amount is deducted proportionately among all Investment Options from which the withdrawal occurs. See the Choosing Your Annuity OptionAnnuity Options section for withdrawal charges that may apply to redemptions after the Annuity Date. No withdrawal charge is imposed on:

· the free withdrawal amount (see WITHDRAWALSWithdrawals Free of a Withdrawal Charge),

· death benefit proceeds, except as provided under the DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERSNon- Natural Owner section for certain Non-Natural Owners,

· amounts converted after the 1st Contract Anniversary to an Annuity Option (see ANNUITIZATION – Choosing Your Annuity Option), unless guaranteed variable annuity payments under Annuity Option 2 or 4 are subsequently redeemed (see ANNUITIZATION – Choosing Your Annuity Option),

· withdrawals by Owners to meet the minimum distribution rules for Qualified Contracts as they apply to amounts held under the Contract, or

· withdrawals after the 1st Contract Anniversary, if the Owner or Annuitant has been diagnosed with a medically determinable condition that results in a life expectancy of 12 months or less and we are provided with medical evidence In Proper Form.

If you annuitize your Contract by electing the GIA Plus Annuity Option, the waiver of withdrawal charges described above will not apply.

34


485BPOS36th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 36th

Transfers of all or part of your Account Value from one Investment Option to another are not considered a withdrawal of an amount from your Contract, so no withdrawal charge is imposed at the time of transfer. See HOW YOUR INVESTMENTS ARE ALLOCATED – Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions and THE GENERAL ACCOUNT.

How the Withdrawal Charge is Determined

The amount of the withdrawal charge depends on how long each Purchase Payment was held under your Contract. Each Purchase Payment you make is considered to have a certain “age,” depending on the length of time since that Purchase Payment was effective. A Purchase Payment is “one year old” or has an “age of one” from the day it is effective until the day preceding your next Contract Anniversary. Beginning on the day preceding your next Contract Anniversary, your Purchase Payment will have an “age of two” and increases in age on the day preceding each Contract Anniversary. When you withdraw an amount subject to the withdrawal charge, the “age” of the Purchase Payment you withdraw determines the level of withdrawal charge as follows:

    
 

“Age” of Payment in Years:

 

Withdrawal Charge as a Percentage of the Purchase Payment Withdrawn

 

1 

 

7%

 

2 

 

7%

 

3 

 

6%

 

4 

 

5%

 

5 

 

3%

 

6 

 

1%

 

7 or more 

 

0%

We calculate your withdrawal charge by assuming that your Earnings are withdrawn first, followed by amounts attributed to Purchase Payments with the “oldest” Purchase Payment withdrawn first and before any deduction for other charges due or taxes are made. We also account for any eligible Purchase Payments that are still in the surrender charge period that may be withdrawn without incurring a withdrawal charge (e.g. free 10%). See WITHDRAWALS – Optional WithdrawalsWithdrawals Free of a Withdrawal Charge. The withdrawal charge will be deducted proportionately among all Investment Options from which your withdrawal occurs. Unless you specify otherwise, a partial withdrawal amount requested will be processed as a “gross” amount, which means that applicable charges and taxes will be deducted from the requested amount. If a partial withdrawal amount is requested to be a “net” amount, applicable charges and taxes will be added to the requested amount and the withdrawal charges and taxes will be calculated on the grossed up amount.

For example: You make an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 in Contract Year 1 and make an additional Purchase Payment of $7,000 in Contract Year 2. With Earnings, your Contract Value in Contract Year 3 is $19,000. In Contract Year 3 you make a withdrawal of $9,000. At this point, total Purchase Payments equal $17,000, Earnings equal $2,000, and the “age” of the applicable Purchase Payments withdrawn is 3 Years. Earnings ($2,000) and 10% of all remaining Purchase Payments made ($1,700) may be withdrawn free of a withdrawal charge per Contract year. The amount of the withdrawal charge applied would be $318 ($9,000 - $2,000 - $1,700 = $5,300; $5,300 x 6% = $318).

The withdrawal charge is designed to reimburse us for sales commissions and other expenses associated with the promotion and solicitation of offers for the Contracts, although our actual expenses may be greater or less than the withdrawal charge amount. See ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – Distribution Arrangements for information regarding commissions and other amounts paid to broker-dealers in connection with Contract distribution.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

We assess a charge against the assets of each Subaccount to compensate for certain mortality and expense risks that we assume under the Contract (the “Risk Charge”). The risk that an Annuitant will live longer (and therefore receive more annuity payments) than we predict through our actuarial calculations at the time the Contract is issued is “mortality risk.” We also bear mortality risk in connection with death benefit payable under the Contract. The risk that the expense charges and fees under the Contract and Separate Account are less than our actual administrative and operating expenses is called “expense risk.”

This Risk Charge is assessed daily at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of each Subaccount’s assets.

The Risk Charge will stop at the Annuity Date (the Risk Charge will be assessed on the Annuity Date then discontinue thereafter) if you select fixed annuity payments. The Risk Charge (excluding any increase for optional benefits) will continue after the Annuity

35


485BPOS37th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 37th

Date if you choose variable annuity payments, even though we do not bear mortality risk if your Annuity Option is Period Certain Only.

We will realize a gain if the Risk Charge exceeds our actual cost of expenses and benefits, and will suffer a loss if such actual costs exceed the Risk Charge. Any gain will become part of our General Account. We may use it for any reason, including covering sales expenses on the Contracts.

Increase in Risk Charge if an Optional Death Benefit Rider is Purchased

We increase your Risk Charge by an annual rate equal to 0.20% of each Subaccount’s assets if you purchase the Stepped-Up Death Benefit. The total Risk Charge annual rate will be 1.20% if the Stepped-Up Death Benefit is purchased. Any increase in your Risk Charge will not continue after the Annuity Date. See DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits.

Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG) Charge

If you purchase EEG, we will deduct an annual charge from your Investment Options on a proportionate basis. The charge for EEG is 0.25% which is multiplied by the Contract Value and deducted on an annual basis. The charge is deducted in arrears each Contract Anniversary following the date you purchase EEG and when you make a full withdrawal, if EEG is in effect on that date.

Administrative Fee

We charge an Administrative Fee as compensation for costs we incur in operating the Separate Account, issuing and administering the Contracts, including processing applications and payments, and issuing reports to you and to regulatory authorities.

The Administrative Fee is assessed daily at an annual rate equal to 0.15% of the assets of each Subaccount. This rate is guaranteed not to increase for the life of your Contract. A correlation will not necessarily exist between the actual administrative expenses attributable to a particular Contract and the Administrative Fee paid in respect of that particular Contract. The Administrative Fee will continue after the Annuity Date if you choose any variable payout option. We do not intend to realize a profit from this fee.

Annual Fee

We will charge you an Annual Fee of $40.00 on each Contract Anniversary prior to the Annuity Date, and at the time you withdraw your entire Net Contract Value (on a pro rated basis for that Contract Year) if your Net Contract Value is less than $50,000 on that date. The fee is not imposed on amounts you annuitize or on payment of death benefit proceeds. The fee reimburses certain costs in administering the Contracts and the Separate Account. We do not intend to realize a profit from this fee. This fee is guaranteed not to increase for the life of your Contract.

Your Annual Fee will be charged proportionately against your Investment Options. Assessments against your Variable Investment Options are made by debiting some of the Subaccount Units previously credited to your Contract. That is, assessment of the Annual Fee does not change the Unit Value for those Subaccounts. Any portion of the Annual Fee we deduct from any of our fixed options (if available under the Contract) will not be greater than the annual interest credited in excess of that fixed option’s minimum guaranteed interest rate.

Optional Rider Charges

The following disclosure applies to the Enhanced Income Select (Single), Enhanced Income Select (Joint), CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single), CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint), CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single), CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Joint), Income Access Select and GPA 3 Select Riders.

If you purchase an optional Rider listed in the table below, we will deduct an annual charge from your Investment Options, excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option, on a proportionate basis. Deductions against your Variable Investment Options are made by debiting some of the Subaccount Units previously credited to your Contract. The applicable maximum annual charge percentage is based on the 10-Year Treasury Rate (the monthly average as published by the Federal Reserve which can be obtained at www.federalreserve.gov). Prior to purchase, speak with your Financial Advisor or contact us directly for the current annual charge percentage in effect for a particular rider.

36


485BPOS38th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 38th
      
 

Maximum Annual Charge
Percentage Under the Rider

  

Rider Name

10-Year Treasury Rate Monthly Average
Less than 2.00%

10-Year Treasury Rate Monthly Average
2.00% to
3.99%

10-Year Treasury Rate Monthly Average
4.00% or
more

To determine the amount to be deducted, the percentage that applies to you is multiplied by the:

The Charge is deducted
on each:

Enhanced Income Select (Single)1

2.25%

2.00%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base2

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

Enhanced Income Select (Joint)1

2.75%

2.50%

2.00%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single)

2.00%

1.50%

1.00%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint)

2.50%

2.00%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single)

1.00%

0.75%

0.50%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Joint)

1.50%

1.25%

1.00%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

Income Access Select

2.75%

2.25%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

GPA 3 Select

2.25%

2.00%

1.75%

Guaranteed Protection Amount2

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

1 Enhanced Income Select Riders. If there is a rider price increase, you can elect to opt out of the most recent price increase if the election is made within sixty (60) calendar days after your Contract Anniversary date. Such an election will result in a reduction or termination of certain features and benefits under the riders. You can find complete information on this opt out in the Opt-Out – Rider Price Changes subsection for the Enhanced Income Select Riders. See OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS.

2 Protected Payment Base or Guaranteed Protection Amount are defined, where applicable, in the Rider Terms subsection for each rider referenced above. See OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS.

Generally, as economic factors improve, the annual charge percentage may decrease and as economic factors decline, the annual charge percentage may increase. The annual charge will change based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility but is subject to the maximum annual charge percentage in the table above. We determine, at our sole discretion, whether a change in the current annual charge percentage will occur subject to the maximum annual charge percentage in the table above. This rider pricing structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the riders.

Every 3 months, generally on or about February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1, we declare what the annual charge percentage will be for the following 3 month period (e.g. May through July). For example, when determining the annual charge percentage for May 1, we will use the 10-Year Treasury Rate monthly average for the month of March to see which maximum annual charge is in effect, and then determine, at our sole discretion, whether a change in the current annual charge percentage will occur. The annual charge percentage may be less than the applicable maximum annual charge percentage shown in the table above. See the hypothetical examples below.

If you purchase a rider, the charge is deducted every 3 months following your Rider Effective Date (“Quarterly Rider Anniversary”) and your initial annual charge percentage is guaranteed not to change until the 1st Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date. The charge is deducted in arrears each Quarterly Rider Anniversary and will be deducted while the Rider remains in effect and when the Rider terminates.

Beginning on the 1st Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, and on any subsequent Contract Anniversary, we may change the annual charge percentage. The annual charge percentage may increase or decrease each Contract Anniversary. Any increase in the annual charge percentage will not exceed 0.50% from the previous Contract Year. The 0.50% limitation does not apply to any annual charge percentage decreases which could be more than 0.50%. If a change to your annual charge percentage is made, the new annual charge percentage will remain the same until your next Contract Anniversary. You will receive the applicable annual charge percentage in effect for new issues of the same rider, subject to the maximum annual charge and 0.50% increase limit.

Here are a few hypothetical examples using CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) to help you understand how the annual charge percentage may change over time.

Example 1 – Purchasing a new Rider: The annual charge percentage in effect for February 1st is 1.15% and the 10-Year Treasury Rate is 2.10%. You purchase the Rider on March 15th (your Rider Effective Date). You will be charged 1.15% until your next Contract Anniversary.

37


485BPOS39th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 39th

Example 2 – Increase in annual charge percentage of less than 0.50% limit: The annual charge percentage in effect for February 1st of the current year is now 1.40% and the 10-year Treasury Rate is 1.90%. You purchased a Rider on March 15th and it is now your first Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date. Your annual charge percentage was 1.15% for the first year. Your new annual charge percentage will be 1.40% until your next Contract Anniversary since that is the annual charge percentage in effect for new issues of the same Rider, 1.40% is less than the 2.00% maximum annual charge and your charge increased by less than 0.50%.

Example 3 – Increase in annual charge percentage subject to 0.50% limit: The annual charge percentage in effect for February 1st of the current year is now 1.80% and the 10-year Treasury Rate is 1.50%. You purchased a Rider on March 15th and it is now your first Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date. Your annual charge percentage was 1.15% for the first year. Your new annual charge percentage will be 1.65% until your next Contract Anniversary because we cannot increase your annual charge by more than 0.50% from the previous Contract Year and 1.65% is less than the 2.00% maximum annual charge.

Example 4 – Decrease in annual charge percentage: The annual charge percentage in effect for February 1st of the current year is now 0.60% and the 10-year Treasury Rate is 3.10%. You purchased a Rider on March 15th and it is now your first Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date. Your annual charge percentage was 1.15% for the first year. Using the table above, since the 10-Year Treasury Rate used is the “2.00% to 3.99%” breakpoint, the maximum annual charge percentage that may be declared is 1.50%. Your new annual charge percentage will be 0.60% until your next Contract Anniversary.

Should the 10-Year Treasury Rate no longer be available, we will substitute the 10-Year Treasury Rate (monthly average) with another measure for determining the annual Rider charge percentage. However, the maximum fee percentages in the table provided in your Rider will not change as long as your Rider remains in effect.

If your Rider terminates on a Quarterly Rider Anniversary (for reasons other than death), the entire charge for the prior quarter will be deducted on that Quarterly Rider Anniversary. If your Rider terminates prior to a Quarterly Rider Anniversary, a prorated charge will be deducted on the earlier of the day the Contract terminates or the Quarterly Rider Anniversary immediately following the day your Rider terminates. The charge will be determined as of the day your Rider terminates.

If your Rider terminates as a result of the death of the Designated Life (all Designated Lives for a Joint Life Rider) or when the death benefit becomes payable under the Contract, any annual charge deducted between the date of death and the Notice Date will be prorated as applicable to the date of death and added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date.

Once your Contract Value is zero, the Rider annual charge will no longer be deducted. In addition, we will waive the Rider charge for the quarter in which full annuitization of the Contract occurs and the Rider annual charge will no longer be deducted.

The following disclosure applies to the CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single), CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Joint), CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single), CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Joint), CoreIncome Advantage 5, CoreProtect Advantage, CoreIncome Advantage, Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single), Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Joint), Foundation 10, Automatic Income Builder, Flexible Lifetime Income (Single), Flexible Lifetime Income (Joint), Income Access, Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3, Guaranteed Protection Advantage 5 and Guaranteed Income Advantage Plus Riders.

If you purchase an optional Rider listed in the table below, we will deduct an annual charge from your Investment Options (excluding the DCA Plus Fixed Option if you own CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single or Joint), CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single or Joint), CoreIncome Advantage, CoreProtect Advantage or CoreIncome Advantage 5) on a proportionate basis.

Depending on which Rider you own, the charge is deducted each Contract Anniversary or every 3 months following the Rider Effective Date (“Quarterly Rider Anniversary”). The Rider charge will be deducted while the Rider remains in effect and when the Rider terminates. The charge is deducted in arrears each Contract Anniversary or Quarterly Rider Anniversary.

If your Rider charge is deducted each Contract Anniversary and your Rider terminates on a Contract Anniversary, the entire charge for the prior year will be deducted on that anniversary. If the Rider terminates prior to a Contract Anniversary, a prorated charge will be deducted on the earlier of the day your Contract terminates or the Contract Anniversary immediately following the day your Rider terminates. The charge will be determined as of the day your Rider terminates.

If your Rider charge is deducted each Quarterly Rider Anniversary and your Rider terminates on a Quarterly Rider Anniversary, the entire charge for the prior quarter will be deducted on that anniversary. If the Rider terminates prior to a Quarterly Rider Anniversary, a prorated charge will be deducted on the earlier of the day the Contract terminates or on the Quarterly Rider Anniversary immediately following the day your Rider terminates. The charge will be determined as of the day your Rider terminates.

Any portion of the Rider’s charge we deduct from any fixed option will not be greater than the annual interest credited in excess of the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract. If you make a full withdrawal of the amount available for withdrawal during a Contract Year, we will deduct the charge from the final payment made to you.

An optional Rider annual charge percentage may change if a Step-Up/Reset occurs under the Rider provisions. However, the annual charge percentage will not exceed the maximum annual charge percentage (indicated in the table below) for the applicable Rider. You may elect to opt-out of a Reset and your annual charge percentage will remain the same as it was before the Reset. If an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset never occurs, the annual charge percentage established on the Rider Effective Date is guaranteed not to

38


485BPOS40th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 40th

change. You can find more information about Protected Payment Base, Step-Up/Reset, Automatic Reset and Owner-Elected Reset for each applicable rider in the OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS section.

Annual Charge Percentage Table

     

Optional Rider

Current Annual Charge Percentage

Maximum Annual Charge Percentage Under the Rider

To determine the amount to be deducted, the Annual Charge Percentage is multiplied by the:

The Charge is

deducted on each:

Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG)

0.25%

0.25%

Contract Value

Contract Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single)1

0.95%

1.20%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Joint)2

1.45%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single)3

1.50%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Joint)4

1.75%

1.75%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage 55

1.15%

1.20%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreProtect Advantage6

1.50%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

CoreIncome Advantage7

0.65%

1.00%

Protected Payment Base

Quarterly Rider Anniversary

Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single)8

1.50%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base

Contract Anniversary

Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Joint)9

1.75%

1.75%

Protected Payment Base

Contract Anniversary

Foundation 1010

1.50%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base

Contract Anniversary

Automatic Income Builder11

1.50%

1.50%

Protected Payment Base

Contract Anniversary

Flexible Lifetime Income (Single)12

1.20%

1.20%

Protected Payment Base

Contract Anniversary

Flexible Lifetime Income (Joint)13

1.20%

1.20%

Protected Payment Base

Contract Anniversary

Income Access

    

If the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 201214

1.75%

1.75%

Contract Value

Contract Anniversary

If the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 201215

0.75%

0.75%

Contract Value

Contract Anniversary

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 (GPA 3)

    

If the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 201216

1.75%

1.75%

Guaranteed Protection Amount

Contract Anniversary

If the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 201217

1.00%

1.00%

Guaranteed Protection Amount

Contract Anniversary

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 5 (GPA 5)18

0.75%

0.75%

Contract Value

Contract Anniversary

Guaranteed Income Advantage Plus (GIA Plus)19

0.75%

0.75%

Greater of Contract Value or Guaranteed Income Base

Contract Anniversary

1 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single) and the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.30% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2012 and before May 1, 2013, the charge percentage is equal to 0.40% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2013 and before May 1, 2015, the charge percentage is equal to 0.45% unless a Reset occurs.

2 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Joint) and the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.50% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2012 and before May 1, 2013, the charge percentage is equal to 0.60% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2013 and before May 1, 2015, the charge percentage is equal to 0.65% unless a Reset occurs.

3 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single) and the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.60% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2012 and before May 1, 2013, the charge percentage is equal to 0.80% unless a Reset occurs.

4 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Joint) and the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.80% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2012 and before February 1, 2013, the charge percentage is equal to 1.00% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after February 1, 2013 and before May 1, 2014, the charge percentage is equal to 1.35% unless a Reset occurs.

39


485BPOS41st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 41st

5 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage 5 and the Rider Effective Date is before October 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.60% unless a Reset occurs.

6 If you purchased CoreProtect Advantage and the Rider Effective Date is before May 2, 2011, the charge percentage is equal to 1.05% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 2, 2011 and before May 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.85% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2012 and before October 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.95% unless a Reset occurs.

7 If you purchased CoreIncome Advantage and the Rider Effective Date is before June 1, 2010, the charge percentage is equal to 0.40% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after June 1, 2010 and before October 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.30% unless a Reset occurs.

8 If you purchased Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single) and the Rider Effective Date is before January 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.85% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after January 1, 2009 and before May 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.95% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2009 and before October 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 1.25% unless a Reset occurs.

9 If you purchased Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Joint) and the Rider Effective Date is before January 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 1.00% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after January 1, 2009 and before May 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 1.10% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2009 and before October 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 1.40% unless a Reset occurs.

10 If you purchased Foundation 10 and the Rider Effective Date is before January 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.85% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after January 1, 2009 and before October 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 1.35% unless a Reset occurs.

11 If you purchased Automatic Income Builder and the Rider Effective Date is before January 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.85% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after January 1, 2009 and before November 1, 2010, the charge percentage is equal to 0.95% unless a Reset occurs.

12 If you purchased Flexible Lifetime Income (Single) and the Rider Effective Date is before November 1, 2010, the charge percentage is equal to 0.65% unless a Reset occurs.

13 If you purchased Flexible Lifetime Income (Joint) and the Rider Effective Date is before November 1, 2010, the charge percentage is equal to 0.85% unless a Reset occurs.

14 If you purchased Income Access and the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2012 and before May 1, 2013, the charge percentage is equal to 1.10% unless a Reset occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2013 and before May 1, 2015, the charge percentage is equal to 1.30% unless a Reset occurs.

15 If you purchased Income Access and the Rider Effective Date is before May 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.40% unless a Step-Up occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2009 and before October 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.65% unless a Step-Up occurs.

16 If you purchased GPA 3 and the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2012 and before May 1, 2013, the charge percentage is equal to 1.30% unless a Step-Up occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2013 and before May 1, 2016, the charge percentage is equal to 1.45% unless a Step-Up occurs.

17 If you purchased GPA 3 and the Rider Effective Date is before January 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.45% unless a Step-Up occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after January 1, 2009 and before May 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.55% unless a Step-Up occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after May 1, 2009 and before October 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.75% unless a Step-Up occurs. If you purchased this Rider and the Rider Effective Date is on or after October 1, 2009 and before May 1, 2012, the charge percentage is equal to 0.95% unless a Step-Up occurs.

18 If you purchased GPA 5 and the Rider Effective Date is before May 1, 2008, the charge percentage is equal to 0.25% unless a Step-Up occurs.

19 If you purchased GIA Plus and the Rider Effective Date is before May 1, 2009, the charge percentage is equal to 0.50%.

See Mortality and Expense Risk Charge for the Stepped-Up Death Benefit charge information.

Premium Taxes

Depending on your state of residence (among other factors), a tax may be imposed on your Purchase Payments (“premium tax”) at the time your Investment is made, at the time of a partial or full withdrawal, at the time any death benefit proceeds are paid, at annuitization or at such other time as taxes may be imposed. Tax rates ranging from 0% to 3.5% are currently in effect, but may change in the future. Premium tax is charged according to the rate determined by your state of residence at the time of annuitization. Premium tax is subject to state requirements. Some local jurisdictions also impose a tax.

If we pay any premium taxes attributable to Purchase Payments, we will impose a similar charge against your Contract Value. We normally will charge you when you annuitize some or all of your Contract Value. We reserve the right to impose this charge for applicable premium taxes and/or other taxes when you make a full or partial withdrawal, at the time any death benefit proceeds are paid, or when those taxes are incurred. For these purposes, “premium taxes” include any state or local premium or retaliatory taxes and any federal, state or local income, excise, business or any other type of tax (or component thereof) measured by or based upon, directly or indirectly, the amount of Purchase Payments we have received. We currently base this charge on your Contract Value, but we reserve the right to base this charge on the transaction amount, the aggregate amount of Purchase Payments we receive under your Contract, or any other amount, that in our sole discretion we deem appropriately reimburses us for premium taxes paid on this Contract.

We may also charge the Separate Account or your Contract Value for taxes attributable to the Separate Account or the Contract, including income taxes attributable to the Separate Account or to our operations with respect to the Contract, or taxes attributable, directly or indirectly, to Purchase Payments. Any such charge deducted from the Contract Value will be deducted on a proportionate basis. See HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATEDInvesting in Variable Investment Options

40


485BPOS42nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 42nd

Calculating Subaccount Unit Values to see how such charges are deducted from the Separate Account. Currently, we do not impose any such charges.

Waivers and Reduced Charges

We may agree to waive or reduce charges under our Contracts, in situations where selling and/or maintenance costs associated with the Contracts are reduced, such as the sale of several Contracts to the same Contract Owner(s), sales of large Contracts, sales of Contracts in connection with a group or sponsored arrangement or mass transactions over multiple Contracts.

We will only waive or reduce such charges on any Contract where expenses associated with the sale or distribution of the Contract and/or costs associated with administering and maintaining the Contract are reduced. We reserve the right to terminate waiver and reduced charge programs at any time, including for issued Contracts.

Fund Expenses

Your Variable Account Value reflects advisory fees, any service and distribution (12b-1) fees, and other expenses incurred by the various Fund Portfolios, net of any applicable reductions and/or reimbursements. These fees and expenses may vary. Each Fund is governed by its own Board of Trustees, and your Contract does not fix or specify the level of expenses of any Portfolio. A Fund’s fees and expenses are described in detail in the applicable Fund Prospectus and SAI.

Some Investment Options available to you are “fund of funds”. A fund of funds portfolio is a fund that invests in other funds in addition to other investments that the portfolio may make. Expenses of fund of funds Investment Options may be higher than non fund of funds Investment Options due to the two tiered level of expenses. See the Fund prospectuses for detailed portfolio expenses and other information before investing.

ANNUITIZATION

Selecting Your Annuitant

When you submit your Contract application, you must choose a sole Annuitant or Joint Annuitants. If you are buying a Qualified Contract, you must be the sole Annuitant. If you are buying a Non-Qualified Contract you may choose yourself and/or another person as Annuitant. If you do not have Joint Annuitants, you may choose a Contingent Annuitant. The Contingent Annuitant will not impact any Contract benefits, including death benefit proceeds, until becoming the sole surviving Annuitant. You will not be able to add or change a sole or Joint Annuitant after your Contract is issued. However, if you are buying a Qualified Contract, you may add a Joint Annuitant on the Annuity Date. You will be able to add or change a Contingent Annuitant until your Annuity Date or the death of your sole Annuitant or both Joint Annuitants, whichever occurs first. However, once your Contingent Annuitant has become the Annuitant under your Contract, no additional Contingent Annuitant may be named. No Annuitant (Primary, Joint or Contingent) may be named upon or after reaching his or her 86th birthday. We reserve the right to require proof of age or survival of the Annuitant(s).

Annuitization

Annuitization occurs on the Annuity Date when you convert your Contract from the accumulation phase to the annuitization (income) phase. You may choose both your Annuity Date and your Annuity Option. At the Annuity Date, you may elect to annuitize some or all of your Net Contract Value, less any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, (the “Conversion Amount”), as long as such Conversion Amount annuitized is at least $10,000 (the minimum annuitization amount does not apply if a guaranteed minimum income benefit rider annuity option is elected). We will send the annuity payments to the payee that you designate.

If you annuitize only a portion of this available Contract Value, you may have the remainder distributed, less any Contract Debt, any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, any applicable withdrawal charge, any Annual Fee, and any applicable optional Rider charge. This option of distribution may or may not be available, or may be available only for certain types of contracts. Any such distribution will be made to you in a single sum if the remaining Conversion Amount is less than $10,000 on your Annuity Date. Distributions under your Contract may have tax consequences. You should consult a qualified tax advisor for information on full or partial annuitization.

If you annuitize only a portion of your Net Contract Value on your Annuity Date, you may, at that time, have the option to elect not to have the remainder of your Contract Value distributed, but instead to continue your Contract with that remaining Contract Value (a “continuing Contract”). If this option is available, you would then choose a second Annuity Date for your continuing Contract, and all references in this Prospectus to your “Annuity Date” would, in connection with your continuing Contract, be deemed to refer to that second Annuity Date. The second Annuity Date may not be later than the date specified in the Choosing Your Annuity Date section of this Prospectus. This option may not be available, or may be available only for certain types of Contracts. You should be aware that some or all of the payments received before the second Annuity Date may be fully taxable. If you annuitize a portion of your Net Contract Value for a period certain of at least 10 years or for the life or life expectancy of the annuitant(s), the annuitized portion will be treated as a separate Contract for the purpose of determining the taxable amount of the payments. We recommend that you contact a qualified tax advisor for more information if you are interested in this option.

Distributions made due to a request for partial annuitization are treated as withdrawals for Contract purposes and may adversely affect optional Rider benefits. Work with your financial advisor prior to requesting partial annuitization.

41


485BPOS43rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 43rd

Choosing Your Annuity Date

You should choose your Annuity Date when you submit your application or we will apply a default Annuity Date to your Contract. You may change your Annuity Date by notifying us, In Proper Form, at least ten Business Days prior to the earlier of your current Annuity Date or your new Annuity Date. Your Annuity Date cannot be earlier than your first Contract Anniversary. Adverse federal tax consequences may result if you choose an Annuity Date that is prior to an Owner’s attained age 59½. See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

If you have a sole Annuitant, your Annuity Date cannot be later than the sole Annuitant’s 95th birthday. If you have Joint Annuitants, your Annuity Date cannot be later than your younger Joint Annuitant’s 95th birthday. Different requirements may apply as required by any applicable state law or the Code. We may, at our sole discretion, allow you to extend your Annuity Date. We reserve the right, at any time, to not offer any extension to your Annuity Date regardless of whether we may have granted any extensions to you or to any others in the past. Some Broker/Dealers may not allow their clients to extend the Annuity Date beyond age 95.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, you may also be subject to additional restrictions. In order to meet the Code minimum distribution rules, your Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) may begin earlier than your Annuity Date. For instance, under Section 401 of the Code (for Qualified Plans) and Section 408 of the Code (for IRAs), the entire interest under the Contract must be distributed to the Owner/Annuitant not later than the Owner/Annuitant’s Required Beginning Date (“RBD”), or distributions over the life of the Owner/Annuitant (or the Owner/Annuitant and his or her Beneficiary) must begin no later than the RBD. For more information see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Default Annuity Date and Options

If you have a Non-Qualified Contract and you do not choose an Annuity Date when you submit your application, your Annuity Date will be your Annuitant’s 95th birthday or your younger Joint Annuitant’s 95th birthday, whichever applies. If you have a Qualified Contract and you do not choose an Annuity Date when you submit your application, your Annuity Date will be your Annuitant’s 95th birthday. However some states’ laws may require a different Annuity Date. Certain Qualified Contracts may require distributions to occur at an earlier age.

If you have not specified an Annuity Option or do not instruct us otherwise, at your Annuity Date your Net Contract Value, less any charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes, will be annuitized (if this net amount is at least $10,000) (the minimum annuitization amount does not apply if a guaranteed minimum income benefit rider annuity option is elected) as follows:

· the net amount from a fixed option will be converted into fixed annuity payments, and

· the net amount from your Variable Account Value will be converted into variable annuity payments directed to the Subaccounts proportionate to your Account Value in each.

Additionally:

· If you have a Non-Qualified Contract, your default Annuity Option will be Life with a ten year Period Certain.

· If you have a Qualified Contract, your default Annuity Option will be Life with a five year Period Certain or a shorter period certain as may be required by federal regulation. If you are married, different requirements may apply. Please contact your plan administrator for further information, if applicable.

· If the net amount is less than $10,000 (the minimum annuitization amount does not apply if a guaranteed minimum income benefit rider annuity option is elected), the entire amount will be distributed in one lump sum.

Choosing Your Annuity Option

You should carefully review the Annuity Options with a qualified tax advisor, and, for Qualified Contracts, reference should be made to the terms of the particular plan and the requirements of the Code for pertinent limitations regarding annuity payments, Required Minimum Distributions (“RMDs”), and other matters.

You may make 3 basic decisions about your annuity payments. First, you may choose whether you want those payments to be a fixed- dollar amount and/or a variable-dollar amount. Second, you may choose the form of annuity payments (see Annuity Options below). Third, you may decide how often you want annuity payments to be made (the “frequency” of the payments). You may not change these selections after the Annuity Date.

Fixed and Variable Payment Options

You may choose fixed annuity payments based on a fixed rate and the 1983a Annuity Mortality Table with the ages set back 10 years, variable annuity payments that vary with the investment results of the Subaccounts you select, or you may choose both, converting one portion of the net amount you annuitize into fixed annuity payments and another portion into variable annuity payments.

If you select fixed annuity payments, each periodic annuity payment received will be equal to the initial annuity payment, unless you select a Joint and Survivor Life annuity with reduced survivor payments when the Primary Annuitant dies. Any net amount you convert to fixed annuity payments will be held in our General Account (but not under any fixed option).

42


485BPOS44th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 44th

If you select variable annuity payments, you may choose as many Variable Investment Options as you wish. The amount of the periodic annuity payments will vary with the investment results of the Variable Investment Options selected and may be more or less than a fixed payment option. After the Annuity Date, Annuity Units may be exchanged among available Variable Investment Options up to 4 times in any 12 month period. How your Contract converts into variable annuity payments is explained in more detail in THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT section in the SAI. We reserve the right to limit the Subaccounts available, to change the number and frequency of exchanges and to change the number of Subaccounts you may choose.

Annuity Options

Four Annuity Options are currently available under the Contract, although additional options may become available in the future. For other Annuity Options available through optional riders, see the OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS section.

1. Life Only. Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the Annuitant’s lifetime. Payments stop when the Annuitant dies.

2. Life with Period Certain. Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the Annuitant’s lifetime, with payments guaranteed for a specified period. You may choose to have payments guaranteed from 5 through 30 years (in full years only). The guaranteed period may be limited on Qualified Contracts based on your life expectancy.

3. Joint and Survivor Life. Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant. After the death of the Primary Annuitant, periodic payments will continue to be made during the lifetime of the secondary Annuitant named in the election. You may choose to have the payments during the lifetime of the surviving secondary Annuitant equal 50%, 66 2/3% or 100% of the original amount payable during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant (you must make this election when you choose your Annuity Option). If you elect a reduced payment based on the life of the secondary Annuitant, fixed annuity payments will be equal to 50% or 66 2/3% of the original fixed payment payable during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant; variable annuity payments will be determined using 50% or 66 2/3%, as applicable, of the number of Annuity Units for each Subaccount credited to the Contract as of the date of death of the Primary Annuitant. Payments stop when both Annuitants have died.

4. Period Certain Only. Periodic payments are made to the designated payee, guaranteed for a specified period. You may choose to have payments guaranteed from 5 through 30 years (in full years only). The guaranteed period may be limited on Qualified Contracts based on your life expectancy.

Periodic payment amounts will differ based on the Annuity Option selected. Generally, the longer the possible payment period, the lower the payment amount.

Additionally, if variable payments are elected under Annuity Options 2 and 4 (Life with Period Certain and Period Certain Only, respectively), you may redeem all remaining guaranteed variable payments after the Annuity Date. Also, under Option 4, partial redemptions of remaining guaranteed variable payments after the Annuity Date are available. If you elect to redeem all remaining guaranteed variable payments in a single sum, we will not make any additional annuity payments during the remaining guaranteed period after the redemption. If Annuity Option 2 was elected and the Annuitant is alive at the end of the guaranteed period, annuity payments will resume until the Annuitant’s death. The amount available upon full redemption would be the present value of any remaining guaranteed payments at the assumed investment return. Any applicable withdrawal charge will be deducted from the present value as if you made a full withdrawal, or if applicable, a partial withdrawal. For purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge and Free Withdrawal amount, it will be assumed that the Contract was never converted to provide annuity payments and any prior annuity payments in that Contract Year will be treated as if they were partial withdrawals from the Contract (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Withdrawal Charge). If you have a Qualified Contract, there may be adverse tax implications if you elect to redeem any remaining variable payments in a single sum. Work with your tax advisor before making such an election.

For example, assume that a Contract was issued with a single investment of $10,000 and in Contract Year 4 the Owner elects to receive variable annuity payments under Annuity Option 4. In Contract Year 5, the Owner elects to make a partial redemption of $5,000. The withdrawal charge as a percentage of the Purchase Payments with an age of 5 years is 3%. Assuming the Free Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the partial redemption is $300, the withdrawal charge for the partial redemption will be $141 (($5,000 - $300) x 3% = $141). No withdrawal charge will be imposed on a redemption if:

· the Annuity Option is elected as the form of payments of death benefit proceeds, or

· the Annuitant dies before the period certain has ended and the Beneficiary requests a redemption of the variable annuity payments.

Full or partial redemptions of remaining guaranteed variable payments are explained in more detail in the SAI under THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.

If the Annuitant dies before the guaranteed payments under Annuity Options 2 and 4 are completed, we will pay the remainder of the guaranteed payments to the first person among the following who is (1) living; or (2) an entity or corporation entitled to receive the remainder of the guaranteed payments:

43


485BPOS45th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 45th

· the Owner;

· the Joint Owner;

· the Contingent Owner;

· the Beneficiary; or

· the Contingent Beneficiary.

If none are living (or if there is no entity or corporation entitled to receive the remainder of the guaranteed payments), we will pay the remainder of the guaranteed payments to the Owner’s estate.

If the Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, but payments have not yet been completed, then distributions of the remaining amounts payable under the Contract must be made at least as rapidly as the method of distribution that was being used at the date of the Owner’s death. All of the Owner’s rights granted by the Contract will be assumed by the first among the following who is (1) living; or (2) an entity or corporation entitled to assume the Owner’s rights granted by the Contract:

· the Joint Owner;

· the Contingent Owner;

· the Beneficiary; or

· the Contingent Beneficiary.

If none are living (or if there is no entity or corporation entitled to assume the Owner’s rights granted by the Contract), all of the Owner’s rights granted by the Contract will be assumed by the Owner’s estate.

For Qualified Contracts, please refer to the Choosing Your Annuity Date section in this Prospectus. If your Contract was issued in connection with a Qualified Plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), your spouse’s consent may be required when you seek any distribution under your Contract, unless your Annuity Option is Joint and Survivor Life with survivor payments of at least 50%, and your spouse is your Joint Annuitant.

Your Annuity Payments

Frequency of Payments

You may choose to have annuity payments made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. The variable payment amount will be determined in each period on the date corresponding to your Annuity Date, and payment will be made on the next Business Day.

Your initial annuity payment must be at least $250. Depending on the amount you annuitize, this requirement may limit your options regarding the period and/or frequency of annuity payments.

Amount of the First Payment

Your Contract contains tables that we use to determine the amount of the first annuity payment under your Contract, taking into consideration the annuitized portion of your Net Contract Value at the Annuity Date. This amount will vary, depending on the annuity period and payment frequency you select. This amount will be larger in the case of shorter Period Certain annuities and smaller for longer Period Certain annuities. Similarly, this amount will be greater for a Life Only annuity than for a Joint and Survivor Life annuity, because we will expect to make payments for a shorter period of time on a Life Only annuity. If you do not choose the Period Certain Only annuity, this amount will also vary depending on the age of the Annuitant(s) on the Annuity Date and, for some Contracts in some states, the sex of the Annuitant(s).

For fixed annuity payments, the guaranteed income factors in our tables are based on an annual interest rate of 3% and the 1983a Annuity Mortality Table with the ages set back 10 years. If you elect a fixed annuity, fixed annuity payments will be based on the periodic income factors in effect for your Contract on the Annuity Date which are at least the guaranteed income factors under the Contract.

For variable annuity payments, the tables are based on an assumed annual investment return of 5% and the 1983a Annuity Mortality Table with the ages set back 10 years. If you elect a variable annuity, your initial variable annuity payment will be based on the applicable variable annuity income factors in effect for your Contract on the Annuity Date which are at least the variable annuity income factors under the Contract. You may choose any other annuity option we may offer on the option’s effective date. A higher assumed investment return would mean a larger first variable annuity payment, but subsequent payments would increase only when actual net investment performance exceeds the higher assumed rate and would fall when actual net investment performance is less than the higher assumed rate. A lower assumed rate would mean a smaller first payment and a more favorable threshold for increases and decreases. If the actual net investment performance is a constant 5% annually, annuity payments will be level. The assumed investment return is explained in more detail in the SAI under THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.

44


485BPOS46th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 46th

DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS

Death Benefits

Death benefit proceeds may be payable before the Annuity Date on proof of the sole surviving Annuitant’s death or of any Contract Owner while the Contract is in force. Any death benefit payable will be calculated on the “Notice Date”, which is the day on which we receive, In Proper Form, proof of death and instructions regarding payment of death benefit proceeds. If a Contract has multiple Beneficiaries, death benefit proceeds will be calculated when we first receive proof of death and instructions, In Proper Form, from any Beneficiary. The death benefit proceeds still remaining to be paid to other Beneficiaries will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Investment Options.

Death Benefit Proceeds

Death benefit proceeds will be payable on the Notice Date. Such proceeds will be reduced by any charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes and any Contract Debt. The death benefit proceeds may be payable in a single sum, as an Annuity Option available under the Contract, towards the purchase of any other Annuity Option we then offer, or in any other manner permitted by the IRS and approved by us. The Owner’s spouse may continue the Contract (see Death BenefitsSpousal Continuation). In addition, there may be legal requirements that limit the recipient’s Annuity Options and the timing of any payments. A recipient should consult a qualified tax advisor before making a death benefit election.

The death benefit proceeds will be paid to the first among the following who is (1) living; or (2) an entity or corporation entitled to receive the death benefit proceeds, in the following order:

· Owner,

· Joint Owner,

· Contingent Owner,

· Beneficiary, or

· Contingent Beneficiary.

If none are living (or if there is no entity or corporation entitled to receive the death benefit proceeds), the proceeds will be payable to the Owner’s Estate.

Death Benefit Amount

The Death Benefit Amount as of any Business Day before the Annuity Date is equal to the greater of:

· your Contract Value as of that day, or

· your aggregate Purchase Payments reduced by an amount for each withdrawal, which is calculated by multiplying the aggregate Purchase Payments received before each withdrawal by the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal, including any withdrawal charge, to the Contract Value immediately prior to each withdrawal. The reduction made, when the Contract Value is less than aggregate Purchase Payments made into the Contract, may be greater than the actual amount withdrawn.

We calculate the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date and the death benefit will be paid in accordance with the Death Benefit Proceeds section above.

See APPENDIX G: DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT AND STEPPED-UP DEATH BENEFIT SAMPLE CALCULATIONS.

Spousal Continuation

Generally, a sole designated recipient who is the Owner’s spouse may elect to become the Owner (and sole Annuitant if the deceased Owner had been the Annuitant) and continue the Contract until the earliest of the spouse’s death, the death of the Annuitant, or the Annuity Date, except in the case of a Qualified Contract issued under section 403 of the Code. The spousal continuation election must be made by the fifth anniversary of the death of the Contract Owner for Non-Qualified Contracts, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Contract Owner’s death falls for Qualified Contracts. On the Notice Date, if the surviving spouse is deemed to have continued the Contract, we will set the Contract Value equal to the death benefit proceeds that would have been payable to the spouse as the deemed Beneficiary/designated recipient of the death benefit proceeds.

This “Add-In Amount” is the difference between the Contract Value and the death benefit proceeds that would have been payable. The Add-In Amount will be added to the Contract Value on the Notice Date. There will not be an adjustment to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the death benefit proceeds as of the Notice Date. The Add-In Amount will be allocated among Investment Options in accordance with the current allocation instructions for the Contract and may be, under certain circumstances, considered earnings. The Add-In Amount is not treated as a new Purchase Payment.

A Joint or Contingent Owner who is the designated recipient, but not the Owner’s spouse, may not continue the Contract. Under IRS Guidelines, once a surviving spouse continues the Contract, the Contract may not be continued again in the event the surviving spouse remarries. If you have purchased an optional living benefit Rider, please refer to the Rider attached to your Contract to determine how any guaranteed amounts may be affected when a surviving spouse continues the Contract.

45


485BPOS47th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 47th

Example: On the Notice Date, the Owner’s surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract. On that date, the death benefit proceeds were $100,000 and the Contract Value was $85,000. Since the surviving spouse elected to continue the Contract in lieu of receiving the death benefit proceeds, we will increase the Contract Value by an Add-In Amount of $15,000 ($100,000 - $85,000 = $15,000). If the Contract Value on the Notice Date was $100,000 or higher, then nothing would be added to the Contract Value.

The continuing spouse is subject to the same fees, charges and expenses applicable to the deceased Owner of the Contract.

Death of Annuitant

If a sole surviving Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the amount of the death benefit will be equal to the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date and will be paid in accordance with the Death Benefit Proceeds section.

If there is more than one Annuitant and an Annuitant who is not an Owner dies, no death benefit proceeds will be payable (unless owned by a Non-Natural Owner). The designated sole Annuitant will then be the first living person in the following order:

· a surviving Joint Annuitant, or

· a surviving Contingent Annuitant.

Death of Owner

The amount of the death benefit will be the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date and will be paid in accordance with the Death Benefit Proceeds section if:

· a Contract Owner who is an Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, or

· a Contract Owner, who is not an Annuitant, and the Annuitant die simultaneously.

If a Contract Owner who is not an Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the death benefit proceeds will be equal to your Contract Value as of the Notice Date and will be paid in accordance with the Death Benefit Proceeds section and in accordance with the federal income tax distribution at death rules discussed in the FEDERAL TAX ISSUES section.

Non-Natural Owner

If you are a Non-Natural Owner of a Contract other than a Contract issued under a Qualified Plan as defined in Section 401 or 403 of the Code, the Primary Annuitant will be treated as the Owner of the Contract for purposes of the Non-Qualified Contract Distribution Rules. If there are Joint or Contingent Annuitants, the death benefit proceeds will be payable on proof of death of the first Annuitant. If there is a change in the Primary Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date, such change will be treated as the death of the Owner (however, under the terms of your Contract, you cannot change the Primary Annuitant). The Death Benefit Amount will be: (a) the Contract Value, if the Non-Natural Owner elects to maintain the Contract and reinvest the Contract Value into the contract in the same amount as immediately prior to the distribution; or (b) the Contract Value, less any Annual Fee, withdrawal charge and premium taxes and/or other taxes, if the Non-Natural Owner elects a cash distribution and will be paid in accordance with the Death Benefits Proceeds section and in accordance with the federal income tax distribution at death rules discussed in the FEDERAL TAX ISSUES section.

Non-Qualified Contract Distribution Rules

The Contract is intended to comply with all applicable provisions of Code Section 72(s) and any successor provision, as deemed necessary by us to qualify the Contract as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes. If an Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract dies before the Annuity Date, distribution of the death benefit proceeds must begin within 1 year after the Owner’s death or complete distribution within 5 years after the Owner’s death. In order to satisfy this requirement, the designated recipient must receive a final lump sum payment by the 5th anniversary of the Contract Owner’s death, or elect to receive an annuity for life or over a period that does not exceed the life expectancy of the designated recipient with annuity payments that start within 1 year after the Owner’s death or, if permitted by the IRS, elect to receive a systematic distribution over a period not exceeding the beneficiary’s life expectancy using a method that would be acceptable for purposes of calculating the minimum distribution required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code. If an election to receive an annuity is not made within 60 calendar days of our receipt of proof, In Proper Form, of the Owner’s death or, if earlier, 60 calendar days (or shorter period as we permit) prior to the 1st anniversary of the Owner’s death, the option to receive annuity payments is no longer available. If a Non-Qualified Contract has Joint Owners, this requirement applies to the first Contract Owner to die.

The Owner may designate that the Beneficiary will receive death benefit proceeds through annuity payments for life or life with Period Certain. The Owner must designate the payment method in writing in a form acceptable to us. The Owner may revoke the designation only in writing and only in a form acceptable to us. Once the Owner dies, the Beneficiary cannot revoke or modify the Owner’s designation.

Qualified Contract Distribution Rules

Under IRS regulations and our administrative procedures, if the Contract is owned under a Qualified Plan as defined in Sections 401, 403, 457(b), 408, or 408A of the Code and the Annuitant dies before the Required Beginning Date, the payment of any death benefit proceeds must be made to the designated recipient in accordance with one of two rules. One rule generally requires the death benefit proceeds to commence distribution by December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Annuitant’s death and

46


485BPOS48th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 48th

continue over the life of his or her Beneficiary (the “life expectancy method”). The second rule requires distribution of the entire death benefit proceeds no later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the 5th anniversary of the Annuitant’s death falls (the “five-year rule”), and is only available on Contracts where the Annuitant dies before their RMDs have begun.

However, the life expectancy method and the five-year rule are modified if the sole primary Beneficiary is a surviving spouse. If the surviving spouse elects not to do an eligible rollover to an IRA or another existing eligible plan in his or her name, then he or she will be subject to the five-year rule. However, the surviving spouse may waive the five-year requirement and elect to take distributions over his or her life expectancy. If the surviving spouse elects to defer the commencement of required distributions beyond the 1st anniversary of the Annuitant’s death, the surviving spouse may defer required distributions until the later of:

· December 31 of the year following the year the Annuitant died, or

· December 31 of the year in which the deceased Annuitant would have turned 70½.

You are responsible for monitoring distributions that must be taken to meet IRS guidelines.

If the Annuitant dies after the commencement of RMDs (except in the case of a Roth IRA when RMDs do not apply) but before the Annuitant’s entire interest in the Contract (other than a Roth IRA) has been distributed, the remaining interest in the Contract must be distributed to the designated recipient at least as rapidly as under the distribution method in effect at the time of the Annuitant’s death.

Stepped-Up Death Benefit

This optional Rider offers you the ability to lock in market gains for your beneficiaries with a stepped-up death benefit, which is the highest Contract Value on any previous Contract Anniversary (prior to the Annuitant’s 81st birthday) increased by the amount of additional Purchase Payments and less an adjusted amount for each withdrawal.

Purchasing the Rider

You may purchase this optional Rider at the time your application is completed and before your Contract is issued. You may not purchase this Rider after the Contract Date. This Rider may only be purchased if the age of each Annuitant is 75 or younger on the Contract Date.

How the Rider Works

If you purchase this Rider at the time your application is completed, upon the death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), or the first Owner who is also an Annuitant, prior to the Annuity Date, the death benefit proceeds will be equal to the greater of (a) or (b) below:

(a) the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date.

The Death Benefit Amount as of any day before the Annuity Date is equal to the greater of:

· your Contract Value as of that day, or

· your aggregate Purchase Payments reduced by an amount for each withdrawal, which is calculated by multiplying the aggregate Purchase Payments received before each withdrawal by the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal, including any withdrawal charge, to the Contract Value immediately prior to each withdrawal. The reduction made, when the Contract Value is less than aggregate Purchase Payments made into the Contract, may be greater than the actual amount withdrawn.

(b) the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date.

The actual Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount is calculated only when death benefit proceeds become payable as a result of the death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), or the first death of an Owner who is also an Annuitant, prior to the Annuity Date and is determined as follows:

First we calculate what the Death Benefit Amount would have been as of your first Contract Anniversary and each subsequent Contract Anniversary that occurs while the Annuitant is living and before the Annuitant reaches his or her 81st birthday (each of these Contract Anniversaries is a “Milestone Date”).

We then adjust the Death Benefit Amount for each Milestone Date by:

· adding the aggregate amount of any Purchase Payments received by us since the Milestone Date, and

· subtracting an amount for each withdrawal that has occurred since that Milestone Date, which is calculated by multiplying the Death Benefit Amount before the withdrawal by the ratio of the amount of each withdrawal that has occurred since that Milestone Date, including any withdrawal charge, to the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal. The reduction made, when the Contract Value is less than aggregate Purchase Payments made into the Contract, may be greater than the actual amount withdrawn.

47


485BPOS49th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 49th

The highest of these adjusted Death Benefit Amounts for each Milestone Date, as of the Notice Date, is your Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount if you purchase this Rider. Calculation of any actual Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount is only made once death benefit proceeds become payable under your Contract.

Any death benefit paid under this Rider will be paid in accordance with the Death Benefit Proceeds section above.

See APPENDIX G: DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT AND STEPPED-UP DEATH BENEFIT SAMPLE CALCULATIONS.

Termination

The Rider will remain in effect until the earlier of:

· the date a full withdrawal of the amount available for withdrawal is made under the Contract,

· the date death benefit proceeds become payable under the Contract,

· the date the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, or

· the Annuity Date.

The Rider may not otherwise be cancelled.

Earnings Enhancement Guarantee (EEG)

This optional rider may provide for an additional amount based on Earnings (EEG amount) to be included in the death benefit proceeds when such proceeds become payable. The EEG amount is a percentage of Earnings based on the age of the Oldest Annuitant as of the Rider Effective Date.

Purchasing the Rider

You may purchase this Rider on the Contract Date or on the first Contract Anniversary. If you buy this Rider within 60 calendar days after the Contract Date or within 60 calendar days after the first Contract Anniversary, we will make the Rider Effective Date coincide with that Contract Date or Contract Anniversary. EEG is also called the Guaranteed Earnings Enhancement (GEE) and the EEG Amount is called the GEE Amount in the Rider attached to your Contract.

You may purchase this Rider only if the age of each Annuitant is 75 years or younger on the date of purchase. The date of purchase is the Rider Effective Date as shown in your Contract.

How the Rider Works

If you purchase this Rider, an Earnings Enhancement Guarantee amount (EEG Amount) is added to the death benefit proceeds when such proceeds become payable as a result of the sole surviving Annuitant’s death or the first death of an Owner who is also an Annuitant (first Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners).

The EEG amount is calculated as follows:

If the age of the oldest Annuitant was age 69 or younger on the Rider Effective Date, the EEG amount is equal to the lesser of:

· 40% of Earnings, or

· 40% of Remaining Purchase Payments, excluding any Purchase Payments made in the 12 months prior to the date of death, adjusted for withdrawals.

If the age of the oldest Annuitant was age 70 to 75 on the Rider Effective Date, the EEG Amount is equal to the lesser of:

· 25% of Earnings, or

· 25% of Remaining Purchase Payments, excluding any Purchase Payments made in the 12 months prior to the date of death, adjusted for withdrawals.

For purposes of calculating the EEG Amount, Earnings are equal to the Contract Value as of the date of death minus Remaining Purchase Payments. Remaining Purchase Payments is defined as (a) or (b) below:

(a) If the Rider is effective on the Contract Date, Remaining Purchase Payments are equal to:

· the Initial Purchase Payments, plus

· any additional Purchase Payments added, minus

· the amount that each withdrawal exceeds the amount of Earnings in the Contract immediately prior to such withdrawal. Withdrawals are assumed to be taken from Earnings first, then from Purchase Payments in the order they were received.

(b) If the Rider is effective after the Contract Date, Remaining Purchase Payments are equal to:

· the Contract Value on the Effective Date, plus

· any additional Purchase Payments added since the Rider Effective Date, minus

48


485BPOS50th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 50th

· the amount that each withdrawal taken after the Rider Effective Date exceeds the amount of Earnings in the Contract accumulated since that date. Withdrawals are assumed to be taken first from Earnings accumulated since the Rider Effective Date, then from Purchase Payments in the order that they were received.

See APPENDIX H: EARNINGS ENHANCEMENT GUARANTEE (EEG) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS.

Spousal Continuation

If the Surviving Spouse of the deceased Owner continues the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, then all provisions of the Rider for the Surviving Spouse will be based on the age of the Surviving Spouse on the date of death of the deceased Owner. If the Surviving Spouse is over age 75 on the date of death, the Rider will not be continued for such Surviving Spouse and the benefits and charges provided by the Rider will no longer be applied.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

We reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any optional riders that you may own.

Termination

Once purchased, the Rider will remain in effect until the earlier of:

· the date a full withdrawal of the amount available for withdrawal is made under the Contract,

· the date death benefit proceeds become payable under the Contract,

· the date the Contract is continued via the spousal continuation provision under the Contract and the Surviving Spouse is over the age of 75 on the date of death,

· the date the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, or

· the Annuity Date.

The Rider may not otherwise be cancelled.

WITHDRAWALS

Optional Withdrawals

You may, on or prior to your Annuity Date, withdraw all or a portion of the amount available under your Contract while the Annuitant is living and your Contract is in force. You may surrender your Contract and make a full withdrawal at any time after the right to cancel period. If you surrender your Contract it will be terminated as of the Effective Date of the withdrawal. Beginning 30 calendar days after your Contract Date, you also may make partial withdrawals from your Investment Options at any time. Currently, we are not requiring the 30-day waiting period on partial withdrawals, but we reserve the right to require a 30-day waiting period on partial withdrawals in the future. We will provide you at least 30 calendar days prior notice before we implement the 30-day waiting period on partial withdrawals. You may request to withdraw a specific dollar amount or a specific percentage of an Account Value or your Net Contract Value. You may choose to make your withdrawal from specified Investment Options. If you do not specify Investment Options, your withdrawal will be made from all of your Investment Options proportionately.

Each partial withdrawal must be for $500 or more. Pre-authorized partial withdrawals must be at least $250, except for pre-authorized withdrawals distributed by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT), which must be at least $100. If your partial withdrawal from an Investment Option would leave a remaining Account Value in that Investment Option of less than $500, we also reserve the right, at our option, to transfer that remaining amount to your other Investment Options on a proportionate basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

If your partial withdrawal leaves you with a Net Contract Value of less than $1,000, or if your partial withdrawal request is for an amount exceeding the amount available for withdrawal, as described in the Amount Available for Withdrawal section below, we have the right, at our option, to terminate your Contract and send you the withdrawal proceeds. However, we will not terminate your Contract if a partial withdrawal reduces the Net Contract Value to an amount less than $1,000 and there is an optional withdrawal benefit rider in effect. Partial withdrawals from any fixed option in any Contract Year may be subject to restrictions.

See THE GENERAL ACCOUNT.

Distributions made due to divorce instructions or under Code Section 72(t)/72(q) (substantially equal periodic payments) are treated as withdrawals for Contract purposes and may result in a withdrawal charge assessment.

Amount Available for Withdrawal

The amount available for withdrawal is your Net Contract Value (Contract Value less Contract Debt) at the end of the Business Day on which your withdrawal request is effective, less any applicable Annual Fee, optional Rider Charges, withdrawal charge, and any charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes. The amount we send to you (your “withdrawal proceeds”) will also reflect any required or requested federal and state income tax withholding. See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES and THE GENERAL ACCOUNT. If you own

49


485BPOS51st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 51st

optional Riders, taking a withdrawal before a certain age or a withdrawal that is greater than the allowed annual withdrawal amount under a Rider, may result in adverse consequences such as a reduction in Rider benefits or the failure to receive lifetime withdrawals under the Rider.

You assume investment risk on Purchase Payments in the Subaccounts. As a result, the amount available to you for withdrawal from any Subaccount may be more or less than the total Purchase Payments you have allocated to that Subaccount.

Withdrawals Free of a Withdrawal Charge

Subject to the amount available for withdrawal provisions described above, during a Contract Year you may withdraw your Earnings plus your “eligible Purchase Payments” without incurring a withdrawal charge. Eligible Purchase Payments include 10% of all remaining Purchase Payments at the beginning of a Contract Year that have an “age” of less than 7 years, plus 10% of any Purchase Payments received during the Contract Year plus 100% of any remaining Purchase Payments that have an age of 7 years or more. Our calculations of the withdrawal charge deduct this “free 10%” from your “oldest” Purchase Payment that is still subject to the withdrawal charge. For purposes of determining the free withdrawal amounts, withdrawal of mandatory required distributions from certain Qualified Plans are included within the calculations. Any portion of your eligible Purchase Payments not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year.

For example: You make an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 in Contract Year 1, and make additional Purchase Payments of $1,000 and $6,000 in Contract Year 2. With Earnings, your Contract Value in Contract Year 3 is $19,000. In Contract Year 3, you may withdraw $3,700 free of the withdrawal charge (your remaining Purchase Payments were $17,000, so 10% of that total equals $1,700, plus you had $2,000 of Earnings). After this withdrawal, your Contract Value is $15,300. In Contract Year 4, your Contract Value falls to $12,500; you may withdraw $1,530 (10% of $15,300; $15,300 represents the remaining Purchase Payments) free of any withdrawal charges.

The free 10% may also apply to redemptions made after the Annuity Date. See ANNUITIZATION – Choosing Your Annuity OptionAnnuity Options for Free Withdrawal amounts that apply to redemptions after the Annuity Date.

Qualified Contracts have special restrictions on withdrawals. For purposes of determining the free withdrawal amounts, withdrawal of mandatory required distributions from certain Qualified Contracts are included within the calculations. For additional information, see Special Restrictions Under Qualified Plans below.

Pre-Authorized Withdrawals

If your Contract Value is at least $5,000, you may select the pre-authorized withdrawal option, and you may choose monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual withdrawals. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum Contract Value amount but we reserve the right to enforce the minimum amount in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the minimum Contract Value amount. Each withdrawal must be for at least $250, except for withdrawals distributed by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT), which must be at least $100. Each pre-authorized withdrawal is subject to federal income tax on its taxable portion and may be subject to a tax penalty of 10% if you have not reached age 59½. Pre-authorized withdrawals cannot be used to continue the Contract beyond the Annuity Date. See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES and THE GENERAL ACCOUNT. Additional information and options are set forth in the SAI. If you have a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit rider in effect, pre-authorized withdrawals cannot take place on your Contract Anniversary.

Special Requirements for Withdrawals and Payments to Third Party Payees

Withdrawals may not be directed to individual third party payees. If you wish to have a full or partial withdrawal check made payable to a third-party payee that is a financial institution, trust, or charity, you must provide complete instructions and the request may require an original signature and/or signature guarantee.

Special Restrictions Under Qualified Plans

Qualified Plans may have additional rules regarding withdrawals from a Contract purchased under such a Plan. In general, if your Contract was issued under certain Qualified Plans, you may not withdraw amounts attributable to contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement (as defined in Section 402(g)(3)(A) of the Code) or to transfers from a custodial account (as defined in Section 403(b)(7) of the Code) except in cases of your:

· severance from employment,

· death,

· disability as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Code,

· distributions upon termination of a Qualified Plan,

· reaching age 59½, or

· hardship as defined for purposes of Section 401 of the Code.

50


485BPOS52nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 52nd

These limitations do not affect certain rollovers or exchanges between Qualified Plans, and do not apply to rollovers from these Qualified Plans to an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. In the case of a 403(b) plan, these limitations do not apply to certain salary reduction contributions made, and investment results earned, prior to dates specified in the Code.

Hardship withdrawals under the exception provided above are restricted to amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions, and do not include investment results. This additional restriction does not apply to salary reduction contributions made, or investment results earned, prior to dates specified in the Code.

Certain distributions, including rollovers, may be subject to mandatory withholding of 20% for federal income tax and to a tax penalty of 10% if the distribution is not transferred directly to the trustee of another Qualified Plan, or to the custodian of an individual retirement account or issuer of an individual retirement annuity. See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES. Distributions may also trigger withholding for state income taxes. The tax and ERISA rules relating to withdrawals from Contracts issued to Qualified Plans are complex. We are not the administrator of any Qualified Plan. You should consult your qualified tax advisor and/or your Plan Administrator before you withdraw any portion of your Contract Value.

Effective Date of Withdrawal Requests

Withdrawal requests we receive before the close of the New York Stock Exchange, which usually closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, will be effective at the end of the same Business Day that we receive them In Proper Form unless the transaction or event is scheduled to occur on another Business Day. If you make Purchase Payments by check and submit a withdrawal request immediately afterwards, payment of your withdrawal proceeds may be delayed until we receive confirmation in our Annuities administrative office that your check has cleared.

Tax Consequences of Withdrawals

All withdrawals, including pre-authorized withdrawals, will generally have federal income tax consequences, which could include tax penalties. You should consult with a qualified tax advisor before making any withdrawal or selecting the pre-authorized withdrawal option. See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Right to Cancel (“Free Look”)

You may return your Contract for cancellation and a refund during your Free Look period. Your Free Look period is usually the 10-calendar day period beginning on the calendar day you receive your Contract, but may vary if required by state law or if you are replacing another annuity contract or life insurance policy. The amount of your refund may be more or less than the Purchase Payments you have made. If you return your Contract and it is post-marked during the Free Look period, it will be cancelled as of the date we receive your Contract In Proper Form. In most states, you will then receive a refund of your Contract Value, based upon the next determined Accumulated Unit Value (AUV) after we receive your Contract for cancellation, plus a refund of any amount that may have been deducted as Contract fees and charges. Your refund amount may be subject to income tax consequences, which include tax penalties. You should consult with a qualified tax advisor before cancelling your Contract for a refund.

In some states we are required to refund your Purchase Payments. If your Contract was issued in such a state and you cancel your Contract during the Free Look period, we will return the greater of your Purchase Payments (less any withdrawals made) or the Contract Value. In addition, if your Contract was issued as an IRA and you return your Contract within 7 calendar days after you receive it, we will return the greater of your Purchase Payments (less any withdrawals made) or the Contract Value.

Your Purchase Payments are allocated to the Investment Options you indicated on your application, unless otherwise required by state law. If state law requires that your Purchase Payments must be allocated to Investment Options different than you requested, we will comply with state requirements. At the end of the Free Look period, we will allocate your Purchase Payments based on your allocation instructions.

See ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – State Considerations.

For replacement business, the Free Look period may be extended and the amount returned (Purchase Payment versus Contract Value) may be different than for non-replacement business. Please consult with your financial advisor if you have any questions regarding your state’s Free Look period and the amount of any refund.

You will find a complete description of the Free Look period and amount to be refunded that applies to your Contract on the Contract’s cover page.

If your Contract is issued in exchange for another annuity contract or a life insurance policy, our administrative procedures may vary, depending on the state in which your Contract is issued.

OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT RIDERS

General Information

Optional Riders are subject to availability (including state availability) and may be discontinued for purchase at anytime without prior notice. Before purchasing any optional Rider, make sure you understand all of the terms and conditions and consult with your financial advisor for advice on whether an optional Rider is appropriate for you. We reserve the right to only allow the purchase of an

51


485BPOS53rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 53rd

optional living benefit Rider at Contract issue and will give prior written notice and amend the prospectus to reflect such a change. Your election to purchase an optional Rider must be received In Proper Form.

We reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments for any Rider, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own, and you will not be able to increase your Contract Value or increase any protected amounts under your optional living benefit rider by making additional Purchase Payments into your Contract. We may reject or restrict additional Purchase Payments to help protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders (for example, changes in current economic factors or general market conditions). If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will provide at least 30 calendar days advance written notice. See the Subsequent Purchase Payments subsection of the riders for additional information.

Living benefit riders available through this Contract, for an additional cost, are categorized as guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit or guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit riders. The following is a list (which may change from time to time) of riders currently available:

Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit

· Enhanced Income Select (Single or Joint)

· CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single or Joint)

· CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single or Joint)

· Income Access Select

The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders focus on providing an income stream for life or over a certain period through withdrawals during the accumulation phase, if certain conditions are met. The riders have the same basic structure with differences in the percentage that may be withdrawn each year, how long the withdrawals may last (for example, certain number of years, for a single life or for joint lives), and what age lifetime withdrawals may begin, if applicable. The riders also offer the potential to lock in market gains on each Contract Anniversary which may increase the annual amount you may withdraw each year under the rider. The riders provide an income stream regardless of market performance, even if your Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Below is a comparison of some of the guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit rider features. Working with your financial advisor, see the individual rider descriptions after this section for complete information about each optional rider and its features and benefits.

     
 

Enhanced Income Select

(Single or Joint)

CIA Select

(Single or Joint)

CIA 4 Select

(Single or Joint)

Income Access Select

Purchase

At Contract issue or on any Contract Anniversary

At Contract issue or on any Contract Anniversary

At Contract issue or on any Contract Anniversary

At Contract issue or on any Contract Anniversary

Investment Option Limitations

YES – Contract Value must be allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements described below.

YES – Contract Value must be allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements described below.

YES – Contract Value must be allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements described below.

YES – Contract Value must be allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements described below.

Maximum Issue Age

85 or younger

85 or younger

85 or younger

85 or younger

Lifetime Withdrawals

YES

YES

YES

NO

Age Lifetime Withdrawals Begin

59½

65

59½

N/A

Guaranteed Withdrawal Percentage

Before Age 59½

0%

Ages 59½ to 64

(Contract Value greater than 0)

5.6% (Single)

5.1% (Joint)

Ages 65 to 69

(Contract Value greater than 0)

7.1% (Single)

Before Age 65

0%

Ages 65 and Older

5% for life (Single)

4.5% for life (Joint)

Before Age 59½

0%

Ages 59½ and Older

4% for life (Single)

4% for life (Joint)

7% (does not offer lifetime withdrawal benefits)

52


485BPOS54th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 54th
     
 

Enhanced Income Select

(Single or Joint)

CIA Select

(Single or Joint)

CIA 4 Select

(Single or Joint)

Income Access Select

 

6.6% (Joint)

Ages 70 to 74

(Contract Value greater than 0)

7.5% (Single)

7.0% (Joint)

Ages 75 to 79

(Contract Value greater than 0)

7.5% (Single)

7.0% (Joint)

Ages 80 and Older

(Contract Value greater than 0)

7.5% (Single)

7.0% (Joint)

If Contract Value goes to zero

3.0% for life (Single)

3.0% for life (Joint)

   

Resets

YES – Automatic or Owner-Elected

YES – Automatic

YES – Automatic

YES – Automatic or Owner-Elected

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit

· Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select

The guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit rider focuses on providing principal protection, if certain conditions are met. If your Contract Value is less than the protected amount at the end of a 10-year term, we will make up the difference by making a one-time addition to your Contract Value. The rider also offers the potential to increase the protected amount by locking in any Contract Value increases after a certain number of years. If you lock in any Contract Value increases, the new protected amount will equal your Contract Value and a new 10-year term will begin.

You can find complete information about each optional rider and its key features and benefits below.

You may purchase an optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary (if available). In addition, if you purchase a Rider within 60 calendar days after the Contract Date or, if available, within 60 calendar days after any Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date will be that Contract Date or Contract Anniversary. Your election to purchase an optional Rider must be received In Proper Form. You can find complete purchasing and eligibility information about each optional Rider in the Purchasing Your Rider subsection of each Rider.

Distributions made due to a request for partial annuitization, divorce instructions or under Code Section 72(t)/72(q) (substantially equal periodic payments) are treated as withdrawals for Contract purposes and may adversely affect Rider benefits.

Taking a withdrawal before a certain age or a withdrawal that is greater than the annual withdrawal amount (“excess withdrawal”) under a particular Rider may result in adverse consequences such as a permanent reduction in Rider benefits or the failure to receive lifetime withdrawals under a Rider.

Some optional riders allow for owner elected Resets/Step-Ups. If you elect to Reset/Step-Up, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary (“60 day period”) on which the Reset/Step-Up is effective. We may, at our sole discretion, allow Resets/Step-Ups after the 60 calendar day period. We reserve the right to refuse a Reset/Step-Up request after the 60 calendar day period regardless of whether we may have allowed you or others to Reset/Step-Up in the past. Each Contract Anniversary starts a new 60 calendar day period in which a Reset/Step-Up may be elected.

Some broker/dealers may limit their clients from purchasing some optional Riders based upon the client’s age or other factors. You should work with your financial advisor to decide whether an optional Rider is appropriate for you.

Taking a loan while an optional living benefit Rider is in effect will terminate your Rider. Work with your financial advisor before taking a loan.

53


485BPOS55th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 55th

Work with your financial advisor to review the different riders available for purchase, how they function, how the riders differ from one another, and to understand all of the terms and conditions of an optional rider prior to purchase.

Investment Allocation Requirements

At initial purchase and during the entire time that you own an optional living benefit Rider, you must allocate your entire Contract Value to an asset allocation program or Investment Options we make available for these Riders. You may allocate your Contract Value according to the following requirements:

· 100% to one allowable Asset Allocation Model, or

· 100% among allowable Investment Options.

You may also use the DCA Plus program to transfer amounts to an Asset Allocation Model or among the Investment Options listed below. Currently, the allowable Asset Allocation Models and Investment Options are as follows:

  

Allowable Asset Allocation Models

 

Custom Model2

 

Allowable Investment Options

 

American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund

 

American Funds IS Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund

Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth Portfolio

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth Portfolio

PSF DFA Balanced Allocation Portfolio

Pacific Dynamix – Growth Portfolio2

Fidelity® VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Conservative Portfolio

First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation

Portfolio

Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative Portfolio

Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund2

Portfolio Optimization Moderate Portfolio

Invesco V.I. Balanced-Risk Allocation Fund

Portfolio Optimization Growth Portfolio2

Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio

MFS Total Return Series

Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth Portfolio1

State Street Total Return V.I.S. Fund

1 Only available for optional living benefit riders with a Rider Effective Date before January 1, 2009.

2 Only available for optional living benefit riders with a Rider Effective Date before May 1, 2012.

You may transfer your entire Contract Value between an allowable Asset Allocation Model and allowable Investment Options, between allowable Asset Allocation Models or between allowable Investment Options, subject to certain transfer limitations and availability. See HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATEDTransfers and Market-timing Restrictions. Keep in mind that you must allocate your entire Contract Value to either one allowable Asset Allocation Model or among the allowable Investment Options. If you do not allocate your entire Purchase Payment or Contract Value according to the requirements above, your Rider will terminate.

Allowable Asset Allocation Models – Custom Model. You may also make transfers between the Investment Options available under the Custom Model program as long as you follow the Custom Model parameters. However, if you make transfers, subsequent Purchase Payments or change the allocation percentages within your Custom Model and they do not comply with the Custom Model parameters, you will no longer be participating in the Custom Model program and your Rider will terminate. See HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED Custom Model for information about the program.

Allowable Investment Options. You may allocate your entire Contract Value among any of the allowable Investment Options listed in the table above.

By adding an optional living benefit Rider to your Contract, you agree to the above referenced investment allocation requirements for the entire period that you own a Rider. These requirements may limit the number of Investment Options that are otherwise available to you under your Contract. We reserve the right to add, remove or change allowable asset allocation programs or allowable Investment Options at any time. We may make such a change due to a fund reorganization, fund substitution, to help protect our ability to provide the guarantees under these riders (for example, changes in an underlying portfolio’s investment objective and principal investment strategies, or changes in general market conditions), or otherwise. Generally, a change to an existing allowable Investment Option will not require you to reallocate or transfer the total amount of Contract Value allocated to an affected Investment Option, except when an underlying portfolio is liquidated by a determination of its Board of Directors or by a fund substitution. If a change is required that will result in a reallocation or transfer of an existing Investment Option, we will provide you with reasonable notice (generally 90 calendar days) prior to the effective date of such change to allow you to reallocate your Contract Value to maintain your rider benefits. If you do not reallocate your Contract Value your rider will terminate.

We will send you written notice in the event any transaction made by you will involuntarily cause the Rider to terminate for failure to invest according to the investment allocation requirements. However, you will have 10 Business Days starting from the date of our written notice (“10 day period”), to instruct us to take appropriate corrective action to continue participation in an allowable asset allocation program or allowable Investment Options to continue the Rider. If you take appropriate

54


485BPOS56th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 56th

corrective action and continue the Rider, the Rider benefits and features available immediately before the terminating event will remain in effect.

Asset allocation does not guarantee future results, ensure a profit, or protect against losses. The investment allocation requirements may reduce overall volatility in investment performance, may reduce investment returns, and may reduce the likelihood that we will be required to make payments under the optional living benefit riders. The reduction in volatility permits us to more effectively provide the guarantees under the Contract. Certain of the asset allocation portfolios that are allowable Investment Options, including the Pacific Select Fund asset allocation portfolios, may use futures and options to reduce the portfolios’ equity exposure during periods when market indicators suggest high market volatility. This strategy is designed to reduce the risk of market losses from investing in equity securities. However, this strategy may result in periods of underperformance, including periods when specified benchmark indexes are appreciating but market volatility is high. As a result, your Contract Value may increase less than it would have without these defensive actions.

Multiple Rider Ownership

Only one guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit rider may be owned or in effect at the same time. Only one guaranteed minimum income benefit rider may be owned or in effect at the same time. Only one guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit rider may be owned or in effect at the same time.

Withdrawal Benefit Rider Exchanges

Subject to availability, you may elect to exchange among the following withdrawal benefit Riders:

   

FROM

TO

WHEN

Income Access Select

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

Enhanced Income Select (Single)

Enhanced Income Select (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

Enhanced Income Select (Joint)

Enhanced Income Select (Single)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single)

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Joint)

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single)

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint)
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint)

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single)
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

Income Access

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

55


485BPOS57th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 57th
   

FROM

TO

WHEN

CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single) or (Joint)

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single) or (Joint)

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

CoreIncome Advantage

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

CoreIncome Advantage 5

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

CoreProtect Advantage

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select 
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

Flexible Lifetime Income (Single) or (Joint)

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single) or (Joint)

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

Foundation 10

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

Automatic Income Builder

Enhanced Income Select (Single) or (Joint)
Income Access Select
CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) or (Joint)

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th Contract Anniversary measured from the Contract issue date.

When you elect an exchange, you are terminating your existing Rider and purchasing a new Rider. The Initial Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance (if applicable) under the new Rider will be equal to the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. Generally, if your Contract Value is lower than the Protected Payment Base under your existing Rider, your election to exchange from one rider to another may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base and any

56


485BPOS58th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 58th

applicable Protected Payment Amount, Enhanced Income Amount and Remaining Protected Balance that may be applied. In other words, your existing protected balances will not carryover to the new Rider. If you elect an exchange, you will be subject to the charge and the terms and conditions for the new Rider in effect at the time of the exchange. Only one exchange may be elected each Contract Year. In addition, there are withdrawal percentages, annual credit percentages, and lifetime income age requirements that differ between the Riders listed above. Work with your financial advisor prior to electing an exchange.

Accumulation Benefit Rider Exchanges

Subject to availability, you may elect to exchange among the following accumulation benefit Riders:

   

FROM

TO

WHEN

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 (GPA 3)

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 5 (GPA 5)

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select

On any Contract Anniversary.

When you elect an exchange, you are terminating your existing Rider and purchasing a new Rider. The initial Guaranteed Protection Amount under the new Rider will be equal to the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. Generally, if your Contract Value is lower than the Guaranteed Protection Amount under your existing Rider, your election to exchange from one rider to another may result in a reduction in the Guaranteed Protection Amount. In other words, your existing Guaranteed Protection Amount will not carryover to the new Rider. If you elect an exchange, you will be subject to the charge and the terms and conditions for the new Rider in effect at the time of the exchange. Only one exchange may be elected each Contract Year. In addition, there are Step-Up eligibility requirements that differ between the Riders listed above. Work with your financial advisor prior to electing an exchange.

Optional Riders Not Available for Purchase

The CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single), CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Joint), CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single), CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Joint), CoreProtect Advantage, CoreIncome Advantage 5, CoreIncome Advantage, Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single), Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Joint), Automatic Income Builder, Flexible Lifetime Income (Single), Flexible Lifetime Income (Joint), Foundation 10, Income Access, GPA 3, GPA 5 and GIA Plus Riders are no longer available for purchase. If you purchased one of these Riders, you will find more information about the Rider in APPENDIX I: OPTIONAL RIDERS NOT AVAILABLE FOR PURCHASE.

Enhanced Income Select (Single)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XV Rider – Single Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

Purchasing the Rider

Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.

You may purchase this optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary provided that on the Rider Effective Date:

· the Designated Life is 85 years of age or younger,

· the Owner and Annuitant is the same person (except for Non-Natural Owners),

· the Contract is not issued as an Inherited IRA, Inherited Roth IRA, Inherited TSA or Non-Qualified Life Expectancy (Stretch), and

· you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the Investment Allocation Requirements.

Joint Owners may not purchase this Rider.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations.

Designated Life – The person upon whose life the benefits of this Rider are based. The Owner/Annuitant (or youngest Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) will be the Designated Life. The Designated Life cannot be changed; if a change occurs this Rider will terminate.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the Designated Life is 59½ years of age.

Enhanced Income Amount – When the Contract Value is greater than zero (0), this is the maximum amount that can be withdrawn in a Contract Year under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The initial Enhanced Income Amount will depend on the age of the Designated Life. If the Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Enhanced Income Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the Designated Life reaches age 59½, the Enhanced Income Amount will be determined using the age at the time of the first withdrawal or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. This amount will never be less than zero (0).

57


485BPOS59th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 59th

Enhanced Income Percentage – When the Contract Value is greater than zero (0), this percentage is used to determine the Enhanced Income Amount. The applicable Enhanced Income Percentage is based on the age of the Designated Life at the time of the first withdrawal, or the first withdrawal after an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Resets occurs (see the Enhanced Income Percentages and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage Table subsection below).

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount.

Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount – Once the Contract Value is zero (0), this is the amount that will be paid each Contract Year. The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount is equal to the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base at the time the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0). This amount will never be less than zero (0).

Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage – Once the Contract Value is zero (0), the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage is used to determine the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount (see the Enhanced Income Percentages and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage Table subsection below).

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Enhanced Income Amount and the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within sixty (60) calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within sixty (60) calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets and Owner-Elected Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Enhanced Income Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Contract Value equals zero (0). Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Contract Value equals zero (0), you will receive the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount until the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Enhanced Income Amount is the applicable Enhanced Income Percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base (see the Enhanced Income Percentages and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage Table subsection below). If the Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Enhanced Income Amount is zero (0). The Enhanced Income Percentage that will apply will be based on the Designated Life’s age at the time of the first withdrawal or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs. (See example 7 in APPENDIX A for a numerical example of how a different Enhanced Income Percentage may be reached through a reset).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset will increase and an Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Enhanced Income Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Enhanced Income Amount and the Contract Value (less the Enhanced Income Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Enhanced Income Amount, see the Withdrawal of Enhanced Income Amount subsection. The Protected Payment Base cannot be withdrawn as a lump sum, is not payable as a death benefit, and is not used in calculating any annuity option available under the Contract.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

58


485BPOS60th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 60th

Enhanced Income Percentages and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage Table

   

Age*

Enhanced Income Percentage when Contract Value is greater than zero

Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage when Contract Value equals zero

Before 59½

0%

0%

59½ to 64

5.60%

3.00%

65 to 69

7.10%

70 to 74

7.50%

75 to 79

7.50%

80 and older

7.50%

* The Enhanced Income Percentage is determined by the age of the Designated Life at the time of the first withdrawal on or after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurred.

Withdrawal of Enhanced Income Amount

When the Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Enhanced Income Amount each Contract Year, until the Contract Value is zero (0). The Enhanced Income Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. Any portion of the Enhanced Income Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Enhanced Income Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Enhanced Income Amount. (See example 4 in APPENDIX A for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Enhanced Income Amount and the Contract Value (less the Enhanced Income Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Enhanced Income Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in APPENDIX A for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only.

We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or IRS rules relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide notice to the Owner.

See example 6 in APPENDIX A for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUESQualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the Designated Life is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (0) (due to withdrawals, fees, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

59


485BPOS61st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 61st

If the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero (0) by a withdrawal that exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount, the Rider will terminate and you will not receive payments of the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount.

If the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero (0) by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Enhanced Income Amount, the following will apply:

· the remaining Enhanced Income Amount will be paid for that Contract Year. Starting on the next Contract Anniversary, the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount will be paid each year until the date of death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero (0)).

The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount will be calculated by multiplying the Protected Payment Base, at the time the Contract Value equals zero (0), by the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage.

Reset of Protected Payment Base

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within sixty (60) calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base and Enhanced Income Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. There may be situations where you may want to elect an Owner-Elected Reset. For example, one scenario where an Owner-Elected Reset may be used is when no Automatic Resets have occurred and the Designated Life has reached a higher age band (e.g. was 64 years of age and turned 65). The attainment of a higher age band may provide for a higher Enhanced Income Percentage which could provide a higher annual withdrawal amount. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Opt Out – Rider Price Changes

If there is a Rider price increase, you can elect to opt out of the most recent rider price increase if the date is within sixty (60) calendar days after a Contract Anniversary date. If you elect to opt out, the following will apply:

· if an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurred on the Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base and the Enhanced Income Amount will revert back to the values in place prior to the reset,

· the Annual Charge percentage will stay the same as it was before the rider price change and it will remain at that percentage as long as the Rider is in effect (the 10-Year Treasury Rate no longer applies, see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges),

· no future Automatic or Owner-Elected Resets will be available,

· the applicable Enhanced Income Percentage will be reduced by 1.50% and it will remain at that percentage as long as the Rider is in effect and the Contract Value is greater than zero (0), and

· the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage will not change.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own while this Rider remains in effect.

Annuitization

60


485BPOS62nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 62nd

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election, and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount will be less than the amount you may have received under the Enhanced Income Amount prior to annuitizing your Contract.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Enhanced Income Amount, and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

This Rider terminates upon the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract, whichever occurs first. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, the surviving spouse may re-purchase this Rider (if available) on any Contract Anniversary. The existing protected balances will not carry over to the new Rider and will be based on the Contract Value at time of re-purchase. Any Rider re-purchases are subject to the Rider terms and conditions at the time of re-purchase. The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS - Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

· the date of the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of an ownership change of a Non-Qualified Contract (excluding ownership changes: to or from certain trusts, adding or removing the Owner’s spouse, or for Riders issued in California or Connecticut),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) if the Designated Life is younger than age 59½.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0).

Sample Calculations

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached APPENDIX A. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

Enhanced Income Select (Joint)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XV Rider– Joint Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

Purchasing the Rider

Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.

You may purchase this optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary if you meet the following eligibility requirements:

· the Contract is issued as:

· Non-Qualified Contract (this Rider is not available if the Owner is a trust or other entity), except Non-Qualified Life Expectancy (Stretch), or

61


485BPOS63rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 63rd

· Qualified Contract under Code Section 408(a), 408(k), 408A, 408(p) or 403(b), except for Inherited IRAs, Inherited Roth IRAs, Inherited TSAs, 401(a), 401(k), Individual(k), Keogh, or 457 plan.

· both Designated Lives are 85 years or younger,

· you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the Contract must be structured so that upon the death of one Designated Life, the surviving Designated Life may retain or assume ownership of the Contract, and

· any Owner/Annuitant is a Designated Life (except for custodial owned IRA or TSA Contracts).

For purposes of meeting the eligibility requirements, Designated Lives must be any one of the following:

· a sole Owner with the Owner’s Spouse designated as the sole primary Beneficiary,

· Joint Owners, where the Owners are each other’s Spouses, or

· if the Contract is issued as a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the beneficial owner must be the Annuitant and the Annuitant’s Spouse must be designated as the sole primary Beneficiary under the Contract. The custodian, under a custodial owned IRA or TSA, for the benefit of the beneficial owner, may be designated as sole primary Beneficiary provided that the Spouse of the beneficial owner is the sole primary Beneficiary of the custodial account.

If this Rider is added on a Contract Anniversary, naming your Spouse as the Beneficiary to meet eligibility requirements will not be considered a change of Annuitant on the Contract.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations.

Designated Lives (each a “Designated Life”) – Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other’s spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, the Designated Life must:

· be the Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA), or

· remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age.

Enhanced Income Amount – When the Contract Value is greater than zero (0), this is the maximum amount that can be withdrawn in a Contract Year under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The initial Enhanced Income Amount will depend on the age of the youngest Designated Life. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Enhanced Income Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the youngest Designated Life reaches age 59½, the Enhanced Income Amount will be determined using the age at the time of the first withdrawal or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. This amount will never be less than zero (0).

Enhanced Income Percentage - When the Contract Value is greater than zero (0), this percentage is used to determine the Enhanced Income Amount. The applicable Enhanced Income Percentage is based on the age of the youngest Designated Life at the time of the first withdrawal, or the first withdrawal after an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Resets occurs (see the Enhanced Income Percentages and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage Table subsection below).

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount.

Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount – Once the Contract Value is zero (0), this is the amount that will be paid each Contract Year. The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount is equal to the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base at the time the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0). This amount will never be less than zero (0).

Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage – Once the Contract Value is zero (0), the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage is used to determine the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount (see the Enhanced Income Percentages and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage Table subsection below).

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Enhanced Income Amount and the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

62


485BPOS64th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 64th

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within sixty (60) calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within sixty (60) calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

Spouse – The Owner’s spouse who is treated as the Owner’s spouse pursuant to federal law. If the Contract is a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the Annuitant’s spouse who is treated as the Annuitant’s spouse pursuant to federal law.

Surviving Spouse – The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA).

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets and Owner-Elected Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Enhanced Income Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Contract Value equals zero (0). Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Contract Value equals zero (0), you will receive the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Enhanced Income Amount is the applicable Enhanced Income Percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base (see the Enhanced Income Percentages and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage Table subsection below). If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Enhanced Income Amount is zero (0). The Enhanced Income Percentage that will apply will be based on the youngest Designated Life’s age at the time of the first withdrawal or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs. (See example 7 in APPENDIX A for a numerical example of how a different Enhanced Income Percentage may be reached through a reset).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset will increase and an Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Enhanced Income Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Enhanced Income Amount and the Contract Value (less the Enhanced Income Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Enhanced Income Amount, see the Withdrawal of Enhanced Income Amount subsection. The Protected Payment Base cannot be withdrawn as a lump sum, is not payable as a death benefit, and is not used in calculating any annuity option available under the Contract.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

Enhanced Income Percentages and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage Table

   

Age*

Enhanced Income Percentage when Contract Value is greater than zero

Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage when Contract Value equals zero

Before 59½

0%

0%

59½ to 64

5.10%

3.00%

65 to 69

6.60%

70 to 74

7.00%

75 to 79

7.00%

80 and older

7.00%

* The Enhanced Income Percentage is determined by the age of the youngest Designated Life at the time of the first withdrawal on or after age 59½ or the first withdrawal after an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurred.

Withdrawal of Enhanced Income Amount

When the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Enhanced Income Amount each Contract Year until the Contract Value is zero (0). The Enhanced Income Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during

63


485BPOS65th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 65th

the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. Any portion of the Enhanced Income Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Enhanced Income Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Enhanced Income Amount. (See example 4 in APPENDIX A for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Enhanced Income Amount and the Contract Value (less the Enhanced Income Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Enhanced Income Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in APPENDIX A for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only, and

· the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older.

We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or IRS rules relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide notice to the Owner.

See example 6 in APPENDIX A for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUESQualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (0) (due to withdrawals, fees, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero (0) by a withdrawal that exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate and you will not receive payments of the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero (0) by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Enhanced Income Amount, the following will apply:

· the remaining Enhanced Income Amount will be paid for that Contract Year. Starting on the next Contract Anniversary, the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount will be paid each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero (0)).

The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount will be calculated by multiplying the Protected Payment Base, at the time the Contract Value equals zero (0), by the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage.

64


485BPOS66th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 66th

Reset of Protected Payment Base

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within sixty (60) calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base and Enhanced Income Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. There may be situations where you may want to elect an Owner-Elected Reset. For example, one scenario where an Owner-Elected Reset may be used is when no Automatic Resets have occurred and the youngest Designated Life has reached a higher age band (e.g. was 64 years of age and turned 65). The attainment of a higher age band may provide for a higher Enhanced Income Percentage which could provide a higher annual withdrawal amount. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Opt Out – Rider Price Changes

If there is a Rider price increase, you can elect to opt out of the most recent rider price increase if the date is within sixty (60) calendar days after a Contract Anniversary date. If you elect to opt out, the following will apply:

· if an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurred on the Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base and the Enhanced Income Amount will revert back to the values in place prior to the reset,

· the Annual Charge percentage will stay the same as it was before the rider price change and it will remain at that percentage as long as the Rider is in effect (the 10-Year Treasury Rate no longer applies, see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges),

· no future Automatic or Owner-Elected Resets will be available,

· the applicable Enhanced Income Percentage will be reduced by 1.50% and it will remain at that percentage as long as the Rider is in effect and the Contract Value is greater than zero (0), and

· the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage will not change.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own while this Rider remains in effect.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election, and a Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount will be less than the amount you may have received under the Enhanced Income Amount prior to annuitizing your Contract.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Enhanced Income Amount, and Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

65


485BPOS67th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 67th

If the Owner dies and the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Enhanced Income Amount until the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) and then receive the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount under this Rider, until the day of death of the Surviving Spouse. If the Contract Value is equal to zero (0) when the Owner dies, the Surviving Spouse will receive the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount under this Rider, until the day of death of the Surviving Spouse. If no withdrawals have occurred since the Rider Effective Date and the Contract Value is greater than zero (0), the Enhanced Income Percentage and corresponding Enhanced Income Amount will be based on the age when the Surviving Spouse takes a withdrawal. The Surviving Spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERSDeath Benefits).

Ownership and Beneficiary Changes

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract. See Rider Terms – Designated Lives above and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – Changes to Your Contract.

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

· the date of the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· the date of death of the first Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits, if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day that neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA) (this bullet does not apply if this Rider is issued in California or Connecticut),

· in California and Connecticut, if neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a Custodial owned IRA or TSA), upon the earlier of the death of the first Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0) if the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero (0).

Sample Calculations

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached APPENDIX A. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XII Rider – Single Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

Purchasing the Rider

Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.

You may purchase this optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary provided that on the Rider Effective Date:

66


485BPOS68th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 68th

· the Designated Life is 85 years of age or younger,

· the Owner and Annuitant is the same person (except for Non-Natural Owners),

· the Contract is not issued as an Inherited IRA, Inherited Roth IRA, Inherited TSA or Non-Qualified Life Expectancy (Stretch), and

· you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the Investment Allocation Requirements.

Joint Owners may not purchase this Rider.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations.

Designated Life – The person upon whose life the benefits of this Rider are based. The Owner/Annuitant (or youngest Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) will be the Designated Life. The Designated Life cannot be changed; if a change occurs this Rider will terminate.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the Designated Life is 59½ years of age.

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 4% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the Designated Life reaches age 59½, the Protected Payment Amount will equal 4% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the Designated Life.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 4% of the Protected Payment Base. If the Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset will increase the Protected Payment Base to the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

67


485BPOS69th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 69th

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

When the Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 4% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in APPENDIX B for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in APPENDIX B for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only.

We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or IRS rules relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide notice to the Owner.

See example 6 in APPENDIX B for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUESQualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the Designated Life is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the date of death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

68


485BPOS70th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 70th

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero).

Reset of Protected Payment Base

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own while this Rider remains in effect.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

This Rider terminates upon the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract, whichever occurs first. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, the surviving spouse may re-purchase this Rider (if available) on any Contract Anniversary. The existing protected balances will not carry over to the new Rider and will be based on the Contract Value at time of re-purchase. Any Rider re-purchases are subject to the Rider terms and conditions at the time of re-purchase.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS - Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

· the date of the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of an ownership change of a Non-Qualified Contract (excluding ownership changes: to or from certain trusts, adding or removing the Owner’s spouse, or for Riders issued in California or Connecticut),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the Designated Life is younger than age 59½.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached APPENDIX B. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

69


485BPOS71st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 71st

CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Joint)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XII Rider – Joint Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

Purchasing the Rider

Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.

You may purchase this optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary if you meet the following eligibility requirements:

· the Contract is issued as:

· Non-Qualified Contract (this Rider is not available if the Owner is a trust or other entity), except Non-Qualified Life Expectancy (Stretch), or

· Qualified Contract under Code Section 408(a), 408(k), 408A, 408(p) or 403(b), except for Inherited IRAs, Inherited Roth IRAs, Inherited TSAs, 401(a), 401(k), Individual(k), Keogh, or 457 plan.

· both Designated Lives are 85 years or younger,

· you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the Contract must be structured so that upon the death of one Designated Life, the surviving Designated Life may retain or assume ownership of the Contract, and

· any Owner/Annuitant is a Designated Life (except for custodial owned IRA or TSA Contracts).

For purposes of meeting the eligibility requirements, Designated Lives must be any one of the following:

· a sole Owner with the Owner’s Spouse designated as the sole primary Beneficiary,

· Joint Owners, where the Owners are each other’s Spouses, or

· if the Contract is issued as a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the beneficial owner must be the Annuitant and the Annuitant’s Spouse must be designated as the sole primary Beneficiary under the Contract. The custodian, under a custodial owned IRA or TSA, for the benefit of the beneficial owner, may be designated as sole primary Beneficiary provided that the Spouse of the beneficial owner is the sole primary Beneficiary of the custodial account.

If this Rider is added on a Contract Anniversary, naming your Spouse as the Beneficiary to meet eligibility requirements will not be considered a change of Annuitant on the Contract.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations.

Designated Lives (each a “Designated Life”) – Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other’s spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, the Designated Life must:

· be the Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA), or

· remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age.

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 4% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0). However, once the youngest Designated Life reaches age 59½, the Protected Payment Amount will equal 4% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the youngest Designated Life.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

70


485BPOS72nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 72nd

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

Spouse – The Owner’s spouse who is treated as the Owner’s spouse pursuant to federal law. If the Contract is a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the Annuitant’s spouse who is treated as the Annuitant’s spouse pursuant to federal law.

Surviving Spouse – The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA).

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 4% of the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset will increase the Protected Payment Base to the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

When the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 4% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in APPENDIX B for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in APPENDIX B for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

71


485BPOS73rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 73rd

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only, and

· the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older.

We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or IRS rules relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide notice to the Owner.

See example 6 in APPENDIX B for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUESQualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero).

Reset of Protected Payment Base

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own while this Rider remains in effect.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this

72


485BPOS74th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 74th

Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies and the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Rider terminates.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERSDeath Benefits).

Ownership and Beneficiary Changes

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract. See Rider Terms – Designated Lives above and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – Changes to Your Contract.

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

· the date of the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day that neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA) (this bullet does not apply if this Rider is issued in California or Connecticut),

· in California and Connecticut, if neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a Custodial owned IRA or TSA), upon the earlier of the death of the first Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached APPENDIX B. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Single) 

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit X Rider - Single Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

Purchasing the Rider

Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.

You may purchase this optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary provided that on the Rider Effective Date:

73


485BPOS75th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 75th

· the Designated Life is 85 years of age or younger,

· the Owner and Annuitant is the same person (except for Non-Natural Owners),

· the Contract is not issued as an Inherited IRA, Inherited Roth IRA, Inherited TSA or Non-Qualified Life Expectancy (Stretch), and

· you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the Investment Allocation Requirements.

Joint Owners may not purchase this Rider.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations.

Designated Life – The person upon whose life the benefits of this Rider are based. The Owner/Annuitant (or youngest Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) will be the Designated Life. The Designated Life cannot be changed; if a change occurs this Rider will terminate.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the Designated Life is 65 years of age.

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the Designated Life is age 65 or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the Designated Life is 65 years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 5% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the Designated Life is younger than 65 years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the Designated Life reaches age 65, the Protected Payment Amount will equal 5% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the Designated Life.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 65, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the Designated Life is 65 years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 5% of the Protected Payment Base. If the Designated Life is younger than 65 years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset will increase the Protected Payment Base to the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

74


485BPOS76th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 76th

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

When the Designated Life is 65 years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 5% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in APPENDIX C for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in APPENDIX C for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only.

We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or IRS rules relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide notice to the Owner.

See example 6 in APPENDIX C for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUESQualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the Designated Life is younger than age 65 when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the Designated Life is age 65 or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the Rider will terminate.

If the Designated Life is age 65 or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the date of death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

75


485BPOS77th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 77th

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero).

Reset of Protected Payment Base

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own while this Rider remains in effect.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

This Rider terminates upon the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract, whichever occurs first. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, the surviving spouse may re-purchase this Rider (if available) on any Contract Anniversary. The existing protected balances will not carry over to the new Rider and will be based on the Contract Value at time of re-purchase. Any Rider re-purchases are subject to the Rider terms and conditions at the time of re-purchase.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS - Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

· the date of the death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of an ownership change of a Non-Qualified Contract (excluding ownership changes: to or from certain trusts, adding or removing the Owner’s spouse, or for Riders issued in California or Connecticut),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the Designated Life is younger than age 65.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

76


485BPOS78th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 78th

Sample Calculations

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached APPENDIX C. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

CoreIncome Advantage Select (Joint)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit X Rider – Joint Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

Purchasing the Rider

Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.

You may purchase this optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary if you meet the following eligibility requirements:

· the Contract is issued as:

· Non-Qualified Contract (this Rider is not available if the Owner is a trust or other entity), except Non-Qualified Life Expectancy (Stretch), or

· Qualified Contract under Code Section 408(a), 408(k), 408A, 408(p) or 403(b), except for Inherited IRAs, Inherited Roth IRAs, Inherited TSAs, 401(a), 401(k), Individual(k), Keogh, or 457 plan.

· both Designated Lives are 85 years or younger,

· you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the Contract must be structured so that upon the death of one Designated Life, the surviving Designated Life may retain or assume ownership of the Contract, and

· any Owner/Annuitant is a Designated Life (except for custodial owned IRA or TSA Contracts).

For purposes of meeting the eligibility requirements, Designated Lives must be any one of the following:

· a sole Owner with the Owner’s Spouse designated as the sole primary Beneficiary,

· Joint Owners, where the Owners are each other’s Spouses, or

· if the Contract is issued as a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the beneficial owner must be the Annuitant and the Annuitant’s Spouse must be designated as the sole primary Beneficiary under the Contract. The custodian, under a custodial owned IRA or TSA, for the benefit of the beneficial owner, may be designated as sole primary Beneficiary provided that the Spouse of the beneficial owner is the sole primary Beneficiary of the custodial account.

If this Rider is added on a Contract Anniversary, naming your Spouse as the Beneficiary to meet eligibility requirements will not be considered a change of Annuitant on the Contract.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations.

Designated Lives (each a “Designated Life”) – Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other’s spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, the Designated Life must:

· be the Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA), or

· remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the youngest Designated Life is 65 years of age.

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the youngest Designated Life is age 65 or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is 65 years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 4.5% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 4.5% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 65 years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0). However, once the youngest Designated Life reaches age 65, the Protected Payment Amount will equal 4.5% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the youngest Designated Life.

77


485BPOS79th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 79th

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

Spouse – The Owner’s spouse who is treated as the Owner’s spouse pursuant to federal law. If the Contract is a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the Annuitant’s spouse who is treated as the Annuitant’s spouse pursuant to federal law.

Surviving Spouse – The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA).

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 65, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the youngest Designated Life is 65 years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 4.5% of the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 65 years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset will increase the Protected Payment Base to the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

When the youngest Designated Life is 65 years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 4.5% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in APPENDIX D for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

78


485BPOS80th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 80th

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in APPENDIX D for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only, and

· the youngest Designated Life is age 65 or older.

We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or IRS rules relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide notice to the Owner.

See example 6 in APPENDIX D for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUESQualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 65 when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 65 or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 65 or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero).

Reset of Protected Payment Base

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own while this Rider remains in effect.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

79


485BPOS81st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 81st

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies and the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Rider terminates.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERSDeath Benefits).

Ownership and Beneficiary Changes

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract. See Rider Terms – Designated Lives above and ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – Changes to Your Contract.

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

· the date of the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day that neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA) (this bullet does not apply if this Rider is issued in California or Connecticut),

· in California and Connecticut, if neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a Custodial owned IRA or TSA), upon the earlier of the death of the first Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract,

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 65.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached APPENDIX D. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

Income Access Select

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XIII Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

80


485BPOS82nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 82nd

Purchasing the Rider

Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Protected Payment Base is $1,000,000 or greater.

You may purchase this optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any Contract Anniversary provided that on the Rider Effective Date:

· the age of each Owner and Annuitant is 85 years or younger,

· the Contract is not issued as an Inherited IRA, Inherited Roth IRA Inherited TSA or Non-Qualified Life Expectancy (Stretch), and

· you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the Investment Allocation Requirements.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn each Contract Year under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· 7% of the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year, or

· The Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The Protected Payment Amount will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 7% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 7% of the initial Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets and Owner-Elected Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

This Rider allows for withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. This Rider does not provide lifetime withdrawal benefits. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under the Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

81


485BPOS83rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 83rd

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While the Rider is in effect, you may make cumulative withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Remaining Protected Balance equals zero or until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year.

Under your Contract, you may withdraw more than the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year. However, withdrawals of more than the Protected Payment Amount in a Contract Year will cause an immediate adjustment to the Remaining Protected Balance, the Protected Payment Base, and the Protected Payment Amount.

If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. The Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount immediately following the withdrawal.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in APPENDIX E for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency, as elected by you, but no less frequently than annually, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum or may not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit (amount will be zero).

If the Contract Value is reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on the previous year-end fair market value of this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

If the Contract Value is reduced to zero, RMD Withdrawals will cease and any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals in accordance with the terms of the Rider.

We reserve the right to modify or eliminate the treatment of RMD Withdrawals under this Rider if there is any change to the Internal Revenue Code or IRS rules relating to required minimum distributions, including the issuance of relevant IRS guidance. If we exercise this right, we will provide notice to the Owner.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUESQualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which Reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future Reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured

82


485BPOS84th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 84th

from that Reset Date. A Reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically Reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is at least $1.00 less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to Reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the Reset is effective. The Reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. There may be situations where you may want to elect an Owner-Elected Reset. For example, one scenario where an Owner-Elected Reset may be used is when no Automatic Resets have occurred and you want to Reset the Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we accept additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, we reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own while this Rider remains in effect.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

This Rider terminates when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS - Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically end on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

· the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero,

· the day we are notified of an ownership change of a Non-Qualified Contract (excluding ownership changes: to or from certain trusts, adding or removing the Owner’s spouse, or for Riders issued in California or Connecticut),

· when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the contract Value is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached APPENDIX E. The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

83


485BPOS85th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 85th

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Select

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

Purchasing the Rider

Prior to purchase, you must obtain our approval if your initial Guaranteed Protection Amount is $1,000,000 or greater.

You may purchase the optional Rider on the Contract Date or on any subsequent Contract Anniversary if:

· the age of any Owner and Annuitant on the date of purchase is the lesser of:

· 85 years or younger, or

· at least 10 years younger than the maximum annuitization age specified in your Contract,

· the Rider Effective Date is at least 10 years before your selected Annuity Date, and

· you allocate your entire Contract Value according to the Investment Allocation Requirements.

How the Rider Works

The Rider will remain in effect, unless otherwise terminated, for a 10-year period (the “Term”) beginning on the Effective Date of the Rider.

On the last day of the Term, we will add an additional amount to your Contract Value if, on that day, the Contract Value is less than the Guaranteed Protection Amount. The additional amount will be equal to the difference between the Contract Value on the last day of the Term and the Guaranteed Protection Amount. The additional amount added to the Contract Value will be considered earnings and allocated to your Investment Options according to your most recent allocation instructions. Additional Purchase Payments that are not part of the Guaranteed Protection Amount (Purchase Payments made after the first year of a Term and not included in a Step-Up) will not be included in the benefit calculation at the end of Term.

The Guaranteed Protection Amount is equal to (a) plus (b) minus (c) as indicated below:

(a) is the Contract Value at the start of the Term,

(b) is the amount of each subsequent Purchase Payment received during the first year of the Term, and

(c) is a pro rata adjustment for withdrawals made from the Contract during the Term. The adjustment for each withdrawal is calculated by multiplying the Guaranteed Protection Amount prior to the withdrawal by the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal, including any applicable withdrawal charges, premium taxes, and/or other taxes, to the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

For purposes of determining the Contract Value at the start of the Term, if the Effective Date of the Rider is the Contract Date, the Contract Value is equal to the initial Purchase Payment. If the Effective Date of the Rider is a Contract Anniversary, the Contract Value is equal to the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. Any subsequent Purchase Payments received after the first year of a Term are not included in the Guaranteed Protection Amount.

If, on the last day of the Term, the Contract is annuitized, or a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract, or a full withdrawal is made, the Contract Value will reflect any additional amount owed under the Rider before the payment of any annuity or death benefits, or full withdrawal. No additional amount will be made if the Contract Value on the last day of the Term is greater than or equal to the Guaranteed Protection Amount.

Optional Step-Up in the Guaranteed Protection Amount

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 3rd anniversary of the Effective Date of this Rider and before the Annuity Date, you may elect to increase (“Step-Up”) your Guaranteed Protection Amount.

If you elect the optional Step-Up, the following conditions will apply:

· your election of a Step-Up must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the Step-Up is effective,

· the Guaranteed Protection Amount will be equal to your Contract Value as of the Effective Date of the Step-Up (“Step-Up Date”),

· a new 10-year Term will begin as of the Step-Up Date, and

· you may not elect another Step-Up until on or after the 3rd anniversary of the latest Step-Up Date.

We will not permit a Step-Up if the new 10-year Term will extend beyond the Annuity Date.

84


485BPOS86th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 86th

Subsequent Purchase Payments

We reserve the right to reject or restrict, at our discretion, any additional Purchase Payments. If we decide to no longer accept Purchase Payments, we will not accept subsequent Purchase Payments for your Contract or any other optional living benefit riders that you may own while this Rider remains in effect.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

This Rider terminates when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, then the provisions of the Rider will continue until the end of the Term.

Termination

The Rider will automatically terminate at the end of the Term, or, if earlier on:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements and no corrective action was taken, after written notice was provided, to comply with the requirements to continue the Rider,

· the day we receive notification from the Owner to terminate the Rider,

· the date a full withdrawal of the amount available for withdrawal is made under the Contract,

· the day we are notified of an ownership change of a Non-Qualified Contract (excluding ownership changes: to or from certain trusts, adding or removing the Owner’s spouse, or for Riders issued in California or Connecticut),

· when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· the date the Contract is terminated according to the provisions of the Contract, or

· the Annuity Date.

If your request to terminate the Rider is received at our Service Center within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary, the Rider will terminate on that Contract Anniversary. If your request to terminate the Rider is received at our Service Center more than 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary, the Rider will terminate the day we receive the request.

If the Rider is terminated, you must wait until a Contract Anniversary that is at least 1 year from the Effective Date of the termination before the Rider may be purchased again (if available).

Sample Calculations

Hypothetical sample calculations are in the attached APPENDIX F. The examples are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns.

PACIFIC LIFE AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Pacific Life

Pacific Life Insurance Company is a life insurance company domiciled in Nebraska. Along with our subsidiaries and affiliates, our operations include life insurance, annuity, mutual funds, broker-dealer operations, and investment advisory services. At the end of 2017, we had $484.7 billion of individual life insurance in force and total admitted assets of approximately $129 billion.

We are authorized to conduct our life insurance and annuity business in the District of Columbia and in all states except New York. Our executive office is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

We were originally organized on January 2, 1868, under the name “Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company of California” and reincorporated as “Pacific Mutual Life Insurance Company” on July 22, 1936. On September 1, 1997, we converted from a mutual life insurance company to a stock life insurance company ultimately controlled by a mutual holding company and were authorized by California regulatory authorities to change our name to Pacific Life Insurance Company. On September 1, 2005, Pacific Life changed from a California corporation to a Nebraska corporation. Pacific Life is a subsidiary of Pacific LifeCorp, a holding company, which, in turn, is a subsidiary of Pacific Mutual Holding Company, a mutual holding company. Under their respective charters, Pacific Mutual Holding Company must always hold at least 51% of the outstanding voting stock of Pacific LifeCorp, and Pacific LifeCorp must always own 100% of the voting stock of Pacific Life. Owners of Pacific Life’s annuity contracts and life insurance policies have certain membership interests in Pacific Mutual Holding Company, consisting principally of the right to vote on the election of the Board of Directors of the mutual holding company and on other matters, and certain rights upon liquidation or dissolutions of the mutual holding company.

Our subsidiary, Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD) serves as the principal underwriter (distributor) for the Contracts. PSD is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. We and PSD enter into selling agreements with broker-dealers whose financial advisors are authorized by state insurance departments to sell the Contracts.

We may provide you with reports of our ratings both as an insurance company and as to our claims-paying ability with respect to our General Account assets.

85


485BPOS87th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 87th

Separate Account A

Separate Account A was established on September 7, 1994 as a separate account of ours, and is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), as a type of investment company called a “unit investment trust.” We established the Separate Account under the laws of the state of California. The Separate Account is maintained under the laws of the state of Nebraska.

Obligations arising under your Contract are our general corporate obligations. We are also the legal owner of the assets in the Separate Account. Assets of the Separate Account attributed to the reserves and other liabilities under the Contract and other contracts issued by us that are supported by the Separate Account may not be charged with liabilities arising from any of our other business; any income, gain or loss (whether or not realized) from the assets of the Separate Account are credited to or charged against the Separate Account without regard to our other income, gain or loss. We must keep assets in the Separate Account equal to the reserves and contract liabilities (i.e. amounts at least equal to the aggregate variable account value) sufficient to pay obligations under the contracts funded by the Separate Account.

We may invest money in the Separate Account in order to commence its operations and for other purposes, but not to support contracts other than variable annuity contracts. A portion of the Separate Account’s assets may include accumulations of charges we make against the Separate Account and investment results of assets so accumulated. These additional assets are ours and we may transfer them to our General Account at any time; however, before making any such transfer, we will consider any possible adverse impact the transfer might have on the Separate Account. Subject to applicable law, we reserve the right to transfer our assets in the Separate Account to our General Account.

The Separate Account may not be the sole investor in the Funds. Investment in a Fund by other separate accounts in connection with variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts may create conflicts. See the Prospectus and SAI for the Funds for more information.

FEDERAL TAX ISSUES

The following summary of federal income tax issues is based on our understanding of current tax laws and regulations, which may be changed by legislative, judicial or administrative action. The summary is general in nature and is not intended as tax advice. Moreover, it does not consider any applicable foreign, state or local tax laws. We do not make any guarantee regarding the tax status, federal, foreign, state or local, of any Contract or any transaction involving the Contracts. Accordingly, you should consult a qualified tax advisor for complete information and advice before purchasing a Contract. Additional tax information is included in the SAI. We reserve the right to amend this Contract without the Owner’s consent to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain its tax qualification or to conform this Contract to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements.

Diversification Requirements and Investor Control

Section 817(h) of the Code provides that the investments underlying a variable annuity must satisfy certain diversification requirements in order for the contract to be treated as an annuity contract and qualify for tax deferral. We believe the underlying Variable Investment Options for the contract meet these requirements. Details on these diversification requirements appear in the Fund SAIs.

In addition, for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company and not by the contract owner. Under current U.S. tax law, if a contract owner has excessive control over the investments made by a separate account, or the underlying fund, the contract owner will be taxed currently on income and gains from the account or fund. In other words, in such a case of investor control the contract owner would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with variable annuities. For more information regarding investor control, please refer to the contract SAI.

Taxation of Annuities – General Provisions

Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general, and we designed the Contracts to meet the requirements of Section 72 of the Code. We believe that, under current law, the Contract will be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes if the Contract Owner is a natural person or an agent for a natural person, and that we (as the issuing insurance company), and not the Contract Owner(s), will be treated as the owner of the investments underlying the Contract. Accordingly, no tax should be payable by you as a Contract Owner as a result of any increase in Contract Value until you receive money under your Contract. You should, however, consider how amounts will be taxed when you do receive them. The following discussion assumes that your Contract will be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes.

Non-Qualified Contracts – General Rules

These general rules apply to Non-Qualified Contracts. As discussed below, however, tax rules may differ for Qualified Contracts and you should consult a qualified tax advisor if you are purchasing a Qualified Contract.

86


485BPOS88th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 88th

Taxes Payable

A Contract Owner is not taxed on the increases in the value of a Contract until an amount is received or deemed to be received. An amount could be received or deemed to be received, for example, if there is a partial distribution, a lump sum distribution, an Annuity payment or a material change in the Contract or if any portion of the Contract is transferred, pledged or assigned. See the Addition of Optional Rider or Material Change to Contract section below. Increases in Contract Value that are received or deemed to be received are taxable to the Contract Owner as ordinary income. Distributions of net investment income or capital gains that each Subaccount receives from its corresponding Portfolio are automatically reinvested in such Portfolio unless we, on behalf of the Separate Account, elect otherwise. As noted above, you will be subject to federal income taxes on the investment income from your Contract only when it is distributed to you.

Beginning in 2013, any taxable distribution of the investment income from your Contract may also be subject to a net investment income tax of 3.8%. This tax applies to various investment income such as interest, dividends, royalties, payments from annuities, and the disposition of property, but only to the extent a taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds ($200,000 for individuals/$250,000 if married filing jointly). Please speak to your tax advisor about this tax.

Non-Natural Persons as Owners

If a contract is not owned or held by a natural person or as agent for a natural person, the contract generally will not be treated as an “annuity” for tax purposes, meaning that the contract owner will be subject to current tax on annual increases in Contract Value at ordinary income rates unless some other exception applies. Certain entities, such as some trusts, may be deemed to be acting as agents for natural persons. Corporations, including S corps, C corps, LLCs, partnerships and FLPs, and tax exempt entities are non-natural persons that will not be deemed to be acting as agents for natural persons.

Addition of Optional Rider or Material Change to Contract

The addition of a rider to the Contract, or a material change in the Contract’s provisions, such as a change in Contract ownership or an assignment of the Contract, could cause it to be considered newly issued or entered into for tax purposes, and thus could cause a taxable event or the Contract to lose certain grandfathered tax status. Please contact your tax advisor for more information.

Taxes Payable on Withdrawals Prior to the Annuity Date

Amounts you withdraw before annuitization, including amounts withdrawn from your Contract Value in connection with partial withdrawals for payment of any charges and fees, will be treated first as taxable income to the extent that your Contract Value exceeds the aggregate of your Purchase Payments reduced by non-taxable amounts previously received (investment in the Contract), and then as nontaxable recovery of your Purchase Payments. Therefore, you include in your gross income the smaller of: a) the amount of the partial withdrawal, or b) the amount by which your Contract Value immediately before you receive the distribution exceeds your investment in the Contract at that time.

Exceptions to this rule are distributions in full discharge of your Contract (a full surrender) or distributions from contracts issued and investments made before August 14, 1982.

If at the time of a partial withdrawal your Contract Value does not exceed your investment in the Contract, then the withdrawal will not be includable in gross income and will simply reduce your investment in the Contract.

The assignment or pledge of (or agreement to assign or pledge) the value of the Contract for a loan will be treated as a withdrawal subject to these rules. You should consult your tax advisor for additional information regarding taking a partial or a full distribution from your Contract.

Multiple Contracts (Aggregation Rule)

Multiple Non-Qualified Contracts that are issued after October 21, 1988, by us or our affiliates to the same Owner during the same calendar year are treated as one Contract for purposes of determining the taxation of distributions (the amount includable in gross income under Code Section 72(e)) prior to the Annuity Date from any of the Contracts. A Contract received in a tax-free exchange under Code Section 1035 may be treated as a new Contract for this purpose. For Contracts subject to the Aggregation Rule, the values of the Contracts and the investments in the Contracts should be added together to determine the taxation under Code Section 72(e). Withdrawals will be treated first as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all such Contracts is withdrawn. The Treasury Department has specific authority under Code Section 72(e)(11) to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the income-out-first rules for withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date through the serial purchase of Contracts or otherwise. As of the date of this Prospectus there are no regulations interpreting these aggregation provisions.

10% Tax Penalty Applicable to Certain Withdrawals and Annuity Payments

The Code provides that the taxable portion of a withdrawal or other distribution may be subject to a tax penalty equal to 10% of that taxable portion unless the withdrawal is:

· made on or after the date you reach age 59½,

· made by a Beneficiary after your death,

· attributable to your becoming disabled,

87


485BPOS89th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 89th

· any payments annuitized using a life contingent annuity option,

· attributable to an investment in the Contract made prior to August 14, 1982, or

· any distribution that is a part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (Code Section 72(q) payments) made (at least annually) over your life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of you and your designated beneficiary.

Additional exceptions may apply to certain Qualified Contracts (see Taxes Payable on Annuity Payments and the applicable Qualified Contracts).

Taxes Payable on Optional Rider Charges

It is our understanding that the charges relating to any optional rider are not subject to current taxation and we will not report them as such. However, Treasury or the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to current taxation to the extent of any gain and, if applicable, the 10% tax penalty. We reserve the right to report any optional rider charges as partial withdrawals if we believe that we would be expected to report them in accordance with Treasury Regulations or IRS guidance.

Distributions After the Annuity Date

After you annuitize, a portion of each annuity payment you receive under a Contract generally will be treated as a partial recovery of Investments (as used here, “Investments” means the aggregate Purchase Payments less any amounts that were previously received under the Contract but not included in income) and will not be taxable. (In certain circumstances, subsequent modifications to an initially-established payment pattern may result in the imposition of a tax penalty.) The remainder of each annuity payment will be taxed as ordinary income. However, after the full amount of aggregate Investments has been recovered, the full amount of each annuity payment will be taxed as ordinary income. Exactly how an annuity payment is divided into taxable and non-taxable portions depends on the period over which annuity payments are expected to be received, which in turn is governed by the form of annuity selected and, where a lifetime annuity is chosen, by the life expectancy of the Annuitant(s) or payee(s). Such a payment may also be subject to a tax penalty if taken prior to age 59½.

For periodic (annuity) payments, we will default your state tax withholding (as applicable) based upon the marital status and allowance(s) provided for your federal taxes or, if no withholding instructions are provided, we will default to either a married person with 3 exemptions or your resident state’s prescribed withholding default (if applicable). Please consult with a tax advisor for additional information, including whether your resident state has a specific version of the W-4P form that should be submitted to us with state-specific income tax information.

Distributions to Beneficiary After Contract Owner’s Death

Generally, the same tax rules apply to amounts received by the Beneficiary as those that apply to the Contract Owner, except that the early withdrawal tax penalty does not apply. Thus, any annuity payments or lump sum withdrawal will be divided into taxable and non-taxable portions.

If death occurs after the Annuity Date, but before the expiration of a period certain option, the Beneficiary will recover the balance of the Investments as payments are made and may be allowed a deduction on the final tax return for the unrecovered Investments. A lump sum payment taken by the Beneficiary in lieu of remaining monthly annuity payments is not considered an annuity payment for tax purposes. The portion of any lump sum payment to a Beneficiary in excess of aggregate unrecovered Investments would be subject to income tax.

Contract Owner’s Estate

Generally, any amount payable to a Beneficiary after the Contract Owner’s death, whether before or after the Annuity Date, will be included in the estate of the Contract Owner for federal estate tax purposes. If the inclusion of the value of the Contract triggers a federal estate tax to be paid, the Beneficiary may be able to use a deduction called Income in Respect of Decedent (IRD) in calculating the income taxes payable upon receipt of the death benefit proceeds. In addition, designation of a non-spouse Beneficiary who either is 37½ or more years younger than a Contract Owner or is a grandchild of a Contract Owner may have Generation Skipping Transfer Tax (GSTT) consequences under section 2601 of the Code. You should consult with a qualified tax advisor if you have questions about federal estate tax, IRD, or GSTT.

Gifts of Annuity Contracts

Generally, gifts of Non-Qualified Contracts prior to the annuity start date will trigger tax reporting to the donor on the gain on the Contract, with the donee getting a stepped-up basis for the amount included in the donor’s income. The 10% early withdrawal tax penalty and gift tax also may be applicable. This provision does not apply to transfers between spouses or incident to a divorce, or transfers to and from a trust acting as agent for the Owner or the Owner’s spouse.

Tax Withholding for Non-Qualified Contracts

Unless you elect to the contrary, any amounts you receive under your Contract that are attributable to investment income will be subject to withholding to meet federal income tax obligations. For nonperiodic distributions, you will have the option to provide us with withholding information at the time of your withdrawal request. If you do not provide us with withholding information, we will generally withhold 10% of the taxable distribution amount and remit it to the IRS. For periodic (annuity) payments, the rate of withholding will be determined on the basis of the withholding information you provide to us. If you do not provide us with

88


485BPOS90th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 90th

withholding information, we are required to determine the Federal income tax withholding, from every annuity payment, as if you are a married person with 3 exemptions. State and local withholding may apply different defaults and will be determined by applicable law.

Certain states have indicated that pension and annuity withholding will apply to payments made to residents.

Please call (800) 722-4448 with any questions about the required withholding information. Financial advisors may call us at (800) 722-2333.

Tax Withholding for Non-resident Aliens or Non U.S. Persons

Taxable distributions to Contract Owners who are non-resident aliens or other non U.S. persons are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies. Prospective foreign owners are advised to consult with a tax advisor regarding the U.S., state and foreign tax treatment of a Contract. Currently, we require all Contract Owners to be a U.S. person (citizen) or a U.S. resident alien.

Exchanges of Non-Qualified Contracts (1035 Exchanges)

You may make your initial or an additional Purchase Payment through an exchange of an existing annuity contract or endowment life insurance contract pursuant to Section 1035 of the Code (a 1035 exchange). The exchange can be effected by completing the Transfer/ Exchange form, indicating in the appropriate section of the form that you are making a 1035 exchange and submitting any applicable state replacement form. The form is available by calling your financial advisor, by calling our Contract Owner number at (800) 722-4448, or on our website at www.PacificLife.com. Financial advisors can call (800) 722-2333. Once completed, the form should be mailed to us. If you are making an initial Purchase Payment, a completed Contract application should also be attached.

A post-death 1035 exchange of Non-Qualified assets may be available for beneficiaries who have elected to receive lifetime payments under Section 72(s) of the Code. Note that we reserve the right to restrict the maximum issue age for this type of transaction. Additionally, we will not accept additional purchase payments or allow a change in ownership (including collateral assignment requests) for a Contract issued via a post-death 1035 exchange of Non-Qualified assets.

In general terms, Section 1035 of the Code provides that no gain or loss is recognized when you exchange one annuity or life insurance contract for another annuity contract. Transactions under Section 1035, however, may be subject to special rules and may require special procedures and record keeping, particularly if the exchanged annuity contract was issued prior to August 14, 1982. You should consult your tax advisor prior to affecting a 1035 exchange.

Partial 1035 Exchanges and Annuitization

A partial exchange is the direct transfer of only a portion of an existing annuity’s Contract Value to a new annuity contract. Under Rev. Proc. 2011-38 a partial exchange will be treated as tax-free under Code Section 1035 if there are no distributions, from either annuity, within 180 calendar days after the partial 1035 exchange. Any distribution taken during the 180 calendar days may jeopardize the tax-free treatment of the partial exchange. Such determination will be made by the IRS, using general tax principals, to determine the substance, and thus the treatment of the transaction. In addition, annuity payments that are based on one or more lives or for a period of 10 or more years (as described in Code Section 72(a)(2)) will not be treated as a distribution from either the old or new contract when determining whether the tax treatment described in Rev. Proc. 2011-38 will apply. Rev. Proc. 2011-38 applies to partial exchanges and partial annuitizations on or after October 24, 2011.

You should consult your tax advisor prior to affecting a partial 1035 exchange or a partial annuitization.

Impact of Federal Income Taxes

In general, in the case of Non-Qualified Contracts, if you are an individual and expect to accumulate your Contract Value over a relatively long period of time without making significant withdrawals, there may be federal income tax advantages in purchasing such a Contract. This is because any increase in Contract Value is not subject to current taxation. Income taxes are deferred until the money is withdrawn, at which point taxation occurs only on the gain from the investment in the Contract. With income taxes deferred, you may accumulate more money over the long term through a variable annuity than you may through non-tax-deferred investments. The advantage may be greater if you decide to liquidate your Contract Value in the form of monthly annuity payments after your retirement, or if your tax rate is lower at that time than during the period that you held the Contract, or both.

When withdrawals or distributions are taken from the variable annuity, the gain is taxed as ordinary income. This may be a potential disadvantage because money that had been invested in other types of assets may qualify for a more favorable federal tax rate. For example, the tax rate applicable both to the sale of capital gain assets held more than 1 year and to the receipt of qualifying dividends by individuals is a maximum of 20% (as low as 0% for lower-income individuals). In contrast, an ordinary income tax rate of up to 37% applies to taxable withdrawals on distributions from a variable annuity. Also, withdrawals or distributions taken from a variable annuity prior to attaining age 59½ may be subject to a tax penalty equal to 10% of the taxable portion, although exceptions to the tax penalty may apply.

An owner of a variable annuity cannot deduct or offset losses on transfers to or from Subaccounts, or at the time of any partial withdrawals. Additionally, if you surrender your Contract and your Net Contract Value is less than the aggregate of your investments in the Contract (reduced by any previous non-taxable distributions), you cannot deduct the ordinary income loss as a miscellaneous

89


485BPOS91st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 91st

itemized deduction subject to the 2% floor of AGI. This provision of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and sunsets after 2025. Consult with your tax advisor regarding the impact of federal income taxes on your specific situation.

Taxes on Pacific Life

Although the Separate Account is registered as an investment company, it is not a separate taxpayer for purposes of the Code. The earnings of the Separate Account are taxed as part of our operations. No charge is made against the Separate Account for our federal income taxes (excluding the charge for premium taxes), but we will review, periodically, the question of charges to the Separate Account or your Contract for such taxes. Such a charge may be made in future years for any federal income taxes that would be attributable to the Separate Account or to our operations with respect to your Contract, or attributable, directly or indirectly, to investments in your Contract.

Under current law, we may incur state and local taxes (in addition to premium taxes) in several states. At present, these taxes are not significant and they are not charged against the Contract or the Separate Account. If there is a material change in applicable state or local tax laws, the imposition of any such taxes upon us that are attributable to the Separate Account or to our operations with respect to your Contract may result in a corresponding charge against the Separate Account or your Contract.

Given the uncertainty of future changes in applicable federal, state or local tax laws, we cannot appropriately describe the effect a tax law change may have on taxes that would be attributable to the Separate Account or your Contract.

Qualified Contracts – General Rules

The Contracts are available to a variety of Qualified Plans and IRAs. Tax restrictions and consequences for Contracts under each type of Qualified Plan and IRAs differ from each other and from those for Non-Qualified Contracts. No attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans and IRAs. Participants under such Qualified Plans, as well as Contract Owners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries, are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under such Qualified Plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plans themselves or limited by applicable law, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract issued in connection therewith.

Tax Deferral

It is important to know that Qualified Plans such as 401(k)s, as well as IRAs, are already tax-deferred. Therefore, an annuity contract should be used to fund an IRA or Qualified Plan to benefit from the annuity’s features other than tax deferral. Other benefits of using a variable annuity to fund a Qualified Plan or an IRA include the lifetime income options, guaranteed death benefit options and the ability to transfer among Investment Options without sales or withdrawal charges. You should consider if the Contract is a suitable investment if you are investing through a Qualified Plan or IRA.

Taxes Payable

Generally, amounts received from Qualified Contracts are taxed as ordinary income under Section 72, to the extent that they are not treated as a tax free recovery of after-tax contributions (if any). Amounts you withdraw before annuitization, including amounts withdrawn from your Contract Value in connection with partial withdrawals for payment of any charges and fees, will be treated as ordinary income. Different rules apply for Roth IRAs. Consult your tax advisor before requesting a distribution from a Qualified Contract.

10% Tax Penalty for Early Withdrawals

Generally, distributions from IRAs and Qualified Plans that occur before you attain age 59½ are subject to a 10% tax penalty imposed on the amount of the distribution that is includable in gross income, with certain exceptions. These exceptions include distributions:

· made to a beneficiary after the owner’s/participant’s death,

· attributable to the owner/participant becoming disabled under Section 72(m)(7),

· that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (also referred to as SEPPs or 72(t) payments) made (at least annually) over your life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of you and your designated beneficiary,

· for certain higher education expenses (IRAs only),

· used to pay for certain health insurance premiums or medical expenses (IRAs only),

· for costs related to the purchase of your first home (IRAs only), and

· (except for IRAs) made to an employee after separation from service if the employee separates from service during or after the calendar year in which he or she attains age 55 (or age 50 in the case of a qualified public safety employee).

Tax Withholding for Qualified Contracts

Distributions from a Contract under a Qualified Plan (not including an individual retirement annuity subject to Code Section 408 or Code Section 408A) to an employee, surviving spouse, or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, in the form of a lump sum settlement or periodic annuity payments for a fixed period of fewer than 10 years are subject to mandatory income tax withholding of 20% of the taxable amount of the distribution, unless:

90


485BPOS92nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 92nd

· the distributee directs the transfer of such amounts in cash to another Qualified Plan or a traditional IRA, or

· the payment is a minimum distribution required under the Code.

The taxable amount is the amount of the distribution less the amount allocable to after-tax contributions. All other types of taxable distributions are subject to 10% federal withholding unless the distributee elects not to have withholding apply.

For periodic (annuity) payments, the rate of withholding will be determined on the basis of the withholding information you provide to us. If you do not provide us with withholding information, we are required to determine the Federal income tax withholding, from every annuity payment, as if you are a married person with 3 exemptions. State and local withholding may apply different defaults and will be determined by applicable law.

Certain states have indicated that pension and annuity withholding will apply to payments made to residents.

IRAs and Other Qualified Contracts with Optional Benefit Riders

As of the date of this Prospectus, there are special considerations for purchases of any optional living or death benefit riders. Treasury Regulations state that Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) may generally not invest in life insurance contracts. We believe that these Regulations do not prohibit the optional living or death benefit riders from being added to your Contract if it is issued as a Traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA or SIMPLE IRA. However, the law is unclear and it is possible that a Contract that has optional living or death benefit riders and is issued as a Traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA or SIMPLE IRA could be disqualified and may result in increased taxes to the Owner.

Similarly, section 401 plans, section 403(b), 457(b) annuities and IRAs (but not Roth IRAs) can only offer incidental death benefits. The IRS could take the position that the enhanced death benefits provided by optional benefit riders are not incidental. In addition, to the extent that the optional benefit riders alter the timing or the amount of the payment of distributions under a Qualified Contract, the riders cannot be paid out in violation of the minimum distribution rules of the Code.

It is our understanding that the charges relating to the optional benefit riders are not subject to current taxation and we will not report them as such. However, Treasury or the IRS may determine that these charges should be treated as partial withdrawals subject to current income taxation to the extent of any gain and, if applicable, the 10% tax penalty. We reserve the right to report the rider charges as partial withdrawals if we believe that we would be expected to report them in accordance with Treasury Regulations or IRS guidance.

Required Minimum Distributions

Treasury Regulations provide that you cannot keep assets in Qualified Plans or IRAs indefinitely. Eventually they are required to be distributed; at that time (the Required Beginning Date (RBD)), Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) are the amount that must be distributed each year. The information below is for Qualified Contracts held in either a Qualified Plan, or IRA, prior to the annuity start date.

Under Section 401 of the Code (for Qualified Plans) and Section 408 of the Code (for IRAs), the entire interest under the Contract must be distributed to the Owner/Annuitant no later than the Owner/Annuitant’s RBD, or distributions over the life of the Owner/Annuitant (or the Owner/Annuitant and his beneficiary) must begin no later than the RBD.

The RBD for distributions from a Qualified Contract maintained for an IRA under Section 408 of the Code is generally April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Owner/Annuitant reaches age 70½. The RBD for a Qualified Contract maintained for a qualified retirement or pension plan under Section 401 of the Code or a Section 403(b) annuity is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the year in which the Owner/Annuitant reaches age 70½, or, if the plan so provides, the year in which the Owner/Annuitant retires. There is no RBD for a Roth IRA maintained pursuant to Section 408A of the Code.

The Treasury Regulations require that all IRA holders and Qualified Plan Participants (with one exception discussed below) use the Uniform Lifetime Table to calculate their RMDs.

The Uniform Lifetime Table is based on a joint life expectancy and uses the IRA owner’s actual age and assumes that the beneficiary is 10 years younger than the IRA owner. Note that under these Regulations, the IRA owner does not need to actually have a named beneficiary when they turn age 70½.

The exception noted above is for an IRA owner who has a spouse, who is more than 10 years younger, as the sole beneficiary on the IRA. In that situation, the spouse’s actual age (and life expectancy) will be used in the joint life calculation.

If the Owner/Annuitant dies prior to his RBD or complete distribution from the Qualified Contract, the remainder shall be distributed as provided in the “Qualified Contract Distribution Rules” section of this Prospectus. For non-spouse beneficiaries, life expectancy is initially computed by use of the Single Life Table of the Regulations (Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.401(a)(9)-9). Subsequent life expectancy shall be calculated by reducing the life expectancy of the Beneficiary by one in each following calendar year.

The method of distribution selected must comply with the minimum distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9), and the applicable Regulations thereunder.

91


485BPOS93rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 93rd

Actuarial Value

In accordance with Treasury Regulations, RMDs and Roth IRA conversions may be calculated based on the sum of the contract value and the actuarial value of any additional death benefits and benefits from optional riders that you have purchased under the Contract. As a result, RMDs and taxes due on Roth IRA Conversions may be larger than if the calculation were based on the contract value only, which may in turn result in an earlier (but not before the required beginning date) distribution under the Contract and an increased amount of taxable income distributed to the contract owner, and a reduction of death benefits and the benefits of any optional riders.

RMDs and Annuity Options

For retirement plans that qualify under Section 401 or 408 of the Code, the period elected for receipt of RMDs as annuity payments under Annuity Options 2 and 4 generally may be:

· no longer than the joint life expectancy of the Annuitant and Beneficiary in the year that the Annuitant reaches age 70½, and

· must be shorter than such joint life expectancy if the Beneficiary is not the Annuitant’s spouse and is more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant.

Under Annuity Option 3, if the Beneficiary is not the Annuitant’s spouse and is more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant, the 66 2/3% and 100% elections specified below may not be available. The restrictions on options for retirement plans that qualify under Sections 401 and 408 also apply to a retirement plan that qualifies under Code Section 403(b) with respect to amounts that accrued after December 31, 1986.

Annuity payments made on or after January 1st of the year the Owner/Annuity turns 70 ½ are considered RMDs and are therefore not eligible rollover distributions. The Owner/Annuitant may not request a direct or indirect rollover of any annuity payment made on or after this date.

Loans

Certain Owners of Qualified Contracts may borrow against their Contracts. Otherwise loans from us are not permitted. You may request a loan from us, using your Contract Value as your only security if yours is a Qualified Contract that is:

· not subject to Title 1 of ERISA,

· issued under Section 403(b) of the Code, and  

· issued under a Plan that permits Loans (a “Loan Eligible Plan”).

You may have only one loan outstanding at any time. The minimum loan amount is $1,000, subject to certain state limitations. Your Contract Debt at the effective date of your loan may not exceed the lesser of:

· 50% of the amount available for withdrawal under this Contract (see WITHDRAWALSOptional WithdrawalsAmount Available for Withdrawal), or

· $50,000 less your highest outstanding Contract Debt during the 12-month period immediately preceding the effective date of your loan.

If your request for a loan is processed, you will be charged interest on your Contract Debt at a fixed annual rate equal to 5%. The amount held in the Loan Account to secure your loan will earn a return equal to an annual rate of 3%. The net amount of interest you pay on your loan will be 2% annually.

Interest charges accrue on your Contract Debt daily, beginning on the effective date of your loan. Interest earned on the Loan Account Value accrues daily beginning on the calendar day following the effective date of the loan, and those earnings will be transferred once a year to your Investment Options in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions. Your loan, including principal and accrued interest, generally must be repaid in quarterly installments and loan repayments are not considered Purchase Payments. For more information about loans, including the consequences of loans, loan procedures, loan terms and repayment terms, see the SAI.

Taking a loan while an optional living benefit rider is in effect will terminate your Rider. Work with your financial advisor before taking a loan.

We may change these loan provisions to reflect changes in the Code or interpretations thereof. We urge you to consult with a qualified tax advisor prior to effecting any loan transaction under your Contract.

IRAs and Qualified Plans

The following is only a general discussion about types of IRAs and Qualified Plans for which the Contracts are available. We are not the administrator of any Qualified Plan. The plan administrator and/or custodian, whichever is applicable, (but not us) is responsible for all Plan administrative duties including, but not limited to, notification of distribution options, disbursement of Plan benefits, handling any processing and administration of Qualified Plan loans, compliance regulatory requirements and federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions from the Plan to Plan participants and, if applicable, Beneficiaries of Plan participants and IRA contributions from Plan participants. Our administrative duties are limited to administration of the Contract

92


485BPOS94th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 94th

and any disbursements of any Contract benefits to the Owner, Annuitant, or Beneficiary of the Contract, as applicable. Our tax reporting responsibility is limited to federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions to the applicable payee and IRA contributions from the Owner of a Contract, as recorded on our books and records. The Qualified Plan (the plan administrator or the custodian) is required to provide us with information regarding individuals with signatory authority on the Contract(s) owned. If you are purchasing a Qualified Contract, you should consult with your plan administrator and/or a qualified tax advisor. You should also consult with a qualified tax advisor and/or plan administrator before you withdraw any portion of your Contract Value.

Individual Retirement Annuities (“IRAs”)

In addition to “traditional” IRAs established under Code Section 408, there are SEP IRAs under Code Section 408(k), Roth IRAs governed by Code Section 408A and SIMPLE IRAs established under Code Section 408(p). Also, Qualified Plans under Section 401, 403(b), or 457(b) of the Code that include after-tax employee contributions may be treated as deemed IRAs subject to the same rules and limitations as traditional IRAs. Contributions to each of these types of IRAs are subject to differing limitations. The following is a very general description of each type of IRA and other Qualified Plans.

Traditional IRAs

Traditional IRAs are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed each year, the persons who may be eligible to contribute, when rollovers are available and when distributions must commence. Depending upon the circumstances of the individual, contributions to a traditional IRA may be made on a deductible or non-deductible basis.

Annual contributions are generally allowed for persons who have not attained age 70½ (we do not accept additional contributions during the calendar year the Owner reaches age 70½) and who have compensation (as defined by the Code) of at least the contribution amount. Distributions of minimum amounts specified by the Code and Treasury Regulations must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age 70½. Failure to make mandatory minimum distributions may result in imposition of a 50% tax penalty on any difference between the required distribution amount and the amount actually distributed. Additional distribution rules apply after your death.

You (or your surviving spouse if you die) may rollover funds (such as proceeds from existing insurance policies, annuity contracts or securities) from certain existing Qualified Plans into your traditional IRA if those funds are in cash. This will require you to liquidate any value accumulated under the existing Qualified Plan. Mandatory withholding of 20% may apply to any rollover distribution from your existing Qualified Plan if the distribution is not transferred directly to your traditional IRA. To avoid this withholding you should have cash transferred directly from the insurance company or plan trustee to your traditional IRA.

SIMPLE IRAs

The Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of Small Employers (“SIMPLE Plan”) is a type of IRA established under Code Section 408(p)(2). Depending upon the SIMPLE Plan, employers may make plan contributions into a SIMPLE IRA established by each participant of the SIMPLE Plan. Like other IRAs, a 10% tax penalty is imposed on certain distributions that occur before an employee attains age 59½. In addition, the tax penalty is increased to 25% for amounts received or rolled to another IRA or Qualified Plan during the 2-year period beginning on the date an employee first participated in a qualified salary reduction arrangement pursuant to a SIMPLE Plan maintained by their employer. Contributions to a SIMPLE IRA will generally include employee salary deferral contributions and employer contributions. Distributions from a SIMPLE IRA may be transferred to another SIMPLE IRA tax free or may be eligible for tax free rollover to a traditional IRA, 403(b), a 457(b) or other Qualified Plan after the required 2-year period.

SEP-IRAs

A Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) is an employer sponsored retirement plan under which employers are allowed to make contributions toward their employees’ retirement, as well as their own retirement (if the employer is self-employed). A SEP is a type of IRA established under Code Section 408(k). Under a SEP, a separate IRA account called a SEP-IRA is set up by or for each eligible employee and the employer makes the contribution to the account. Like other IRAs, a 10% tax penalty is imposed on certain distributions that occur before an employee attains age 59½.

Roth IRAs

Section 408A of the Code permits eligible individuals to establish a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, but withdrawals of amounts contributed and the earnings thereon that meet certain requirements are not subject to federal income tax. In general, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on the amount that may be contributed and the persons who may be eligible to contribute and are subject to certain required distribution rules on the death of the Contract Owner. Unlike a traditional IRA, Roth IRAs are not subject to minimum required distribution rules during the Contract Owner’s lifetime. Generally, however, the amount remaining in a Roth IRA must be distributed by the end of the fifth year after the death of the Contract Owner/Annuitant or distributed over the life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary. The owner of a traditional IRA may convert a traditional IRA into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. The conversion of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA will subject the amount of the converted traditional IRA to federal income tax. Anyone considering the purchase of a Qualified Contract as a Roth IRA or a “conversion” Roth IRA should consult with a qualified tax advisor.

In accordance with recent changes in laws and regulations, at the time of either a full or partial conversion from a Traditional IRA annuity to a Roth IRA annuity, the determination of the amount to be reported as income will be based on the annuity contract’s “fair

93


485BPOS95th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 95th

market value”, which will include all front-end loads and other non-recurring charges assessed in the 12 months immediately preceding the conversion, and the actuarial present value of any additional contract benefits.

One IRA Rollover Per Year

Effective January 1, 2015, the IRS will only permit a taxpayer to complete one 60-day indirect IRA-to-IRA rollover per 12 month period. This means that a taxpayer could not make a 60-day indirect IRA-to-IRA rollover if he or she had made such a rollover involving any of the taxpayer's IRAs in the preceding 1-year period. The limit will apply by aggregating all of the individual’s IRAs, including SEP and SIMPLE IRAs as well as traditional and Roth IRAs, effectively treating them as one IRA for purposes of the limit. This rule does not affect the ability of an IRA owner to transfer funds from one IRA trustee directly to another, because such a transfer is not a rollover (but rather a direct transfer) and therefore, is not subject to the one-rollover-per-year limitation of Code Section 408(d)(3)(B). For additional information, see IRS Announcements 2014-15 and 2014-32. Always confirm with your own tax advisor whether this rule impacts your circumstances.

401(k) Plans; Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans

Qualified Plans may be established by an employer for certain eligible employees under Section 401 of the Code. These plans may be 401(k) plans, profit-sharing plans, or other pension or retirement plans. Contributions to these plans are subject to limitations. Rollover to other eligible plans may be available. Please consult your Qualified Plans Summary Plan description for more information.

Tax Sheltered Annuities (“TSAs”)

Employees of certain tax-exempt organizations, such as public schools or hospitals, may defer compensation through an eligible plan under Code Section 403(b). Salary deferral amounts received from employers for these employees are excludable from the employees’ gross income (subject to maximum contribution limits). Distributions under these Contracts must comply with certain limitations as to timing, or result in tax penalties. Distributions from amounts contributed to a TSA pursuant to a salary reduction arrangement, may be made from a TSA only upon attaining age 59½, severance from employment, death, disability, or financial hardship. Code Section 403(b) annuity distributions can be rolled over to other Qualified Plans in a manner similar to those permitted by Qualified Plans that are maintained pursuant to Section 401 of the Code.

In accordance with Code Section 403(b) and the regulations, we are required to provide information regarding contributions, loans, withdrawals, and hardship distributions from your Contract to your 403(b) employer or an agent of your 403(b) employer, upon request. In addition, prior to processing your request for certain transactions, we are required to verify certain information about you with your 403(b) employer (or if applicable, former 403(b) employer) which may include obtaining authorization from either your employer or your employer’s third party administrator.

Section 457(b) Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans

Certain employees of governmental entities or tax exempt employers may defer compensation through an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b). Contributions to a Contract of an eligible plan are subject to limitations. Subject to plan provisions and a qualifying triggering event, assets in a 457(b) plan established by a governmental entity may be transferred or rolled into an IRA or another Qualified Plan, if the Qualified Plan allows the transfer or rollover. If a rollover to an IRA is completed, the assets become subject to IRA rules, including the 10% penalty on distributions prior to age 59½. Assets from other plans may be rolled into a governmental 457(b) plan if the 457(b) plan allows the rollover and if the investment provider is able to segregate the assets for tax reporting purposes. Consult both the distributing plan and the receiving plan prior to making this election. Assets in a 457(b) plan set up by a tax exempt employer may not be rolled to a different type of Qualified Plan or IRA at any time.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Voting Rights

We are the legal owner of the shares of the Portfolios held by the Subaccounts. We may vote on any matter voted on at shareholders’ meetings of the Funds. However, our current interpretation of applicable law requires us to vote the number of shares attributable to your Variable Account Value (your “voting interest”) in accordance with your directions.

We will pass proxy materials on to you so that you have an opportunity to give us voting instructions for your voting interest. You may provide your instructions by proxy or in person at the shareholders’ meeting. If there are shares of a Portfolio held by a Subaccount for which we do not receive timely voting instructions, we will vote those shares in the same proportion as all other shares of that Portfolio held by that Subaccount for which we have received timely voting instructions. If we do not receive any voting instructions for the shares in a Separate Account, we will vote the shares in that Separate Account in the same proportion as the total votes for all of our separate accounts for which we’ve received timely instructions. If we hold shares of a Portfolio in our General Account, we will vote such shares in the same proportion as the total votes cast for all of our separate accounts, including Separate Account A. We will vote shares of any Portfolio held by our non-insurance affiliates in the same proportion as the total votes for all separate accounts of ours and our insurance affiliates. As a result of proportional voting, the votes cast by a small number of Contract Owners may determine the outcome of a vote.

We may elect, in the future, to vote shares of the Portfolios held in Separate Account A in our own right if we are permitted to do so through a change in applicable federal securities laws or regulations, or in their interpretation.

94


485BPOS96th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 96th

The number of Portfolio shares that form the basis for your voting interest is determined as of the record date set by the Board of Trustees of the Fund. It is equal to:

· your Contract Value allocated to the Subaccount corresponding to that Portfolio, divided by

· the net asset value per share of that Portfolio.

Fractional votes will be counted. We reserve the right, if required or permitted by a change in federal regulations or their interpretation, to amend how we calculate your voting interest.

After your Annuity Date, if you have selected a variable annuity, the voting rights under your Contract will continue during the payout period of your annuity, but the number of shares that form the basis for your voting interest, as described above, will decrease throughout the payout period.

Changes to Your Contract

Contract Owner(s) and Contingent Owner

Transfer of Contract ownership may involve federal income tax and/or gift tax consequences; you should consult a qualified tax advisor before effecting such a transfer. A change to or from joint Contract ownership is considered a transfer of ownership. If your Contract is Non-Qualified, you may change Contract ownership at any time while the Annuitant is living and prior to your Annuity Date. You may name a different Owner or add or remove a Joint Owner or Contingent Owner. A Contract cannot name more than two Contract Owners (either as Joint or Contingent Owners) at any time. Any newly-named Contract Owners, including Joint and/or Contingent Owners, must be under the age of 86 at the time of change or addition. Additionally, further age limitations may apply if the Contract was issued with an optional death benefit rider. The Contract Owner(s) may make all decisions regarding the Contract, including making allocation decisions and exercising voting rights. Transactions under a Contract with Joint Owners require approval from both Owners. In addition, Contract ownership changes may terminate certain optional living benefit riders. See the Termination subsection for a particular optional living benefit rider. Work with your financial advisor prior to making any ownership changes.

If your Contract is Qualified under Code Sections 401 or 457(b), the Qualified Plan must be the sole Owner of the Contract and the ownership cannot be changed unless and until a triggering event has been met under the terms of the Qualified Plan. Upon such event, the ownership can only be changed to the Annuitant. If your Contract is Qualified under Code Sections 408 and 403(b), you must be the sole Owner of the Contract and no changes can be made.

Annuitant and Contingent or Joint Annuitant

Your sole Annuitant cannot be changed, and Joint Annuitants cannot be added or changed, once your Contract is issued. Certain changes may be permitted in connection with Contingent Annuitants. See ANNUITIZATIONSelecting Your Annuitant. There may be limited exceptions for certain Qualified Contracts.

Beneficiaries

Your Beneficiary is the person(s) or entity who may receive death benefit proceeds under your Contract before the Annuity Date or any remaining annuity payments after the Annuity Date if the Annuitant or Owner dies. See the DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS section for additional information regarding death benefit payouts. You may change or remove your Beneficiary or add Beneficiaries at any time prior to the death of the Annuitant or Owner, as applicable. Any change or addition will generally take effect only when we receive all necessary documents, In Proper Form, and we record the change or addition. Any change or addition will not affect any payment made or any other action taken by us before the change or addition was received and recorded. Under our administrative procedures, a signature guarantee and/or other verification of identity or authenticity may be required when processing a claim payable to a Beneficiary.

Spousal consent may be required to change an IRA Beneficiary. If you are considering removing a spouse as a Beneficiary, it is recommended that you consult your legal or tax advisor regarding any applicable state or federal laws prior to requesting the change. If you have named your Beneficiary irrevocably, you will need to obtain that Beneficiary’s consent before making any changes. Qualified Contracts may have additional restrictions on naming and changing Beneficiaries. If your Contract was issued in connection with a Qualified Plan subject to Title I of ERISA, contact your Plan Administrator for details. We require that Contracts issued under Code Sections 401 and 457(b) name the Plan as Beneficiary. If the Plan is unable to set up a trust account for Beneficiary payouts, we will pay the designated Plan Beneficiary under certain conditions. If you leave no surviving Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary, your estate will receive any death benefit proceeds under your Contract.

Changes to All Contracts

If, in the judgment of our management, continued investment by Separate Account A in one or more of the Portfolios becomes unsuitable or unavailable, we may seek to alter the Variable Investment Options available under the Contracts. We do not expect that a Portfolio will become unsuitable, but unsuitability issues could arise due to changes in investment policies, market conditions, tax laws, or due to marketing or other reasons.

Alterations of Variable Investment Options may take differing forms. We reserve the right to substitute shares of any Portfolio that were already purchased under any Contract (or shares that were to be purchased in the future under a Contract) with shares of another Portfolio, shares of another investment company or series of another investment company, or another investment vehicle. Required

95


485BPOS97th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 97th

approvals of the SEC and applicable state insurance regulators will be obtained before any such substitutions are effected, and you will be notified of any planned substitution.

We may add new Subaccounts to Separate Account A and any new Subaccounts may invest in Portfolios of a Fund or in other investment vehicles. Availability of any new Subaccounts to existing Contract Owners will be determined at our discretion. We will notify you, and will comply with the filing or other procedures established by applicable state insurance regulators, to the extent required by applicable law. We also reserve the right, after receiving any required regulatory approvals, to do any of the following:

· cease offering any Subaccount;

· add or change designated investment companies or their portfolios, or other investment vehicles;

· add, delete or make substitutions for the securities and other assets that are held or purchased by the Separate Account or any Variable Account;

· permit conversion or exchanges between portfolios and/or classes of contracts on the basis of Owners’ requests;

· add, remove or combine Variable Accounts;

· combine the assets of any Variable Account with any other of our separate accounts or of any of our affiliates;

· register or deregister Separate Account A or any Variable Account under the 1940 Act;

· operate any Variable Account as a managed investment company under the 1940 Act, or any other form permitted by law;

· run any Variable Account under the direction of a committee, board, or other group;

· restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners with respect to any Variable Account or other persons who have voting rights as to any Variable Account;

· make any changes required by the 1940 Act or other federal securities laws;

· make any changes necessary to maintain the status of the Contracts as annuities under the Code;

· make other changes required under federal or state law relating to annuities;

· suspend or discontinue sale of the Contracts; and

· comply with applicable law.

Inquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests

You may reach our service representatives at (800) 722-4448 between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Pacific time on any Business Day. Financial advisors may call us at (800) 722-2333.

Please send your forms and written requests or questions to our Service Center:

Pacific Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 2378

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2378

If you are submitting a Purchase Payment or other payment by mail, please send it, along with your application if you are submitting one, to our Service Center at the following address:

Pacific Life Insurance Company

P.O. Box 2290

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2290

If you are using an overnight delivery service to send payments, please send them to our Service Center at the following address:

Pacific Life Insurance Company

6750 Mercy Road, 4th Floor, RSD

Omaha, Nebraska 68106

The effective date of certain notices or of instructions is determined by the date and time on which we receive the notice or instructions In Proper Form. In those instances when we receive electronic transmission of the information on the application from your financial advisor’s broker-dealer firm and our administrative procedures with your broker-dealer so provide, we consider the application to be received on the Business Day we receive the transmission. In those instances when information regarding your Purchase Payment is electronically transmitted to us by the broker-dealer, we will consider the Purchase Payment to be received by us on the Business Day we receive the transmission of the information. Please call us if you or your financial advisor have any questions regarding which address you should use.

We reserve the right to process any Purchase Payment received at an incorrect address when it is received at either the address indicated in your Contract specification pages or the appropriate address indicated in the Prospectus.

96


485BPOS98th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 98th

Purchase Payments after your initial Purchase Payment, loan requests, transfer requests, loan repayments and withdrawal requests we receive before the close of the New York Stock Exchange, which usually closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, will be effective at the end of the same Business Day that we receive them In Proper Form unless the transaction or event is scheduled to occur on another Business Day. Generally, whenever you submit any other form, notice or request, your instructions will be effective on the next Business Day after we receive them In Proper Form unless the transaction or event is scheduled to occur on another Business Day. We may also require, among other things, a signature guarantee or other verification of authenticity. We do not generally require a signature guarantee unless it appears that your signature may have changed over time or the signature does not appear to be yours; or an executed application or confirmation of application, as applicable, In Proper Form is not received by us; or, to protect you or us. Requests regarding death benefit proceeds must be accompanied by both proof of death and instructions regarding payment In Proper Form. You should call your financial advisor or us if you have questions regarding the required form of a request.

Telephone and Electronic Transactions

You are automatically entitled to make certain transactions by telephone or, to the extent available, electronically. You may also authorize other people to make certain transaction requests by telephone or, to the extent available, electronically by so indicating on the application or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us. We cannot guarantee that you or any other person you authorize will always be able to reach us to complete a telephone or electronic transaction; for example, all telephone lines may be busy or access to our website may be unavailable during certain periods, such as periods of substantial market fluctuations or other drastic economic or market change, or telephones or the Internet may be out of service or unavailable during severe weather conditions or other emergencies. Under these circumstances, you should submit your request in writing (or other form acceptable to us). Transaction instructions we receive by telephone or electronically before the close of the New York Stock Exchange, which usually closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, on any Business Day will usually be effective at the end of that day, and we will provide you confirmation of each telephone or electronic transaction.

We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone or electronically are genuine. These procedures may require any person requesting a telephone or electronic transaction to provide certain personal identification upon our request. We may also record all or part of any telephone conversation with respect to transaction instructions. We reserve the right to deny any transaction request made by telephone or electronically. You are authorizing us to accept and to act upon instructions received by telephone or electronically with respect to your Contract, and you agree that, so long as we comply with our procedures, neither we, any of our affiliates, nor any Fund, or any of their directors, trustees, officers, employees or agents will be liable for any loss, liability, cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) in connection with requests that we believe to be genuine. This policy means that so long as we comply with our procedures, you will bear the risk of loss arising out of the telephone or electronic transaction privileges of your Contract. If a Contract has Joint Owners, each Owner may individually make telephone and/or electronic transaction requests.

The authorization to make transactions by telephone or, to the extent available, electronically, will terminate when we receive notification of your death, and telephone or electronic transactions will no longer be accepted.

Electronic Information Consent

Subject to availability, you may authorize us to provide prospectuses, prospectus supplements, reports, annual statements, statements and immediate confirmations, tax forms, proxy solicitations, privacy notice and other notices and documentation in electronic format when available instead of receiving paper copies of these documents by U.S. mail. You may enroll in this service by so indicating on the application, via our Internet website, or by sending us instructions in writing in a form acceptable to us to receive such documents electronically. Not all contract documentation and notifications may be currently available in electronic format. You will continue to receive paper copies of any documents and notifications not available in electronic format by U.S. mail. For jointly owned contracts, both owners are consenting to receive information electronically. Documents will be available on our Internet website. As documents become available, we will notify you of this by sending you an e-mail message that will include instructions on how to retrieve the document. You must have ready access to a computer with Internet access, an active e-mail account to receive this information electronically, and the ability to read and retain it. You may access and print all documents provided through this service.

If you plan on enrolling in this service, or are currently enrolled, please note that:

· There is no charge for electronic delivery, although your Internet provider may charge for Internet access.

· You should provide a current e-mail address and notify us promptly when your e-mail address changes.

· You should update any e-mail filters that may prevent you from receiving e-mail notifications from us.

· You may request a paper copy of the information at any time for no charge, even though you consented to electronic delivery, or if you decide to revoke your consent.

· For jointly owned contracts, all information will be provided to the e-mail address that is provided to us.

· Electronic delivery will be cancelled if e-mails are returned undeliverable.

· This consent will remain in effect until you revoke it.

97


485BPOS99th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 99th

If you are currently enrolled in this service, please call (800) 722-4448 if you would like to revoke your consent, wish to receive a paper copy of the information above, or need to update your e-mail address. You may opt out of electronic delivery at any time.

Timing of Payments and Transactions

For withdrawals, including exchanges under Code Section 1035 and other Qualified transfers, from the Variable Investment Options or for death benefit payments attributable to your Variable Account Value, we will normally send the proceeds within 7 calendar days after your request is effective or after the Notice Date, as the case may be. We will normally effect periodic annuity payments on the day that corresponds to the Annuity Date and will make payment on the following Business Day. Payments or transfers may be suspended for a longer period under certain extraordinary circumstances. These include: a closing of the New York Stock Exchange other than on a regular holiday or weekend; a trading restriction imposed by the SEC; or an emergency declared by the SEC. Payments (including fixed annuity payments), withdrawals or transfers from the General Account (including any fixed-rate General Account Investment Option) may be delayed for up to six months after the request is effective. See THE GENERAL ACCOUNT for more details.

Confirmations, Statements and Other Reports to Contract Owners

Confirmations will be sent out for unscheduled Purchase Payments and transfers, loans, loan repayments, unscheduled partial withdrawals, a full withdrawal and optional living benefit rider Automatic or Owner Elected Resets/Step-Ups. Periodically, we will send you a statement that provides certain information pertinent to your Contract. These statements disclose Contract Value, Subaccount values, any fixed option values, fees and charges applied to your Contract Value, transactions made and specific Contract data that apply to your Contract. Confirmations of your transactions under the pre-authorized investment program, dollar cost averaging, earnings sweep, portfolio rebalancing, and pre-authorized withdrawal options will appear on your quarterly account statements. Your fourth-quarter statement will contain annual information about your Contract Value and transactions. You may also access these statements online.

If you suspect an error on a confirmation or quarterly statement, you must notify us in writing as soon as possible to ensure proper accounting to your Contract. When you write, tell us your name, contract number and a description of the suspected error. We assume transactions are accurate unless you notify us otherwise within 30 calendar days of receiving the transaction confirmation or, if the transaction is first confirmed on the quarterly statement, within 30 calendar days of receiving the quarterly statement. All transactions are deemed final and may not be changed after the applicable 30 calendar day period.

You will also be sent an annual report for the Separate Account and the Funds and a list of the securities held in each Portfolio of the Funds, as required by the 1940 Act; or more frequently if required by law.

Contract Owner Mailings. To help reduce expenses, environmental waste and the volume of mail you receive, only one copy of Contract Owner documents (such as the prospectus, supplements, announcements, and each annual and semi-annual report) may be mailed to Contract Owners who share the same household address (Householding). If you are already participating, you may opt out by contacting us. Please allow 30 calendar days for regular delivery to resume. You may also elect to participate in Householding by writing or calling us. The current documents are available on our website any time or an individual copy of any of these documents may be requested – see the last page of this Prospectus for more information.

Cybersecurity

Our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners. As a result, our business is potentially susceptible to operational and information security risks associated with the technologies, processes and practices designed to protect networks, systems, computers, programs and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access. These risks include, among other things, the theft, loss, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, denial of service on websites and other operational disruption, and unauthorized release of confidential customer information. Cyber-attacks affecting us, any third party administrator, the underlying Funds, intermediaries, and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, cyber-attacks may interfere with contract transaction processing, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying Funds; impact our ability to calculate Accumulated Unit Values, Subaccount Unit Values or an underlying Fund to calculate a net asset value; cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information; impede order processing; subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses; and/or cause reputational damage. Cybersecurity risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying Funds invest, which may cause the Funds underlying your Contract to lose value. The constant change in technologies and increased sophistication and activities of hackers and others, continue to pose new and significant cybersecurity threats. While measures have been developed that are designed to reduce cybersecurity risks, there can be no guarantee or assurance that we, the underlying Funds, or our service providers will not suffer losses affecting your Contract due to cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future.

Distribution Arrangements

PSD, a broker-dealer and our subsidiary, pays various forms of sales compensation to broker-dealers (including other affiliates) that solicit applications for the Contracts. PSD also may reimburse other expenses associated with the promotion and solicitation of applications for the Contracts.

98


485BPOS100th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 100th

We offer the Contracts for sale through broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with PSD. Broker-dealers sell the Contracts through their financial advisors. PSD pays compensation to broker-dealers for the promotion and sale of the Contracts. The individual financial advisor who sells you a Contract typically will receive a portion of the compensation, under the financial advisor’s own arrangement with his or her broker-dealer. Broker-dealers may receive aggregate commissions of up to 8.00% of your aggregate Purchase Payments. Under certain circumstances where PSD pays lower initial commissions, certain broker dealers that solicit applications for Contracts may be paid an ongoing persistency trail commission (sometimes called a residual) which will take into account, among other things, the Account Value and the length of time Purchase Payments have been held under a Contract. A trail commission is not anticipated to exceed 1.50%, on an annual basis, of the Account Value considered in connection with the trail commission. Certain broker-dealers may also be paid an amount under a persistency program which will be based on assets under management and duration of Contracts. The amount under the persistency program for a financial advisor is not expected to exceed 0.25% of their total assets under management.

We may also provide compensation to broker-dealers for providing ongoing service in relation to Contracts that have already been purchased.

Additional Compensation and Revenue Sharing

To the extent permitted by SEC and FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, selling broker-dealers may receive additional payments in the form of cash, other special compensation or reimbursement of expenses, sometimes called “revenue sharing”. These additional compensation or reimbursement arrangements may include, for example, payments in connection with the firm’s “due diligence” examination of the contracts, payments for providing conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited financial advisors and other employees, payments for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred by financial advisors and other employees for such seminars or training programs, seminars for the public, advertising and sales campaigns regarding the Contracts, and payments to assist a firm in connection with its administrative systems, operations and marketing expenses and/or other events or activities sponsored by the firms. Subject to applicable FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, PSD and its affiliates may contribute to, as well as sponsor, various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions in which participating firms and their salespersons may receive prizes such as merchandise, cash, or other awards. Such additional compensation may give us greater access to financial advisors of the broker-dealers that receive such compensation or may otherwise influence the way that a broker-dealer and financial advisor market the Contracts.

These arrangements may not be applicable to all firms, and the terms of such arrangements may differ between firms. We provide additional information on special compensation or reimbursement arrangements involving selling firms and other financial institutions in the Statement of Additional Information, which is available upon request. Any such compensation will not result in any additional direct charge to you by us.

The compensation and other benefits provided by PSD or its affiliates may be more or less than the overall compensation on similar or other products. This may influence your financial advisor or broker-dealer to present this Contract over other investment vehicles available in the marketplace. You may ask your financial advisor about these differing and divergent interests, how he/she is personally compensated and how his/her broker-dealer is compensated for soliciting applications for the Contract.

Service Arrangements

We have entered into services agreements with certain Funds, or Fund affiliates, which pay us for administrative and other services, including, but not limited to, certain communications and support services. The fees are based on an annual percentage of average daily net assets of certain Fund portfolios purchased by us at Contract Owner’s instructions. Currently, the fees received do not exceed an annual percentage of 0.25% and each Fund (or Fund affiliate) may not pay the same annual percentage (some may pay significantly less). Because we receive such fees, we may be subject to competing interests in making these Funds available as Investment Options under the Contracts.

American Century Services, LLC pays us for each American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc. portfolio (Class II) held by our separate accounts. American Funds Insurance Series pays us for each American Fund Insurance Series portfolio (Class 4 and Class P2) held by our separate accounts. BlackRock Distributors, Inc. pays us for each BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc. portfolio (Class I and Class III) held by our separate accounts. Fidelity Distributors Corporation pays us for each Fidelity® Variable Insurance Products Fund portfolio (Service Class and Service Class 2) held by our separate accounts. First Trust Variable Insurance Trust and First Trust Advisors L.P. pay us for each First Trust Variable Insurance Trust portfolio (Class I) held by our separate accounts. Franklin Templeton Services, LLC pays us for each Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust portfolio (Class 2 and Class 4) held by our separate accounts. Invesco Advisers, Inc. and its affiliates pay us for each AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable Insurance Funds) portfolio (Series II) held by our separate accounts. Ivy Distributors, Inc. pays us for each Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolio (Class II) held by our separate accounts. Janus Capital Management LLC, pays us for each Janus Aspen Series portfolio (Service Shares) held by our separate accounts. JPMorgan Investment Management Inc. pays us for each JPMorgan Insurance Trust portfolio (Class 2) held by our separate accounts. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, pays us for each Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust portfolio (Class II) held by our separate accounts. Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. pays us for each Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. portfolio (Class VC) held by our separate accounts. Massachusetts Financial Services Company pays us for each MFS Variable Insurance Trust portfolio (Service Class) held by our separate accounts. Neuberger Berman BD LLC pays us for each Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust portfolio (Class S) held by our separate accounts. OppenheimerFunds Distributor,

99


485BPOS101st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 101st

Inc. and Shareholder Services, Inc. pay us for each Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds portfolio (Service Shares) held by our separate accounts. Pacific Investment Management Company LLC pays us for each PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust portfolio (Advisor Class) held by our separate accounts. State Street Global Advisors Funds Distributors, LLC, pays us for each State Street Variable Insurance Series Funds, Inc. portfolio (Class 3) held by our separate accounts. Van Eck Securities Corporation, pays us for each VanEck VIP Trust portfolio (Class S) held by our separate accounts.

Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities

The term “replacement” has a special meaning in the life insurance industry and is described more fully below. Before you make your purchase decision, we want you to understand how a replacement may impact your existing plan of insurance.

A policy “replacement” occurs when a new policy or contract is purchased and, in connection with the sale, an existing policy or contract is surrendered, lapsed, forfeited, assigned to the replacing insurer, otherwise terminated, or used in a financed purchase. A “financed purchase” occurs when the purchase of a new life insurance policy or annuity contract involves the use of funds obtained from the values of an existing life insurance policy or annuity contract through withdrawal, surrender or loan.

There are circumstances in which replacing your existing life insurance policy or annuity contract can benefit you. As a general rule, however, replacement is not in your best interest. Accordingly, you should make a careful comparison of the costs and benefits of your existing policy or contract and the proposed policy or contract to determine whether replacement is in your best interest.

State Considerations

Certain Contract features described in this Prospectus may vary or may not be available in your state. The state in which your Contract is issued governs whether or not certain features, Riders, charges or fees are available or will vary under your Contract. These variations are reflected in your Contract and in Riders or Endorsements to your Contract. See your financial advisor or contact us for specific information that may be applicable to your state.

For Flexible Lifetime Income (Joint) and Foundation 10 issued in the state of Washington, the annual rider charge is the current charge percentage multiplied by the Contract Value. For Guaranteed Protection Advantage 5 (GPA 5) issued in the state of Washington, the current charge percentage is 0.55%.

California Applicants Age 60 or Older

For residents of the state of California 60 years of age or older, the Free Look period is a 30-day period beginning on the calendar day you receive your Contract. If you are a California applicant age 60 or older and your Contract is delivered or issued for delivery on or after July 1, 2004, you must elect, at the time you apply for your Contract, to receive a return of either your Purchase Payments or your Contract Value proceeds if you exercise your Right to Cancel and return your Contract to us.

If you elect to receive the return of Purchase Payments option, the following will apply:

· We will allocate all or any portion of any Purchase Payment we receive to any available fixed option if you instruct us to do so. We will allocate all or any portion of any Purchase Payment designated for any Variable Investment Option to the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount until the Free Look Transfer Date. The Free Look Transfer Date is 30 calendar days from the Contract Date. On the Free Look Transfer Date, we will automatically transfer your Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount Value according to the instructions on your application, or your most recent instruction, if any. This automatic transfer to the Variable Investment Options according to your initial allocation instruction is excluded from the Transfer limitations. See HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATEDTransfers and Market-timing Restrictions.

· If you specifically instruct us to allocate all or any portion of any additional Purchase Payments we receive to any Variable Investment Option other than the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount before the Free Look Transfer Date, you will automatically change your election to the return of your Contract Value proceeds option. This will automatically cancel your election of the “return of Purchase Payments” option for the entire Contract.

· If you request a transfer of all or any portion of your Contract Value from the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount to any other Variable Investment Option before the Free Look Transfer Date, you will automatically change your election to the return of your Contract Value proceeds option. This will automatically cancel your election of the “return of Purchase Payments” option for the entire Contract.

· If you exercise your Right to Cancel, we will send you your Purchase Payments.

If you elect the return of Contract Value proceeds option, the following will apply:

· We will immediately allocate any Purchase Payments we receive to the Investment Options you select on your application or your most recent instructions, if any.

· If you exercise your Right to Cancel, we will send you your Contract Value proceeds described in the Right to Cancel (“Free Look”) section of this prospectus.

· Once you elect this option, it may not be changed.

100


485BPOS102nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 102nd

Financial Statements

Pacific Life’s financial statements are contained in the Statement of Additional Information. The financial statements of Separate Account A are incorporated by reference in the Statement of Additional Information from the Annual Report of Separate Account A.

Rule 12h-7 Representation

In reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“34 Act”), we do not intend to file periodic reports as required under the 34 Act.

THE GENERAL ACCOUNT

General Information

All amounts allocated to a fixed option become part of our General Account. Subject to applicable law, we exercise sole discretion over the investment of General Account assets, and bear the associated investment risk. You will not share in the investment experience of General Account assets. Unlike the Separate Account, the General Account is subject to liabilities arising from any of our other business. Any guarantees provided for under the contract or through optional riders are backed by our financial strength and claims-paying ability. You must look to the strength of the insurance company with regard to such guarantees. Payments (including fixed annuity payments), withdrawals or transfers from the General Account (including any fixed-rate General Account Investment Option) may be delayed for up to six months after the request is effective.

Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, interests in the General Account under the Contract are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the General Account has not been registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Any interest you have in a fixed option is not subject to these Acts. This disclosure is, however, subject to certain provisions of federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

Guarantee Terms

When you allocate any portion of your Purchase Payments or Contract Value to any fixed option, we guarantee you an interest rate (a “Guaranteed Interest Rate”) for a specified period of time (a “Guarantee Term”). Guarantee Terms will be offered at our discretion.

Guaranteed Interest Rates for any fixed option may be changed periodically for new allocations. Your allocation will receive the Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect for that fixed option on the effective date of your allocation. All Guaranteed Interest Rates will credit interest daily at a rate that compounds over one year to equal the annual effective rate. The Guaranteed Interest Rate on your fixed option will remain in effect for the Guarantee Term and will never be less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract.

Withdrawals and Transfers

Prior to the Annuity Date, you may withdraw or transfer amounts from any fixed option to one or more of the other Variable Investment Options. No partial withdrawal or transfer may be made from a fixed option within 30 calendar days of the Contract Date. Currently, we are not requiring the 30-day waiting period on partial withdrawals and transfers, but we reserve the right to require the 30-day waiting period on partial withdrawals and transfers in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the 30-day waiting period on partial withdrawals and transfers. If your withdrawal leaves you with a Net Contract Value of less than $1,000, we have the right, at our option, to terminate your Contract and send you the withdrawal proceeds. However, we will not terminate your Contract if a partial withdrawal reduces the Net Contract Value to an amount less than $1,000 and there is an optional withdrawal benefit rider in effect.

Amounts transferred or withdrawn from any fixed option may be delayed, as described under ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – Timing of Payments and Transactions. Any amount delayed, so long as it is held under any fixed option, will continue to earn interest at the Guaranteed Interest Rate then in effect until that Guarantee Term has ended, and the minimum guaranteed interest rate specified in your Contract thereafter, unless state law requires a greater rate be paid.

DCA Plus Fixed Option

Before your Annuity Date, you can allocate all or some of your Purchase Payments to the DCA Plus Fixed Option. The initial minimum amount that you may allocate to the DCA Plus Fixed Option is $5,000. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum amount you may allocate to the DCA Plus Fixed Option but we reserve the right to enforce the minimum amount in the future. We will provide at least a 30 calendar day prior notice before we enforce the minimum amount you may allocate to the DCA Plus Fixed Option. You may not transfer any amount to the DCA Plus Fixed Option from any other Investment Option. All Purchase Payments allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will earn interest at the then current Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by us.

The DCA Plus Fixed Option Value on any Business Day is the DCA Plus Fixed Option Value on the prior Business Day, increased by any additions to the DCA Plus Fixed Option on that Business Day as a result of any:

· interest, plus

· Purchase Payments allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option, plus

· any additional amounts allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option,

101


485BPOS103rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 103rd

and decreased by any deductions from the DCA Plus Fixed Option on that Business Day as a result of any:

· transfers, including transfers to the Loan Account,

· withdrawals, including any applicable withdrawal charges,

· amounts applied to provide an annuity,

· annual fees,

· charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes, and

· proportionate reductions for annual charges for expenses relating to optional benefit riders attached to the Contract.

The DCA Plus program will automatically terminate at the end of your DCA Plus Guarantee Term, or upon the earliest of:

· the date death benefit proceeds become payable under the Contract,

· the date you transfer the entire amount from the DCA Plus Fixed Option to another Investment Option,

· the date the Contract is terminated, or

· the Annuity Date.

At the end of the DCA Plus program, upon receipt of an additional Purchase Payment that satisfies our minimum allocation requirements, you may request, In Proper Form, a new DCA Plus program.

We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the DCA Plus program, but not a DCA Plus program you already have in effect.

Guarantee Terms

Currently, you can choose a Guarantee Term of up to 24 months, depending on what Guarantee Terms we offer. Please contact us for the Guarantee Terms currently available. The Business Day that the first Purchase Payment allocation is made to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will begin your Guarantee Term. Monthly transfers will occur on the same Business Day of each month thereafter to the Variable Investment Options that you selected. The amount transferred each month is equal to your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value on that Business Day divided by the remaining number of monthly transfers in the Guarantee Term.

Example: On May 1, you submit a $10,000 Purchase Payment entirely to the DCA Plus Fixed Option at a then current Guaranteed Interest Rate of 5.00% with a Guarantee Term of 6 months. On June 1, the value of the DCA Plus Fixed Option is $10,041.52. On June 1, a transfer equal to $1,673.59 ($10,041.52 / 6) will be made according to your DCA Plus transfer instructions. Your remaining DCA Plus Fixed Option Value after the transfer is $8,367.94. On July 1, your DCA Plus Fixed Option has now increased to $8,401.56. We will transfer $1,680.31 ($8,401.56 / 5) to the Variable Investment Options, leaving a remaining value of $6,721.25 in the DCA Plus Fixed Option.

During the Guarantee Term, you can allocate all or a part of any additional Purchase Payments to the DCA Plus Fixed Option. Additional allocations must be at least $250. Each additional allocation will be transferred to the Variable Investment Options you select over the remaining Guarantee Term. Transfers will be made from the DCA Plus Fixed Option Value attributed to the oldest Investment allocation and each subsequent Purchase Payment in the order received.

Example: (using the previous example): On July 15, an additional $5,000 Purchase Payment is allocated to the DCA Plus Option at a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 4.00%. On August 1, your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value has increased to $11,758.30. An amount equal to $2,939.58 ($11,758.30 / 4) is transferred from the DCA Plus Fixed Option to the Variable Investment Options. The remaining DCA Plus Fixed Option Value is $8,818.73.

Transfers

DCA Plus transfers must be made on a monthly basis to the Variable Investment Options. No transfers to the DCA Plus Fixed Option may be made at any time. You cannot choose to transfer other than monthly. Unless otherwise instructed, any additional Purchase Payment we receive during a Guarantee Term will be allocated to the Investment Options, including the DCA Plus Fixed Option if so indicated, according to your most recent allocation instructions.

If the Owner dies while transfers are being made from the DCA Plus Fixed Option and the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, transfers will continue to be made from the DCA Plus Fixed Option to the selected Variable Investment Options, until the Guarantee Term ends.

DCA Plus Fixed Option interest is compounded annually and credited to your Contract daily. The Guaranteed Interest Rate is credited on a declining balance as money is transferred from the DCA Plus Fixed Option to the selected Variable Investment Options. The equivalent annual rate reflects the amount of interest that will be transferred to selected Variable Investment Options over the entire Guarantee Term divided by the amount originally invested in the DCA Plus Fixed Option.

102


485BPOS104th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 104th

Example: On May 1, you submit a $10,000 Purchase Payment entirely to the DCA Plus Fixed Option at a then current Guaranteed Interest Rate of 4.00% with a Guarantee Term of 12 months. Over the entire Guarantee Term, $216.33 of interest is transferred to the selected Variable Investment Options. The equivalent annual rate will equal 2.16% during the Guarantee Term.

103


485BPOS105th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 105th

CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

PERFORMANCE

Total Returns

Yields

Performance Comparisons and Benchmarks

Power of Tax Deferral

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD)

THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Calculating Subaccount Unit Values

Variable Annuity Payment Amounts

Redemptions of Remaining Guaranteed Variable Payments Under Options 2 and 4

Corresponding Dates

Age and Sex of Annuitant

Systematic Transfer Programs

Pre-Authorized Withdrawals

More on Federal Tax Issues

Safekeeping of Assets

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

You can receive a copy of the Pacific Voyages SAI without charge by calling us at (800) 722-4448 or you can visit our website at www.pacificlife.com to download a copy. Financial advisors may call us at (800) 722-2333.

104


485BPOS106th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 106th

APPENDIX A:

ENHANCED INCOME SELECT (SINGLE AND JOINT)
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

The examples may not reflect the current Enhanced Income Percentages or the current Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage.

The examples apply to Enhanced Income Select (Single) and (Joint) unless otherwise noted below.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Enhanced Income Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Enhanced Income Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

105


485BPOS107th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 107th

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Enhanced Income Amount to $10,350 (5% × $207,000).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Enhanced Income Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Enhanced Income Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Activity

 

$5,000

$216,490
(after $5,000 withdrawal)

$207,000

$5,350

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$207,000

$10,350

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$216,490

$10,825

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This reset increases the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Enhanced Income Amount to $10,350 (5% × $207,000).

Because the $5,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the $10,350 Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract AnniversaryPrior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract AnniversaryAfter Automatic Reset). As a result, the Enhanced Income Amount after the automatic reset at the Year 3 Contract Anniversary is equal to $10,825 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Enhanced Income Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Enhanced Income Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $195,000.

106


485BPOS108th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 108th

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Activity

 

$30,000

$165,000
(after $30,000 withdrawal)

$184,975

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$184,975

$9,249

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$192,000

$9,600

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $30,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $10,350 Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount, which is the total withdrawal amount less the Enhanced Income Amount: $30,000 – $10,350 = $19,650.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the excess withdrawal amount computed above by the difference between the Contract Value and the Enhanced Income Amount immediately before the withdrawal: $19,650 ÷ ($195,000 - $10,350) = 0.1064 or 10.64%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage computed above: $207,000 – ($207,000 × 10.64%) = $184,975.

The Enhanced Income Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0. This amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Payment Base before the withdrawal by 5% and then subtracting all of the withdrawals made during that Contract Year:
(5% × $207,000) – $30,000 = -$19,650 or $0, since the Enhanced Income Amount can’t be less than zero.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an automatic reset occurs that increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value on that date. (Compare the balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary Prior to and After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – Early Withdrawal.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 56½ years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Enhanced Income Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$0

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$0

107


485BPOS109th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 109th
      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Activity

 

$25,000

$196,490
(after $25,000 withdrawal)

$182,000

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$182,000

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$205,000

$10,250

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $0 Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $25,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount determined by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $25,000 ÷ $221,490 = 0.1129 or 11.29%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the greater of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($25,000) and (b) the reduction percentage ($207,000 × 11.29%) = $23,370. Since $25,000 is greater than $23,370, the new Protected Payment Base is computed by subtracting $25,000 from the prior Protected Payment Base: $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Enhanced Income Amount remains at $0 since the Designated Life has not reached age 59½.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Enhanced Income Amount is set to $10,250 (5% × $205,000) since the Designated Life reached age 59½.

Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Enhanced Income Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

05/01/2013
Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

01/01/2014

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2014

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

05/01/2014
Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

06/15/2014

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

09/15/2014

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

12/15/2014

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

01/01/2015

  

$8,000

  

03/15/2015

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

05/01/2015
Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

108


485BPOS110th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 110th

Since the RMD Amount for 2015 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2015. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Enhanced Income Amount. In addition, each contract year the Enhanced Income Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Enhanced Income Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

05/01/2013 Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

01/01/2014

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2014

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

04/01/2014

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

05/01/2014 Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

06/15/2014

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

09/15/2014

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

11/15/2014

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

On 3/15/14 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/14 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/13 through 4/30/14) did not exceed the Enhanced Income Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. On 5/1/14, the Enhanced Income Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/14, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Enhanced Income Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Enhanced Income Amount = $1,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Enhanced Income Amount of $1,250. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Enhanced Income Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount – Enhanced Income Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Enhanced Income Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Enhanced Income Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Example #7 – Higher Age Band Reached Due to a Reset.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

109


485BPOS111th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 111th

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Automatic Resets at Contract Years 2 and 7.

· Withdrawals, are taken each Contract Year:

· Equal 5% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Year 1 (age 64)

· Equal 6% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 2-6 (age 65-69)

· Equal 7% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 7-22 (age 70-85)

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

1

$5,000

$99,000

$100,000

$5,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Before Automatic Reset)

$102,000

$100,000

$5,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

$102,000

$102,000

$6,120

3

$6,120

$96,909

$102,000

$6,120

4

$6,120

$97,816

$102,000

$6,120

5

$6,120

$99,691

$102,000

$6,120

6

$6,120

$98,648

$102,000

$6,120

Year 7 Contract Anniversary

(Before Automatic Reset)

$105,000

$102,000

$6,120

Year 7 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

$105,000

$105,000

$7,350

8

$7,350

$97,650

$105,000

$7,350

9

$7,350

$96,875

$105,000

$7,350

10

$7,350

$94,078

$105,000

$7,350

11

$7,350

$98,805

$105,000

$7,350

12

$7,350

$95,478

$105,000

$7,350

13

$7,350

$92,096

$105,000

$7,350

14

$7,350

$88,660

$105,000

$7,350

15

$7,350

$89,168

$105,000

$7,350

16

$7,350

$91,619

$105,000

$7,350

17

$7,350

$92,013

$105,000

$7,350

18

$7,350

$91,349

$105,000

$7,350

19

$7,350

$89,626

$105,000

$7,350

20

$7,350

$86,844

$105,000

$7,350

21

$7,350

$82,002

$105,000

$7,350

22

$7,350

$80,099

$105,000

$7,350

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000  

· Enhanced Income Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

At Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – Before Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which increased the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). Since the Designated Life is 65 years of age when the Automatic Reset occurred, the Enhanced Income Amount equals $6,120 (6% of the Protected Payment Base).

At Year 7 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 7 Contract Anniversary – Before Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which increased the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 7 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic

110


485BPOS112th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 112th

Reset). Since the Designated Life is now 70 years of age when the Automatic Reset occurred, the Enhanced Income Amount equals $7,350 (7% of the Protected Payment Base).

Example #8 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to Enhanced Income Select (Single) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· Contract Value goes to zero during Contract Year 22.

· Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage is 3%.

· Death occurs during Contract Year 27 after the $3,000 withdrawal was made.

      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Guaranteed
Lifetime Income
Amount

1

$5,000

$96,489

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

2

$5,000

$92,410

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

3

$5,000

$88,543

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

4

$5,000

$84,627

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

5

$5,000

$80,662

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

6

$5,000

$76,648

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

7

$5,000

$72,583

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

8

$5,000

$68,467

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

9

$5,000

$64,299

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

10

$5,000

$60,078

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

11

$5,000

$55,805

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

12

$5,000

$51,478

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

13

$5,000

$47,096

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

14

$5,000

$42,660

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

15

$5,000

$38,168

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

16

$5,000

$33,619

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

17

$5,000

$29,013

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

18

$5,000

$24,349

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

19

$5,000

$19,626

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

20

$5,000

$14,844

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

21

$5,000

$10,002

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

22

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

23

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

24

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

111


485BPOS113th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 113th
      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Guaranteed
Lifetime Income
Amount

25

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

26

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

27

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000  

· Enhanced Income Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

Withdrawals of the Enhanced Income Amount (5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid until the Contract Value reaches zero.

During Contract Year 22, the Contract Value is reduced to zero after the Enhanced Income Amount of $5,000 is withdrawn. In the Contract Year that the Contract Value is reduced to zero, any remaining Enhanced Income Amount for that Contract Year can be withdrawn before the start of the next Contract Anniversary.

At the beginning of Contract Year 23, there is no Contract Value and the Enhanced Income Amount will no longer apply. From this point forward, the amount that must be withdrawn annually is the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount. The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount is determined by multiplying the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage by the Protected Payment Base. The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount is $3,000 (3% x $100,000 = $3,000). This amount will be paid at least annually until the death of the Designated Life.

Example #9 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to Enhanced Income Select (Joint) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· All Designated Lives are 64 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· All Designated Lives remain eligible for lifetime income benefits while the Rider is in effect.

· Surviving Spouse continues Contract upon the death of the first Designated Life.

· Contract Value goes to zero during Contract Year 22.

· Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage is 3%.

· Surviving Spouse dies during Contract Year 26 after the $3,000 withdrawal was made.

      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Guaranteed
Lifetime Income
Amount

1

$5,000

$96,489

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

2

$5,000

$92,410

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

3

$5,000

$88,543

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

4

$5,000

$84,627

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

5

$5,000

$80,662

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

6

$5,000

$76,648

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

7

$5,000

$72,583

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

112


485BPOS114th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 114th
      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Enhanced
Income
Amount

Guaranteed
Lifetime Income
Amount

8

$5,000

$68,467

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

9

$5,000

$64,299

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

10

$5,000

$60,078

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

11

$5,000

$55,805

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

12

$5,000

$51,478

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

13

$5,000

$47,096

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

Activity (Death of first Designated Life)
14

$5,000

$42,660

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

15

$5,000

$38,168

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

16

$5,000

$33,619

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

17

$5,000

$29,013

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

18

$5,000

$24,349

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

19

$5,000

$19,626

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

20

$5,000

$14,844

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

21

$5,000

$10,002

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

22

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

23

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

24

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

25

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

26

$3,000

$0

$100,000

N/A

$3,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Enhanced Income Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Enhanced Income Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

Withdrawals of the Enhanced Income Amount (5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid until the Contract Value reaches zero.

During Contract Year 13, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Enhanced Income Amount (5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that resulted in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life.

During Contract Year 22, the Contract Value is reduced to zero after the Enhanced Income Amount of $5,000 is withdrawn. In the Contract Year that the Contract Value is reduced to zero, any remaining Enhanced Income Amount for that Contract Year can be withdrawn before the start of the next Contract Anniversary.

At the beginning of Contract Year 23, there is no Contract Value and the Enhanced Income Amount will no longer apply. From this point forward, the amount that must be withdrawn annually is the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount. The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount is determined by multiplying the Guaranteed Lifetime Income Percentage by the Protected Payment Base. The Guaranteed Lifetime Income Amount is $3,000 (3% x $100,000 = $3,000). This amount will be paid at least annually until the death of the surviving Designated Life.

113


485BPOS115th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 115th

APPENDIX B:

COREINCOME ADVANTAGE 4 SELECT (SINGLE AND JOINT)
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

The examples apply to CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) and (Joint) unless otherwise noted below.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $8,000 (4% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $8,280 (4% × $207,000).

114


485BPOS116th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 116th

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

Activity

 

$5,000

$216,490
(after $5,000 withdrawal)

$207,000

$3,280

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$207,000

$8,280

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$216,490

$8,660

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This reset increases the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $8,280 (4% × $207,000).

Because the $5,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the $8,280 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount after the automatic reset at the Year 3 Contract Anniversary is equal to $8,660 (4% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $195,000.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

115


485BPOS117th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 117th
      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

Activity

 

$30,000

$165,000
(after $30,000 withdrawal)

$182,926

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$182,926

$7,317

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$192,000

$7,680

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $30,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $8,280 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount, which is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount: $30,000 – $8,280 = $21,720.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the excess withdrawal amount computed above by the difference between the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount immediately before the withdrawal: $21,720 ÷ ($195,000 – $8,280) = 0.1163 or 11.63%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage computed above: $207,000 – ($207,000 × 11.63%) = $182,926.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0. This amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Payment Base before the withdrawal by 4% and then subtracting all of the withdrawals made during that Contract Year:
(4% × $207,000) – $30,000 = -$21,720 or $0, since the Protected Payment Amount can’t be less than zero.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an automatic reset occurs that increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value on that date. (Compare the balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary Prior to and After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – Early Withdrawal.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 56½ years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$0

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$0

Activity

 

$25,000

$196,490
(after $25,000 withdrawal)

$182,000

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$182,000

$0

116


485BPOS118th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 118th
      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$205,000

$8,200

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $0 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $25,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount determined by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $25,000 ÷ $221,490 = 0.1129 or 11.29%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the greater of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($25,000) and (b) the reduction percentage ($207,000 × 11.29%) = $23,370. Since $25,000 is greater than $23,370, the new Protected Payment Base is computed by subtracting $25,000 from the prior Protected Payment Base: $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount remains at $0 since the Designated Life has not reached age 59½.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount is set to $8,200 (4% × $205,000) since the Designated Life reached age 59½.

Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

05/01/2007
Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$250

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

  

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

05/01/2008
Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

117


485BPOS119th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 119th

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006 Contract Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$4,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$125

05/01/2007 Contract Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$250

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$95,820

$0

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $4,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (4% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($4,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $95,820.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $250. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $3,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $250 = $3,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 4.18% ($3,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $250); $3,750 ÷ $89,750 = 0.0418 or 4.18%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $95,820 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 4.18%); $100,000 × 95.82% = $95,820).

Example #7 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Single) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 64 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

118


485BPOS120th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 120th

· No Automatic Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· Death occurs during Contract Year 26 after the $4,000 withdrawal was made.

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

1

$4,000

$96,489

$100,000

$4,000

2

$4,000

$92,410

$100,000

$4,000

3

$4,000

$88,543

$100,000

$4,000

4

$4,000

$84,627

$100,000

$4,000

5

$4,000

$80,662

$100,000

$4,000

6

$4,000

$76,648

$100,000

$4,000

7

$4,000

$72,583

$100,000

$4,000

8

$4,000

$68,467

$100,000

$4,000

9

$4,000

$64,299

$100,000

$4,000

10

$4,000

$60,078

$100,000

$4,000

11

$4,000

$55,805

$100,000

$4,000

12

$4,000

$51,478

$100,000

$4,000

13

$4,000

$47,096

$100,000

$4,000

14

$4,000

$42,660

$100,000

$4,000

15

$4,000

$38,168

$100,000

$4,000

16

$4,000

$33,619

$100,000

$4,000

17

$4,000

$29,013

$100,000

$4,000

18

$4,000

$24,349

$100,000

$4,000

19

$4,000

$19,626

$100,000

$4,000

20

$4,000

$14,844

$100,000

$4,000

21

$4,000

$10,002

$100,000

$4,000

22

$4,000

$5,099

$100,000

$4,000

23

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

24

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

25

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

26

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000  

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($4,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

Withdrawals of 4% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value has been reduced to zero) until the date of death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract.

Example #8 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to CoreIncome Advantage 4 Select (Joint) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

119


485BPOS121st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 121st

· All Designated Lives are 64 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· All Designated Lives remain eligible for lifetime income benefits while the Rider is in effect.

· Surviving Spouse continues Contract upon the death of the first Designated Life.

· Surviving Spouse dies during Contract Year 26 after the $4,000 withdrawal was made.

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

1

$4,000

$96,489

$100,000

$4,000

2

$4,000

$92,410

$100,000

$4,000

3

$4,000

$88,543

$100,000

$4,000

4

$4,000

$84,627

$100,000

$4,000

5

$4,000

$80,662

$100,000

$4,000

6

$4,000

$76,648

$100,000

$4,000

7

$4,000

$72,583

$100,000

$4,000

8

$4,000

$68,467

$100,000

$4,000

9

$4,000

$64,299

$100,000

$4,000

10

$4,000

$60,078

$100,000

$4,000

11

$4,000

$55,805

$100,000

$4,000

12

$4,000

$51,478

$100,000

$4,000

13

$4,000

$47,096

$100,000

$4,000

Activity (Death of first Designated Life)
14

$4,000

$42,660

$100,000

$4,000

15

$4,000

$38,168

$100,000

$4,000

16

$4,000

$33,619

$100,000

$4,000

17

$4,000

$29,013

$100,000

$4,000

18

$4,000

$24,349

$100,000

$4,000

19

$4,000

$19,626

$100,000

$4,000

20

$4,000

$14,844

$100,000

$4,000

21

$4,000

$10,002

$100,000

$4,000

22

$4,000

$5,099

$100,000

$4,000

23

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

24

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

25

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

26

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($4,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

120


485BPOS122nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 122nd

During Contract Year 13, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (4% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value was reduced to zero) until the Rider terminates.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that resulted in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life.

121


485BPOS123rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 123rd

APPENDIX C:

COREINCOME ADVANTAGE SELECT (SINGLE)
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $10,350 (5% × $207,000).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

122


485BPOS124th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 124th

Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal lower than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Activity

 

$5,000

$216,490
(after $5,000 withdrawal)

$207,000

$5,350

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$207,000

$10,350

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$216,490

$10,825

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This reset increases the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $10,350 (5% × $207,000).

Because the $5,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the $10,350 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract AnniversaryPrior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract AnniversaryAfter Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount after the automatic reset at the Year 3 Contract Anniversary is equal to $10,825 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.  

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $195,000.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

123


485BPOS125th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 125th
      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Activity

 

$30,000

$165,000
(after $30,000 withdrawal)

$184,975

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$184,975

$9,249

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$192,000

$9,600

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $30,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $10,350 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount, which is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount: $30,000 – $10,350 = $19,650.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the excess withdrawal amount computed above by the difference between the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount immediately before the withdrawal: $19,650 ÷ ($195,000 - $10,350) = 0.1064 or 10.64%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage computed above: $207,000 – ($207,000 × 10.64%) = $184,975.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0. This amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Payment Base before the withdrawal by 5% and then subtracting all of the withdrawals made during that Contract Year:
(5% × $207,000) – $30,000 = -$19,650 or $0, since the Protected Payment Amount can’t be less than zero.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an automatic reset occurs that increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value on that date. (Compare the balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary Prior to and After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – Early Withdrawal.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 62 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$0

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$0

Activity

 

$25,000

$196,490
(after $25,000 withdrawal)

$182,000

$0

124


485BPOS126th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 126th
      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$182,000

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$205,000

$10,250

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $0 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $25,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount determined by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $25,000 ÷ $221,490 = 0.1129 or 11.29%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the greater of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($25,000) and (b) the reduction percentage ($207,000 × 11.29%) = $23,370. Since $25,000 is greater than $23,370, the new Protected Payment Base is computed by subtracting $25,000 from the prior Protected Payment Base: $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount remains at $0 since the Designated Life has not reached age 65.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount is set to $10,250 (5% x $205,000) since the Designated Life reached age 65.

Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

  

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

125


485BPOS127th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 127th

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $1,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $1,250. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Example #7 – Lifetime Income.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

126


485BPOS128th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 128th

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· Death occurred during Contract Year 26 after the $5,000 withdrawal was made.

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

1

$5,000

$96,489

$100,000

$5,000

2

$5,000

$92,410

$100,000

$5,000

3

$5,000

$88,543

$100,000

$5,000

4

$5,000

$84,627

$100,000

$5,000

5

$5,000

$80,662

$100,000

$5,000

6

$5,000

$76,648

$100,000

$5,000

7

$5,000

$72,583

$100,000

$5,000

8

$5,000

$68,467

$100,000

$5,000

9

$5,000

$64,299

$100,000

$5,000

10

$5,000

$60,078

$100,000

$5,000

11

$5,000

$55,805

$100,000

$5,000

12

$5,000

$51,478

$100,000

$5,000

13

$5,000

$47,096

$100,000

$5,000

14

$5,000

$42,660

$100,000

$5,000

15

$5,000

$38,168

$100,000

$5,000

16

$5,000

$33,619

$100,000

$5,000

17

$5,000

$29,013

$100,000

$5,000

18

$5,000

$24,349

$100,000

$5,000

19

$5,000

$19,626

$100,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$14,844

$100,000

$5,000

21

$5,000

$10,002

$100,000

$5,000

22

$5,000

$5,099

$100,000

$5,000

23

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

24

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

25

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

26

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

Withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value has been reduced to zero) until the date of death of the Designated Life or when a death benefit becomes payable under the Contract.

127


485BPOS129th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 129th

APPENDIX D:

COREINCOME ADVANTAGE SELECT (JOINT)
SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,500

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4.5% of Protected Payment Base = $4,500

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,500

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$9,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$9,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$9,315

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $9,000 (4.5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $9,315 (4.5% × $207,000).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

128


485BPOS130th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 130th

Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal lower than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,500

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$9,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$9,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$9,315

Activity

 

$5,000

$216,490
(after $5,000 withdrawal)

$207,000

$4,315

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$207,000

$9,315

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$216,490

$9,742

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This reset increases the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $9,315
(4.5% × $207,000).

Because the $5,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the $9,315 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount after the automatic reset at the Year 3 Contract Anniversary is equal to $9,742 (4.5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 65 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $195,000.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

129


485BPOS131st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 131st
      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,500

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$9,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$9,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$9,315

Activity

 

$30,000

$165,000
(after $30,000 withdrawal)

$183,940

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$183,940

$8,277

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$192,000

$8,640

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $30,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $9,315 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount, which is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount: $30,000 - $9,315 = $20,685.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the excess withdrawal amount computed above by the difference between the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount immediately before the withdrawal: $20,685 ÷ ($195,000 - $9,315) = 0.1114 or 11.14%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage computed above: $207,000 - ($207,000 × 11.14%) = $183,940.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0. This amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Payment Base before the withdrawal by 4.5% and then subtracting all of the withdrawals made during that Contract Year:
(4.5% × $207,000) - $30,000 = -$20,685 or $0, since the Protected Payment Amount can’t be less than zero.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an automatic reset occurs that increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value on that date. (Compare the balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary Prior to and After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – Early Withdrawal.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Designated Life is 62 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$0

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$0

Activity

 

$25,000

$196,490
(after $25,000 withdrawal)

$182,000

$0

130


485BPOS132nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 132nd
      
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$182,000

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$205,000

$9,225

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $0 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $25,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount determined by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $25,000 ÷ $221,490 = 0.1129 or 11.29%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the greater of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($25,000) and (b) the reduction percentage ($207,000 × 11.29%) = $23,370. Since $25,000 is greater than $23,370, the new Protected Payment Base is computed by subtracting $25,000 from the prior Protected Payment Base: $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount remains at $0 since the Designated Life has not reached age 65.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount is set to $9,225 (4.5% x $205,000) since the Designated Life reached age 65.

Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,500

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,625

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,500

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,625

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$750

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

  

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,500

131


485BPOS133rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 133rd

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$4,500

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,625

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$625

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,500

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,625

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$750

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,360

$0

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $4,500 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (4.5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($4,500). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($750), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,360.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $750

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $750. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $3,250 (total withdrawal amount Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 - $750 = $3,250).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 3.64% ($3,250 ÷ ($90,000 - $750); $3,250 ÷ $89,250 = 0.0364 or 3.64%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,360 (Protected Payment Base x (1- ratio); $100,000 x (1- 3.64%); $100,000 x 96.36% = $96,360).

Example #7 – Lifetime Income.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

132


485BPOS134th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 134th

· All Designated Lives are 65 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 4.5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· All Designated Lives remain eligible for lifetime income benefits while the Rider is in effect.

· Surviving Spouse continues Contract upon the death of the first Designated Life.

· Surviving Spouse died during Contract Year 26 after the $4,500 withdrawal was made.

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

1

$4,500

$96,489

$100,000

$4,500

2

$4,500

$92,410

$100,000

$4,500

3

$4,500

$88,543

$100,000

$4,500

4

$4,500

$84,627

$100,000

$4,500

5

$4,500

$80,662

$100,000

$4,500

6

$4,500

$76,648

$100,000

$4,500

7

$4,500

$72,583

$100,000

$4,500

8

$4,500

$68,467

$100,000

$4,500

9

$4,500

$64,299

$100,000

$4,500

10

$4,500

$60,078

$100,000

$4,500

11

$4,500

$55,805

$100,000

$4,500

12

$4,500

$51,478

$100,000

$4,500

13

$4,500

$47,096

$100,000

$4,500

Activity (Death of first Designated Life)
14

$4,500

$42,660

$100,000

$4,500

15

$4,500

$38,168

$100,000

$4,500

16

$4,500

$33,619

$100,000

$4,500

17

$4,500

$29,013

$100,000

$4,500

18

$4,500

$24,349

$100,000

$4,500

19

$4,500

$19,626

$100,000

$4,500

20

$4,500

$14,844

$100,000

$4,500

21

$4,500

$10,002

$100,000

$4,500

22

$4,500

$5,099

$100,000

$4,500

23

$4,500

$0

$100,000

$4,500

24

$4,500

$0

$100,000

$4,500

25

$4,500

$0

$100,000

$4,500

26

$4,500

$0

$100,000

$4,500

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4.5% of Protected Payment Base = $4,500

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($4,500), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

133


485BPOS135th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 135th

During Contract Year 13, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (4.5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value was reduced to zero) until the Rider terminates.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that resulted in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life.

134


485BPOS136th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 136th

APPENDIX E:

INCOME ACCESS SELECT

SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 7% of Protected Payment Base = $7,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $20,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

Activity

$20,000

 

$122,000

$120,000

$8,400

$120,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$122,000

$120,000

$8,400

$120,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$122,000

$122,000

$8,540

$122,000

Immediately after the $20,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $120,000 ($100,000 + $20,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $8,400 (7% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

At Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which changes the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $8,540 (7% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

135


485BPOS137th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 137th

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of additional amounts credited, charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $20,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· Automatic Reset at the Beginning of Contract Year 2.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

Activity

$20,000

 

$122,000

$120,000

$8,400

$120,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$122,000

$120,000

$8,400

$120,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$122,000

$122,000

$8,540

$122,000

Activity

 

$8,540

$116,000

$122,000

$0

$113,460

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

  

$116,000

$122,000

$8,540

$113,460

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($8,540):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $113,460 ($122,000 – $8,540).

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$14,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$14,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$14,490

$207,000

Activity

 

$15,000

$206,490

$206,503

$0

$192,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

  

$206,490

$206,503

$14,455

$192,000

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$220,944

$206,503

$14,455

$192,000

136


485BPOS138th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 138th
       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$220,944

$220,944

$15,466

$220,944

For an explanation of the activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1 and 2, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $15,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($15,000 > $14,490), the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance immediately after the withdrawal are reduced.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $221,490

· Protected Payment Base = $207,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $207,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $14,490 (7% x Protected Payment Base; 7% x $207,000 = $14,490)

· No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

A withdrawal of $15,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $14,490 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $510 (total withdrawal – amount Protected Payment Amount; $15,000 – $14,490 = $510).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $221,490, which equals the $206,490 after the withdrawal plus the $15,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 0.24% ($510 ÷ ($221,490 – $14,490); $510 ÷ $207,000 = 0.0024 or 0.24%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $206,503 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $207,000 × (1 – 0.24%); $207,000 × 99.76% = $206,503).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $192,047 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($207,000 – $14,490) × (1 – 0.24%); $192,510 × 99.76% = $192,047).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $192,000 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $207,000 – $15,000 = $192,000).

Therefore, since $192,000 (total withdrawal amount method) is less than $192,047 (proportionate method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $192,000.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0, but at the Beginning of Contract Year 3, it is adjusted to $14,455 (7% of the Protected Payment Base (7% of $206,503 = $14,455).

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

137


485BPOS139th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 139th

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$5,125

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$98,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$5,125

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,250

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,375

$92,500

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$90,500

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$5,125

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$3,125

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$5,125

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,250

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$99,140

$0

$88,358

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $7,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (7% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($7,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $99,140 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,358.

138


485BPOS140th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 140th

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $92,375

· Protected Payment Amount less withdrawals already taken = $7,000 - $3,750 = $3,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount reduced by withdrawals already taken. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $750 (total withdrawal amount – (Protected Payment Amount – withdrawals already taken); $4,000 – ($7,000 – $3,750) = $750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 0.86% ($750 ÷ ($90,000 – $3,250); $750 ÷ $86,750 = 0.0086 or 0.86%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $99,140 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 0.86%); $100,000 × 99.14% = $99,140).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,358 (Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $3,250) × (1 – 0.86%); $89,125 × 99.14% = $88,358).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,358 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,358.

139


485BPOS141st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 141st

APPENDIX F:

GUARANTEED PROTECTION ADVANTAGE 3 SELECT SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. They have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments and withdrawals made from the Contract Prior to the end of a 10-Year Term effect the values and benefits under this Rider. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $20,000 is received in Contract Year 1 and $10,000 is received in Contract Year 4.

· A withdrawal of $10,000 is taken during Contract Year 7.

      

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value

Guaranteed
Protection
Amount

Amount
Added to the
Contract Value

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

 

Activity

$20,000

 

$118,119

$120,000

 

2

  

$117,374

$120,000

 

3

  

$114,439

$120,000

 

4

  

$111,578

$120,000

 

Activity

$10,000

 

$119,480

$120,000

 

5

  

$118,726

$120,000

 

6

  

$124,662

$120,000

 

Step-Up
(New 10-
Year Term
Begins)

  

$124,662

$124,662

 

7

  

$121,546

$124,662

 

Activity

 

$10,000

$109,259

$114,209

 

8

  

$108,570

$114,209

 

9

  

$105,856

$114,209

 

10

  

$103,209

$114,209

 

11

  

$100,629

$114,209

 

12

  

$98,114

$114,209

 

13

  

$95,661

$114,209

 

14

  

$93,269

$114,209

 

15

  

$90,937

$114,209

 

Values at
End of
15th Year

  

$88,664
$114,209

$114,209
$0


$25,545

The Guaranteed Protection Amount is equal to (a) + (b) – (c) as indicated below:

(a) is the Contract Value at the start of the Term,

(b) is the amount of each subsequent Purchase Payment received during the first year of the Term, and

140


485BPOS142nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 142nd

(c) is a pro rata adjustment for withdrawals made from the Contract during the Term. The adjustment for each withdrawal is calculated by multiplying the Guaranteed Protection Amount prior to the withdrawal by the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal, including any applicable withdrawal charges, premium taxes, and/or other taxes, to the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Guaranteed Protected Amount = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000 ($100,000 + 0 – 0 = $100,000)

During Contract Year 1, an additional Purchase Payment of $20,000 was made. Since this Purchase Payment was made during the first Contract Year, the Guaranteed Protection Amount will be increased by $20,000 to $120,000. ($100,000 + $20,000 – 0 = $120,000)

During Contract Year 4, an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 was made. However, this Purchase Payment will not increase the Guaranteed Protection Amount because it was not made during the first Contract Year (or first year of the 10-Year Term).

On the 6th Contract Anniversary, an optional Step-Up was elected. The Step-Up will reset the Guaranteed Protection Amount equal to the Contract Value ($124,662) as of that Contract Anniversary.

During Contract Year 7, a withdrawal of $10,000 was made. This withdrawal will reduce the Guaranteed Protection Amount on a pro rata basis and will result in a new Guaranteed Protection Amount. The pro rata adjustment is $10,453 and was determined by calculating the ratio of the withdrawal to the Contract Value immediately before the withdrawal ($10,000 ÷ $119,259 = 0.08385) multiplied by the Guaranteed Protection Amount prior to the withdrawal ($124,662 × 0.08385 = $10,453). The new Guaranteed Protection Amount (a) + (b) – (c) = $114,209 ($124,662 + 0 – $10,453 = 114,209).

At the end of Contract Year 15 (end of the 10-Year Term) the Contract Value ($88,664) is less than the Guaranteed Protection Amount ($114,209). Therefore, $25,545 ($114,209 – $88,664 = $25,545) is added to the Contract Value and the Rider terminates.

141


485BPOS143rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 143rd

APPENDIX G:

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT AND STEPPED-UP DEATH BENEFIT SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. They have been provided to assist in understanding the death benefit amount under the Contract and the optional Stepped-Up Death Benefit and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments and withdrawals made from the Contract may affect the values and benefits. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to reflect what your actual death benefit proceeds will be or serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

Death Benefit Amount

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received in Contract Year 3.

· A withdrawal of $35,000 is taken during Contract Year 6.

· A withdrawal of $10,000 is taken during Contract Year 11.

     

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value1

Return of
Purchase
Payments1

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

2

  

$103,000

$100,000

3

  

$106,090

$100,000

Activity

$25,000

 

$133,468

$125,000

4

  

$134,458

$125,000

5

  

$138,492

$125,000

6

  

$142,647

$125,000

Activity

 

$35,000

$110,844

$95,000

7

  

$111,666

$95,000

8

  

$103,850

$95,000

9

  

$96,580

$95,000

10

  

$89,820

$95,000

11

  

$83,530

$95,000

Activity

 

$10,000

$73,530

$83,629

12

  

$68,383

$83,629

13

  

$63,596

$83,629

14
Death
Occurs

  

$59,144

$83,629

1The greater of the Contract Value or the adjusted Return of Purchase Payments represents the Death Benefit Amount.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Return of Purchase Payment = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Contract Value = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

During Contract Year 3, an additional Purchase Payment of $25,000 was made. The Return of Purchase Payment amount increased to $125,000. The Contract Value increased to $133,468.

During Contract Year 6, a withdrawal of $35,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Return of Purchase Payment amount on a pro rata basis to $95,000 and decreased the Contract Value to $110,844. Numerically, the new Return of Purchase Payment amount is calculated as follows:

142


485BPOS144th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 144th

First, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($145,844, which equals the $110,844 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $35,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the ratio is 24.00% ($35,000 ÷ $145,844 = 0.2400 or 24.00%).

Second, determine the new Return of Purchase Payment amount. The Return of Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Return of Purchase Payment amount is $95,000 (Return of Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 – ratio); $125,000 × (1 – 24.00%); $125,000 × 76.00% = $95,000).

During Contract Year 11, a withdrawal of $10,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Return of Purchase Payment amount on a pro rata basis to $83,629 and decreased the Contract Value to $73,530. Numerically, the new Return of Purchase Payment amount is calculated as follows:

First, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($83,530, which equals the $73,530 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $10,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the ratio is 11.97% ($10,000 ÷ $83,530 = 0.1197 or 11.97%).

Second, determine the new Return of Purchase Payment amount. The Return of Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Return of Purchase Payment amount is $83,629 (Return of Purchase Payment prior to the withdrawal × (1 – ratio); $95,000 × (1 – 11.97%); $95,000 × 88.03% = $83,629).

During Contract Year 14, death occurs. The Death Benefit Amount will be the Return of Purchase Payments reduced by an amount for each withdrawal ($83,629) because that amount is greater than the Contract Value ($59,144).

Using the table above, if death occurred in Contract Year 7, the Death Benefit Amount would be the Contract Value ($111,666) because that amount is greater than the Return of Purchase Payment (reduced by an amount for withdrawals) of $95,000.

Stepped-Up Death Benefit

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000 is received in Contract Year 3.

· A withdrawal of $35,000 is taken during Contract Year 6.

· Annual Step-Ups occur on each of the first 7 Contract Anniversaries.

      

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value1

Return of
Purchase
Payments1

Guaranteed
Minimum
(Stepped-Up)
Death Benefit
Amount

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

2

  

$103,000

$100,000

$103,000

3

  

$106,090

$100,000

$106,090

Activity

$25,000

 

$133,468

$125,000

$131,090

4

  

$134,458

$125,000

$134,458

5

  

$138,492

$125,000

$138,492

6

  

$142,647

$125,000

$142,647

Activity

 

$35,000

$110,844

$95,000

$108,412

7

  

$111,666

$95,000

$111,666

8

  

$103,850

$95,000

$111,666

9

  

$96,580

$95,000

$111,666

Death
Occurs

  

$89,820

$95,000

$111,666

1 The greater of the Contract Value or the adjusted Return of Purchase Payments represents the Death Benefit Amount.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Return of Purchase Payment = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

143


485BPOS145th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 145th

· Contract Value = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

During Contract Year 3, an additional Purchase Payment of $25,000 was made. This results in an increase in the Return of Purchase Payment amount to $125,000. The Contract Value increased to $133,468 and the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount increased to $131,090.

During Contract Year 6, a withdrawal of $35,000 was made. This withdrawal reduced the Return of Purchase Payment amount on a pro rata basis to $95,000 and decreased the Contract Value to $110,844. In addition, the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount was reduced on a pro rata basis to $108,412. Numerically, the new Return of Purchase Payment and Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount is calculated as follows:

First, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the withdrawal amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal ($145,844, which equals the $110,844 Contract Value after the withdrawal plus the $35,000 withdrawal amount). Numerically, the ratio is 24.00% ($35,000 ÷ $145,844 = 0.2400 or 24.00%)

Second, determine the new Return of Purchase Payment amount. The Return of Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Return of Purchase Payment amount is $95,000 (Return of Purchase Payment amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 – ratio); $125,000 × (1 – 24.00%); $125,000 × 76.00% = $95,000).

Third, determine the new Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount. The Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount prior to the withdrawal is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount is $108,412 (Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount prior to the withdrawal × (1 – ratio); $142,647 × (1 – 24.00%); $142,647 × 76.00% = $108,412).

During Contract Year 9, death occurs. The death benefit proceeds are the greater of the Death Benefit Amount (Contract Value or Return of Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals) or the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount. The Death Benefit Amount is $95,000 because the Return of Purchase Payment Amount ($95,000) is greater than the Contract Value ($89,820). The death benefit proceeds are equal to the Guaranteed Minimum (Stepped-Up) Death Benefit Amount of $111,666 because it is greater than the Death Benefit Amount (Return of Purchase Payments of $95,000).

144


485BPOS146th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 146th

APPENDIX H:

EARNINGS ENHANCEMENT GUARANTEE (EEG) SAMPLE CALCULATIONS

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. They have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments and withdrawals affect the values and benefits under this Rider. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $20,000 is received during Contract Year 3.

· A withdrawal of $20,000 is taken during Contract Year 7.

· A withdrawal of $10,000 is taken during Contract Year 8.

         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value1

Earnings1

Remaining

Purchase Payments

Adjustment to

Remaining Purchase Payments

40% EEG 2

25% EEG 3

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

-

$0

$0

2

  

$103,000

$3,000

$100,000

-

$1,200

$750

3

  

$106,090

$6,090

$100,000

-

$2,436

$1,523

Activity

$20,000

 

$128,468

$8,468

$120,000

-

$3,387

$2,117

4

  

$129,421

$9,421

$120,000

-

$3,768

$2,355

5

  

$133,304

$13,304

$120,000

-

$5,321

$3,326

6

  

$137,303

$17,303

$120,000

-

$6,921

$4,326

7

  

$141,422

$21,422

$120,000

-

$8,569

$5,355

Activity

 

$20,000

$124,592

$4,592

$120,000

-

$1,837

$1,148

8

  

$125,516

$5,516

$120,000

-

$2,206

$1,379

Activity

 

$10,000

$118,330

$0

$118,330

$1,670

$0

$0

9

  

$119,208

$878

$118,330

 

$351

$219

Death at the

beginning of

year 10

  

$126,360

$8,030

$118,330

 

$3,212

$2,008

Surviving Spouse Continues Contract (40% of EEG Paid and added to Contract Value)

  

$129,572

$11,242

$118,330

 

$4,972

$2,008

1For Rider purposes, Earnings are equal to the Contract Value less Remaining Purchase Payments.

2 40% EEG amount is applicable if the oldest Annuitant was age 69 or younger on the Rider Effective Date.

3 25% EEG amount is applicable if the oldest Annuitant was age 70 to 75 on the Rider Effective Date.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Remaining Purchase Payments = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

During Contract Year 3, an additional Purchase Payment of $20,000 was made. As a result, the Remaining Purchase Payments increased to $120,000 ($100,000 + $20,000 = $120,000). The Contract Value increased to $128,468.

145


485BPOS147th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 147th

During Contract Year 7, a withdrawal of $20,000 was made. This will cause an adjustment to the Earnings amount on a dollar for dollar basis that results in a balance of $4,592. The $4,592 is the result of taking the Contract Value after the withdrawal less the Remaining Purchase Payments ($124,592 - $120,000 = $4,592). Since there are Earnings remaining after the withdrawal, there is no adjustment to the Remaining Purchase Payments.

During Contract Year 8, a withdrawal of $10,000 was made. Assuming the Earnings at the time of the withdrawal were $8,330, the withdrawal exceeds the Earnings. Since the $10,000 withdrawal exceeded the Earnings, an adjustment to the Remaining Purchase Payments will occur. The Remaining Purchase Payments will be reduced by $1,670 which is the difference between the amount of the withdrawal less the Earnings at the time of the withdrawal ($10,000 - $8,330 = $1,670). The Earnings will be reduced to zero.

During Contract Year 10 death occurs. The EEG amount added to the death benefit is based on the age of the oldest Annuitant on the Rider Effective Date and the lesser of the Earnings and Remaining Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals.

Assuming the oldest Annuitant was 69 or younger on the Rider Effective Date, the EEG amount added to the death benefit would be $3,212. $3,212 represents 40% of the Earnings ($8,030 x 40% = $3,212) which is less than 40% of the Remaining Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals ($118,330 x 40% = $47,332).

Assuming the oldest Annuitant was 70 to 75 on the Rider Effective Date, the EEG amount added to the death benefit would be $2,008. $2,008 represents 25% of the Earnings ($8,030 x 25% = $2,008) which is less than 25% of the Remaining Purchase Payments adjusted for withdrawals ($118,330 x 25% = $29,583).

Spousal Continuation

If a Surviving Spouse is 75 years of age or younger on the date of death, the Surviving Spouse may elect to continue the EEG rider. Prior to continuation of the Contract, any EEG amount owed would be added to the Contract Value. Using the table above (Death at the beginning of year 10), if 40% of the EEG amount was owed, then $3,212 would be added to the Contract Value. This will increase the Contract Value to $129,572 (see last row of table above) and the Earnings to $11,242 ($129,572 - $118,330). Finally, the new EEG amount (40% or 25% based on the age of the Surviving Spouse when the Contract is continued) is recalculated based on the new Earnings amount ($11,242) as outlined in the table above.

146


485BPOS148th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 148th

APPENDIX I:

OPTIONAL RIDERS NOT AVAILABLE
FOR PURCHASE

CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit VII Rider-Single Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is 59½ years of age.

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 4% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) reaches age 59½, the Protected Payment Amount will equal 4% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California).

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets and Owner-Elected Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 4% of the Protected Payment Base. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the

147


485BPOS149th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 149th

Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

When the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 4% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

See example 6 in Sample Calculations below for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, market decline, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

148


485BPOS150th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 150th

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the date of death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner),

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

Reset of Protected Payment Base

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Rider Effective Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

149


485BPOS151st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 151st

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

This Rider terminates upon the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, the surviving spouse may re-purchase this Rider (if available) on any Contract Anniversary. The existing protected balances will not carry over to the new Rider and will be based on the Contract Value at time of re-purchase.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the date of the death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant,

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of death of any Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts or if this Rider is issued in California),

· the day the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant (if this Rider is issued in California),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is younger than age 59½.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Joint)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit VII Rider-Joint Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

For purposes of meeting the eligibility requirements, Designated Lives must be any one of the following:

· a sole Owner with the Owner’s Spouse designated as the sole primary Beneficiary,

· Joint Owners, where the Owners are each other’s Spouses, or

· if the Contract is issued as a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the beneficial owner must be the Annuitant and the Annuitant’s Spouse must be designated as the sole primary Beneficiary under the Contract. The custodian, under a custodial owned IRA or TSA, for the benefit of the beneficial owner, may be designated as sole primary Beneficiary provided that the Spouse of the beneficial owner is the sole primary Beneficiary of the custodial account.

If this Rider is added on a Contract Anniversary, naming your Spouse as the Beneficiary to meet eligibility requirements will not be considered a change of Annuitant on the Contract.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Designated Lives (each a “Designated Life”) – Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other’s spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, the Designated Life must:

· be the Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA), or

150


485BPOS152nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 152nd

· remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age.

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 4% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0). However, once the youngest Designated Life reaches age 59½, the Protected Payment Amount will equal 4% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the youngest Designated Life.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

Spouse – The Owner’s spouse who is treated as the Owner’s spouse pursuant to federal law. If the Contract is a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the Annuitant’s spouse who is treated as the Annuitant’s spouse pursuant to federal law.

Surviving Spouse – The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA).

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets and Owner-Elected Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 4% of the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

When the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 4% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If

151


485BPOS153rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 153rd

a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only, and

· the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older.

See example 6 in Sample Calculations below for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, market decline, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

Reset of Protected Payment Base

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

152


485BPOS154th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 154th

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Rider Effective Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies and the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Rider terminates.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Ownership and Beneficiary Changes

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract.

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

153


485BPOS155th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 155th

· the date of the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day that neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA) (this bullet does not apply if this Rider is issued in California),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your contract will actually perform.

The examples apply to CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single) and (Joint) unless otherwise noted below.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (every Designated Life for Joint) is 64 years old.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (every Designated Life for Joint) is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

154


485BPOS156th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 156th

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $8,000 (4% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $8,280 (4% $207,000).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (every Designated Life for Joint) is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

Activity

 

$5,000

$216,490
(after $5,000 withdrawal)

$207,000

$3,280

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$207,000

$8,280

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$216,490

$8,660

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This reset increases the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $8,280 (4% × $207,000).

Because the $5,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the $8,280 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

155


485BPOS157th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 157th

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount after the automatic reset at the Year 3 Contract Anniversary is equal to $8,660 (4% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (every Designated Life for Joint) is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $195,000.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

Activity

 

$30,000

$165,000 (after $30,000 withdrawal)

$182,926

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$182,926

$7,317

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$192,000

$7,680

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $30,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $8,280 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount, which is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount: $30,000 – $8,280 = $21,720.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the excess withdrawal amount computed above by the difference between the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount immediately before the withdrawal: $21,720 ÷ ($195,000 – $8,280) = 0.1163 or 11.63%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage computed above: $207,000 – ($207,000 × 11.63%) = $182,926.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0. This amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Payment Base before the withdrawal by 4% and then subtracting all of the withdrawals made during that Contract Year:
(4% × $207,000) – $30,000 = -$21,720 or $0, since the Protected Payment Amount can’t be less than zero.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an automatic reset occurs that increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value on that date. (Compare the balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary Prior to and After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – Early Withdrawal.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

156


485BPOS158th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 158th

· Every Owner and Annuitant (youngest Designated Life for Joint) is 56½ years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$0

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$0

Activity

 

$25,000

$196,490
(after $25,000 withdrawal)

$182,000

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$182,000

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$205,000

$8,200

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $0 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $25,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount determined by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $25,000 ÷ $221,490 = 0.1129 or 11.29%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the greater of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($25,000) and (b) the reduction percentage ($207,000 × 11.29%) = $23,370. Since $25,000 is greater than $23,370, the new Protected Payment Base is computed by subtracting $25,000 from the prior Protected Payment Base: $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount remains at $0 since the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant for Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California; youngest Designated Life for Joint) has not reached age 59½.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount is set to $8,200 (4% × $205,000) since the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant for Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California; youngest Designated Life for Joint) reached age 59½.

Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

157


485BPOS159th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 159th
      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$250

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

  

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$4,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$250

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$95,820

$0

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $4,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (4% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($4,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $95,820.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

158


485BPOS160th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 160th

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $250. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $3,750 (total withdrawal amount Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $250 = $3,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value Protected Payment Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 4.18% ($3,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $250); $3,750 ÷ $89,750 = 0.0418 or 4.18%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $95,820 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 4.18%); $100,000 × 95.82% = $95,820).

Example #7 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Single) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant is 64 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· Death occurs during Contract Year 26 after the $4,000 withdrawal was made.

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

1

$4,000

$96,489

$100,000

$4,000

2

$4,000

$92,410

$100,000

$4,000

3

$4,000

$88,543

$100,000

$4,000

4

$4,000

$84,627

$100,000

$4,000

5

$4,000

$80,662

$100,000

$4,000

6

$4,000

$76,648

$100,000

$4,000

7

$4,000

$72,583

$100,000

$4,000

8

$4,000

$68,467

$100,000

$4,000

9

$4,000

$64,299

$100,000

$4,000

10

$4,000

$60,078

$100,000

$4,000

11

$4,000

$55,805

$100,000

$4,000

12

$4,000

$51,478

$100,000

$4,000

13

$4,000

$47,096

$100,000

$4,000

14

$4,000

$42,660

$100,000

$4,000

15

$4,000

$38,168

$100,000

$4,000

16

$4,000

$33,619

$100,000

$4,000

17

$4,000

$29,013

$100,000

$4,000

18

$4,000

$24,349

$100,000

$4,000

159


485BPOS161st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 161st
     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

19

$4,000

$19,626

$100,000

$4,000

20

$4,000

$14,844

$100,000

$4,000

21

$4,000

$10,002

$100,000

$4,000

22

$4,000

$5,099

$100,000

$4,000

23

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

24

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

25

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

26

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($4,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

Withdrawals of 4% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value has been reduced to zero) until the date of death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

Example #8 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to CoreIncome Advantage Plus (Joint) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· All Designated Lives are 64 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· All Designated Lives remain eligible for lifetime income benefits while the Rider is in effect.

· Surviving Spouse continues Contract upon the death of the first Designated Life.

· Surviving Spouse dies during Contract Year 26 after the $4,000 withdrawal was made.

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

1

$4,000

$96,489

$100,000

$4,000

2

$4,000

$92,410

$100,000

$4,000

3

$4,000

$88,543

$100,000

$4,000

4

$4,000

$84,627

$100,000

$4,000

5

$4,000

$80,662

$100,000

$4,000

6

$4,000

$76,648

$100,000

$4,000

7

$4,000

$72,583

$100,000

$4,000

8

$4,000

$68,467

$100,000

$4,000

9

$4,000

$64,299

$100,000

$4,000

160


485BPOS162nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 162nd
     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

10

$4,000

$60,078

$100,000

$4,000

11

$4,000

$55,805

$100,000

$4,000

12

$4,000

$51,478

$100,000

$4,000

13

$4,000

$47,096

$100,000

$4,000

Activity (Death of first Designated Life)
14

$4,000

$42,660

$100,000

$4,000

15

$4,000

$38,168

$100,000

$4,000

16

$4,000

$33,619

$100,000

$4,000

17

$4,000

$29,013

$100,000

$4,000

18

$4,000

$24,349

$100,000

$4,000

19

$4,000

$19,626

$100,000

$4,000

20

$4,000

$14,844

$100,000

$4,000

21

$4,000

$10,002

$100,000

$4,000

22

$4,000

$5,099

$100,000

$4,000

23

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

24

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

25

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

26

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($4,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

During Contract Year 13, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (4% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value was reduced to zero) until the Rider terminates.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that resulted in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life.

CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit V Rider – Single Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is 59½ years of age.

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

161


485BPOS163rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 163rd

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 5% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0); however, once the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) reaches age 59½, the Protected Payment Amount will equal 5% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California).

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets and Owner-Elected Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 5% of the Protected Payment Base. If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

When the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 5% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment

162


485BPOS164th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 164th

Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

See example 6 in Sample Calculations below for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUESQualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, market decline, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the date of death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner),

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

Reset of Protected Payment Base

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to

163


485BPOS165th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 165th

their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Rider Effective Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

This Rider terminates upon the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, the surviving spouse may re-purchase this Rider (if available) on any Contract Anniversary. The existing protected balances will not carry over to the new Rider and will be based on the Contract Value at time of re-purchase.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the date of the death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant,

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of death of any Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts or if this Rider is issued in California),

· the day the Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant (if this Rider is issued in California),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

164


485BPOS166th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 166th

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California) is younger than age 59½.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Joint)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit V Rider - Joint Life in the Contract’s Rider.)

For purposes of meeting the eligibility requirements, Designated Lives must be any one of the following:

· a sole Owner with the Owner’s Spouse designated as the sole primary Beneficiary,

· Joint Owners, where the Owners are each other’s Spouses, or

· if the Contract is issued as a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the beneficial owner must be the Annuitant and the Annuitant’s Spouse must be designated as the sole primary Beneficiary under the Contract. The custodian, under a custodial owned IRA or TSA, for the benefit of the beneficial owner, may be designated as sole primary Beneficiary provided that the Spouse of the beneficial owner is the sole primary Beneficiary of the custodial account.

If this Rider is added on a Contract Anniversary, naming your Spouse as the Beneficiary to meet eligibility requirements will not be considered a change of Annuitant on the Contract.

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Designated Lives (each a “Designated Life”) – Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other’s spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, the Designated Life must:

· be the Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA), or

· remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

Early Withdrawal – Any withdrawal that occurs before the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age.

Excess Withdrawal – Any withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that occurs after the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year and will be reset on each Contract Anniversary to 5% of the Protected Payment Base computed on that date. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to zero (0). However, once the youngest Designated Life reaches age 59½, the Protected Payment Amount will equal 5% of the Protected Payment Base and will be reset each Contract Anniversary. The initial Protected Payment Amount will depend upon the age of the youngest Designated Life.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

165


485BPOS167th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 167th

Spouse – The Owner’s spouse who is treated as the Owner’s spouse pursuant to federal law. If the Contract is a custodial owned IRA or TSA, the Annuitant’s spouse who is treated as the Annuitant’s spouse pursuant to federal law.

Surviving Spouse – The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner (or Annuitant in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA).

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets and Owner-Elected Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

How the Rider Works

Beginning at age 59½, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

If the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, the Protected Payment Amount is 5% of the Protected Payment Base. If the youngest Designated Life is younger than 59½ years of age, the Protected Payment Amount is zero (0).

The Protected Payment Base may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base at the time of the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including an IRA or TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

When the youngest Designated Life is 59½ years of age or older, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. The Protected Payment Amount will be reduced by the amount withdrawn during the Contract Year and will be reset each Contract Anniversary to 5% of the Protected Payment Base. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Excess Withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value (less the Protected Payment Amount) is lower than the Protected Payment Base, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Early Withdrawal

If an Early Withdrawal occurs, we will (immediately following the Early Withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in a lower Protected Payment Base. See example 5 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base as a result of an Early Withdrawal.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

166


485BPOS168th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 168th

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only, and

· the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older.

See example 6 in Sample Calculations below for numerical examples that describe what occurs when only withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount are made during a Contract Year and when withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount plus other non-RMD Withdrawals are made during a Contract Year.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½ when the Contract Value is zero (due to withdrawals, fees, market decline, or otherwise), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount (excluding an RMD withdrawal), the Rider will terminate.

If the youngest Designated Life is age 59½ or older and the Contract Value was reduced to zero by a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) that did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

Reset of Protected Payment Base

On and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base is changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

167


485BPOS169th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 169th

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Rider Effective Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies and the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Rider terminates.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Ownership and Beneficiary Changes

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract.

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the date of the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day that neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA) (this bullet does not apply if this Rider is issued in California),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information),

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero if the youngest Designated Life is younger than age 59½.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero.

168


485BPOS170th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 170th

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your contract will actually perform.

The examples apply to CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single) and (Joint) unless otherwise noted below.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (every Designated Life for Joint) is 64 years old.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (every Designated Life for Joint) is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base is increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $10,350 (5% x $207,000).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

169


485BPOS171st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 171st

Example #3 – Withdrawal Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (every Designated Life for Joint) is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal lower than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Activity

 

$5,000

$216,490
(after $5,000 withdrawal)

$207,000

$5,350

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$207,000

$10,350

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$216,490

$10,825

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This reset increases the Protected Payment Base to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $10,350 (5% × $207,000).

Because the $5,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the $10,350 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount after the automatic reset at the Year 3 Contract Anniversary is equal to $10,825 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawal Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (every Designated Life for Joint) is 64 years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $195,000.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

170


485BPOS172nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 172nd
      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

Activity

 

$30,000

$165,000
(after $30,000 withdrawal)

$184,975

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$184,975

$9,249

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$192,000

$192,000

$9,600

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $30,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $10,350 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount, which is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount: $30,000 – $10,350 = $19,650.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the excess withdrawal amount computed above by the difference between the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount immediately before the withdrawal: $19,650 ÷ ($195,000 – $10,350) = 0.1064 or 10.64%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage computed above: $207,000 – ($207,000 × 10.64%) = $184,975.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0. This amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Payment Base before the withdrawal by 5% and then subtracting all of the withdrawals made during that Contract Year:
(5% × $207,000) – $30,000 = -$19,650 or $0, since the Protected Payment Amount can’t be less than zero.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an automatic reset occurs that increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value on that date. (Compare the balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary Prior to and After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – Early Withdrawal.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant (youngest Designated Life for Joint) is 56½ years old.

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Contract Value immediately before withdrawal = $221,490.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$0

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$0

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$0

Activity

 

$25,000

$196,490 (after $25,000 withdrawal)

$182,000

$0

171


485BPOS173rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 173rd
      
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$182,000

$0

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$196,490

$0

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$205,000

$205,000

$10,250

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the $0 Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base immediately after the withdrawal will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the early withdrawal amount. The early withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount of $25,000.

Second, determine the reduction percentage by dividing the early withdrawal amount determined by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal: $25,000 ÷ $221,490 = 0.1129 or 11.29%.

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base by reducing the Protected Payment Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the greater of (a) the total withdrawal amount ($25,000) and (b) the reduction percentage ($207,000 × 11.29%) = $23,370. Since $25,000 is greater than $23,370, the new Protected Payment Base is computed by subtracting $25,000 from the prior Protected Payment Base: $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount remains at $0 since the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant for Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California; youngest Designated Life for Joint) has not reached age 59½.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary, an Automatic Reset occurs which increases the Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (compare balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to and After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount is set to $10,250 (5% × $205,000) since the oldest Owner (youngest Annuitant for Non-Natural Owner or if this Rider is issued in California; youngest Designated Life for Joint) reached age 59½.

Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

  

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

172


485BPOS174th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 174th
      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

      

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

  

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $1,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $1,250. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal – amount Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount); the calculation is based on the Contract Value and the Protected Payment Amount values immediately before the excess withdrawal. Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

173


485BPOS175th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 175th

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Example #7 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Single) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Every Owner and Annuitant is 64 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· Death occurred during Contract Year 26 after the $5,000 withdrawal was made.

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

1

$5,000

$96,489

$100,000

$5,000

2

$5,000

$92,410

$100,000

$5,000

3

$5,000

$88,543

$100,000

$5,000

4

$5,000

$84,627

$100,000

$5,000

5

$5,000

$80,662

$100,000

$5,000

6

$5,000

$76,648

$100,000

$5,000

7

$5,000

$72,583

$100,000

$5,000

8

$5,000

$68,467

$100,000

$5,000

9

$5,000

$64,299

$100,000

$5,000

10

$5,000

$60,078

$100,000

$5,000

11

$5,000

$55,805

$100,000

$5,000

12

$5,000

$51,478

$100,000

$5,000

13

$5,000

$47,096

$100,000

$5,000

14

$5,000

$42,660

$100,000

$5,000

15

$5,000

$38,168

$100,000

$5,000

16

$5,000

$33,619

$100,000

$5,000

17

$5,000

$29,013

$100,000

$5,000

18

$5,000

$24,349

$100,000

$5,000

19

$5,000

$19,626

$100,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$14,844

$100,000

$5,000

21

$5,000

$10,002

$100,000

$5,000

22

$5,000

$5,099

$100,000

$5,000

23

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

24

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

25

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

26

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

174


485BPOS176th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 176th

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

Withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value has been reduced to zero) until the date of death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

Example #8 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to CoreIncome Advantage 5 Plus (Joint) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· All Designated Lives are 64 years old.

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· All Designated Lives remain eligible for lifetime income benefits while the Rider is in effect.

· Surviving Spouse continues Contract upon the death of the first Designated Life.

· Surviving Spouse died during Contract Year 26 after the $5,000 withdrawal was made.

     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

1

$5,000

$96,489

$100,000

$5,000

2

$5,000

$92,410

$100,000

$5,000

3

$5,000

$88,543

$100,000

$5,000

4

$5,000

$84,627

$100,000

$5,000

5

$5,000

$80,662

$100,000

$5,000

6

$5,000

$76,648

$100,000

$5,000

7

$5,000

$72,583

$100,000

$5,000

8

$5,000

$68,467

$100,000

$5,000

9

$5,000

$64,299

$100,000

$5,000

10

$5,000

$60,078

$100,000

$5,000

11

$5,000

$55,805

$100,000

$5,000

12

$5,000

$51,478

$100,000

$5,000

13

$5,000

$47,096

$100,000

$5,000

Activity (Death of first Designated Life)

14

$5,000

$42,660

$100,000

$5,000

15

$5,000

$38,168

$100,000

$5,000

16

$5,000

$33,619

$100,000

$5,000

17

$5,000

$29,013

$100,000

$5,000

18

$5,000

$24,349

$100,000

$5,000

19

$5,000

$19,626

$100,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$14,844

$100,000

$5,000

175


485BPOS177th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 177th
     

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

21

$5,000

$10,002

$100,000

$5,000

22

$5,000

$5,099

$100,000

$5,000

23

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

24

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

25

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

26

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000), the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged.

During Contract Year 13, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value was reduced to zero) until the Rider terminates.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that resulted in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life.

Income Access

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn each Contract Year under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· 7% of the Protected Payment Base as of that day, or

· the Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The Protected Payment Amount for a Contract Year is determined at the beginning of that Contract Year and will remain unchanged throughout that Contract Year. The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 7% of the initial Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 1st Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, on which an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs to Reset the Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, determined as of that Contract Anniversary. The terms Reset and Step-Up have the same meaning for this Rider. The term Step-Up may be used in the Rider attached to your Contract.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

176


485BPOS178th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 178th

How the Rider Works

This Rider allows for withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. This Rider does not provide lifetime withdrawal benefits. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

The Income Access Rider also provides, on any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, Automatic Annual Resets and Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under the Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While the Rider is in effect, you may make cumulative withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Remaining Protected Balance equals zero. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year.

Under your Contract, you may withdraw more than the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year. However, withdrawals of more than the Protected Payment Amount in a Contract Year will cause an immediate adjustment to the Remaining Protected Balance, the Protected Payment Base, and, at the next Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Amount.

If a withdrawal does not cause the total amount withdrawn during the Contract Year to exceed the Protected Payment Amount, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. The Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount immediately following the withdrawal.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) causes the total amount withdrawn during the Contract Year to exceed the Protected Payment Amount, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The Protected Payment Amount will remain unchanged until the next Contract Anniversary, when the Protected Payment Amount for the new Contract Year is determined.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

A withdrawal may not exceed the amount available for withdrawal under the Contract, if such withdrawal would cause the cumulative withdrawals for that Contract Year to exceed the Protected Payment Amount and reduce the Contract Value to zero.

Except as otherwise provided under the Required Minimum Distributions subsection below, if, immediately after a withdrawal, the cumulative withdrawals for that Contract Year do not exceed the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is reduced to zero, the following will apply:

177


485BPOS179th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 179th

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency, as elected by you, but no less frequently than annually, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum or may not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

If the Owner or sole surviving Annuitant dies and the Contract Value is zero as of the date of death, any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid to the designated Beneficiary under the series of pre-authorized withdrawals and payment frequency then in effect at the time of the Owner’s or sole surviving Annuitant’s death. If, however, the Remaining Protected Balance would be paid over a period that exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the pre-authorized withdrawal amount will be adjusted so that the withdrawal payments will be paid over a period that does not exceed the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

If the Contract Value is reduced to zero, RMD Withdrawals will cease and any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals in accordance with the terms of the Rider.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which Reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of annual Charges and any future Reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. Please discuss with your financial advisor your Contract’s maximum Annuity Date when considering Reset options. A Reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

If you want to participate in Automatic Resets, you must make an affirmative election In Proper Form. Otherwise, you may Reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance as outlined under Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic) below.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically Reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and any change in the annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the Reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to Reset the Remaining Protected Balance

178


485BPOS180th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 180th

and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the Reset is effective. The Reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive any additional Purchase Payments to the Contract, we will immediately increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payment. However, the Protected Payment Amount will remain unchanged until the next Contract Anniversary, when the Protected Payment Amount for the new Contract Year is determined.

For purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract 

If the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect and if the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically end on the earliest of:

· the Contract Anniversary immediately following the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the Contract Anniversary immediately following the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, except as otherwise provided in the paragraph below,

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date, or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

The Rider and the Contract will not terminate on the first death of an Owner or death of the sole surviving Annuitant, or the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract if, at the time of those events, the Contract Value is zero and we are making pre-authorized withdrawals of the Remaining Protected Balance under the provisions of the Rider. If we are making pre-authorized withdrawals, the Contract will terminate on the Contract Anniversary immediately following the day the Remaining Protected Balance is zero.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

179


485BPOS181st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 181st
       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 7% of Protected Payment Base = $7,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $20,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

Activity

$20,000

 

$122,000

$120,000

$7,000

$120,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$122,000

$120,000

$8,400

$120,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$122,000

$122,000

$8,540

$122,000

Immediately after the $20,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $120,000 ($100,000 + $20,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment remains at $7,000 until the Protected Payment Amount is determined at Year 2 Contract Anniversary.

At Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which changes the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $8,540 (7% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of additional amounts credited, charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $20,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· Automatic Reset at the Beginning of Contract Year 2.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

180


485BPOS182nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 182nd
       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Activity

$20,000

 

$122,000

$120,000

$7,000

$120,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$122,000

$120,000

$8,400

$120,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$122,000

$122,000

$8,540

$122,000

Activity

 

$8,540

$116,000

$122,000

$8,540

$113,460

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

  

$116,000

$122,000

$8,540

$113,460

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($8,540):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $113,460 ($122,000 – $8,540).

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$7,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$14,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$14,490

$207,000

Activity

 

$15,000

$206,490

$206,503

$14,490

$192,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

  

$206,490

$206,503

$14,455

$192,000

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$220,944

$206,503

$14,455

$192,000

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$220,944

$220,944

$15,466

$220,944

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $15,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($15,000 > $14,490), the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance immediately after the withdrawal are reduced.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $221,490

· Protected Payment Base = $207,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $207,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $14,490 (7% × Protected Payment Base; 7% × $207,000 = $14,490)

· No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

181


485BPOS183rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 183rd

A withdrawal of $15,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $14,490 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $510 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $15,000 – $14,490 = $510).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $221,490, which equals the $206,490 after the withdrawal plus the $15,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 0.24% ($510 ÷ ($221,490 – $14,490); $510 ÷ $207,000 = 0.0024 or 0.24%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $206,503 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $207,000 × (1 – 0.24%); $207,000 × 99.76% = $206,503).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $192,047 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($207,000 – $14,490) × (1 – 0.24%); $192,510 × 99.76% = $192,047).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $192,000 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $207,000 – $15,000 = $192,000).

Therefore, since $192,000 (total withdrawal amount method) is less than $192,047 (proportionate method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $192,000.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $14,490, but at the Beginning on Contract Year 3, it is adjusted to $14,455 (7% of the Protected Payment Base (7% of $206,503 = $14,455).

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$7,000

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$98,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$7,000

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$7,000

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$7,000

$92,500

182


485BPOS184th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 184th
       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$7,000

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$90,500

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$7,000

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$7,000

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$7,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$7,000

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$7,000

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$99,140

$7,000

$88,358

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $7,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (7% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($7,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $99,140 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,358.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $92,375

· Protected Payment Amount less withdrawals already taken = $7,000 – $3,750 = $3,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount less withdrawals already taken. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount less withdrawals already taken; $4,000 – ($7,000 – $3,750) = $750).

183


485BPOS185th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 185th

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 0.86% ($750 ÷ ($90,000 – $3,250); $750 ÷ $86,750 = 0.0086 or 0.86%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $99,140 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 0.86%); $100,000 × 99.14% = $99,140).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,358 (Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $3,250) × (1 –  0.86%); $89,125 × 99.14% = $88,358).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,358 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,358.

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 (GPA 3)

How the Rider Works

The Rider will remain in effect, unless otherwise terminated, for a 10-year period (the “Term”) beginning on the Effective Date of the Rider.

On the last day of the Term, we will add an additional amount to your Contract Value if, on that day, the Contract Value is less than the Guaranteed Protection Amount. The additional amount will be equal to the difference between the Contract Value on the last day of the Term and the Guaranteed Protection Amount. The additional amount added to the Contract Value will be considered earnings and allocated to your Investment Options according to your most recent allocation instructions. Additional Purchase Payments that are not part of the Guaranteed Protection Amount (Purchase Payments made after the first year of a Term and not included in a Step-Up) will not be included in the benefit calculation at the end of Term.

The Guaranteed Protection Amount is equal to (a) plus (b) minus (c) as indicated below:

(a) is the Contract Value at the start of the Term,

(b) is the amount of each subsequent Purchase Payment received during the first year of the Term, and

(c) is a pro rata adjustment for withdrawals made from the Contract during the Term. The adjustment for each withdrawal is calculated by multiplying the Guaranteed Protection Amount prior to the withdrawal by the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal, including any applicable withdrawal charges, premium taxes, and/or other taxes, to the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

For purposes of determining the Contract Value at the start of the Term, if the Effective Date of the Rider is the Contract Date, the Contract Value is equal to the initial Purchase Payment. If the Effective Date of the Rider is a Contract Anniversary, the Contract Value is equal to the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. Any subsequent Purchase Payments received after the first year of a Term are not included in the Guaranteed Protection Amount.

If, on the last day of the Term, the Contract is annuitized, the first death of an Owner or the death of the last surviving Annuitant occurs (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), or a full withdrawal is made, the Contract Value will reflect any additional amount owed under the Rider before the payment of any annuity or death benefits, or full withdrawal. No additional amount will be made if the Contract Value on the last day of the Term is greater than or equal to the Guaranteed Protection Amount.

Optional Step-Up in the Guaranteed Protection Amount

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 3rd anniversary of the Effective Date of this Rider and before the Annuity Date, you may elect to increase (“Step-Up”) your Guaranteed Protection Amount.

If you elect the optional Step-Up, the following conditions will apply:

· your election of a Step-Up must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the Step-Up is effective,

184


485BPOS186th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 186th

· the Guaranteed Protection Amount will be equal to your Contract Value as of the Effective Date of the Step-Up (“Step-Up Date”),

· a new 10-year Term will begin as of the Step-Up Date, and

· you may not elect another Step-Up until on or after the 3rd anniversary of the latest Step-Up Date.

We will not permit a Step-Up if the new 10-year Term will extend beyond the Annuity Date. Additionally, a Step-Up is not available on the 10th anniversary of a Term.

The annual charge percentage may change if you elect a Step-Up, but it will never be more than the maximum annual charge percentage associated with the Rider. If you do not elect any Step-Up of the Guaranteed Protection Amount during the Term of the Rider, your annual charge percentage will remain the same as it was on the Effective Date of the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies during the Term and the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, then the provisions of the Rider will continue until the end of the Term.

Termination

The Rider will automatically terminate at the end of the Term, or, if earlier on:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day we receive notification from the Owner to terminate the Rider,

· the date a full withdrawal of the amount available for withdrawal is made under the Contract,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the last surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day you exchange this Rider for another guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit Rider,

· the date the Contract is terminated according to the provisions of the Contract, or

· the Annuity Date.

If your request to terminate the Rider is received at our Service Center within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary, the Rider will terminate on that Contract Anniversary. If your request to terminate the Rider is received at our Service Center more than 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary, the Rider will terminate the day we receive the request.

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 5 (GPA 5)

How the Rider Works

The Rider will remain in effect, unless otherwise terminated, for a 10-year period (the “Term”) beginning on the Effective Date of the Rider.

On the last day of the Term, we will add an additional amount to your Contract Value if, on that day, the Contract Value is less than a specified amount (the “Guaranteed Protection Amount”). The additional amount will be equal to the difference between the Contract Value on the last day of the Term and the Guaranteed Protection Amount. The additional amount added to the Contract Value will be considered earnings and allocated to your Investment Options according to your most recent allocation instructions.

The Guaranteed Protection Amount is equal to (a) plus (b) minus (c) as indicated below:

(a) is the Contract Value at the start of the Term,

(b) is the amount of each subsequent Purchase Payment received during the first year of the Term, and

(c) is a pro rata adjustment for withdrawals made from the Contract during the Term. The adjustment for each withdrawal is calculated by multiplying the Guaranteed Protection Amount prior to the withdrawal by the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal, including any withdrawal charges, premium taxes, and/or other taxes, to the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

For purposes of determining the Contract Value at the start of the Term, if the Effective Date of the Rider is the Contract Date, the Contract Value is equal to the initial Purchase Payment. If the Effective Date of the Rider is a Contract Anniversary, the Contract Value is equal to the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. Any subsequent Purchase Payments received after the first year of

185


485BPOS187th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 187th

the Term are not included in the Guaranteed Protection Amount. However, the Rider charge will be based on the Contract Value which may include any subsequent Purchase Payments that are not included in the Guaranteed Protection Amount.

If, on the last day of the Term, the Contract is annuitized, the first death of an Owner or the death of the last surviving Annuitant occurs (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), or a full withdrawal is made, the Contract Value will reflect any additional amount owed under the Rider before the payment of any annuity or death benefits, or full withdrawal. No additional amount will be made if the Contract Value on the last day of the Term is greater than or equal to the Guaranteed Protection Amount.

Optional Step-Up in the Guaranteed Protection Amount

On any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 5th anniversary of the Effective Date of this Rider and before the Annuity Date, you may elect to increase (“Step-Up”) your Guaranteed Protection Amount.

If you elect the optional Step-Up, the following conditions will apply:

· your election of a Step-Up must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the Step-Up is effective,

· the Guaranteed Protection Amount will be equal to your Contract Value as of the Effective Date of the Step-Up (“Step-Up Date”),

· a new 10-year Term will begin as of the Step-Up Date, and

· you may not elect another Step-Up until on or after the 5th anniversary of the latest Step-Up Date.

We will not permit a Step-Up if the new 10-year Term will extend beyond the Annuity Date. Additionally, a Step-Up is not available on the 10th anniversary of a Term.

The Guaranteed Protection Charge (“GPA 5 Charge”) may change if you elect a Step-Up, but it will never be more than the GPA 5 Charge being charged under the then current terms and conditions of the Rider. If you do not elect any Step-Up of the Guaranteed Protection Amount during the lifetime of the Rider, your GPA 5 Charge will remain the same as it was on the Effective Date of the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies during the Term and the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, then the provisions of the Rider will continue until the end of the Term.

Termination

The Rider will automatically terminate at the end of the Term, or, if earlier on:

· the Contract Anniversary immediately following the date any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the Contract Anniversary immediately following the date we receive notification from the Owner to terminate the Rider,

· the date a full withdrawal of the amount available for withdrawal is made under the Contract,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the last surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day you exchange this Rider for another guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit Rider,

· the date the Contract is terminated according to the provisions of the Contract, or

· the Annuity Date.

If your request to terminate the Rider is received at our Service Center within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary, the Rider will terminate on that Contract Anniversary. If your request to terminate the Rider is received at our Service Center more than 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary, the Rider will terminate the day we receive the request.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. They have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments and withdrawals made from the Contract Prior to the end of a 10-Year Term effect the values and benefits under this Rider. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

186


485BPOS188th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 188th

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $20,000 is received in Contract Year 1 and $10,000 is received in Contract Year 4.

· A withdrawal of $10,000 is taken during Contract Year 7.

      

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value

Guaranteed
Protection
Amount

Amount
Added to the
Contract Value

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

 

Activity

$20,000

 

$118,119

$120,000

 

2

  

$117,374

$120,000

 

3

  

$114,439

$120,000

 

4

  

$111,578

$120,000

 

Activity

$10,000

 

$119,480

$120,000

 

5

  

$118,726

$120,000

 

6

  

$124,662

$120,000

 

Step-Up
(New 10-
Year Term
Begins)

  

$124,662

$124,662

 

7

  

$121,546

$124,662

 

Activity

 

$10,000

$109,259

$114,209

 

8

  

$108,570

$114,209

 

9

  

$105,856

$114,209

 

10

  

$103,209

$114,209

 

11

  

$100,629

$114,209

 

12

  

$98,114

$114,209

 

13

  

$95,661

$114,209

 

14

  

$93,269

$114,209

 

15

  

$90,937

$114,209

 

Values at End of 15th Year

  

$88,664
$114,209

$114,209
$0


$25,545

The Guaranteed Protection Amount is equal to (a) + (b) – (c) as indicated below:

(a) is the Contract Value at the start of the Term,

(b) is the amount of each subsequent Purchase Payment received during the first year of the Term, and

(c) is a pro rata adjustment for withdrawals made from the Contract during the Term. The adjustment for each withdrawal is calculated by multiplying the Guaranteed Protection Amount prior to the withdrawal by the ratio of the amount of the withdrawal, including any applicable withdrawal charges, premium taxes, and/or other taxes, to the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Guaranteed Protected Amount = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000 ($100,000 + 0 – 0 = $100,000)

During Contract Year 1, an additional Purchase Payment of $20,000 was made. Since this Purchase Payment was made during the first Contract Year, the Guaranteed Protection Amount will be increased by $20,000 to $120,000. ($100,000 + $20,000 – 0 = $120,000)

During Contract Year 4, an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 was made. However, this Purchase Payment will not increase the Guaranteed Protection Amount because it was not made during the first Contract Year (or first year of the 10-Year Term).

187


485BPOS189th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 189th

On the 6th Contract Anniversary, an optional Step-Up was elected. The Step-Up will reset the Guaranteed Protection Amount equal to the Contract Value ($124,662) as of that Contract Anniversary.

During Contract Year 7, a withdrawal of $10,000 was made. This withdrawal will reduce the Guaranteed Protection Amount on a pro rata basis and will result in a new Guaranteed Protection Amount. The pro rata adjustment is $10,453 and was determined by calculating the ratio of the withdrawal to the Contract Value immediately before the withdrawal ($10,000 / $119,259 = 0.08385) multiplied by the Guaranteed Protection Amount prior to the withdrawal ($124,662 * 0.08385 = $10,453). The new Guaranteed Protection Amount (a) + (b) – (c) = $114,209 ($124,662 + 0 – $10,453 = 114,209).

At the end of Contract Year 15 (end of the 10-Year Term) the Contract Value ($88,664) is less than the Guaranteed Protection Amount ($114,209). Therefore, $25,545 ($114,209 – $88,664 = $25,545) is added to the Contract Value and the Rider terminates.

CoreProtect Advantage

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit IV Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

Rider Terms

Annual Credit – An amount added to the Annual Credit Value.

Annual Credit Value – One of two values (the other value is the Highest Anniversary Value) that determine the Protected Payment Base prior to the earlier of:

· the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

· 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date.

The Annual Credit Value is increased each year by any Annual Credits, plus any subsequent Purchase Payments received from the most recent Contract Anniversary, during the periods described above.

The initial Annual Credit Value is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Highest Anniversary Value – One of two values (the other value is the Annual Credit Value) that determine the Protected Payment Base prior to the earlier of:

· the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

· 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date.

On any day after the Rider Effective Date and during the periods described above, the Highest Anniversary Value is equal to:

· the Highest Anniversary Value as of the prior day, plus

· Purchase Payments received by us on that day.

On any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, the Highest Anniversary Value is equal to the greater of:

· the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary (prior to the Rider fee assessment), or

· the Highest Anniversary Value immediately prior to that Contract Anniversary.

The initial Highest Anniversary Value is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 64 or younger when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· 5% multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year, or

188


485BPOS190th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 190th

· the Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The Protected Payment Amount will never be less than zero. The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% of the initial Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will never be less than zero and will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider, unless withdrawals are guaranteed until the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner). The Remaining Protected Balance will never be less than zero. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

Adjustment to Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance Using the Annual Credit Value or Highest Anniversary Value

On each Contract Anniversary, while this Rider is in effect, before the Annuity Date, and before the earlier of:

· the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

· 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date,

the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be equal to the greater of the Annual Credit Value or the Highest Anniversary Value. An increase to the Annual Credit Value or Highest Anniversary Value is not considered an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset and will not result in a change to the annual charge percentage. In addition, once resets become available (after the first withdrawal or 10 Contract Anniversaries as described above), eligibility for the Annual Credit Value or Highest Anniversary Value adjustment cannot be reinstated by any Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date and prior to the earlier of:

· the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

· 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date,

will result in an increase in the Annual Credit Value, Highest Anniversary Value, Protected Payment Base, and Remaining Protected Balance equal to the Purchase Payment Amount.

Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date and after the earlier of:

· the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

· 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date,

will result in an increase in the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance equal to the Purchase Payment Amount.

However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached, permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

How the Rider Works

On any Business Day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each contract year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Lifetime withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount may continue after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0) if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) was age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. If a withdrawal was taken at age 64 or younger and there was no subsequent Reset, the Rider will terminate once the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). This Rider also provides for a Highest Anniversary Value feature and for an amount (an “Annual Credit”) to be added to the Annual Credit Value. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

189


485BPOS191st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 191st

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. The Annual Credit Value or the Highest Anniversary Value (whichever is greater) will increase the Protected Payment Base and the Remaining Protected Balance prior to the earlier of the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date or 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year.

If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. The Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount immediately following the withdrawal.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts – General RulesRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was age 64 or younger when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider, after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero, or

190


485BPOS192nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 192nd

· was age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the day of death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner).

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduced the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was age 64 or younger when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, this Rider will terminate, or

· was age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each year until the day of death of an Owner or the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner). If an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs, the Remaining Protected Balance will be reinstated to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary.

Before your Remaining Protected Balance is zero, if you took your first withdrawal at age 64 or younger and you would like to be eligible for lifetime payments under the Rider, an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset must occur and your first withdrawal after that Reset must be taken on or after age 65. See the Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance subsection of this Rider. If you are age 64 or younger when the Remaining Protected Balance is zero and Contract Value remains, the Rider will terminate and there is no opportunity for a Reset.

If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection.

Any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Annual Credit

On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, an Annual Credit will be added to the Annual Credit Value until the earlier of:

· the first withdrawal from the Contract since the Rider Effective Date, or

· 10 Contract Anniversaries measured from the Rider Effective Date.

The Annual Credit is equal to 5% of either:

· total Purchase Payments if the Rider is purchased on the Contract Issue Date, or

· the Contract Anniversary Value at the time the Rider is added to the Contract plus any subsequent Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date.

Once a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) or 10 Contract Anniversaries has occurred, as measured from the Rider Effective Date, no Annual Credit will be added to the Annual Credit Value. In addition, Annual Credit eligibility cannot be reinstated by any Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset.

The Annual Credit is not added to your Contract Value.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary, while this Rider is in effect, before the Annuity Date, and after the earlier of:

· the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

· 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date,

191


485BPOS193rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 193rd

we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary after the earlier of:

· the first withdrawal since the Rider Effective Date, or

· 10 Contract Anniversaries from the Rider Effective Date,

elect to reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

The annuity payments described in this subsection are available to you even if your first withdrawal was taken prior to age 65 and no Resets have occurred.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Contract Value or Remaining Protected Balance is zero when the Owner dies, the Rider will terminate. If the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance are greater than zero and the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect, the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner may elect to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms and the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries. If a reset takes place, then the provisions of this Rider will continue in full force and in effect for the surviving spouse. In addition, if the surviving spouse is age 65 or older when the first withdrawal is taken after the most recent Reset Date and this Reset Date occurred after the surviving spouse continued the Contract, then the surviving spouse may take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (based on the new Protected Payment Base) for life. In some instances, withdrawals may continue for the life of the surviving spouse without the need for a reset.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

192


485BPOS194th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 194th

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner), was age 64 or younger when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

· the date of death of an Owner or the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero and see the Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s Age = 65 on the Contract Date

         
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual Credit Value

Highest Anniversary Value

Protected Payment Base

Protected Payment Amount

Remaining Protected Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Annual Credit Value = $100,000

· Highest Anniversary Value = $100,000

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

193


485BPOS195th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 195th

· Owner’s Age = 65 on the Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

         
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual Credit Value

Highest Anniversary Value

Protected Payment Base

Protected Payment Amount

Remaining Protected Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

  

$208,000

$210,000

$208,000

$210,000

$10,500

$210,000

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Annual Credit Value, Highest Anniversary Value, Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment since there were no withdrawals during that Contract Year).

Since no withdrawal occurred prior to Year 2 Contract Anniversary, an annual credit of $10,000 (5% of total Purchase Payments) is applied to the Annual Credit Value on that Contract Anniversary, increasing it to $210,000. On Year 2 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are reset to $210,000, which is the greater of Annual Credit Value or Highest Anniversary Value. As a result, the Protected Payment Amount on that Contract Anniversary is equal to $10,500 (5% of the Protected Payment Base on that Contract Anniversary).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of additional amounts credited, charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s Age = 65 on the Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Years 2 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

         
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual Credit Value

Highest Anniversary Value

Protected Payment Base

Protected Payment Amount

Remaining Protected Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

  

$208,000

$210,000

$208,000

$210,000

$10,500

$210,000

Activity

 

$10,500

$205,000

  

$210,000

$0

$199,500

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

  

$205,000

NA

NA

$210,000

$10,500

$199,500

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$215,000

NA

NA

$210,000

$10,500

$199,500

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After to Automatic Reset)

 

$215,000

NA

NA

$215,000

$10,750

$215,000

Activity

 

$10,750

$212,000

  

$215,000

$0

$204,250

Year 5 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$217,000

NA

NA

$215,000

$10,750

$204,250

Year 5 Contract Anniversary

(After to Automatic Reset)

 

$217,000

NA

NA

$217,000

$10,850

$217,000

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

194


485BPOS196th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 196th

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,500):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged;

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $199,500 ($210,000 – $10,500); and

· since a withdrawal occurred, the Annual Credit Value and Highest Anniversary Value are no longer applicable.

Because at Year 4 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount is equal to $10,750 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 4 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,750):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $204,250 ($215,000 – $10,750).

Because at Year 5 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 5 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 5 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount is equal to $10,850 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s Age = 65 on the Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

         
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual Credit Value

Highest Anniversary Value

Protected Payment Base

Protected Payment Amount

Remaining Protected Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

  

$208,000

$210,000

$208,000

$210,000

$10,500

$210,000

Activity

 

$20,000

$195,000

  

$200,235

$0

$190,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

  

$195,000

NA

NA

$200,235

$10,011

$190,000

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$215,000

NA

NA

$200,235

$10,011

$190,000

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

(After to Automatic Reset)

 

$215,000

NA

NA

$215,000

$10,750

$215,000

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $20,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($20,000 > $10,500), the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance immediately after the withdrawal are reduced. Since a withdrawal occurred, the Annual Credit Value and Highest Anniversary Value are no longer applicable.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $215,000

· Protected Payment Base = $210,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $210,000

195


485BPOS197th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 197th

· Protected Payment Amount = $10,500 (5% × Protected Payment Base; 5% $210,000 = $10,500)

· No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

A withdrawal of $20,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $10,500 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $9,500 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $20,000 – $10,500 = $9,500).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $215,000, which equals the $195,000 after the withdrawal plus the $20,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 4.65% ($9,500 ÷ ($215,000 – $10,500); $9,500 ÷ $204,500 = 0.0465 or 4.65%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $200,235 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $210,000 × (1 – 4.65%); $210,000 × 95.35% = $200,235).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $190,223 ((Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($210,000 – $10,500) × (1 – 4.65%); $199,500 × 95.35% = $190,223).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $190,000 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $210,000 – $20,000 = $190,000).

Therefore, since $190,000 (total withdrawal amount method) is less than $190,223 (proportionate method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $190,000.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the withdrawal (5% of $200,235 = $10,011), less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year ($20,000), but not less than zero).

Because at Year 4 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). The Protected Payment Amount is equal to $10,750 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #5 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$98,125

196


485BPOS198th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 198th
       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

$92,500

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$90,500

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

$88,300

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,300. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

197


485BPOS199th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 199th

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300 ((Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $1,250) × (1 – 3.10%); $91,125 × 96.90% = $88,300).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,300 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300.

Example #6 – Lifetime Income.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Owner is age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$5,000

$96,489

$100,000

$5,000

$95,000

2

$5,000

$94,384

$100,000

$5,000

$90,000

3

$5,000

$92,215

$100,000

$5,000

$85,000

4

$5,000

$89,982

$100,000

$5,000

$80,000

5

$5,000

$87,681

$100,000

$5,000

$75,000

6

$5,000

$85,311

$100,000

$5,000

$70,000

7

$5,000

$82,871

$100,000

$5,000

$65,000

8

$5,000

$80,357

$100,000

$5,000

$60,000

9

$5,000

$77,768

$100,000

$5,000

$55,000

10

$5,000

$75,101

$100,000

$5,000

$50,000

11

$5,000

$72,354

$100,000

$5,000

$45,000

12

$5,000

$69,524

$100,000

$5,000

$40,000

13

$5,000

$66,610

$100,000

$5,000

$35,000

14

$5,000

$63,608

$100,000

$5,000

$30,000

15

$5,000

$60,517

$100,000

$5,000

$25,000

16

$5,000

$57,332

$100,000

$5,000

$20,000

17

$5,000

$54,052

$100,000

$5,000

$15,000

18

$5,000

$50,674

$100,000

$5,000

$10,000

19

$5,000

$47,194

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$43,610

$100,000

$5,000

$0

198


485BPOS200th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 200th
      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

21

$5,000

$39,918

$100,000

$5,000

$0

22

$5,000

$36,115

$100,000

$5,000

$0

23

$5,000

$32,199

$100,000

$5,000

$0

24

$5,000

$28,165

$100,000

$5,000

$0

25

$5,000

$24,010

$100,000

$5,000

$0

26

$5,000

$19,730

$100,000

$5,000

$0

27

$5,000

$15,322

$100,000

$5,000

$0

28

$5,000

$10,782

$100,000

$5,000

$0

29

$5,000

$6,105

$100,000

$5,000

$0

30

$5,000

$1,288

$100,000

$5,000

$0

31

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

32

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

33

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

34

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000): (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 1, no annual credit will be applied. Since it was assumed that the Owner was age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken, withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance have been reduced to zero) until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

CoreIncome Advantage 5

(This Rider is called the Core Withdrawal Benefit II Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) or older when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is younger than age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· 5% of the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year, or

199


485BPOS201st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 201st

· the Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% of the initial Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider, unless withdrawals are guaranteed until the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner). The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

How the Rider Works

On any day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Lifetime withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount may continue after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0) if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) was age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) or older when the first withdrawal was taken after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. If a withdrawal was taken before age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) and there was no subsequent Reset, the Rider will terminate once the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

In addition, beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans. 

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. The Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount immediately following the withdrawal.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected

200


485BPOS202nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 202nd

Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider, after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero, or

· was age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner).

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduced the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, this Rider will terminate, or

· was age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner). If an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs, the Remaining Protected Balance will be reinstated to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary.

Before your Remaining Protected Balance is zero, if you took your first withdrawal before 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) and you would like to be eligible for lifetime payments under the Rider, an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset must occur and your first withdrawal after that Reset must be taken on or after age 65 (59½ if

201


485BPOS203rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 203rd

the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California). See the Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance subsection of this Rider. If you are younger than 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) when the Remaining Protected Balance is zero and Contract Value remains, the Rider will terminate and there is no opportunity for a Reset.

If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the withdrawal will be treated as an excess withdrawal and the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection.

Any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached, permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.  

202


485BPOS204th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 204th

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

The annuity payments described in this subsection are available to you even if your first withdrawal was taken prior to age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) and no Resets have occurred.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Contract Value or Remaining Protected Balance is zero when the Owner dies, this Rider will terminate. If the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance are greater than zero and the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect, the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner may elect to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, and the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries. If a reset takes place then the provisions of this Rider will continue in full force and in effect for the surviving spouse. In addition, if the surviving spouse is age 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) or older when the first withdrawal is taken after the most recent Reset Date and this Reset Date occurred after the surviving spouse continued the Contract, then the surviving spouse may take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (based on the new Protected Payment Base) for life. In some instances, withdrawals may continue for the life of the surviving spouse without the need for a reset.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non- Natural Owner), was younger than 65 (59½ if the Rider Effective Date is on or after March 14, 2011 and your Rider was issued in California) when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero and see the Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

203


485BPOS205th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 205th

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Rider purchased at Contract issue by a 64-year old.

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

$207,000

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $10,350 (5% × $207,000).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

204


485BPOS206th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 206th
       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

$207,000

Activity

 

$5,000

$216,490

$207,000

$5,350

$202,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$207,000

$10,350

$202,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$216,490

$10,825

$216,490

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,350):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $202,000 ($207,000 – $5,000) and the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $5,350 ($10,350 – $5,000).

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $10,825 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$10,350

$207,000

Activity

 

$25,000

$196,490

$192,634

$0

$182,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$192,634

$9,632

$182,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$196,490

$9,825

$196,490

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($25,000 > $10,350), the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance immediately after the withdrawal are reduced.

205


485BPOS207th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 207th

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $221,490

· Protected Payment Base = $207,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $207,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $10,350 (5% of Protected Payment Base; 5% × $207,000 = $10,350)

· No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

A withdrawal of $25,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $10,350 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $14,650 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $25,000 – $10,350 = $14,650).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $221,490, which equals the $196,490 after the withdrawal plus the $25,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 6.94% ($14,650 ÷ ($221,490 – $10,350); $14,650 ÷ $211,140 = 0.0694 or 6.94%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $192,634 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $207,000 × (1 – 6.94%); $207,000 × 93.06% = $192,634).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $183,002 ((Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($207,000 – $10,350) × (1 – 6.94%); $196,650 × 93.06% = $183,002).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $182,000 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000).

Therefore, since $182,000 (total withdrawal amount method) is less than $183,002 (proportionate method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $182,000.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the withdrawal (5% of $192,634 = $9,632), less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year ($25,000), but not less than zero).

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

206


485BPOS208th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 208th
       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$98,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

$92,500

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$90,500

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

$88,300

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,300.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $92,375

207


485BPOS209th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 209th

· Protected Payment Amount = $1,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $1,250. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250);
$2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300 ((Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $1,250) × (1 – 3.10%); $91,125 × 96.90% = $88,300).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,300 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300.

Example #6 – Lifetime Income.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Owner is age 65 when the first withdrawal was taken.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$5,000

$96,489

$100,000

$5,000

$95,000

2

$5,000

$94,384

$100,000

$5,000

$90,000

3

$5,000

$92,215

$100,000

$5,000

$85,000

4

$5,000

$89,982

$100,000

$5,000

$80,000

5

$5,000

$87,681

$100,000

$5,000

$75,000

6

$5,000

$85,311

$100,000

$5,000

$70,000

7

$5,000

$82,871

$100,000

$5,000

$65,000

8

$5,000

$80,357

$100,000

$5,000

$60,000

9

$5,000

$77,768

$100,000

$5,000

$55,000

10

$5,000

$75,101

$100,000

$5,000

$50,000

11

$5,000

$72,354

$100,000

$5,000

$45,000

12

$5,000

$69,524

$100,000

$5,000

$40,000

208


485BPOS210th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 210th
      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

13

$5,000

$66,610

$100,000

$5,000

$35,000

14

$5,000

$63,608

$100,000

$5,000

$30,000

15

$5,000

$60,517

$100,000

$5,000

$25,000

16

$5,000

$57,332

$100,000

$5,000

$20,000

17

$5,000

$54,052

$100,000

$5,000

$15,000

18

$5,000

$50,674

$100,000

$5,000

$10,000

19

$5,000

$47,194

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$43,610

$100,000

$5,000

$0

21

$5,000

$39,918

$100,000

$5,000

$0

22

$5,000

$36,115

$100,000

$5,000

$0

23

$5,000

$32,199

$100,000

$5,000

$0

24

$5,000

$28,165

$100,000

$5,000

$0

25

$5,000

$24,010

$100,000

$5,000

$0

26

$5,000

$19,730

$100,000

$5,000

$0

27

$5,000

$15,322

$100,000

$5,000

$0

28

$5,000

$10,782

$100,000

$5,000

$0

29

$5,000

$6,105

$100,000

$5,000

$0

30

$5,000

$1,288

$100,000

$5,000

$0

31

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

32

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

33

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

34

$5,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000): (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

Since it was assumed that the Owner was age 65 when the first withdrawal was taken, withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance have been reduced to zero) until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

CoreIncome Advantage

(This Rider is called the Core Withdrawal Benefit Rider in the Contract’s Rider).

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

209


485BPOS211th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 211th

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to 4% multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is younger than age 65 when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· 4% of the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year, or

· the Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 4% of the initial Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider, unless withdrawals are guaranteed until the death of an Owner or sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner). The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

How the Rider Works

On any Business Day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Lifetime withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount may continue after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0) if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) was age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. If a withdrawal was taken before age 65 and there was no subsequent Reset, the Rider will terminate once the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

In addition, beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not

210


485BPOS212th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 212th

be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. The Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount immediately following the withdrawal.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts – Required Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 65 when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider, after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero, or

· was age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner).

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduced the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 65 when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, this Rider will terminate, or

· was age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (first Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner). If

211


485BPOS213th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 213th

an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs, the Remaining Protected Balance will be reinstated to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary.

Before your Remaining Protected Balance is zero, if you took your first withdrawal before 65 and you would like to be eligible for lifetime payments under the Rider, an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset must occur and your first withdrawal after that Reset must be taken on or after age 65. See the Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance subsection of this Rider. If you are younger than 65 when the Remaining Protected Balance is zero and Contract Value remains, the Rider will terminate and there is no opportunity for a Reset.

If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the withdrawal will be treated as an excess withdrawal and the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection.

Any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of Rider charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached, permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

212


485BPOS214th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 214th

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

The annuity payments described in this subsection are available to you even if your first withdrawal was taken prior to age 65 and no Resets have occurred.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Contract Value or Remaining Protected Balance is zero when the Owner dies, this Rider will terminate. If the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect and if the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries. If a reset takes place then the provisions of this Rider will continue in full force and in effect for the surviving spouse. In addition, if the surviving spouse is age 65 or older when the first withdrawal is taken after the most recent Reset Date and this Reset Date occurred after the surviving spouse continued the Contract, then the surviving spouse may take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (based on the new Protected Payment Base) for life. In some instances, withdrawals may continue for the life of the surviving spouse without the need for a reset.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner), was younger than 65 when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero and see the Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

213


485BPOS215th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 215th

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Rider purchased at Contract issue by a 64-year old.

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of contract Year 2.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

$207,000

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $8,000 (4% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

An automatic reset takes place at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, since the Contract Value ($207,000) is higher than the Protected Payment Base ($200,000). This resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to $207,000 and the Protected Payment Amount to $8,280 (4% × $207,000). Also, the Protected Payment Amount will now be paid for life.

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

214


485BPOS216th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 216th

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

$207,000

Activity

 

$5,000

$216,490

$207,000

$3,280

$202,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$207,000

$8,280

$202,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,490

$216,490

$8,660

$216,490

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($8,280):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $202,000 ($207,000 – $5,000) and the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $3,280 ($8,280 – $5,000).

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $8,660 (4% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase Payment

Withdrawal

Contract
Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,280

$207,000

Activity

 

$25,000

$196,490

$190,750

$0

$182,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$190,750

$7,630

$182,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$196,490

$196,490

$7,860

$196,490

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

215


485BPOS217th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 217th

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($25,000 > $8,280), the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance immediately after the withdrawal are reduced.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $221,490

· Protected Payment Base = $207,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $207,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $8,280 (4% x Protected Payment Base; 4% x $207,000 = $8,280)

· No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

A withdrawal of $25,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $8,280 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $16,720 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $25,000 – $8,280 = $16,720).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $221,490, which equals the $196,490 after the withdrawal plus the $25,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 7.85% ($16,720 ÷ ($221,490 – $8,280); $16,720 ÷ $213,210 = 0.0785 or 7.85%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $190,750 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $207,000 × (1 – 7.85%); $207,000 × 92.15% = $190,750).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $183,120 ((Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($207,000 – $8,280) × (1 – 7.85%); $198,720 × 92.15% = $183,120).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $182,000 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $207,000 – $25,000 = $182,000).

Therefore, since $182,000 (total withdrawal amount method) is less than $183,120 (proportionate method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $182,000.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0 (4% of the Protected Payment Base after the withdrawal (4% of $190,750 = $7,630), less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year ($25,000), but not less than zero).

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset).

Example #5 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

216


485BPOS218th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 218th
       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

$98,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$250

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

$92,500

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

$90,500

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$125

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$4,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$2,125

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$250

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$95,820

$0

$88,274

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $4,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (4% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($4,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $95,820 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,274.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

217


485BPOS219th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 219th

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $92,375

· Protected Payment Amount = $250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $250. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $3,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $250 = $3,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 4.18% ($3,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $250);
$3,750 ÷ $89,750 = 0.0418 or 4.18%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $95,820 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 4.18%); $100,000 × 95.82% = $95,820).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,274 ((Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $250) × (1 – 4.18%); $92,125 × 95.82% = $88,274).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,274 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,274.

Example #6 – Lifetime Income.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Owner is age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$4,000

$96,489

$100,000

$4,000

$96,000

2

$4,000

$94,384

$100,000

$4,000

$92,000

3

$4,000

$92,215

$100,000

$4,000

$88,000

4

$4,000

$89,982

$100,000

$4,000

$84,000

5

$4,000

$87,681

$100,000

$4,000

$80,000

6

$4,000

$85,311

$100,000

$4,000

$76,000

7

$4,000

$82,871

$100,000

$4,000

$72,000

8

$4,000

$80,357

$100,000

$4,000

$68,000

9

$4,000

$77,768

$100,000

$4,000

$64,000

218


485BPOS220th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 220th
      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

10

$4,000

$75,101

$100,000

$4,000

$60,000

11

$4,000

$72,354

$100,000

$4,000

$56,000

12

$4,000

$69,524

$100,000

$4,000

$52,000

13

$4,000

$66,610

$100,000

$4,000

$48,000

14

$4,000

$63,608

$100,000

$4,000

$44,000

15

$4,000

$60,517

$100,000

$4,000

$40,000

16

$4,000

$57,332

$100,000

$4,000

$36,000

17

$4,000

$54,052

$100,000

$4,000

$32,000

18

$4,000

$50,674

$100,000

$4,000

$28,000

19

$4,000

$47,194

$100,000

$4,000

$24,000

20

$4,000

$43,610

$100,000

$4,000

$20,000

21

$4,000

$39,918

$100,000

$4,000

$16,000

22

$4,000

$36,115

$100,000

$4,000

$12,000

23

$4,000

$32,199

$100,000

$4,000

$8,000

24

$4,000

$28,165

$100,000

$4,000

$4,000

25

$4,000

$24,010

$100,000

$4,000

$0

26

$4,000

$19,730

$100,000

$4,000

$0

27

$4,000

$15,322

$100,000

$4,000

$0

28

$4,000

$10,782

$100,000

$4,000

$0

29

$4,000

$6,105

$100,000

$4,000

$0

30

$4,000

$1,288

$100,000

$4,000

$0

31

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

$0

32

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

$0

33

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

$0

34

$4,000

$0

$100,000

$4,000

$0

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($4,000): (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

Since it was assumed that the Owner was age 65 or older when the first withdrawal was taken, withdrawals of 4% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance have been reduced to zero) until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

Rider Terms

219


485BPOS221st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 221st

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year, or

· the Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The Protected Payment Amount will never be less than zero. The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to the applicable withdrawal percentage (based on the Owner’s age at the time of purchase) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will never be less than zero and will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider. The Remaining Protected Balance will never be less than zero. The initial Remaining Protected Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Annual Credit – An amount added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

How the Rider Works

On any day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each contract year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Lifetime withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount may continue after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0) if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. If a withdrawal was taken before age 59½ and there was no subsequent Reset, the Rider will terminate once the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). This Rider also provides for an amount (an “Annual Credit”) to be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

In addition, beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

If applicable, an Annual Credit is added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance prior to any Automatic Reset. If the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary is greater than the Protected Payment Base (which includes the Annual Credit amount), then the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be automatically reset to equal the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. The addition of an Annual Credit will increase the Protected Payment Base and the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Annual Credit. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and

220


485BPOS222nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 222nd

Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal Percentage

The withdrawal percentage is determined according to the table below based on the oldest Owner’s age (or youngest Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) at Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. The withdrawal percentages are as follows:

     
 

Age

Withdrawal Percentage

 
  

Before 59½ 

5.0%

 
  

59½ - 74 

5.0%

 
  

75 and older 

6.0%

 

If you purchase the Rider before you reach 75 years of age, a Reset is required to receive the higher withdrawal percentage once you are 75 years of age.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year.

If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. The Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount immediately following the withdrawal.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen,

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only, and

· only RMD Withdrawals are made from the Contract during the Contract Year.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts – General RulesRequired Minimum Distributions.

221


485BPOS223rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 223rd

Depletion of Contract Value

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider, after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero, or

· was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant.

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

If the Owner or sole surviving Annuitant dies and the Contract Value is zero as of the date of death, there is no death benefit, however, any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid to the Beneficiary under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals and payment frequency (at least annually) then in effect at the time of the Owner’s or sole surviving Annuitant’s death. If, however, the Remaining Protected Balance would be paid over a period that exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the pre-authorized withdrawal amount will be adjusted so that the withdrawal payments will be paid over a period that does not exceed the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduced the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, this Rider will terminate, or

· was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant. If an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs, the Remaining Protected Balance will be reinstated to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary.

Before your Remaining Protected Balance is zero, if you took your first withdrawal before age 59½ and you would like to be eligible for lifetime payments under the Rider, an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset must occur and your first withdrawal after that Reset must be taken on or after age 59½. See the Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance subsection of this Rider. If you are younger than age 59½ when the Remaining Protected Balance is zero and Contract Value remains, the Rider will terminate and there is no opportunity for a Reset.

If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the withdrawal will be treated as an excess withdrawal and the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection.

Any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Annual Credit

On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, an Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance, as of that Contract Anniversary, if:

· no withdrawals have occurred after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

· that Contract Anniversary is within the first 10 Contract Anniversaries, measured from the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later.

The Annual Credit is equal to 5% (7% if your Rider Effective Date is before January 1, 2009) of the total of:

· the Remaining Protected Balance on the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

222


485BPOS224th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 224th

· the cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

as of the Contract Anniversary on which the Annual Credit is added.

Once a withdrawal has occurred, including an RMD Withdrawal, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal, unless an Automatic Reset or Owner Elected Reset occurs. If such a Reset occurs, your eligibility for the Annual Credit will be reinstated as of the Reset Date.

The Annual Credit is not added to your Contract Value.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. Eligibility for any Annual Credit, the limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of annual charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date and after any annual credit is applied, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base, after any Annual Credit is applied, is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and any Annual Credit that may be applied. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached, permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

223


485BPOS225th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 225th

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

The annuity payments described in this subsection are available to you even if your first withdrawal was taken prior to age 59½ and no Resets have occurred.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Remaining Protected Balance is zero when the Owner dies, this Rider will terminate. If the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect and if the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries. If an election to reset is made, whether by an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset, then the provisions of this Rider will continue in full force and in effect for the surviving spouse. The withdrawal percentage will be determined based on the age of the surviving spouse and the new withdrawal percentage may be higher or lower than what the withdrawal percentage was prior to death. In addition, if the surviving spouse is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal is taken after the most recent Reset Date and this Reset Date occurred after the surviving spouse continued the Contract, then the surviving spouse may take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (based on the new Protected Payment Base and withdrawal percentage) for life. In some instances, withdrawals may continue for the life of the surviving spouse without the need for a reset.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner), was younger than 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero and see the Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Joint)

(This Rider is called the Joint Life Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

224


485BPOS226th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 226th

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Designated Lives (each a “Designated Life”) – Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other’s spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, a Designated Life must:

· be the Owner (or the Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA), or

· remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year. The Protected Payment Amount will never be less than zero. The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to the applicable withdrawal percentage (based on the youngest Designated Life’s age at the time of purchase) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will never be less than zero and will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider. The Remaining Protected Balance will never be less than zero. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Annual Credit – An amount added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

Spouse – The Owner’s spouse who is treated as the Owner’s spouse pursuant to federal law.

Surviving Spouse – The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner.

How the Rider Works

On any day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. This Rider also provides for an amount (an “Annual Credit”) to be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

In addition, on each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

If applicable, an Annual Credit is added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance prior to any Automatic Reset. If the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary is greater than the Protected Payment Base (which includes the Annual Credit amount), then the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be automatically reset to equal the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. The addition of an Annual Credit will increase the Protected Payment Base and the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Annual Credit. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

225


485BPOS227th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 227th

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal Percentage

The withdrawal percentage is determined according to the table below based on youngest Designated Life’s age at Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. The withdrawal percentages are as follows:

     
 

Age

Withdrawal Percentage

 
  

59½ - 74 

5.0%

 
  

75 and older 

6.0%

 

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year.

If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. Immediately following the withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts – General RulesRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value 

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· the payments of the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

226


485BPOS228th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 228th

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

If the surviving Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits dies and the Contract Value is zero as of the date of death, there is no death benefit, however, any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid to the Beneficiary under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals and payment frequency (at least annually) then in effect at the time of the death of the surviving Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits. If, however, the Remaining Protected Balance would be paid over a period that exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the pre-authorized withdrawal amount will be adjusted so that the withdrawal payments will be paid over a period that does not exceed the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduced the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

· if a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the withdrawal will be treated as an excess withdrawal and the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection, and

· any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Annual Credit

On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, an Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance, as of that Contract Anniversary, if:

· no withdrawals have occurred after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

· that Contract Anniversary is within the first 10 Contract Anniversaries, measured from the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later.

The Annual Credit is equal to 5% of the total of:

· the Remaining Protected Balance on the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

· the cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

as of the Contract Anniversary on which the Annual Credit is added.

Once a withdrawal has occurred, including an RMD Withdrawal, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal, unless an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs. If such a Reset occurs, your eligibility for the Annual Credit will be reinstated as of the Reset Date.

The Annual Credit is not added to your Contract Value.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. Eligibility for any Annual Credit, the limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of annual Charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date and after any Annual Credit is applied, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base, after any Annual Credit is applied, is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

227


485BPOS229th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 229th

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and any Annual Credit that may be applied. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached, permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect and if the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Rider terminates.

The Surviving Spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries. If a reset takes place, whether by an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset, the withdrawal percentage may change and will be determined based on the age of the Surviving Spouse. However, the withdrawal percentage will never be lower than the withdrawal percentage in effect at the time of death.

The Surviving Spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Ownership and Beneficiary Changes

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract.

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

228


485BPOS230th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 230th

· the day of death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day that neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day that the Contract is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

The Rider and the Contract will not terminate the day of death of:

· all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits, or

· the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status,

if, at the time of these events, the Contract Value is zero and we are making pre-authorized withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount. In this case, the Rider will terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is zero, see Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

The examples apply to Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single) and (Joint) unless otherwise noted below.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s Age = 74 on the Contract Date

        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

229


485BPOS231st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 231st

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s Age = 74 on the Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· No Automatic Resets or Owner-Elected Resets.

        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

2

  

$207,000

$10,000

$210,000

$10,500

$210,000

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment since there were no withdrawals during that Contract Year).

Since no withdrawal occurred prior to the Contract Anniversary at the Beginning of Contract Year 2, an annual credit of $10,000 (5% of the initial Remaining Protected Balance plus cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date) is applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on that Contract Anniversary, increasing both to $210,000. As a result, the Protected Payment Amount on that Contract Anniversary is equal to $10,500 (5% of the Protected Payment Base on that Contract Anniversary).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of additional amounts credited, charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s Age = 74 on the Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 4 and 5.

        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

2

  

$207,000

$10,000

$210,000

$10,500

$210,000

Activity

 

$10,500

$209,000

 

$210,000

$0

$199,500

3

  

$209,000

$0

$210,000

$10,500

$199,500

Activity

 

$10,500

$214,845

 

$210,000

$0

$189,000

4

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$214,845

$0

$210,000

$10,500

$189,000

4

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$214,845

$0

$214,845

$12,890

$214,845

Activity

 

$12,890

$216,994

 

$214,845

$0

$201,955

5

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$216,994

$0

$214,845

$12,890

$201,955

230


485BPOS232nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 232nd
        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

5

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$216,994

$0

$216,994

$13,019

$216,994

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,500):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $199,500 ($210,000 – $10,500).

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 3 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,500):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $189,000 ($199,500 – $10,500).

Because at the Beginning of Contract Year 4, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 4 – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 4 – After Automatic Reset). Additionally, the reset took place after the Owner reached age 75. As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $12,890 (6% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 4 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($12,890):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $201,955 ($214,845 – $12,890).

Because at the Beginning of Contract Year 5, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 5 – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 5 – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $13,019 (6% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Since withdrawals occurred during Contract Years 2, 3 and 4, annual credits are not applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal. Since a reset occurred at the beginning of Contract Year 5, eligibility for the annual credit will again apply.

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s Age = 74 on the Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 3.

        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

2

  

$207,000

$10,000

$210,000

$10,500

$210,000

Activity

 

$15,000

$206,490

 

$205,527

$0

$195,000

3

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$206,490

$0

$205,527

$10,276

$195,000

3

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$206,490

$0

$206,490

$12,389

$206,490

231


485BPOS233rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 233rd

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $15,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($15,000 > $10,500), the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance immediately after the withdrawal are reduced.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $221,490

· Protected Payment Base = $210,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $210,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $10,500 (5% x Protected Payment Base; 5% x $210,000 = $10,500)

· No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

A withdrawal of $15,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $10,500 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $4,500 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $15,000 – $10,500 = $4,500).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $221,490, which equals the $206,490 after the withdrawal plus the $15,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 2.13% ($4,500 ÷ ($221,490 – $10,500); $4,500 ÷ $210,990 = 0.0213 or 2.13%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $205,527 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $210,000 × (1 – 2.13%); $210,000 × 97.87% = $205,527).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $195,250 ((Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($210,000 – $10,500) × (1 – 2.13%); $199,500 × 97.87% = $195,250).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $195,000 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $210,000 – $15,000 = $195,000).

Therefore, since $195,000 (total withdrawal amount method) is less than $195,250 (proportionate method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $195,000.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the withdrawal (5% of $205,527 = $10,276), less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year ($15,000), but not less than zero).

Because at the Beginning of Contract Year 3, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 3 – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 3 – After Automatic Reset). Additionally, the reset took place after the Owner reached age 75. As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $12,389 (6% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Since withdrawals occurred during Contract Year 2, annual credits are not applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal. Since a reset occurred at the beginning of Contract Year 3, eligibility for the annual credit will again apply.

Example #5 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

232


485BPOS234th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 234th

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$98,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

$92,500

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$90,500

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

$88,300

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the

233


485BPOS235th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 235th

withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,300. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300 ((Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $1,250) × (1 – 3.10%); $91,125 × 96.90% = $88,300).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,300 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300.

Example #6 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Single) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Owner is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

       

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$5,000

$96,489

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$95,000

2

$5,000

$94,384

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$90,000

3

$5,000

$92,215

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$85,000

4

$5,000

$89,982

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$80,000

5

$5,000

$87,681

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$75,000

6

$5,000

$85,311

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$70,000

7

$5,000

$82,871

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$65,000

8

$5,000

$80,357

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$60,000

9

$5,000

$77,768

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$55,000

10

$5,000

$75,101

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$50,000

11

$5,000

$72,354

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$45,000

234


485BPOS236th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 236th
       

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

12

$5,000

$69,524

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$40,000

13

$5,000

$66,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$35,000

14

$5,000

$63,608

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$30,000

15

$5,000

$60,517

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$25,000

16

$5,000

$57,332

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$20,000

17

$5,000

$54,052

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$15,000

18

$5,000

$50,674

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$10,000

19

$5,000

$47,194

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$43,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

21

$5,000

$39,918

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

22

$5,000

$36,115

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

23

$5,000

$32,199

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

24

$5,000

$28,165

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

25

$5,000

$24,010

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

26

$5,000

$19,730

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

27

$5,000

$15,322

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

28

$5,000

$10,782

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

29

$5,000

$6,105

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

30

$5,000

$1,288

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

31

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

32

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

33

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

34

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000): (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 1, no annual credit will be applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal. Since it was assumed that the Owner was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken, withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance have been reduced to zero) until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

Example #7 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to Flexible Lifetime Income Plus (Joint) Only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

235


485BPOS237th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 237th

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· All Designated Lives remain eligible for lifetime income benefits while the Rider is in effect.

· Surviving Spouse continues Contract upon the death of the first Designated Life.

       

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Annual Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$5,000

$96,489

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$95,000

2

$5,000

$94,384

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$90,000

3

$5,000

$92,215

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$85,000

4

$5,000

$89,982

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$80,000

5

$5,000

$87,681

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$75,000

6

$5,000

$85,311

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$70,000

7

$5,000

$82,871

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$65,000

8

$5,000

$80,357

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$60,000

9

$5,000

$77,768

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$55,000

10

$5,000

$75,101

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$50,000

11

$5,000

$72,354

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$45,000

12

$5,000

$69,524

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$40,000

13

$5,000

$66,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$35,000

Activity (Death of first Designated Life)

14

$5,000

$63,608

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$30,000

15

$5,000

$60,517

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$25,000

16

$5,000

$57,332

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$20,000

17

$5,000

$54,052

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$15,000

18

$5,000

$50,674

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$10,000

19

$5,000

$47,194

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$43,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

21

$5,000

$39,918

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

22

$5,000

$36,115

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

23

$5,000

$32,199

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

24

$5,000

$28,165

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

25

$5,000

$24,010

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

26

$5,000

$19,730

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

27

$5,000

$15,322

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

28

$5,000

$10,782

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

29

$5,000

$6,105

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

30

$5,000

$1,288

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

31

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

32

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

33

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

34

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

236


485BPOS238th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 238th

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000): (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

During Contract Year 13, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance were reduced to zero) until the Rider terminates.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that resulted in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life.

Automatic Income Builder

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit III Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to the applicable withdrawal percentage (based on the Owner’s age at the time of purchase) multiplied by the Protected Payment Base.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year.

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) is younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken or the most recent reset, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year, or

· the Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The Protected Payment Amount will never be less than zero.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will never be less than zero and will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider. The Remaining Protected Balance will never be less than zero. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

You will find information about an RMD Withdrawal in the Required Minimum Distributions subsection and information about Automatic Resets and Owner-Elected Resets in the Reset of Protected Payment Base subsection below.

237


485BPOS239th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 239th

How the Rider Works

On any Business Day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Lifetime withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount may continue after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0) if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. If a withdrawal was taken before age 59½ and there was no subsequent Reset, the Rider will terminate once the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). If you are older than 59½ and if you delay taking withdrawals, this Rider also provides the potential to receive a 0.10% increase in the withdrawal percentage per year, which can increase the percentage that you may withdraw each Contract Year without reducing your Protected Payment Base. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

In addition, beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUESIRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal Percentage

On or prior to the date of the first withdrawal (measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date) the withdrawal percentage is determined as follows based on the oldest Owner’s age (or youngest Annuitant in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

If your Rider Effective Date is on or after January 1, 2009, the following Withdrawal Percentages will apply:

     
 

Age

Withdrawal Percentage

 
  

Before 59½ 

4.0%

 
  

59½ - 69 

4.0%

 
  

70 - 84 

5.0%

 
  

85 and older 

6.0%

 

If your Rider Effective Date is before January 1, 2009, the following Withdrawal Percentages will apply:

     
 

Age

Withdrawal Percentage

 
  

Before 59½ 

5.0%

 
  

59½ - 69 

5.0%

 
  

70 - 84 

6.0%

 
  

85 and older 

7.0%

 

If the first withdrawal (measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date) is taken on or after age 59½, the withdrawal percentage will automatically increase according to the table above based on age as of the most recent Contract Anniversary.

If the first withdrawal (measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date) is taken prior to age 59½, the withdrawal percentage will be 4.0% (5.0% if your Rider Effective Date is before January 1, 2009) until the Remaining Protected Balance is depleted and will remain unchanged unless a Reset occurs. If an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs and

238


485BPOS240th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 240th

your first withdrawal after that Reset is taken on or after age 59½, the withdrawal percentage will be the withdrawal percentage that corresponds to the age at the time of the first withdrawal.

There is an opportunity for an increase in the withdrawal percentage. The withdrawal percentage in the table above will increase by 0.10% for each Rider year a withdrawal is not taken beginning on the later of the Contract Anniversary following the Owner’s age 59½ or the Rider Effective Date. In addition, the increase in the withdrawal percentage will still be included as you reach a new age band (for example, if your first withdrawal is taken after age 59½ and at age 69 your withdrawal percentage is 4.4%, then your withdrawal percentage would be 5.4% the Contract Anniversary immediately after you turn 70). However, once a withdrawal is taken (including an RMD Withdrawal), regardless of the Owner’s age when the withdrawal is taken, no further 0.10% increase in the withdrawal percentage will be available and eligibility for the 0.10% increase cannot be reinstated with a Reset.

The withdrawal percentage, including any 0.10% increase, will not be reduced as a result of a Reset.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year.

If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. Immediately following the withdrawal the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider, after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero, or

· was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Protected Payment Amount will be paid each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant.

· the Protected Payment Amount will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

239


485BPOS241st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 241st

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

If the Owner or sole surviving Annuitant dies and the Contract Value is zero as of the date of death, there is no death benefit, however, any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid to the Beneficiary under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals and payment frequency (at least annually) then in effect at the time of the Owner’s or sole surviving Annuitant’s death. If, however, the Remaining Protected Balance would be paid over a period that exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the pre-authorized withdrawal amount will be adjusted so that the withdrawal payments will be paid over a period that does not exceed the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduces the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, this Rider will terminate, or

· was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant. If an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs, the Remaining Protected Balance will be reinstated to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary.

Before your Remaining Protected Balance is zero, if you took your first withdrawal before age 59½ and you would like to be eligible for lifetime payments under the Rider, an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset must occur and your first withdrawal after that Reset must be taken on or after age 59½. See the Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance subsection of this Rider. If you are younger than age 59½ when the Remaining Protected Balance is zero and Contract Value remains, the Rider will terminate and there is no opportunity for a Reset.

If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection.

Any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued, except that eligibility for the increase in the withdrawal percentage cannot be reinstated with a Reset once a withdrawal is taken. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of annual Charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above. If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries. If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

240


485BPOS242nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 242nd

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· the Protected Payment Amount in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

The annuity payments described in this subsection are available to you even if your first withdrawal was taken prior to age 59½ and no Resets have occurred.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Remaining Protected Balance is zero when the Owner dies, this Rider will terminate. If the Remaining Protected Balance is greater than zero and the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect, the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner may elect to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, and the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries. If a reset takes place then the provisions of this Rider will continue in full force and in effect for the surviving spouse. The withdrawal percentage will be determined based on the age of the surviving spouse and the new withdrawal percentage may be higher or lower than what the withdrawal percentage was prior to death. In addition, if the surviving spouse is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal is taken after the most recent Reset Date and this Reset Date occurred after the surviving spouse continued the Contract, then the surviving spouse may take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (based on the new Protected Payment Base and withdrawal percentage) for life. In some instances, withdrawals may continue for the life of the surviving spouse without the need for a reset.

Any 0.10% increase to the withdrawal percentage previously added will apply but no further increases to the withdrawal percentage will be added.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner), was younger than 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

241


485BPOS243rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 243rd

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero and see the Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s age on Rider Effective Date = 68

       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = Withdrawal percentage multiplied by the Protected Payment Base = 4% x $100,000 = $4,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s age on Rider Effective Date = 68

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Years 1 and 2.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Contract Years 2 and 3.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

242


485BPOS244th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 244th
       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,200

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

After Automatic Reset

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,487

$207,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$307,000

$307,000

$12,587

$307,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$321,490

$307,000

$15,964

$307,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

After Automatic Reset

 

$321,490

$321,490

$16,717

$321,490

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $8,000 (4.0% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

Since no withdrawal occurred prior to Year 2 Contract Anniversary, the withdrawal percentage is increased to 4.1%. Additionally, because at Year 2 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 2 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $8,487 (4.1% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 2, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $307,000 ($207,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $12,587 (4.1% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, the withdrawal percentage is increased to 5.2%. The withdrawal percentage increased from 4.1% to 5.2% because during Contract Year 2 there were no withdrawals (0.10% added to the withdrawal percentage) and the Owner reached age 70 (1.0% added to the withdrawal percentage). Additionally, because at Year 3 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $16,717 (5.2% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of additional amounts credited, charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s age on Rider Effective Date = 68

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Years 1 and 2.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 3.

· Automatic Reset at Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,200

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

After Automatic Reset

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,487

$207,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$307,000

$307,000

$12,587

$307,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$321,490

$307,000

$15,964

$307,000

243


485BPOS245th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 245th
       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

After Automatic Reset

 

$321,490

$321,490

$16,717

$321,490

Activity

 

$16,717

$327,277

$321,490

$0

$304,773

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$327,277

$321,490

$16,717

$304,773

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

After Automatic Reset

 

$327,277

$327,277

$17,018

$327,277

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Years 1 and 2, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, the withdrawal percentage is increased to 5.2%. The withdrawal percentage increased from 4.1% to 5.2% because during Contract Year 2 there were no withdrawals (0.10% added to the withdrawal percentage) and the Owner reached age 70 (1.0% added to the withdrawal percentage). Additionally, because at Year 3 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $16,717 (5.2% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 3 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($16,717):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $304,773 ($321,490 – $16,717).

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 3, the withdrawal percentage will no longer increase as a result of delaying withdrawals.

Because at the Year 4 Contract Anniversary, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $17,018 (5.2% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s age on Rider Effective Date = 68

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Years 1 and 2.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 3.

· Automatic Resets at Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.  

· Each Contract Anniversary referenced in the table represents the first calendar day of the applicable Contract Year.

       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Rider Effective Date

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$4,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

$200,000

$8,000

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$207,000

$200,000

$8,200

$200,000

Year 2 Contract Anniversary

After Automatic Reset

 

$207,000

$207,000

$8,487

$207,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$307,000

$307,000

$12,587

$307,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$321,490

$307,000

$15,964

$307,000

Year 3 Contract Anniversary

After Automatic Reset

 

$321,490

$321,490

$16,717

$321,490

Activity

 

$30,000

$313,994

$308,437

$0

$291,490

244


485BPOS246th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 246th
       
 

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$313,994

$308,437

$16,038

$291,490

Year 4 Contract Anniversary

After Automatic Reset

 

$313,994

$313,994

$16,327

$313,994

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Years 1 and 2, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

At Year 3 Contract Anniversary, the withdrawal percentage is increased to 5.2%. The withdrawal percentage increased from 4.1% to 5.2% because during Contract Year 2 there were no withdrawals (0.10% added to the withdrawal percentage) and the Owner reached age 70 (1.0% added to the withdrawal percentage). Additionally, because at Year 3 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 3 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $16,717 (5.2% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 3 exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($16,717), the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $308,437 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $291,490. The reduction in the Protected Payment Base and the Remaining Protected Balance is calculated as follows:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $13,283 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $30,000 – $16,717 = $13,283).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value prior to the withdrawal Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $343,994, which equals the $313,994 after the withdrawal plus the $30,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 4.06% ($13,283 ÷ ($343,994 – $16,717); $13,283 ÷ $327,277 = 0.0406 or 4.06%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $308,437 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $321,490 × (1 – 4.06%); $321,490 × 95.94% = $308,437).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount and then multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $292,399 ((Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($321,490 – $16,717) × (1 – 4.06%); $304,773 × 95.94% = $292,399).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $291,490 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $321,490 – $30,000 = $291,490).

Therefore, since $291,490 (total withdrawal amount method) is less than $292,399 (proportionate method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $291,490.

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 3, the withdrawal percentage will no longer increase as a result of delaying withdrawals.

At Year 4 Contract Anniversary, since the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Year 4 Contract Anniversary – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $16,327 (5.2% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Example #5 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

245


485BPOS247th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 247th

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$98,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

$92,500

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$90,500

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

$88,300

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base

246


485BPOS248th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 248th

is reduced to $96,900 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,300. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount and then multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300 ((Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $1,250) × (1 – 3.10%); $91,125 × 96.90% = $88,300).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,300 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300.

Example #6 – Lifetime Income.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· Owner’s age on Rider Effective Date = 65

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, are taken each Contract Year:

· Equal to 4% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 1-5 (age 65-69)

· Equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 6-20 (age 70-84)

· Equal to 6% of the Protected Payment Base in Contract Years 21-35 (age 85-99)

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$4,000

$99,000

$100,000

$4,000

$96,000

2

$4,000

$97,970

$100,000

$4,000

$92,000

3

$4,000

$96,909

$100,000

$4,000

$88,000

4

$4,000

$95,816

$100,000

$4,000

$84,000

5

$4,000

$94,691

$100,000

$4,000

$80,000

6

$5,000

$92,532

$100,000

$5,000

$75,000

7

$5,000

$90,308

$100,000

$5,000

$70,000

8

$5,000

$88,017

$100,000

$5,000

$65,000

9

$5,000

$85,657

$100,000

$5,000

$60,000

10

$5,000

$83,227

$100,000

$5,000

$55,000

247


485BPOS249th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 249th
      

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

11

$5,000

$80,724

$100,000

$5,000

$50,000

12

$5,000

$78,146

$100,000

$5,000

$45,000

13

$5,000

$75,490

$100,000

$5,000

$40,000

14

$5,000

$72,755

$100,000

$5,000

$35,000

15

$5,000

$69,937

$100,000

$5,000

$30,000

16

$5,000

$67,035

$100,000

$5,000

$25,000

17

$5,000

$64,046

$100,000

$5,000

$20,000

18

$5,000

$60,968

$100,000

$5,000

$15,000

19

$5,000

$57,797

$100,000

$5,000

$10,000

20

$5,000

$54,531

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

21

$6,000

$50,167

$100,000

$6,000

$0

22

$6,000

$45,672

$100,000

$6,000

$0

23

$6,000

$41,042

$100,000

$6,000

$0

24

$6,000

$36,273

$100,000

$6,000

$0

25

$6,000

$31,361

$100,000

$6,000

$0

26

$6,000

$26,302

$100,000

$6,000

$0

27

$6,000

$21,091

$100,000

$6,000

$0

28

$6,000

$15,724

$100,000

$6,000

$0

29

$6,000

$10,196

$100,000

$6,000

$0

30

$6,000

$4,501

$100,000

$6,000

$0

31

$6,000

$0

$100,000

$6,000

$0

32

$6,000

$0

$100,000

$6,000

$0

33

$6,000

$0

$100,000

$6,000

$0

34

$6,000

$0

$100,000

$6,000

$0

35

$6,000

$0

$100,000

$6,000

$0

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 4% of Protected Payment Base = $4,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal: (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 1, no increases are added to the withdrawal percentage due to delaying withdrawals.

Since it was assumed that the Owner was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken, withdrawals of 4%, 5% and 6% of the Protected Payment Base, respectively, will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance have been reduced to zero) until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

Flexible Lifetime Income (Single)

(This Rider is called the 5% Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

248


485BPOS250th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 250th

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· 5% of the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year, or

· the Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% of the initial Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Annual Credit – An amount added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 1st Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

How the Rider Works

On any day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). Lifetime withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount may continue after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0) if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. If a withdrawal was taken before age 59½ and there was no subsequent Reset, the Rider will terminate once the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). This Rider also provides for an amount (an “Annual Credit”) to be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

In addition, beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

If applicable, an Annual Credit is added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance prior to any Automatic Reset. If the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary is greater than the Protected Payment Base (which includes the Annual Credit amount) then the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be automatically reset to equal the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. The addition of an Annual Credit will increase the Protected Payment Base and the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Annual Credit. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor

249


485BPOS251st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 251st

prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contact Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. The Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount immediately following the withdrawal.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider, after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, 5% of the Protected Payment Base will be paid each year until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero, or

· was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, 5% of the Protected Payment Base will be paid each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant.

· the payments of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

If the Owner or sole surviving Annuitant dies and the Contract Value is zero as of the date of death, there is no death benefit, however, any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid to the Beneficiary under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals and payment frequency (at least annually) then in effect at the time of the Owner’s or sole surviving Annuitant’s death. If, however, the Remaining Protected Balance would be paid over a period that exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the pre-authorized withdrawal amount will be adjusted so that the withdrawal payments will be paid over a period that does not exceed the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

250


485BPOS252nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 252nd

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduced the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, this Rider will terminate, or

· was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to withdraw up to 5% of the Protected Payment Base each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant. If an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs, the Remaining Protected Balance will be reinstated to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary.

Before your Remaining Protected Balance is zero, if you took your first withdrawal before age 59½ and you would like to be eligible for lifetime payments under the Rider, an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset must occur and your first withdrawal after that Reset must be taken on or after age 59½. See the Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance subsection of this Rider. If you are younger than age 59½ when the Remaining Protected Balance is zero and Contract Value remains, the Rider will terminate and there is no opportunity for a Reset.

If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the withdrawal will be treated as an excess withdrawal and the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection.

Any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Annual Credit

On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, an Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance, as of that Contract Anniversary, if:

· no withdrawals have occurred after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

· that Contract Anniversary is within the first 10 Contract Anniversaries, measured from the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later.

The Annual Credit is equal to 6% of the total of:

· the Remaining Protected Balance on the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

· the cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

as of the Contract Anniversary on which the Annual Credit is added.

Once a withdrawal has occurred, including an RMD Withdrawal, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal, unless an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs. If such a Reset occurs, your eligibility for the Annual Credit will be reinstated as of the Reset Date.

The Annual Credit is not added to your Contract Value.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. Eligibility for any Annual Credit, the limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of annual Charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base, after any Annual Credit is applied, is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in effect in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

251


485BPOS253rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 253rd

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and any Annual Credit that may be applied. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached, permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· 5% of the Protected Payment Base in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

The annuity payments described in this subsection are available to you even if your first withdrawal was taken prior to age 59½ and no Resets have occurred.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Remaining Protected Balance is zero when the Owner dies, this Rider will terminate. If the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect and if the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries. If a reset takes place then the provisions of this Rider will continue in full force and in effect for the surviving spouse. In addition, if the surviving spouse is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal is taken after the most recent Reset Date and this Reset Date occurred after the surviving spouse continued the Contract, then the surviving spouse may take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (based on the new Protected Payment Base) for life. In some instances, withdrawals may continue for the life of the surviving spouse without the need for a reset.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

252


485BPOS254th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 254th

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner), was younger than 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero and see the Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

Flexible Lifetime Income (Joint)

(This Rider is called the Joint Life 5% Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Designated Lives (each a “Designated Life”) – Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other’s spouses on the Rider Effective Date. Designated Lives will remain unchanged while this Rider is in effect.

To be eligible for lifetime benefits, a Designated Life must:

· be the Owner (or the Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA), or

· remain the Spouse of the other Designated Life and be the first in line of succession, as determined under the Contract, for payment of any death benefit.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year. The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% of the initial Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Annual Credit – An amount added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 1st Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

253


485BPOS255th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 255th

Spouse – The Owner’s spouse who is treated as the Owner’s spouse pursuant to federal law.

Surviving Spouse – The surviving spouse of a deceased Owner.

How the Rider Works

On any day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits. This Rider also provides for an amount (an “Annual Credit”) to be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

In addition, on each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

If applicable, an Annual Credit is added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance prior to any Automatic Reset. If the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary is greater than the Protected Payment Base (which includes the Annual Credit amount) then the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be automatically reset to equal the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. The addition of an Annual Credit will increase the Protected Payment Base and the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Annual Credit. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year.

If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. Immediately following the withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

254


485BPOS256th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 256th

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount (or is an RMD Withdrawal) and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· 5% of the Protected Payment Base will be paid each year until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· the payments of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

If the surviving Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits dies and the Contract Value is zero as of the date of death, there is no death benefit, however, any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid to the Beneficiary under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals and payment frequency (at least annually) then in effect at the time of the death of the surviving Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits. If, however, the Remaining Protected Balance would be paid over a period that exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the pre-authorized withdrawal amount will be adjusted so that the withdrawal payments will be paid over a period that does not exceed the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduced the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

· if a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the withdrawal will be treated as an excess withdrawal and the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection, and

· any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Annual Credit

On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, an Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance, as of that Contract Anniversary, if:

· no withdrawals have occurred after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

· that Contract Anniversary is within the first 10 Contract Anniversaries, measured from the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later.

The Annual Credit is equal to 6% of the total of:

· the Remaining Protected Balance on the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

· the cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

as of the Contract Anniversary on which the Annual Credit is added.

Once a withdrawal has occurred, including an RMD Withdrawal, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal, unless an Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset occurs. If such a Reset occurs, your eligibility for the Annual Credit will be reinstated as of the Reset Date.

The Annual Credit is not added to your Contract Value.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued. Eligibility for any Annual Credit, the limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of annual Charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will

255


485BPOS257th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 257th

again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base, after any Annual Credit is applied, is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges).

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in effect in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this Reset.

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and any Annual Credit that may be applied. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached, permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only or Joint Life Only fixed annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· 5% of the Protected Payment Base in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect and if the Surviving Spouse (who is also a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits) elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the Surviving Spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the day of the death of such Surviving Spouse. The Surviving Spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries.

The Surviving Spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

256


485BPOS258th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 258th

Ownership and Beneficiary Changes

Changes to the Contract Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary designations and changes in marital status, including a dissolution of marriage, may adversely affect the benefits of this Rider. A particular change may make a Designated Life ineligible to receive lifetime income benefits under this Rider. As a result, the Rider may remain in effect and you may pay for benefits that you will not receive. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor and consider your options prior to making any Owner, Annuitant and/or Beneficiary changes to your Contract.

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day of death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and a Surviving Spouse who chooses to continue the Contract is not a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· upon the death of the first Designated Life, if a death benefit is payable and the Contract is not continued by a Surviving Spouse who is a Designated Life eligible for lifetime benefits,

· if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status, the Rider will terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day that neither Designated Life is an Owner (or Annuitant, in the case of a custodial owned IRA or TSA),

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

The Rider and the Contract will not terminate the day of death of:

· all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits, or

· the first Designated Life who is a Contract Owner if both Designated Lives are Joint Owners and there is a change in marital status,

if, at the time of these events, the Contract Value is zero and we are making pre-authorized withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base. In this case, the Rider will terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero, see Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

The examples apply to Flexible Lifetime Income (Single) and (Joint) unless otherwise noted below.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

257


485BPOS259th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 259th

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· No withdrawals taken.

· No Automatic Resets or Owner-Elected Resets.

        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

2

  

$207,000

$12,000

$212,000

$10,600

$212,000

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment).

Since no withdrawal occurred prior to the Contract Anniversary at the Beginning of Contract Year 2, an annual credit of $12,000 (6% of the initial Remaining Protected Balance plus cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date) is applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on that Contract Anniversary, increasing both to $212,000. As a result, the Protected Payment Amount on that Contract Anniversary is equal to $10,600 (5% of the Protected Payment Base on that Contract Anniversary).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of additional amounts credited, charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Years 2, 3 and 4.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Years 4 and 5.

        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

2

  

$207,000

$12,000

$212,000

$10,600

$212,000

Activity

 

$10,600

$210,890

 

$212,000

$0

$201,400

3

  

$210,890

$0

$212,000

$10,600

$201,400

Activity

 

$10,600

$215,052

 

$212,000

$0

$190,800

4

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$215,052

$0

$212,000

$10,600

$190,800

4

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$215,052

$0

$215,052

$10,752

$215,052

258


485BPOS260th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 260th
        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Activity

 

$10,600

$219,506

 

$215,052

$152

$204,452

5

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$219,506

$0

$215,052

$10,752

$204,452

5

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$219,506

$0

$219,506

$10,975

$219,506

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 2 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,600):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $201,400 ($212,000 – $10,600)

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 3 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,600):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $190,800 ($201,400 – $10,600).

Because at the Beginning of Contract Year 4, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 4 – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 4 – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $10,752 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 4 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($10,600):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged;

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $204,452 ($215,052 – $10,600); and

· the Protected Payment Amount is reduced to $152 (5% of the Protected Payment Base less cumulative withdrawals (5% × $215,052 – $10,600 = $152). 

Because at the Beginning of Contract Year 5, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 5 – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 5 – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $10,975 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Since withdrawals occurred during Contract Years 2, 3 and 4, no annual credit will be applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal. Since a Reset occurred at the beginning of Contract Year 5, eligibility for the annual credit will again apply.

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Year 1.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 2.

· Automatic Resets at Beginning of Contract Year 4.

        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

2

  

$207,000

$12,000

$212,000

$10,600

$212,000

259


485BPOS261st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 261st
        

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Activity

 

$15,000

$206,490

 

$207,590

$0

$197,000

3

  

$206,490

$0

$207,590

$10,379

$197,000

4

(Prior to Automatic Reset)

 

$220,944

$0

$207,590

$10,379

$197,000

4

(After Automatic Reset)

 

$220,944

$0

$220,944

$11,047

$220,944

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

Because the $15,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 2 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($15,000 > $10,600), the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance immediately after the withdrawal are reduced.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $221,490

· Protected Payment Base = $212,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $212,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $10,600 (5% × Protected Payment Base; 5% × $212,000 = $10,600)

· No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

A withdrawal of $15,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $10,600 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $4,400 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $15,000 – $10,600 = $4,400).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $221,490, which equals the $206,490 after the withdrawal plus the $15,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 2.08% ($4,400 ÷ ($221,490 – $10,600); $4,400 ÷ $210,890 = 0.0208 or 2.08%). 

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $207,590 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $212,000 × (1 – 2.08%); $212,000 × 97.92% = $207,590).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $197,210 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($212,000 – $10,600) × (1 – 2.08%); $201,400 × 97.92% = $197,210).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $197,000 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $212,000 – $15,000 = $197,000).

Therefore, since $197,000 (total withdrawal amount method) is less than $197,210 (proportionate method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $197,000.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the withdrawal (5% of $207,590 = $10,379), less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year ($15,000), but not less than zero).

Because at the Beginning of Contract Year 4, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 4 – Prior to Automatic Reset), an Automatic Reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 4 – After Automatic Reset).

260


485BPOS262nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 262nd

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 2, annual credits are not applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal. Since a reset occurred at the beginning of Contract Year 4, eligibility for the annual credit will again apply.

Example #5 – RMD Withdrawals.

This is an example of the effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$98,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

$92,500

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$90,500

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal. In addition, each contract year the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

$88,300

261


485BPOS263rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 263rd

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,300.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $92,375

· Protected Payment Amount = $1,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $1,250 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300 (Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $1,250) × (1 – 3.10%); $91,125 × 96.90% = $88,300).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,300 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300.

Example #6 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to Flexible Lifetime Income (Single) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Owner is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

262


485BPOS264th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 264th
       

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$5,000

$96,489

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$95,000

2

$5,000

$94,384

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$90,000

3

$5,000

$92,215

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$85,000

4

$5,000

$89,982

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$80,000

5

$5,000

$87,681

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$75,000

6

$5,000

$85,311

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$70,000

7

$5,000

$82,871

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$65,000

8

$5,000

$80,357

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$60,000

9

$5,000

$77,768

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$55,000

10

$5,000

$75,101

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$50,000

11

$5,000

$72,354

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$45,000

12

$5,000

$69,524

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$40,000

13

$5,000

$66,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$35,000

14

$5,000

$63,608

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$30,000

15

$5,000

$60,517

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$25,000

16

$5,000

$57,332

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$20,000

17

$5,000

$54,052

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$15,000

18

$5,000

$50,674

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$10,000

19

$5,000

$47,194

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$43,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

21

$5,000

$39,918

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

22

$5,000

$36,115

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

23

$5,000

$32,199

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

24

$5,000

$28,165

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

25

$5,000

$24,010

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

26

$5,000

$19,730

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

27

$5,000

$15,322

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

28

$5,000

$10,782

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

29

$5,000

$6,105

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

30

$5,000

$1,288

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

31

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

32

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

33

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

34

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

263


485BPOS265th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 265th

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000): (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 1 and no Resets occurred, no annual credit will be applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal.

Since it was assumed that the Owner was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken, withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance have been reduced to zero) until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

Example #7 – Lifetime Income.

This example applies to Flexible Lifetime Income (Joint) only.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

· All Designated Lives remain eligible for lifetime income benefits while the Rider is in effect.

· Surviving Spouse continues Contract upon the death of the first Designated Life.

       

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$5,000

$96,489

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$95,000

2

$5,000

$94,384

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$90,000

3

$5,000

$92,215

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$85,000

4

$5,000

$89,982

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$80,000

5

$5,000

$87,681

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$75,000

6

$5,000

$85,311

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$70,000

7

$5,000

$82,871

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$65,000

8

$5,000

$80,357

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$60,000

9

$5,000

$77,768

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$55,000

10

$5,000

$75,101

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$50,000

11

$5,000

$72,354

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$45,000

12

$5,000

$69,524

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$40,000

13

$5,000

$66,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$35,000

Activity (Death of first Designated Life)

14

$5,000

$63,608

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$30,000

15

$5,000

$60,517

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$25,000

16

$5,000

$57,332

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$20,000

17

$5,000

$54,052

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$15,000

18

$5,000

$50,674

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$10,000

19

$5,000

$47,194

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$43,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

21

$5,000

$39,918

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

264


485BPOS266th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 266th
       

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

22

$5,000

$36,115

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

23

$5,000

$32,199

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

24

$5,000

$28,165

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

25

$5,000

$24,010

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

26

$5,000

$19,730

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

27

$5,000

$15,322

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

28

$5,000

$10,782

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

29

$5,000

$6,105

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

30

$5,000

$1,288

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

31

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

32

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

33

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

34

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000): (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

During Contract Year 13, the death of the first Designated Life occurred. Withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (5% of the Protected Payment Base) will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance were reduced to zero) until the death of all Designated Lives eligible for lifetime benefits.

If there was a change in Owner, Beneficiary or marital status prior to the death of the first Designated Life that resulted in the surviving Designated Life (spouse) to become ineligible for lifetime income benefits, then the lifetime income benefits under the Rider would not continue for the surviving Designated Life and the Rider would terminate upon the death of the first Designated Life.

Foundation 10

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit II Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

Rider Terms

Annual RMD Amount – The amount required to be distributed each Calendar Year for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) (“Section 401(a)(9)”) and related Treasury Regulations in effect as of the Rider Effective Date.

Protected Payment Amount – The maximum amount that can be withdrawn under this Rider without reducing the Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Amount on any day after the Rider Effective Date is equal to the lesser of:

· 5% of the Protected Payment Base as of that day, less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year, or

· the Remaining Protected Balance as of that day.

The initial Protected Payment Amount on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% of the initial Protected Payment Base.

Protected Payment Base – An amount used to determine the Protected Payment Amount. The Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged except as otherwise described under the provisions of this Rider. The initial Protected Payment Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

265


485BPOS267th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 267th

Remaining Protected Balance – The amount available for future withdrawals made under this Rider. The initial Remaining Protected Balance is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, if the Rider Effective Date is on the Contract Date, or the Contract Value, if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

Annual Credit – An amount added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance.

Maximum Credit Base – An amount equal to 200% of the Remaining Protected Balance as of the Rider Effective Date and any subsequent Purchase Payments made during the first year that the Rider is in effect plus 100% of all subsequent Purchase Payments made after the first year.

Reset Date – Any Contract Anniversary beginning with the 1st Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date on which an Automatic Reset or an Owner-Elected Reset occurs.

Rider Effective Date – The date the guarantees and charges for the Rider become effective. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of the Contract Date, the Rider Effective Date is the Contract Date. If the Rider is purchased within 60 calendar days of a Contract Anniversary, the Rider Effective Date is the date of that Contract Anniversary.

How the Rider Works

On any day, this Rider guarantees you can withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount, regardless of market performance, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). Lifetime withdrawals up to the Protected Payment Amount may continue after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0) if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner) was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later. If a withdrawal was taken before age 59½ and there was no subsequent Reset, the Rider will terminate once the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero (0). This Rider also provides for an amount (an “Annual Credit”) to be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance if no withdrawals are taken. Once the Rider is purchased, you cannot request a termination of the Rider (see the Termination subsection of this Rider for more information).

In addition, beginning with the 1st anniversary of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, the Rider provides for Automatic Annual Resets or Owner-Elected Resets of the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value.

If applicable, an Annual Credit is added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance prior to any Automatic Reset. If the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary is greater than the Protected Payment Base (which includes the Annual Credit amount) then the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be automatically reset to equal the Contract Value.

The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance may change over time. The addition of an Annual Credit will increase the Protected Payment Base and the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Annual Credit. An Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset will increase or decrease the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance depending on the Contract Value on the Reset Date. A withdrawal that is less than or equal to the Protected Payment Amount will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the withdrawal and will not change the Protected Payment Base. If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn. For withdrawals that are greater than the Protected Payment Amount, see the Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount subsection.

For purposes of this Rider, the term "withdrawal" includes any applicable withdrawal charges. Amounts withdrawn under this Rider will reduce the Contract Value by the amount withdrawn and will be subject to the same conditions, limitations, restrictions and all other fees, charges and deductions, if applicable, as withdrawals otherwise made under the provisions of the Contract. Withdrawals under this Rider are not annuity payouts. Annuity payouts generally receive a more favorable tax treatment than other withdrawals.

If your Contract is a Qualified Contract, including a TSA/403(b) Contract, you are subject to restrictions on withdrawals you may take prior to a triggering event (e.g. reaching age 59½, separation from service, disability) and you should consult your tax or legal advisor prior to purchasing this optional guarantee, the primary benefit of which is guaranteeing withdrawals. For additional information regarding withdrawals and triggering events, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – IRAs and Qualified Plans.

Withdrawal of Protected Payment Amount

While this Rider is in effect, you may withdraw up to the Protected Payment Amount each Contract Year, regardless of market performance, until the Rider terminates. Any portion of the Protected Payment Amount not withdrawn during a Contract Year may not be carried over to the next Contract Year. If a withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base will remain unchanged. The Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the withdrawal amount immediately following the withdrawal.

Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to that withdrawal, we will (immediately following the excess withdrawal) reduce the Protected Payment Base on a proportionate basis for the amount in excess of the Protected Payment Amount. We will reduce the Remaining Protected Balance either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining

266


485BPOS268th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 268th

Protected Balance amount. (See example 4 in Sample Calculations below for a numerical example of the adjustments to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance as a result of an excess withdrawal.) If a withdrawal is greater than the Protected Payment Amount and the Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base, both the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced by an amount that is greater than the excess amount withdrawn.

The amount available for withdrawal under the Contract must be sufficient to support any withdrawal that would otherwise exceed the Protected Payment Amount.

For information regarding taxation of withdrawals, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

Required Minimum Distributions

No adjustment will be made to the Protected Payment Base as a result of a withdrawal that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, provided:

· such withdrawal (an “RMD Withdrawal”) is for purposes of satisfying the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) and related Code provisions in effect at that time,

· you have authorized us to calculate and make periodic distribution of the Annual RMD Amount for the Calendar Year required based on the payment frequency you have chosen, and

· the Annual RMD Amount is based on this Contract only.

Immediately following an RMD Withdrawal, the Remaining Protected Balance will decrease by the RMD Withdrawal amount.

See FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified ContractsRequired Minimum Distributions.

Depletion of Contract Value

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount and reduces the Contract Value to zero, the following will apply:

· if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider, after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, 5% of the Protected Payment Base will be paid each year until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero, or

· was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, 5% of the Protected Payment Base will be paid each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant.

· the payments of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will be paid under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals under a payment frequency as elected by the Owner, but no less frequently than annually,

· no additional Purchase Payments will be accepted under the Contract,

· any Remaining Protected Balance will not be available for payment in a lump sum and will not be applied to provide payments under an Annuity Option, and

· the Contract will cease to provide any death benefit.

If the Owner or sole surviving Annuitant dies and the Contract Value is zero as of the date of death, there is no death benefit, however, any Remaining Protected Balance will be paid to the Beneficiary under a series of pre-authorized withdrawals and payment frequency (at least annually) then in effect at the time of the Owner’s or sole surviving Annuitant’s death. If, however, the Remaining Protected Balance would be paid over a period that exceeds the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, the pre-authorized withdrawal amount will be adjusted so that the withdrawal payments will be paid over a period that does not exceed the Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance

If a withdrawal (including an RMD Withdrawal) reduces the Remaining Protected Balance to zero and Contract Value remains, the following will apply:

If the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner):

· was younger than age 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, this Rider will terminate, or

· was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, you may elect to withdraw up to 5% of the Protected Payment Base each year until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant. If an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset occurs, the Remaining Protected Balance will be reinstated to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary.

267


485BPOS269th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 269th

Before your Remaining Protected Balance is zero, if you took your first withdrawal before age 59½ and you would like to be eligible for lifetime payments under the Rider, an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset must occur and your first withdrawal after that Reset must be taken on or after age 59½. See the Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance subsection of this Rider. If you are younger than age 59½ when the Remaining Protected Balance is zero and Contract Value remains, the Rider will terminate and there is no opportunity for a Reset.

If a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) made from the Contract exceeds the Protected Payment Amount, the withdrawal will be treated as an excess withdrawal and the Protected Payment Base will be reduced according to the Withdrawals Exceeding the Protected Payment Amount subsection.

Any death benefit proceeds to be paid to the Beneficiary from remaining Contract Value will be paid according to the Death Benefit provisions of the Contract.

Annual Credit

On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, an Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance, as of that Contract Anniversary, if:

· no withdrawals have occurred after the Rider Effective Date,

· that Contract Anniversary is within the first 10 Contract Anniversaries, measured from the Rider Effective Date, and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is less than the Maximum Credit Base.

The Annual Credit is equal to 10% of the total of:

· the Remaining Protected Balance on the Rider Effective Date, or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later, and

· the cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

as of the Contract Anniversary on which the Annual Credit is added.

Once a withdrawal has occurred, including an RMD Withdrawal, no Annual Credit will be added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal. In addition, Annual Credit eligibility cannot be reinstated by any Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset.

The Annual Credit is not added to your Contract Value.

Reset of Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance

Regardless of which reset option is used, on and after each Reset Date, the provisions of this Rider shall apply in the same manner as they applied when the Rider was originally issued, except that eligibility for the Annual Credit cannot be reinstated with a Reset. The limitations and restrictions on Purchase Payments and withdrawals, the deduction of annual Charges and any future reset options available on and after the Reset Date, will again apply and will be measured from that Reset Date. A reset occurs when the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are changed to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the Reset Date.

If a withdrawal is taken, the Annual Credit will no longer be applied and cannot be restarted with an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset. In addition, an Automatic or Owner-Elected Reset will not start a new 10 year period for Annual Credit eligibility.

Automatic Reset. On each Contract Anniversary while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date, we will automatically reset the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value, if the Protected Payment Base, after any Annual Credit is applied, is less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of any Automatic Reset (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Optional Rider Charges). A Reset does not begin a new 10 year period for the Annual Credit to be applied.

Automatic Reset – Opt-Out Election. Within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary on which an Automatic Reset is effective, you have the option to reinstate the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and annual charge percentage to their respective amounts immediately before the Automatic Reset. Any future Automatic Resets will continue in accordance with the Automatic Reset paragraph above. If you elect this option, your opt-out election must be received, In Proper Form, within the same 60 calendar day period after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective.

Automatic Reset – Future Participation. You may elect not to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries.

If you previously elected not to participate in Automatic Resets, you may re-elect to participate in future Automatic Resets at any time. Your election to resume participation must be received, In Proper Form, while this Rider is in effect and before the Annuity Date. Such election will be effective for future Contract Anniversaries as described in the Automatic Reset paragraph above.

Owner-Elected Resets (Non-Automatic). You may, on any Contract Anniversary, elect to reset the Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Base to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value. An Owner-Elected Reset may be elected while Automatic Resets are in effect. The annual charge percentage may change as a result of this reset.

268


485BPOS270th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 270th

If you elect this option, your election must be received, In Proper Form, within 60 calendar days after the Contract Anniversary on which the reset is effective. The reset will be based on the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary. Your election of this option may result in a reduction in the Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance, Protected Payment Amount and any Annual Credit that may be applied. Generally, the reduction will occur when your Contract Value is less than the Protected Payment Base as of the Contract Anniversary you elected the reset. You are strongly advised to work with your financial advisor prior to electing an Owner-Elected Reset. We will provide you with written confirmation of your election.

Subsequent Purchase Payments

If we receive additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance by the amount of the Purchase Payments. However, for purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the later of the Rider Effective Date or most recent Reset Date, to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Annuitization

If you annuitize the Contract at the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract and this Rider is still in effect at the time of your election and a Life Only annuity option is chosen, the annuity payments will be equal to the greater of:

· the Life Only annual payment amount based on the terms of your Contract, or

· 5% of the Protected Payment Base in effect at the maximum Annuity Date.

If you annuitize the Contract at any time prior to the maximum Annuity Date specified in your Contract, your annuity payments will be determined in accordance with the terms of your Contract. The Protected Payment Base, Remaining Protected Balance and Protected Payment Amount under this Rider will not be used in determining any annuity payments. Work with your financial advisor to determine if you should annuitize your Contract before the maximum Annuity Date or stay in the accumulation phase and continue to take withdrawals under the Rider.

The annuity payments described in this subsection are available to you even if your first withdrawal was taken prior to age 59½ and no Resets have occurred.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect and if the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, the surviving spouse may continue to take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount under this Rider, until the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero. If the Remaining Protected Balance is zero when the Owner dies, this Rider will terminate.

The surviving spouse may elect any of the reset options available under this Rider for subsequent Contract Anniversaries. If a reset takes place then the provisions of this Rider will continue in full force and in effect for the surviving spouse. In addition, if the surviving spouse is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal is taken after the most recent Reset Date and this Reset Date occurred after the surviving spouse continued the Contract, then the surviving spouse may take withdrawals of the Protected Payment Amount (based on the new Protected Payment Base) for life. In some instances, withdrawals may continue for the life of the surviving spouse without the need for a reset.

The surviving spouse may elect to receive any death benefit proceeds instead of continuing the Contract and Rider (see DEATH BENEFITS AND OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFIT RIDERS – Death Benefits).

Termination

You cannot request a termination of the Rider. Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will automatically terminate on the earliest of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero if the oldest Owner (or youngest Annuitant, in the case of a Non-Natural Owner), was younger than 59½ when the first withdrawal was taken under the Rider after the Rider Effective Date or the most recent Reset Date, whichever is later,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the day the Contract is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,

· the day we are notified of a change in ownership of the Contract to a non-spouse Owner if the Contract is Non-Qualified (excluding changes in ownership to or from certain trusts),

269


485BPOS271st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 271st

· the day you exchange this Rider for another withdrawal benefit Rider,

· the Annuity Date (see the Annuitization subsection for additional information), or

· the day the Contract Value is reduced to zero as a result of a withdrawal (except an RMD Withdrawal) that exceeds the Protected Payment Amount.

See the Depletion of Contract Value subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Contract Value is reduced to zero and see the Depletion of Remaining Protected Balance subsection for situations where the Rider will not terminate when the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to zero.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. The examples have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by this Rider and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – Setting of Initial Values.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Maximum
Credit Base

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

$200,000

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

· Maximum Credit Base = 200% of the Initial Purchase Payment = $200,000

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payments.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Years 1 and 2.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 10.

         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Maximum
Credit Base

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

$200,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

$400,000

2

  

$207,000

$20,000

$220,000

$11,000

$220,000

$400,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$307,000

 

$320,000

$16,000

$320,000

$500,000

3

  

$321,490

$30,000

$350,000

$17,500

$350,000

$500,000

4

  

$343,994

$30,000

$380,000

$19,000

$380,000

$500,000

5

  

$368,073

$30,000

$410,000

$20,500

$410,000

$500,000

6

  

$393,839

$30,000

$440,000

$22,000

$440,000

$500,000

7

  

$421,407

$30,000

$470,000

$23,500

$470,000

$500,000

270


485BPOS272nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 272nd
         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Maximum
Credit Base

8

  

$450,906

$30,000

$500,000

$25,000

$500,000

$500,000

9

  

$482,469

$0

$500,000

$25,000

$500,000

$500,000

10

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$516,242

$0

$500,000

$25,000

$500,000

$500,000

10

After Automatic Reset

 

$516,242

$0

$516,242

$25,812

$516,242

$500,000

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 1, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). Since the subsequent Purchase Payment is received in Contract Year 1, the Maximum Credit Base is increased by 200% of the Purchase Payment, to $400,000. The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $10,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment since there were no withdrawals during that Contract Year).

Since no withdrawal occurred prior to the Contract Anniversary at the Beginning of Contract Year 2, an annual credit of $20,000 (10% of the initial Remaining Protected Balance plus cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date) is applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on that Contract Anniversary, increasing both to $220,000. As a result, the Protected Payment Amount on that Contract Anniversary is equal to $11,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base on that Contract Anniversary).

Immediately after the $100,000 subsequent Purchase Payment during Contract Year 2, the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance are increased by the Purchase Payment amount to $320,000 ($220,000 + $100,000). Since the subsequent Purchase Payment is received in Contract Year 2, the Maximum Credit Base is increased by 100% of the Purchase Payment, to $500,000. The Protected Payment Amount after the Purchase Payment is equal to $16,000 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the Purchase Payment since there were no withdrawals during that Contract Year).

Since no withdrawal occurred prior to the Contract Anniversary at the Beginning of Contract Year 3, an annual credit of $30,000 (10% of the initial Remaining Protected Balance plus cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date) is applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on that Contract Anniversary, increasing both to $350,000. As a result, the Protected Payment Amount on that Contract Anniversary is equal to $17,500 (5% of the Protected Payment Base on that Contract Anniversary).

An Annual Credit is no longer applied after the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance reach the Maximum Credit Base of $500,000 in Contract Year 8.

Because at the Beginning of Contract Year 10, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 10 – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 10 – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $25,812 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during each Contract Year as a result of additional amounts credited, charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

Example #3 – Withdrawals Not Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Years 1 and 2.

· A withdrawal equal to or less than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Years 3 and 4.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Year 6.

         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Maximum
Credit Base

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

$200,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

$400,000

2

  

$207,000

$20,000

$220,000

$11,000

$220,000

$400,000

271


485BPOS273rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 273rd
         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Maximum
Credit Base

Activity

$100,000

 

$307,000

 

$320,000

$16,000

$320,000

$500,000

3

  

$321,490

$30,000

$350,000

$17,500

$350,000

$500,000

Activity

 

$17,500

$326,494

 

$350,000

$0

$332,500

$500,000

4

  

$326,494

$0

$350,000

$17,500

$332,500

$500,000

Activity

 

$17,500

$331,848

 

$350,000

$0

$315,000

$500,000

5

  

$331,848

$0

$350,000

$17,500

$315,000

$500,000

6

Prior to Automatic Reset

 

$355,077

$0

$350,000

$17,500

$315,000

$500,000

6

After Automatic Reset

 

$355,077

$0

$355,077

$17,753

$355,077

$500,000

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 3 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($17,500):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $332,500 ($350,000 – $17,500).

As the withdrawal during Contract Year 4 did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($17,500):

· the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and

· the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of the withdrawal to $315,000 ($332,500 – $17,500).

Because at the Beginning of Contract Year 6, the Protected Payment Base was less than the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 6 – Prior to Automatic Reset), an automatic reset occurred which resets the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Value (see balances at Beginning of Contract Year 6 – After Automatic Reset). As a result, the Protected Payment Amount is equal to $17,753 (5% of the reset Protected Payment Base).

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 3, no annual credit will be applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal.

Example #4 – Withdrawals Exceeding Protected Payment Amount.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· A subsequent Purchase Payment of $100,000 is received during Contract Years 1 and 2.

· A withdrawal greater than the Protected Payment Amount is taken during Contract Year 3.

         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Maximum
Credit Base

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

$200,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,000

 

$200,000

$10,000

$200,000

$400,000

2

  

$207,000

$20,000

$220,000

$11,000

$220,000

$400,000

Activity

$100,000

 

$321,490

 

$320,000

$16,000

$320,000

$500,000

3

  

$321,490

$30,000

$350,000

$17,500

$350,000

$500,000

Activity

 

$25,000

$318,994

 

$341,985

$0

$324,885

$500,000

4

  

$318,994

$0

$341,985

$17,099

$324,885

$500,000

For an explanation of the values and activities at the start of and during Contract Year 1, refer to Examples #1 and #2.

272


485BPOS274th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 274th

Because the $25,000 withdrawal during Contract Year 3 exceeds the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($25,000 > $17,500), the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance immediately after the withdrawal are reduced.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $343,994

· Protected Payment Base = $350,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $350,000

· Protected Payment Amount = $17,500 (5% x Protected Payment Base; 5% x $350,000 = $17,500)

· No withdrawals were taken prior to the excess withdrawal

A withdrawal of $25,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $17,500 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $7,500 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $25,000 – $17,500 = $7,500).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). The Contract Value prior to the withdrawal was $343,994, which equals the $318,994 after the withdrawal plus the $25,000 withdrawal amount. Numerically, the ratio is 2.29% ($7,500 ÷ ($343,994 – $17,500); $7,500 ÷ $326,494 = 0.0229 or 2.29%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $341,985 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $350,000 × (1 – 2.29%); $350,000 × 97.71% = $341,985).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $324,885 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($350,000 – $17,500) × (1 – 2.29%); $332,500 × 97.71% = $324,885).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the new Remaining Protected Balance is $325,000 (Remaining Protected Balance immediately before the withdrawal – total withdrawal amount; $350,000 – $25,000 = $325,000).

Therefore, since $324,885 (proportionate method) is less than $325,000 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $324,885.

The Protected Payment Amount immediately after the withdrawal is equal to $0 (5% of the Protected Payment Base after the withdrawal (5% of $341,985 = $17,099), less cumulative withdrawals during that Contract Year ($25,000), but not less than zero).

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 3, annual credits are not applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal.

Example #5 – Annual Credit & Resets.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments received.

· No withdrawals taken.

· Automatic Reset at Beginning of Contract Years 3, 5, 7 and 9.

273


485BPOS275th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 275th
         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payment

Withdrawal

Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

Maximum
Credit Base

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

$200,000

2

  

$107,000

$10,000

$110,000

$5,500

$110,000

$200,000

3

  

$125,000

$10,000

$125,000

$6,250

$125,000

$200,000

4

  

$120,000

$12,500

$137,500

$6,875

$137,500

$200,000

5

  

$190,000

$12,500

$190,000

$9,500

$190,000

$200,000

6

  

$180,000

$19,000

$209,000

$10,450

$209,000

$200,000

7

  

$240,000

$0

$240,000

$12,000

$240,000

$200,000

8

  

$220,000

$0

$240,000

$12,000

$240,000

$200,000

9

  

$250,000

$0

$250,000

$12,500

$250,000

$200,000

On the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 2, an Annual Credit of $10,000 (10% of the Remaining Protected Balance) is added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance.

An Annual Credit of $10,000 would have been applied on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 3, but an Automatic Reset takes place instead, resetting the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to $125,000.

On the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 4, an Annual Credit of $12,500 (10% of the Remaining Protected Balance) is added to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance.

An Annual Credit of $12,500 would have been applied on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 5, but an Automatic Reset took place instead, resetting the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to $190,000.

On the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 6, an Annual Credit of $19,000 (10% of the Remaining Protected Balance) is added, increasing the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance to $209,000. Annual Credits will no longer be added since the Maximum Credit Base of $200,000 has been reached.

Example #6 – RMD Withdrawals.

The effect of cumulative RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year that exceed the Protected Payment Amount established for that Contract Year and its effect on the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance. The Annual RMD Amount is based on the entire interest of your Contract as of the previous year-end.

This table assumes quarterly withdrawals of only the Annual RMD Amount during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount for the Calendar Year is $7,500 and the Contract Anniversary is May 1 of each year.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$98,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$96,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$94,375

12/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$0

$92,500

01/01/2008

  

$8,000

   

03/15/2008

$2,000

  

$100,000

$0

$90,500

05/01/2008
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$90,500

274


485BPOS276th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 276th

Since the RMD Amount for 2008 increases to $8,000, the quarterly withdrawals of the RMD Amount increase to $2,000, as shown by the RMD Withdrawal on March 15, 2008. Because all withdrawals during the Contract Year were RMD Withdrawals, there is no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base for exceeding the Protected Payment Amount. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance equal to the amount of each withdrawal. In addition, the Protected Payment Amount is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal until the Protected Payment Amount is zero.

This chart assumes quarterly withdrawals of the Annual RMD Amount and other non-RMD Withdrawals during the Contract Year. The calculated Annual RMD amount and Contract Anniversary are the same as above.

       

Activity
Date

RMD
Withdrawal

Non-RMD
Withdrawal

Annual
RMD
Amount

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

05/01/2006
Contract
Anniversary

  

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$100,000

01/01/2007

  

$7,500

   

03/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$98,125

04/01/2007

 

$2,000

 

$100,000

$1,125

$96,125

05/01/2007
Contract
Anniversary

   

$100,000

$5,000

$96,125

06/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$3,125

$94,250

09/15/2007

$1,875

  

$100,000

$1,250

$92,375

11/15/2007

 

$4,000

 

$96,900

$0

$88,300

On 3/15/07 there was an RMD Withdrawal of $1,875 and on 4/1/07 a non-RMD Withdrawal of $2,000. Because the total withdrawals during the Contract Year (5/1/06 through 4/30/07) did not exceed the Protected Payment Amount of $5,000 there was no adjustment to the Protected Payment Base. The only effect is a reduction in the Remaining Protected Balance and the Protected Payment Amount equal to the amount of each withdrawal. On 5/1/07, the Protected Payment Amount was re-calculated (5% of the Protected Payment Base) as of that Contract Anniversary.

On 11/15/07, there was a non-RMD Withdrawal ($4,000) that caused the cumulative withdrawals during the Contract Year ($7,750) to exceed the Protected Payment Amount ($5,000). As the withdrawal exceeded the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($1,250), and assuming the Contract Value was $90,000 immediately prior to the withdrawal, the Protected Payment Base is reduced to $96,900 and the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced to $88,300.

The Values shown below are based on the following assumptions immediately before the excess withdrawal:

· Contract Value = $90,000

· Protected Payment Base = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = $92,375

· Protected Payment Amount = $1,250

A withdrawal of $4,000 was taken, which exceeds the Protected Payment Amount of $1,250 for the Contract Year. The Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance will be reduced based on the following calculation:

First, determine the excess withdrawal amount. The excess withdrawal amount is the total withdrawal amount less the Protected Payment Amount. Numerically, the excess withdrawal amount is $2,750 (total withdrawal amount – Protected Payment Amount; $4,000 – $1,250 = $2,750).

Second, determine the ratio for the proportionate reduction. The ratio is the excess withdrawal amount determined above divided by (Contract Value – Protected Payment Amount). Numerically, the ratio is 3.10% ($2,750 ÷ ($90,000 – $1,250); $2,750 ÷ $88,750 = 0.0310 or 3.10%).

Third, determine the new Protected Payment Base. The Protected Payment Base will be reduced on a proportionate basis. The Protected Payment Base is multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, the new Protected Payment Base is $96,900 (Protected Payment Base × (1 – ratio); $100,000 × (1 – 3.10%); $100,000 × 96.90% = $96,900).

Fourth, determine the new Remaining Protected Balance. The Remaining Protected Balance is reduced either on a proportionate basis or by the total withdrawal amount, whichever results in the lower Remaining Protected Balance amount.

275


485BPOS277th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 277th

To determine the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the Protected Payment Amount multiplied by 1 less the ratio determined above. Numerically, after the proportionate reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300 (Remaining Protected Balance – Protected Payment Amount) × (1 – ratio); ($92,375 – $1,250) × (1 – 3.10%); $91,125 × 96.90% = $88,300).

To determine the total withdrawal amount reduction, the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount. Numerically, after the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the total withdrawal amount, the Remaining Protected Balance is $88,375 (Remaining Protected Balance – total withdrawal amount; $92,375 – $4,000 = $88,375).

Therefore, since $88,300 (proportionate method) is less than $88,375 (total withdrawal amount method) the new Remaining Protected Balance is $88,300.

Example #7 – Lifetime Income.

The values shown below are based on the following assumptions:

· Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Rider Effective Date = Contract Date

· No subsequent Purchase Payments are received.

· Owner is age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken.

· Withdrawals, each equal to 5% of the Protected Payment Base are taken each Contract Year.

· No Automatic Reset or Owner-Elected Reset is assumed during the life of the Rider.

       

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

1

$5,000

$96,489

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$95,000

2

$5,000

$94,384

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$90,000

3

$5,000

$92,215

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$85,000

4

$5,000

$89,982

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$80,000

5

$5,000

$87,681

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$75,000

6

$5,000

$85,311

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$70,000

7

$5,000

$82,871

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$65,000

8

$5,000

$80,357

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$60,000

9

$5,000

$77,768

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$55,000

10

$5,000

$75,101

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$50,000

11

$5,000

$72,354

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$45,000

12

$5,000

$69,524

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$40,000

13

$5,000

$66,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$35,000

14

$5,000

$63,608

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$30,000

15

$5,000

$60,517

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$25,000

16

$5,000

$57,332

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$20,000

17

$5,000

$54,052

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$15,000

18

$5,000

$50,674

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$10,000

19

$5,000

$47,194

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

20

$5,000

$43,610

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

21

$5,000

$39,918

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

22

$5,000

$36,115

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

23

$5,000

$32,199

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

24

$5,000

$28,165

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

276


485BPOS278th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 278th
       

Contract
Year

Withdrawal

End of Year
Contract Value

Annual
Credit

Protected
Payment
Base

Protected
Payment
Amount

Remaining
Protected
Balance

25

$5,000

$24,010

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

26

$5,000

$19,730

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

27

$5,000

$15,322

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

28

$5,000

$10,782

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

29

$5,000

$6,105

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

30

$5,000

$1,288

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

31

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

32

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

33

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

34

$5,000

$0

$0

$100,000

$5,000

$0

On the Rider Effective Date, the initial values are set as follows:

· Protected Payment Base = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Remaining Protected Balance = Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000

· Protected Payment Amount = 5% of Protected Payment Base = $5,000

Because the amount of each withdrawal does not exceed the Protected Payment Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal ($5,000): (a) the Protected Payment Base remains unchanged; and (b) the Remaining Protected Balance is reduced by the amount of each withdrawal.

Since a withdrawal occurred during Contract Year 1, no annual credit will be applied to the Protected Payment Base and Remaining Protected Balance on any Contract Anniversary following the withdrawal.

Since it was assumed that the Owner was age 59½ or older when the first withdrawal was taken, withdrawals of 5% of the Protected Payment Base will continue to be paid each year (even after the Contract Value and Remaining Protected Balance have been reduced to zero) until the day of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (death of any Annuitant for Non-Natural Owners), whichever occurs first.

Guaranteed Income Advantage Plus (GIA Plus)

(This Rider is called the Guaranteed Income Annuity (GIA) Rider in the Contract’s Rider.)

How the Rider Works

You may, prior to the Annuity Date, choose any of the Annuity Options described in your Contract, or you may choose the GIA Plus Annuity Option provided this Rider has been in effect for at least 10 years from its Effective Date. If you choose the GIA Plus Annuity Option, you must choose fixed annuity payments and the entire amount available for annuitization at the time you convert to the GIA Plus Annuity Option must be annuitized. The guaranteed income purchased per $1,000 of the net amount applied to the annuity payments will be based on an effective annual interest rate of 2.0% and the 1996 US Annuity 2000 Mortality Table with the age set back 8 years.

Annuity Payments – The annuity payments that may be elected under the GIA Plus Annuity Option are:

· Life Only,

· Life with 10 years or more Period Certain,

· Joint and Survivor Life, or

· 20 years or more Period Certain.

The Rider contains annuity tables for each GIA Plus Annuity Option available.

On the Annuity Date, the Net Amount applied to the annuity payments under the GIA Plus Annuity Option will be equal to the greater of the Guaranteed Income Base on that day or the GIA Plus Step-Up Value on that day, less the following:

277


485BPOS279th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 279th

· Applicable withdrawal charges resulting from the conversion to the GIA Plus Annuity Option,

· applicable annual charges for expenses related to other optional benefit riders attached to the Contract that are in effect as of the Annuity Date, and

· charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes. See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Premium Taxes.

For information regarding taxation of annuity payments, see FEDERAL TAX ISSUES.

If you elect the GIA Plus Annuity Option, the waiver of withdrawal charges as described in the Contract will not apply. See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS – Withdrawal Charge.

Initial Values – The Guaranteed Income Base, GIA Plus Withdrawal Base, GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount and GIA Plus Step-Up Value are values used in determining the Net Amount applied on the Annuity Date to provide payments under the GIA Plus Annuity Option.

The initial values are determined on the Rider Effective Date as follows:

· if this Rider is effective on the Contract Date, the Guaranteed Income Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment.

· if this Rider is effective on a Contract Anniversary, the Guaranteed Income Base is equal to the Contract Value on that day.

· if this Rider is effective on the Contract Date, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base is equal to the total Purchase Payments received in the first 60 calendar days since the Rider Effective Date.

· if this Rider is effective on a Contract Anniversary, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base is equal to the Contract Value on that day plus any Purchase Payments received in the first 60 calendar days since the Rider Effective Date.

· the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for the Contract Year beginning on the Rider Effective Date is equal to 5% of the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base.

· the GIA Plus Step-Up Value is equal to the Contract Value on the Rider Effective Date.

The GIA Plus Withdrawal Base and GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount after the Rider Effective Date are recalculated only on each subsequent Contract Anniversary.

Limitation on Subsequent Purchase Payments – For purposes of this Rider, we reserve the right to restrict additional Purchase Payments that result in a total of all Purchase Payments received on or after the 1st Contract Anniversary from the Effective Date of the Rider to exceed $100,000 without our prior approval. This provision only applies if the Contract to which this Rider is attached, permits Purchase Payments after the 1st Contract Anniversary, measured from the Contract Date.

Subsequent Values – The Guaranteed Income Base, GIA Plus Withdrawal Base, GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount and GIA Plus Step-Up Value after the Rider Effective Date are determined as follows:

Guaranteed Income Base – On any day after the Rider Effective Date, the Guaranteed Income Base is equal to:

· the Guaranteed Income Base on the prior day, multiplied by a daily factor of 1.000133680 which is equivalent to increasing the Guaranteed Income Base at an annual growth rate of 5%, plus

· Purchase Payments received by us on that day, less

· adjustments for withdrawals made on that day.

The adjustment for each withdrawal is calculated by multiplying the Guaranteed Income Base immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage decrease in Contract Value as a result of the withdrawal.

However, on each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, if there is at least one withdrawal during the prior Contract Year and the cumulative withdrawals for that Contract Year do not exceed the sum of:

· the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for that Contract Year, and

· any remaining dollar amount of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount,

the Guaranteed Income Base as of that Contract Anniversary will be reset to equal:

· the Guaranteed Income Base on the Rider Effective Date or prior Contract Anniversary, whichever is later, increased at an annual growth rate of 5%, plus

· the amount of any subsequent Purchase Payments received by us during the prior Contract Year, each increased at an annual growth rate of 5% from the effective date of that Purchase Payment, less

· the amount of cumulative withdrawals during the prior Contract Year.

The 5% annual growth rate will stop accruing as of the earlier of:

278


485BPOS280th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 280th

· the Contract Anniversary prior to the youngest Annuitant’s 81st birthday, or

· the day this Rider terminates.

GIA Plus Withdrawal Base – On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base is equal to:

· the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base determined on the Rider Effective Date, plus

· the amount of any subsequent Purchase Payments received by us after the Rider Effective Date, up through the day immediately prior to that Contract Anniversary.

GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount – On each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for the Contract Year beginning on that Contract Anniversary is equal to 5% of the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base as of that Contract Anniversary.

GIA Plus Step-Up Value – On any day after the Rider Effective Date, the GIA Plus Step-Up Value is equal to:

· the GIA Plus Step-Up Value as of the prior day, plus

· Purchase Payments received by us on that day, less

· adjustment for withdrawals made on that day.

The adjustment for each withdrawal is calculated by multiplying the GIA Plus Step-Up Value immediately prior to the withdrawal by the percentage decrease in Contract Value as a result of that withdrawal.

On any Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date and prior to the youngest Annuitant’s 81st birthday, the GIA Plus Step-Up Value is set equal to the greater of:

· the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary, or

· the GIA Plus Step-Up Value immediately prior to that Contract Anniversary.

The GIA Plus Step-Up Value will then be adjusted for any Purchase Payments or withdrawals on that Contract Anniversary in accordance with the first paragraph of this subsection.

The GIA Plus Step-Up Value on each Contract Anniversary on and after the youngest Annuitant’s 81st birthday is equal to the GIA Plus Step-Up Value immediately prior to the Contract Anniversary preceding that 81st birthday, adjusted for any Purchase Payments and withdrawals since that anniversary.

Partial Conversion of Net Contract Value for Annuity Payments – If a portion of the Net Contract Value (Contract Value less Contract Debt) is converted to provide payments under an Annuity Option described in the Contract at any time before you annuitize under the GIA Plus Annuity Option, the amount converted will be considered a “withdrawal” for purposes of determining withdrawal adjustments to the Guaranteed Income Base and GIA Plus Step-Up Value. A withdrawal charge may also apply.

Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract

If the Owner dies while this Rider is in effect and if the surviving spouse of the deceased Owner elects to continue the Contract in accordance with its terms, then the provisions of this Rider will continue, unless otherwise terminated. If a death benefit becomes payable after the Contract Anniversary prior to the youngest Annuitant’s 81st birthday and the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and the Rider, the 5% annual growth rate to the Guaranteed Income Base would be applied retroactively for any period of time that the 5% annual growth rate was not applied and until the earlier of the Contract Anniversary prior to the surviving spouse’s 81st birthday or the day this Rider terminates.

Termination

Except as otherwise provided below, the Rider will remain in effect until the earlier of:

· the day any portion of the Contract Value is no longer allocated according to the Investment Allocation Requirements,

· the day we receive notification from you to terminate the Rider,

· the date of the first death of an Owner or the date of death of the sole surviving Annuitant (except as provided under the Continuation of Rider if Surviving Spouse Continues Contract subsection),

· for Contracts with a Non-Natural Owner, the date of the first death of an Annuitant, including Primary and Joint Annuitants,

· the date the Contract is terminated in accordance with the terms of the Contract, or

· the Annuity Date.

Upon your request, the Rider may be terminated at any time. If your request to terminate the Rider is received at our Service Center within 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary, the Rider will terminate on that Contract Anniversary. If your request to

279


485BPOS281st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 281st

terminate the Rider is received at our Service Center more than 60 calendar days after a Contract Anniversary, the Rider will terminate the day we receive the request.

Sample Calculations

The examples provided are based on certain hypothetical assumptions and are for example purposes only. Where Contract Value is reflected, the examples do not assume any specific return percentage. They have been provided to assist in understanding the benefits provided by the Guaranteed Income Advantage Plus (“GIA Plus”) Rider, and to demonstrate how Purchase Payments received and withdrawals made from the Contract prior to the Annuity Date affect the values and benefits under this Rider over an extended period of time. There may be minor differences in the calculations due to rounding. These examples are not intended to serve as projections of future investment returns nor are they a reflection of how your Contract will actually perform.

Example #1 – The initial values on the Rider Effective Date based on an Initial Purchase Payment of $100,000. The Initial Purchase Payment is assumed to be the Contract Value if the Rider Effective Date is on a Contract Anniversary.

         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value

Guaranteed
Income
Base (GIB)

GIA Plus
Step-Up
Value

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Base (GWB)

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Amt. (GWA)
(5% of GWB)

Remaining
Dollar
Amount of
Prior Year’s
GWA

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

Example #2 – Subsequent Purchase Payment received during the first Contract Year and its effect on the values and balances under this Rider. This example assumes that no withdrawals have been made.

         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value

Guaranteed
Income
Base (GIB)

GIA Plus
Step-Up
Value

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Base (GWB)

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Amt. (GWA)
(5% of GWB)

Remaining
Dollar
Amount of
Prior Year’s
GWA

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,742

$201,237

$200,000

   

2

  

$205,242

$208,717

$205,242

$200,000

$10,000

$5,000

In addition to Purchase Payments, the Contract Value is further subject to increases and/or decreases during a Contract Year as a result of additional amounts credited, charges, fees and other deductions, and increases and/or decreases in the investment performance of the Variable Account.

The Guaranteed Income Base prior to receipt of the Purchase Payment is assumed to have accumulated to $101,237. This amount is derived by multiplying each day’s Guaranteed Income Base by the daily factor of 1.000133680. As a result of the subsequent Purchase Payment, the Guaranteed Income Base is increased to $201,237 ($101,237 + $100,000). The Guaranteed Income Base will assume to accumulate to $208,717 at the next Contract Anniversary, by multiplying each day’s Guaranteed Income Base immediately after receipt of the subsequent Purchase Payment by the daily factor of 1.000133680.

The GIA Plus Step-Up Value prior to receipt of the Purchase Payment is $100,000. As a result of the subsequent Purchase Payment, the GIA Plus Step-Up Value is increased to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000). On the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 2, the Contract Value ($205,242) is greater than the GIA Plus Step-Up Value immediately prior to that Contract Anniversary ($200,000). As a result, the GIA Plus Step-Up Value as of that Contract Anniversary is equal to the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary ($205,242).

The GIA Plus Withdrawal Base on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 2 is equal to the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base on the Rider Effective Date ($100,000) plus cumulative Purchase Payments received after the Rider Effective Date ($100,000). As a result of the subsequent Purchase Payment, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 2 is equal to $200,000 ($100,000 + $100,000).

The GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 2 is determined on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 2, and is equal to 5% of the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base on that Contract Anniversary (5% of $200,000). As a result of the subsequent Purchase Payment, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 2 is equal to $10,000.

Since no withdrawals were made during Contract Year 1, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 1 ($5,000) becomes the remaining dollar amount of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 2.

Example #3 – Cumulative withdrawals during Contract Year 2 exceeding the sum of: (a) the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 2; and (b) the remaining dollar amount of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 2. The withdrawal is assumed to result in a 10% reduction in the Contract Value.

280


485BPOS282nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 282nd
         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value

Guaranteed
Income
Base (GIB)

GIA Plus
Step-Up
Value

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Base (GWB)

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Amt. (GWA)
(5% of GWB)

Remaining
Dollar
Amount of
Prior Year’s
GWA

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,742

$201,237

$200,000

   

2

  

$205,242

$208,717

$205,242

$200,000

$10,000

$5,000

Activity

 

$20,830

$187,468

$192,471

$184,717

 

-$15,830

= $0

-$5,000

=0

3

  

$190,259

$197,237

$190,259

$200,000

$10,000

$0

Since the $20,830 withdrawal exceeded the sum of: (a) the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 2; and (b) the remaining dollar amount of the prior Contract’s Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 2, the remaining dollar amount of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3 is zero. Withdrawals are first applied to the remaining dollar amount of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount, if any, until exhausted, then to the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for the current Contract Year, until exhausted.

The GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3 is determined on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 3, and is equal to 5% of the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base on that Contract Anniversary (5% of $200,000). As a result, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3 is equal to $10,000. The GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for any Contract Year will not be less than zero.

Immediately after the withdrawal, the Guaranteed Income Base and the GIA Plus Step-Up Value are reduced by the percentage decrease (10%) in Contract Value as a result of the withdrawal.

Since no subsequent Purchase Payments were received during Contract Year 2, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base at the beginning of Contract Year 3 remains unchanged.

Example #4 – Cumulative withdrawals during Contract Year 3 not exceeding the sum of: (a) the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3; and (b) the remaining dollar value of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3.

         

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Purchase
Payments
Received

Withdrawal
Amount

Contract
Value

Guaranteed
Income
Base (GIB)

GIA Plus
Step-Up
Value

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Base (GWB)

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Amt. (GWA)
(5% of GWB)

Remaining
Dollar
Amount of
Prior Year’s
GWA

1

$100,000

 

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

 

Activity

$100,000

 

$200,742

$201,237

$200,000

   

2

  

$205,242

$208,717

$205,242

$200,000

$10,000

$5,000

Activity

 

$20,830

$187,468

$192,471

$184,717

 

-$15,830

= $0

-$5,000

= $0

3

  

$190,259

$197,237

$190,259

$200,000

$10,000

$0

Activity

 

$8,000

$185,092

$193,743

$182,376

 

-$8,000

= $2,000

-$0

= $0

4

  

$187,848

$199,099

$187,848

$200,000

$10,000

$2,000

Because cumulative withdrawals for Contract Year 3 did not exceed the sum of: (a) the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3; and (b) the remaining dollar amount of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3, the Guaranteed Income Base on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 4 is calculated as follows:

Guaranteed Income Base on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 3:
$197,237

Increased at an annual rate of 5% to the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 4:
+ $9,862

Reduced by the amount equal to the amount withdrawn in Contract Year 3:
–$8,000

281


485BPOS283rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 283rd

Guaranteed Income Base on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 4:
$199,099

Since no subsequent Purchase Payments were received during Contract Year 3, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base at the beginning of Contract Year 4 remains unchanged.

The GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 4 is determined on the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 4, and is equal to 5% of the GIA Plus Withdrawal Base on that Contract Anniversary (5% of $200,000). As a result, the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 4 is equal to $10,000.

Because cumulative withdrawals for Contract Year 3 did not exceed the sum of: (a) the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3; and (b) the remaining dollar value of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 3; the dollar amount of the GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contact Year 3 remaining ($2,000) becomes the remaining dollar amount of the prior Contract Year’s GIA Plus Withdrawal Amount for Contract Year 4.

Example #5 – Rider values on each Contract Anniversary based on an Initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 paid on the Contract Date. The values further assume that no subsequent Purchase Payments are received and no withdrawals are taken during the first 10 Contract Years after the Rider Effective Date. The Initial Purchase Payment is assumed to be the Contract Value if the Rider is effective on a Contract Anniversary.

       

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Contract Value

Guaranteed
Income Base (GIB)

GIA Plus
Step-Up
Value

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Base (GWB)

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Amt. (GWA)
(5% of GWB)

Remaining Dollar
Amount of
Prior Year’s GWA

1

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

2

$103,000

$105,000

$103,000

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

3

$106,090

$110,250

$106,090

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

4

$109,273

$115,763

$109,273

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

5

$112,551

$121,551

$112,551

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

6

$115,927

$127,628

$115,927

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

7

$112,450

$134,010

$115,927

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

8

$109,076

$140,710

$115,927

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

9

$105,804

$147,746

$115,927

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

10

$102,630

$155,133

$115,927

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

11

$99,551

$162,889

$115,927

$100,000

$5,000

$5,000

Example #6 – Rider values on each Contract Anniversary based on an Initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 paid on the Contract Date. The values further assume that no subsequent Purchase Payments are received and withdrawals of $5,000 are taken each Contract Year for the first 10 Contract Years after the Rider Effective Date. The Initial Purchase Payment is assumed to be the Contract Value if the Rider is effective on a Contract Anniversary.

       

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Contract Value

Guaranteed
Income Base (GIB)

GIA Plus
Step-Up
Value

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Base (GWB)

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Amt. (GWA)
(5% of GWB)

Remaining Dollar
Amount of
Prior Year’s GWA

1

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$100,000

$5,000

N/A

2

$97,926

$100,000

$97,926

$100,000

$5,000

$0

3

$95,789

$100,000

$95,789

$100,000

$5,000

$0

4

$93,588

$100,000

$93,588

$100,000

$5,000

$0

5

$91,321

$100,000

$91,321

$100,000

$5,000

$0

6

$88,986

$100,000

$88,986

$100,000

$5,000

$0

7

$81,392

$100,000

$83,836

$100,000

$5,000

$0

8

$74,026

$100,000

$78,532

$100,000

$5,000

$0

9

$66,881

$100,000

$73,069

$100,000

$5,000

$0

10

$59,950

$100,000

$67,444

$100,000

$5,000

$0

282


485BPOS284th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 284th
       

Beginning
of Contract
Year

Contract Value

Guaranteed
Income Base (GIB)

GIA Plus
Step-Up
Value

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Base (GWB)

GIA Plus
Withdrawal
Amt. (GWA)
(5% of GWB)

Remaining Dollar
Amount of
Prior Year’s GWA

11

$53,227

$100,000

$61,652

$100,000

$5,000

$0

Should the Contract annuitize immediately after the Rider has been in effect for at least 10 years and the GIA Plus Annuity Option has been elected to provide such payments, the net amount applied on the Annuity Date as a single premium to provide the payments is equal to the greater of:

(a) the Guaranteed Income Base; or

(b) the GIA Plus Step-Up Value; less any:

(c) applicable withdrawal charges resulting from the conversion to the GIA Plus Annuity Option;

(d) applicable annual charges for expenses related to other optional benefit riders attached to the Contract that are in effect as of the Annuity Date; and

(e) charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes.

Under Example #5, the net amount applied on the Annuity Date (the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 11) is equal to the Guaranteed Income Base ($162,889), as it is greater than the GIA Plus Step-Up Value ($115,927) as of the Annuity Date, less the amounts in (c), (d) and (e) above, if any.

Under Example #6, the net amount applied on the Annuity Date (the Contract Anniversary at the beginning of Contract Year 11) is equal to the Guaranteed Income Base ($100,000), as it is greater than the GIA Plus Step-Up Value ($61,983) as of the Annuity Date, less the amounts in (c), (d) and (e) above, if any.

283


485BPOS285th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 285th

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS (CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION)

The table below is designed to help you understand how the Variable Investment Options available under Pacific Voyages have performed. It shows the value of a Subaccount Unit at the beginning and end of each period, as well as the number of Subaccount Units at the end of each period. A Subaccount Unit is also called an Accumulation Unit.

You should read the table in conjunction with the financial statements for Separate Account A, which are included in its annual report dated as of December 31, 2017.  

       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Comstock

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

$15.08

$17.55

461,517

$14.78

$17.18

69,380

2016

$12.98

$15.08

487,356

$12.75

$14.78

61,427

2015

$13.98

$12.98

506,967

$13.76

$12.75

80,952

2014

$12.95

$13.98

527,331

$12.77

$13.76

129,517

2013

$9.66

$12.95

571,176

$9.55

$12.77

157,779

2012

$8.25

$9.66

546,494

$8.17

$9.55

101,043

2011

$8.52

$8.25

436,128

$8.45

$8.17

94,458

2010

$7.47

$8.52

22,021,680

$7.42

$8.45

5,378,213

2009

$5.87

$7.47

20,156,455

$5.85

$7.42

5,044,765

2008

$9.40

$5.87

13,677,681

$9.38

$5.85

3,553,186

Core Income

      

2017

$10.03

$10.41

118,533

$10.00

$10.36

1,592

2016

$9.64

$10.03

90,593

$9.63

$10.00

1,522

05/20/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.96

$9.64

25,542

$9.94

$9.63

10,841

Currency Strategies

      

2017

$10.76

$10.25

47,139

$10.66

$10.14

1,139

2016

$10.37

$10.76

67,981

$10.31

$10.66

5,980

2015

$10.35

$10.37

47,957

$10.30

$10.31

1,114

2014

$10.11

$10.35

44,284

$10.08

$10.30

12,061

2013

$9.86

$10.11

33,427

$10.05

$10.08

9,393

10/31/2012 - 12/31/2012

$9.79

$9.86

6,921

N/A

N/A

N/A

Developing Growth

      

2017

$13.01

$16.75

294,683

$12.76

$16.39

71,381

2016

$13.50

$13.01

347,850

$13.26

$12.76

83,339

2015

$14.90

$13.50

370,129

$14.66

$13.26

102,803

2014

$15.01

$14.90

357,484

$14.81

$14.66

100,969

2013

$11.34

$15.01

449,389

$11.21

$14.81

112,461

2012

$10.17

$11.34

344,566

$10.07

$11.21

92,761

2011

$10.61

$10.17

331,889

$10.53

$10.07

73,634

2010

$8.52

$10.61

4,594,344

$8.47

$10.53

1,118,817

2009

$5.85

$8.52

4,586,260

$5.82

$8.47

1,180,892

2008

$11.18

$5.85

4,877,059

$11.16

$5.82

1,239,389

Diversified Alternatives

      

2017

$10.40

$11.08

36,005

$10.38

$11.03

5,768

2016

$9.97

$10.40

2,056

$9.97

$10.38

1,231

11/03/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.05

$9.97

567

$10.04

$9.97

1,292

Diversified Bond

      

2017

$13.34

$14.09

1,364,872

$13.07

$13.79

205,954

2016

$12.84

$13.34

1,350,366

$12.62

$13.07

223,057

2015

$12.86

$12.84

1,200,267

$12.65

$12.62

214,030

2014

$12.08

$12.86

1,150,806

$11.91

$12.65

215,088

2013

$12.36

$12.08

987,442

$12.21

$11.91

217,940

2012

$11.53

$12.36

888,168

$11.42

$12.21

222,365

2011

$11.01

$11.53

561,288

$10.93

$11.42

162,344

2010

$10.31

$11.01

24,167,480

$10.25

$10.93

5,645,743

2009

$9.14

$10.31

14,390,296

$9.10

$10.25

3,360,594

2008

$10.03

$9.14

10,700,128

$10.01

$9.10

2,469,487

Dividend Growth

      

2017

$15.56

$18.31

1,418,063

$15.25

$17.92

259,384

2016

$14.12

$15.56

1,421,066

$13.87

$15.25

285,305

2015

$13.99

$14.12

1,197,075

$13.77

$13.87

283,186

2014

$12.62

$13.99

1,221,259

$12.45

$13.77

287,700

2013

$9.81

$12.62

1,210,170

$9.70

$12.45

280,563

2012

$8.67

$9.81

1,047,110

$8.58

$9.70

269,726

2011

$8.49

$8.67

742,049

$8.42

$8.58

166,651

2010

$7.75

$8.49

10,130,122

$7.71

$8.42

2,488,338

2009

$5.92

$7.75

3,342,794

$5.90

$7.71

919,960

2008

$9.83

$5.92

5,316,934

$9.81

$5.90

1,329,063

284


485BPOS286th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 286th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Emerging Markets

      

2017

$13.67

$18.18

1,464,306

$13.40

$17.78

267,121

2016

$12.99

$13.67

1,597,064

$12.76

$13.40

297,057

2015

$15.28

$12.99

1,717,682

$15.04

$12.76

378,594

2014

$16.27

$15.28

1,646,281

$16.05

$15.04

371,809

2013

$15.14

$16.27

1,777,424

$14.96

$16.05

376,063

2012

$12.60

$15.14

1,693,424

$12.48

$14.96

322,973

2011

$15.54

$12.60

1,320,966

$15.42

$12.48

377,535

2010

$12.37

$15.54

8,540,512

$12.30

$15.42

2,093,723

2009

$6.77

$12.37

8,575,973

$6.75

$12.30

2,171,322

2008

$13.10

$6.77

6,974,273

$13.07

$6.75

1,816,263

Emerging Markets Debt

      

2017

$10.55

$11.79

236,433

$10.45

$11.66

43,514

2016

$9.12

$10.55

218,694

$9.05

$10.45

40,283

2015

$9.65

$9.12

181,132

$9.60

$9.05

41,218

2014

$10.15

$9.65

191,520

$10.12

$9.60

39,609

2013

$10.98

$10.15

170,423

$10.96

$10.12

40,034

06/07/2012 - 12/31/2012

$9.77

$10.98

104,609

$10.09

$10.96

25,199

Equity Index

      

2017

$16.65

$19.99

3,135,865

$16.32

$19.56

370,153

2016

$15.09

$16.65

2,842,600

$14.82

$16.32

351,969

2015

$15.09

$15.09

2,564,348

$14.85

$14.82

320,572

2014

$13.46

$15.09

2,258,309

$13.28

$14.85

441,626

2013

$10.32

$13.46

1,893,265

$10.20

$13.28

457,556

2012

$9.02

$10.32

1,421,974

$8.93

$10.20

410,438

2011

$8.96

$9.02

685,956

$8.89

$8.93

127,900

2010

$7.89

$8.96

17,904,545

$7.85

$8.89

4,426,287

2009

$6.32

$7.89

28,000,337

$6.30

$7.85

6,889,770

2008

$10.21

$6.32

9,058,715

$10.19

$6.30

2,317,667

Equity Long/Short

      

2017

$12.67

$14.68

143,768

$12.63

$14.60

11,878

2016

$14.68

$12.67

73,055

$11.50

$12.63

15,707

06/30/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.39

$11.52

37,665

$10.06

$11.50

7,196

Floating Rate Income

      

2017

$10.76

$11.04

295,385

$10.68

$10.93

27,230

2016

$10.04

$10.76

280,725

$9.99

$10.68

39,100

2015

$10.07

$10.04

210,718

$10.04

$9.99

24,796

2014

$10.15

$10.07

152,752

$10.13

$10.04

48,137

05/09/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.02

$10.15

120,196

$10.01

$10.13

8,002

Floating Rate Loan

      

2017

$10.50

$10.78

1,308,960

$10.30

$10.56

210,355

2016

$9.68

$10.50

1,260,263

$9.52

$10.30

234,209

2015

$9.90

$9.68

1,317,065

$9.75

$9.52

265,719

2014

$9.93

$9.90

1,277,497

$9.80

$9.75

273,732

2013

$9.61

$9.93

1,456,289

$9.50

$9.80

324,595

2012

$8.99

$9.61

842,571

$8.91

$9.50

229,759

2011

$8.87

$8.99

645,280

$8.81

$8.91

217,231

2010

$8.37

$8.87

10,464,532

$8.32

$8.81

2,393,628

2009

$6.81

$8.37

8,071,324

$6.78

$8.32

1,808,868

2008

$9.74

$6.81

4,887,411

$9.72

$6.78

1,047,786

Focused Growth

      

2017

$16.96

$21.72

549,768

$16.63

$21.25

136,572

2016

$16.76

$16.96

503,265

$16.47

$16.63

143,755

2015

$15.40

$16.76

623,591

$15.16

$16.47

171,995

2014

$14.16

$15.40

568,646

$13.96

$15.16

163,263

2013

$10.73

$14.16

623,503

$10.60

$13.96

165,280

2012

$8.81

$10.73

719,222

$8.72

$10.60

160,688

2011

$9.86

$8.81

569,471

$9.79

$8.72

147,480

2010

$9.04

$9.86

521,209

$8.99

$9.79

167,017

2009

$6.08

$9.04

415,347

$6.06

$8.99

80,649

2008

$12.34

$6.08

2,397,634

$12.31

$6.06

592,805

Global Absolute Return

      

2017

$10.70

$11.26

108,745

$10.61

$11.14

21,113

2016

$10.35

$10.70

106,818

$10.28

$10.61

21,207

2015

$10.19

$10.35

93,362

$10.15

$10.28

23,146

2014

$9.72

$10.19

88,152

$9.70

$10.15

22,818

2013

$9.95

$9.72

86,353

$9.95

$9.70

17,110

10/19/2012 - 12/31/2012

$9.99

$9.95

17,637

$9.94

$9.95

1,135

285


485BPOS287th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 287th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Growth

      

2017

$16.07

$20.92

254,250

$15.76

$20.46

52,163

2016

$15.90

$16.07

214,332

$15.62

$15.76

49,729

2015

$14.97

$15.90

243,386

$14.74

$15.62

41,162

2014

$13.91

$14.97

218,914

$13.72

$14.74

51,267

2013

$10.48

$13.91

242,863

$10.36

$13.72

78,255

2012

$8.97

$10.48

228,105

$8.88

$10.36

45,701

2011

$9.66

$8.97

178,749

$9.58

$8.88

49,977

2010

$8.78

$9.66

10,586,950

$8.73

$9.58

2,637,012

2009

$6.47

$8.78

9,495,391

$6.45

$8.73

2,328,171

2008

$11.09

$6.47

7,093,768

$11.07

$6.45

1,790,492

Health Sciences

      

2017

$31.10

$38.12

763,286

$30.49

$37.30

168,150

2016

$33.46

$31.10

795,355

$32.87

$30.49

160,515

2015

$30.89

$33.46

905,734

$30.40

$32.87

170,526

2014

$25.09

$30.89

841,274

$24.74

$30.40

227,489

2013

$16.22

$25.09

845,749

$16.03

$24.74

212,676

2012

$13.05

$16.22

737,539

$12.93

$16.03

212,388

2011

$11.80

$13.05

528,953

$11.70

$12.93

173,243

2010

$9.67

$11.80

369,401

$9.62

$11.70

62,135

2009

$7.69

$9.67

238,126

$7.66

$9.62

49,078

2008

$10.83

$7.69

101,815

$10.81

$7.66

22,262

High Yield Bond

      

2017

$15.90

$16.94

1,323,174

$15.59

$16.57

237,599

2016

$13.94

$15.90

1,454,494

$13.69

$15.59

229,729

2015

$14.79

$13.94

1,511,181

$14.56

$13.69

248,634

2014

$14.90

$14.79

1,855,385

$14.70

$14.56

271,148

2013

$14.06

$14.90

1,798,100

$13.89

$14.70

288,238

2012

$12.33

$14.06

1,936,134

$12.21

$13.89

263,702

2011

$12.06

$12.33

1,101,454

$11.97

$12.21

204,074

2010

$10.65

$12.06

7,010,231

$10.59

$11.97

1,566,445

2009

$7.71

$10.65

5,859,563

$7.68

$10.59

1,306,420

2008

$10.02

$7.71

2,953,396

$10.00

$7.68

639,042

Inflation Managed

      

2017

$13.82

$14.17

1,660,126

$13.55

$13.86

346,582

2016

$13.30

$13.82

1,679,556

$13.07

$13.55

348,689

2015

$13.88

$13.30

1,822,297

$13.66

$13.07

411,446

2014

$13.62

$13.88

1,970,664

$13.43

$13.66

475,487

2013

$15.13

$13.62

2,140,832

$14.95

$13.43

485,686

2012

$13.93

$15.13

2,353,598

$13.79

$14.95

492,894

2011

$12.59

$13.93

2,050,768

$12.50

$13.79

438,584

2010

$11.71

$12.59

30,176,604

$11.64

$12.50

7,090,794

2009

$9.81

$11.71

24,178,167

$9.77

$11.64

5,740,354

2008

$10.94

$9.81

19,621,944

$10.92

$9.77

4,755,991

Inflation Strategy

      

2017

$9.76

$9.95

191,259

$9.65

$9.82

36,987

2016

$9.69

$9.76

193,015

$9.60

$9.65

39,024

2015

$10.13

$9.69

215,829

$10.05

$9.60

53,030

2014

$10.01

$10.13

270,510

$9.96

$10.05

53,638

2013

$11.19

$10.01

270,892

$11.15

$9.96

50,402

2012

$10.73

$11.19

240,682

$10.71

$11.15

63,117

05/31/2011 - 12/31/2011

$10.00

$10.73

113,951

$10.02

$10.71

21,704

International Large-Cap

      

2017

$11.10

$14.00

1,368,255

$10.89

$13.69

306,390

2016

$11.24

$11.10

1,557,119

$11.04

$10.89

348,783

2015

$11.42

$11.24

1,511,260

$11.24

$11.04

378,315

2014

$12.16

$11.42

1,462,223

$12.00

$11.24

343,198

2013

$10.39

$12.16

1,458,597

$10.27

$12.00

368,989

2012

$8.58

$10.39

1,514,999

$8.49

$10.27

352,359

2011

$9.65

$8.58

1,193,849

$9.58

$8.49

338,034

2010

$8.85

$9.65

19,885,315

$8.79

$9.58

4,903,625

2009

$6.70

$8.85

19,079,617

$6.67

$8.79

4,846,830

2008

$10.48

$6.70

15,288,061

$10.46

$6.67

3,978,194

286


485BPOS288th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 288th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

International Small-Cap

      

2017

$11.18

$14.58

343,290

$10.96

$14.26

72,529

2016

$10.93

$11.18

421,533

$10.74

$10.96

79,568

2015

$10.39

$10.93

483,425

$10.23

$10.74

99,187

2014

$10.77

$10.39

471,021

$10.62

$10.23

92,333

2013

$8.51

$10.77

518,642

$8.41

$10.62

103,122

2012

$7.20

$8.51

489,741

$7.13

$8.41

102,973

2011

$8.31

$7.20

425,163

$8.24

$7.13

92,235

2010

$6.73

$8.31

10,431,663

$6.69

$8.24

2,608,080

2009

$5.23

$6.73

9,865,371

$5.21

$6.69

2,514,525

2008

$10.13

$5.23

6,478,002

$10.12

$5.21

1,701,166

International Value

      

2017

$7.15

$8.60

1,007,882

$7.01

$8.41

227,574

2016

$7.03

$7.15

1,203,215

$6.90

$7.01

313,953

2015

$7.30

$7.03

1,318,111

$7.19

$6.90

416,437

2014

$8.26

$7.30

1,354,475

$8.14

$7.19

418,721

2013

$6.86

$8.26

1,386,628

$6.78

$8.14

410,996

2012

$5.89

$6.86

1,412,375

$5.83

$6.78

389,089

2011

$6.84

$5.89

1,212,511

$6.79

$5.83

339,205

2010

$6.75

$6.84

17,974,503

$6.71

$6.79

4,355,794

2009

$5.33

$6.75

19,460,681

$5.31

$6.71

4,837,056

2008

$10.33

$5.33

20,503,775

$10.31

$5.31

5,267,838

Large-Cap Growth

      

2017

$15.80

$20.88

532,065

$15.49

$20.43

157,361

2016

$15.90

$15.80

499,182

$15.62

$15.49

179,046

2015

$15.16

$15.90

582,828

$14.93

$15.62

220,842

2014

$14.15

$15.16

519,690

$13.95

$14.93

201,899

2013

$10.41

$14.15

511,185

$10.29

$13.95

203,454

2012

$8.91

$10.41

574,439

$8.82

$10.29

129,508

2011

$8.91

$8.91

433,037

$8.84

$8.82

91,018

2010

$7.87

$8.91

12,927,067

$7.83

$8.84

3,140,392

2009

$5.67

$7.87

11,478,264

$5.65

$7.83

2,818,515

2008

$11.58

$5.67

4,545,989

$11.56

$5.65

1,162,588

Large-Cap Value

      

2017

$15.62

$17.60

701,529

$15.32

$17.22

211,002

2016

$14.00

$15.62

767,160

$13.76

$15.32

240,493

2015

$14.60

$14.00

831,851

$14.37

$13.76

279,834

2014

$13.25

$14.60

886,531

$13.06

$14.37

314,764

2013

$10.13

$13.25

1,056,076

$10.01

$13.06

306,090

2012

$8.80

$10.13

954,911

$8.72

$10.01

273,138

2011

$8.51

$8.80

689,975

$8.44

$8.72

276,143

2010

$7.89

$8.51

29,547,358

$7.84

$8.44

7,227,667

2009

$6.48

$7.89

28,377,207

$6.45

$7.84

7,057,304

2008

$10.05

$6.48

15,528,514

$10.03

$6.45

3,907,488

Long/Short Large Cap

      

2017

$16.29

$19.62

261,250

$16.01

$19.24

67,226

2016

$15.10

$16.29

267,830

$14.87

$16.01

71,478

2015

$15.71

$15.10

315,657

$15.51

$14.87

85,574

2014

$13.76

$15.71

381,529

$13.60

$15.51

85,802

2013

$10.30

$13.76

303,812

$10.20

$13.60

94,295

2012

$8.82

$10.30

335,434

$8.76

$10.20

106,447

2011

$9.16

$8.82

201,252

$9.12

$8.76

117,687

2010

$8.26

$9.16

15,458,332

$8.23

$9.12

3,774,654

2009

$6.55

$8.26

13,449,471

$6.54

$8.23

3,335,387

05/02/2008 - 12/31/2008

$10.16

$6.55

6,351,995

$10.16

$6.54

1,627,838

Main Street Core

      

2017

$16.63

$19.25

493,302

$16.30

$18.83

172,256

2016

$15.04

$16.63

561,353

$14.77

$16.30

198,464

2015

$14.72

$15.04

471,841

$14.49

$14.77

126,050

2014

$13.44

$14.72

665,927

$13.25

$14.49

130,198

2013

$10.32

$13.44

545,459

$10.19

$13.25

143,153

2012

$8.92

$10.32

567,366

$8.83

$10.19

158,994

2011

$8.98

$8.92

498,330

$8.91

$8.83

136,597

2010

$7.82

$8.98

9,920,818

$7.77

$8.91

2,451,664

2009

$6.11

$7.82

10,082,899

$6.09

$7.77

2,478,796

2008

$10.12

$6.11

10,870,264

$10.10

$6.09

2,715,459

287


485BPOS289th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 289th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Managed Bond

      

2017

$15.30

$15.84

2,612,816

$15.00

$15.50

458,773

2016

$15.05

$15.30

2,715,125

$14.78

$15.00

486,602

2015

$15.13

$15.05

2,879,982

$14.90

$14.78

594,151

2014

$14.66

$15.13

3,024,874

$14.46

$14.90

681,361

2013

$15.16

$14.66

3,306,142

$14.99

$14.46

711,414

2012

$13.85

$15.16

3,321,271

$13.72

$14.99

714,105

2011

$13.50

$13.85

2,406,524

$13.39

$13.72

692,343

2010

$12.53

$13.50

34,113,586

$12.46

$13.39

8,172,532

2009

$10.47

$12.53

21,907,317

$10.43

$12.46

5,250,651

2008

$10.78

$10.47

17,020,629

$10.76

$10.43

3,944,404

Mid-Cap Equity

      

2017

$15.29

$18.79

677,703

$14.99

$18.38

194,915

2016

$13.06

$15.29

618,184

$12.83

$14.99

165,157

2015

$13.01

$13.06

619,970

$12.81

$12.83

190,827

2014

$12.63

$13.01

652,827

$12.45

$12.81

194,007

2013

$9.38

$12.63

668,291

$9.27

$12.45

223,236

2012

$8.84

$9.38

664,765

$8.75

$9.27

246,903

2011

$9.45

$8.84

638,921

$9.37

$8.75

196,143

2010

$7.74

$9.45

15,633,067

$7.69

$9.37

3,839,882

2009

$5.61

$7.74

15,108,098

$5.58

$7.69

3,841,977

2008

$9.30

$5.61

24,657,745

$9.28

$5.58

6,303,963

Mid-Cap Growth

      

2017

$16.26

$20.50

614,961

$15.94

$20.06

148,742

2016

$15.48

$16.26

634,341

$15.21

$15.94

169,817

2015

$16.61

$15.48

693,805

$16.35

$15.21

220,581

2014

$15.49

$16.61

675,397

$15.27

$16.35

241,973

2013

$11.77

$15.49

753,525

$11.63

$15.27

217,479

2012

$11.08

$11.77

711,261

$10.97

$11.63

181,300

2011

$12.15

$11.08

593,682

$12.06

$10.97

262,293

2010

$9.22

$12.15

8,116,342

$9.17

$12.06

2,112,911

2009

$5.86

$9.22

8,142,532

$5.83

$9.17

2,055,569

2008

$11.47

$5.86

4,690,198

$11.45

$5.83

1,188,014

Mid-Cap Value

      

2017

$25.98

$29.65

325,857

$25.58

$29.14

90,198

2016

$22.79

$25.98

348,650

$22.49

$25.58

94,361

2015

$23.14

$22.79

404,577

$22.88

$22.49

106,329

2014

$21.98

$23.14

434,045

$21.78

$22.88

107,942

2013

$16.61

$21.98

492,945

$16.49

$21.78

104,740

2012

$14.67

$16.61

351,224

$14.60

$16.49

92,289

2011

$15.74

$14.67

328,674

$15.69

$14.60

81,131

2010

$13.14

$15.74

6,589,985

$13.12

$15.69

1,609,724

05/01/2009 - 12/31/2009

$10.00

$13.14

6,191,918

$10.00

$13.12

1,531,711

Pacific Dynamix – Conservative Growth

      

2017

$15.84

$17.22

6,488,974

$15.60

$16.92

1,014,463

2016

$15.00

$15.84

7,342,939

$14.80

$15.60

1,151,826

2015

$15.34

$15.00

7,197,193

$15.17

$14.80

1,124,727

2014

$14.71

$15.34

7,817,101

$14.57

$15.17

1,128,554

2013

$13.60

$14.71

7,875,781

$13.50

$14.57

1,114,330

2012

$12.58

$13.60

6,669,643

$12.51

$13.50

914,696

2011

$12.36

$12.58

3,774,492

$12.32

$12.51

491,778

2010

$11.34

$12.36

2,488,031

$11.32

$12.32

223,134

05/22/2009 - 12/31/2009

$10.19

$11.34

758,989

$10.10

$11.32

64,778

Pacific Dynamix – Growth

      

2017

$19.84

$23.05

5,914,996

$19.53

$22.65

908,581

2016

$18.21

$19.84

6,331,245

$17.97

$19.53

960,657

2015

$18.89

$18.21

6,893,112

$18.67

$17.97

1,055,129

2014

$18.12

$18.89

6,679,539

$17.95

$18.67

1,022,746

2013

$15.15

$18.12

6,498,669

$15.04

$17.95

987,844

2012

$13.47

$15.15

6,050,637

$13.40

$15.04

928,636

2011

$13.88

$13.47

4,226,091

$13.84

$13.40

776,565

2010

$12.34

$13.88

1,856,640

$12.32

$13.84

475,886

05/11/2009 - 12/31/2009

$10.32

$12.34

749,177

$10.46

$12.32

171,991

288


485BPOS290th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 290th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Pacific Dynamix – Moderate Growth

      

2017

$17.77

$19.99

24,109,113

$17.50

$19.65

2,741,817

2016

$16.57

$17.77

25,065,838

$16.35

$17.50

3,035,995

2015

$17.08

$16.57

26,257,171

$16.89

$16.35

3,351,701

2014

$16.37

$17.08

26,900,830

$16.22

$16.89

3,450,883

2013

$14.41

$16.37

26,584,687

$14.30

$16.22

3,432,878

2012

$13.04

$14.41

19,964,330

$12.97

$14.30

2,696,884

2011

$13.13

$13.04

8,588,197

$13.09

$12.97

1,695,998

2010

$11.87

$13.13

3,884,859

$11.85

$13.09

814,567

05/07/2009 - 12/31/2009

$10.18

$11.87

1,139,083

$10.50

$11.85

247,302

Portfolio Optimization Aggressive-Growth

      

2017

$13.18

$15.46

10,243,502

$13.03

$15.25

3,398,797

2016

$12.20

$13.18

11,695,658

$12.08

$13.03

3,677,303

2015

$12.45

$12.20

13,149,487

$12.36

$12.08

3,897,231

2014

$11.96

$12.45

15,470,293

$11.90

$12.36

4,250,640

2013

$10.01

$11.96

18,113,535

$9.98

$11.90

4,630,580

2012

$8.79

$10.01

19,426,868

$8.78

$9.98

4,801,504

05/05/2011 - 12/31/2011

$9.77

$8.79

20,871,690

$9.52

$8.78

4,688,272

Portfolio Optimization Conservative

      

2017

$11.57

$12.28

21,860,797

$11.44

$12.12

4,151,176

2016

$11.06

$11.57

26,955,530

$10.95

$11.44

5,126,327

2015

$11.19

$11.06

29,516,021

$11.11

$10.95

5,834,302

2014

$10.95

$11.19

33,660,368

$10.89

$11.11

6,996,243

2013

$10.75

$10.95

38,996,080

$10.71

$10.89

8,145,807

2012

$9.87

$10.75

44,927,466

$9.86

$10.71

9,104,067

05/02/2011 - 12/31/2011

$10.00

$9.87

34,604,895

$9.98

$9.86

7,735,649

Portfolio Optimization Growth

      

2017

$13.07

$15.04

77,967,780

$12.92

$14.84

20,736,718

2016

$12.15

$13.07

91,457,222

$12.04

$12.92

24,026,480

2015

$12.33

$12.15

103,821,540

$12.24

$12.04

27,680,686

2014

$11.87

$12.33

117,967,165

$11.81

$12.24

31,101,418

2013

$10.22

$11.87

132,414,936

$10.19

$11.81

35,369,296

2012

$9.07

$10.22

139,465,170

$9.06

$10.19

36,995,092

05/03/2011 - 12/31/2011

$9.95

$9.07

143,878,807

$9.81

$9.06

38,158,629

Portfolio Optimization Moderate

      

2017

$12.63

$14.14

125,393,826

$12.49

$13.95

24,090,030

2016

$11.82

$12.63

144,679,081

$11.71

$12.49

27,932,632

2015

$12.00

$11.82

165,601,931

$11.92

$11.71

31,215,469

2014

$11.61

$12.00

185,302,163

$11.55

$11.92

35,908,823

2013

$10.41

$11.61

203,698,282

$10.38

$11.55

39,989,930

2012

$9.33

$10.41

200,342,337

$9.32

$10.38

40,496,669

05/02/2011 - 12/31/2011

$10.00

$9.33

182,247,363

$9.92

$9.32

39,349,963

Portfolio Optimization Moderate-Conservative

      

2017

$12.11

$13.27

35,945,694

$11.98

$13.09

6,391,052

2016

$11.47

$12.11

41,775,313

$11.37

$11.98

7,440,241

2015

$11.65

$11.47

47,910,536

$11.57

$11.37

8,447,369

2014

$11.33

$11.65

54,338,067

$11.27

$11.57

9,506,744

2013

$10.60

$11.33

60,155,940

$10.56

$11.27

10,833,646

2012

$9.60

$10.60

62,242,471

$9.59

$10.56

11,428,802

05/02/2011 - 12/31/2011

$10.00

$9.60

51,533,073

$9.93

$9.59

9,909,214

PSF DFA Balanced Allocation

      

2017

$10.46

$11.68

683,293

$10.45

$11.64

32,772

06/06/2016 - 12/31/2016

$10.10

$10.46

313,297

$10.21

$10.45

10,022

Real Estate

      

2017

$12.53

$12.79

1,375,987

$12.29

$12.52

255,758

2016

$11.90

$12.53

1,496,108

$11.69

$12.29

259,365

2015

$11.85

$11.90

1,600,760

$11.67

$11.69

282,753

2014

$9.18

$11.85

1,819,706

$9.05

$11.67

329,749

2013

$9.13

$9.18

1,792,407

$9.02

$9.05

334,363

2012

$7.95

$9.13

1,631,520

$7.87

$9.02

443,846

2011

$7.58

$7.95

1,179,175

$7.52

$7.87

360,509

2010

$5.87

$7.58

4,931,246

$5.84

$7.52

1,237,548

2009

$4.49

$5.87

5,479,949

$4.47

$5.84

1,475,170

2008

$7.57

$4.49

3,938,926

$7.55

$4.47

1,087,183

289


485BPOS291st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 291st
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Short Duration Bond

      

2017

$10.64

$10.65

1,873,132

$10.43

$10.42

290,389

2016

$10.58

$10.64

1,737,359

$10.40

$10.43

219,604

2015

$10.67

$10.58

1,604,855

$10.51

$10.40

264,847

2014

$10.73

$10.67

1,589,240

$10.58

$10.51

315,410

2013

$10.81

$10.73

1,390,072

$10.68

$10.58

262,074

2012

$10.59

$10.81

1,015,046

$10.49

$10.68

215,100

2011

$10.62

$10.59

1,137,064

$10.54

$10.49

179,129

2010

$10.39

$10.62

12,523,620

$10.33

$10.54

2,920,446

2009

$9.68

$10.39

9,193,335

$9.64

$10.33

2,160,498

2008

$10.31

$9.68

8,029,629

$10.29

$9.64

1,859,123

Small-Cap Equity

      

2017

$19.84

$21.33

256,449

$19.46

$20.87

60,665

2016

$15.39

$19.84

270,094

$15.12

$19.46

60,508

2015

$16.90

$15.39

282,662

$16.64

$15.12

59,814

2014

$16.81

$16.90

300,880

$16.58

$16.64

60,040

2013

$12.55

$16.81

337,102

$12.41

$16.58

66,347

2012

$10.95

$12.55

310,199

$10.85

$12.41

56,929

2011

$11.47

$10.95

269,323

$11.38

$10.85

47,557

2010

$9.66

$11.47

8,039,467

$9.60

$11.38

2,052,490

2009

$7.50

$9.66

5,262,079

$7.47

$9.60

1,388,338

2008

$10.27

$7.50

4,674,528

$10.25

$7.47

1,257,822

Small-Cap Index

      

2017

$16.48

$18.58

736,986

$16.15

$18.18

161,116

2016

$13.81

$16.48

653,442

$13.57

$16.15

157,740

2015

$14.70

$13.81

644,652

$14.47

$13.57

175,457

2014

$14.24

$14.70

715,174

$14.05

$14.47

319,999

2013

$10.42

$14.24

818,463

$10.30

$14.05

302,799

2012

$9.08

$10.42

608,420

$8.99

$10.30

267,958

2011

$9.61

$9.08

446,319

$9.54

$8.99

228,934

2010

$7.69

$9.61

661,740

$7.65

$9.54

269,401

2009

$6.07

$7.69

595,013

$6.05

$7.65

149,226

2008

$9.45

$6.07

533,771

$9.43

$6.05

119,381

Small-Cap Value

      

2017

$20.10

$21.59

671,386

$19.70

$21.12

86,810

2016

$15.69

$20.10

768,840

$15.41

$19.70

98,901

2015

$16.59

$15.69

740,520

$16.33

$15.41

106,080

2014

$15.88

$16.59

816,039

$15.66

$16.33

139,299

2013

$12.13

$15.88

853,745

$11.98

$15.66

143,013

2012

$11.04

$12.13

738,096

$10.93

$11.98

121,932

2011

$10.92

$11.04

589,352

$10.83

$10.93

111,000

2010

$8.81

$10.92

3,907,317

$8.76

$10.83

930,016

2009

$7.01

$8.81

4,778,372

$6.98

$8.76

1,208,517

2008

$9.88

$7.01

2,491,618

$9.86

$6.98

621,931

Technology

      

2017

$11.90

$16.33

807,932

$11.67

$15.98

216,278

2016

$12.89

$11.90

677,371

$12.67

$11.67

190,327

2015

$13.45

$12.89

647,242

$13.24

$12.67

211,859

2014

$12.39

$13.45

566,592

$12.22

$13.24

191,364

2013

$10.23

$12.39

553,618

$10.11

$12.22

162,077

2012

$9.66

$10.23

488,153

$9.56

$10.11

122,590

2011

$10.27

$9.66

499,480

$10.19

$9.56

88,954

2010

$8.55

$10.27

393,095

$8.50

$10.19

79,968

2009

$5.67

$8.55

299,813

$5.65

$8.50

51,186

2008

$11.86

$5.67

97,094

$11.84

$5.65

8,698

Value Advantage

      

2017

$14.19

$16.04

93,216

$14.09

$15.89

17,707

2016

$12.32

$14.19

68,115

$12.26

$14.09

19,867

2015

$13.08

$12.32

37,853

$13.04

$12.26

7,514

2014

$11.59

$13.08

97,937

$11.58

$13.04

2,786

05/09/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.16

$11.59

5,970

$10.57

$11.58

1,214

290


485BPOS292nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 292nd
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Invesco V.I. Balanced-Risk Allocation Fund Series II

      

2017

$17.83

$19.37

4,260,775

$17.56

$19.02

494,401

2016

$16.18

$17.83

4,944,062

$15.96

$17.56

560,949

2015

$17.12

$16.18

5,094,079

$16.92

$15.96

566,522

2014

$16.38

$17.12

5,754,939

$16.22

$16.92

666,792

2013

$16.34

$16.38

6,334,418

$16.21

$16.22

705,759

2012

$14.94

$16.34

5,307,975

$14.85

$16.21

691,633

2011

$13.66

$14.94

2,078,376

$13.61

$14.85

317,180

2010

$12.64

$13.66

789,286

$12.62

$13.61

210,550

02/09/2009 - 12/31/2009

$10.31

$12.64

805,348

$10.31

$12.62

172,164

Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund Series II

      

2017

$11.53

$12.63

119,767

$11.47

$12.54

68,225

2016

$10.16

$11.53

286,392

$10.12

$11.47

31,934

2015

$10.55

$10.16

79,961

$10.53

$10.12

20,075

06/19/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.26

$10.55

31,597

$10.16

$10.53

16,560

Invesco V.I. Global Real Estate Fund Series II

      

2017

$9.44

$10.52

30,435

$9.41

$10.46

6,414

2016

$9.38

$9.44

17,033

$9.36

$9.41

6,291

05/26/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.90

$9.38

10,834

$9.39

$9.36

3,927

American Century VP Mid Cap Value Fund Class II

      

2017

$17.07

$18.81

279,600

$16.93

$18.62

42,742

2016

$14.07

$17.07

336,424

$13.98

$16.93

67,821

2015

$14.46

$14.07

162,990

$14.40

$13.98

19,878

2014

$12.58

$14.46

210,321

$12.56

$14.40

16,269

01/18/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.24

$12.58

71,813

$10.35

$12.56

10,248

American Funds IS Asset Allocation Fund Class 4

      

2017

$10.61

$12.15

43,492,275

$10.58

$12.10

6,710,931

2016

$9.83

$10.61

44,588,481

$9.82

$10.58

7,216,146

10/30/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.00

$9.83

44,863,108

$10.00

$9.82

7,365,763

American Funds IS Blue Chip Income and Growth Fund Class 4

      

2017

$11.44

$13.20

346,713

$11.41

$13.14

73,751

2016

$9.76

$11.44

328,301

$9.76

$11.41

78,794

12/04/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.94

$9.76

10,716

$9.79

$9.76

986

American Funds IS Bond Fund Class 4

      

2017

$10.06

$10.27

91,888

$10.04

$10.23

6,355

2016

$9.90

$10.06

56,772

$9.99

$10.04

8,084

11/16/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.93

$9.90

6,378

N/A

N/A

N/A

American Funds IS Capital Income Builder Class 4

      

2017

$9.86

$10.98

238,885

$9.81

$10.90

114,112

2016

$9.61

$9.86

170,750

$9.58

$9.81

116,821

2015

$9.90

$9.61

120,380

$9.89

$9.58

118,672

05/09/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.00

$9.90

19,139

$10.08

$9.89

100,973

American Funds IS Global Balanced Fund Class 4

      

2017

$10.11

$11.93

248,033

$10.09

$11.88

22,454

2016

$9.82

$10.11

19,336

$9.51

$10.09

12,779

12/03/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.91

$9.82

3,344

N/A

N/A

N/A

American Funds IS Global Bond Fund Class 4

      

2017

$9.92

$10.46

67,711

$9.90

$10.42

4,691

2016

$9.80

$9.92

29,953

$9.80

$9.90

4,647

12/01/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.85

$9.80

439

N/A

N/A

N/A

American Funds IS Global Growth and Income Fund Class 4

      

2017

$10.35

$12.88

75,101

$10.33

$12.82

24,737

2016

$9.78

$10.35

32,580

$10.00

$10.33

8,783

11/02/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.09

$9.78

1,016

N/A

N/A

N/A

American Funds IS Global Growth Fund Class 4

      

2017

$11.18

$14.49

296,357

$11.11

$14.37

33,413

2016

$11.27

$11.18

185,771

$11.22

$11.11

9,681

2015

$10.68

$11.27

223,359

$10.66

$11.22

4,559

2014

$10.59

$10.68

47,277

$10.66

$10.66

604

12/02/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.29

$10.59

2,103

N/A

N/A

N/A

291


485BPOS293rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 293rd
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

American Funds IS Global Small Capitalization Fund Class 4

      

2017

$9.93

$12.33

59,671

$9.91

$12.28

8,319

2016

$9.86

$9.93

6,611

$9.23

$9.91

2,544

11/10/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.07

$9.86

1,564

N/A

N/A

N/A

American Funds IS Growth Fund Class 4

      

2017

$10.71

$13.55

2,410,922

$10.68

$13.49

506,671

2016

$9.92

$10.71

2,552,385

$9.92

$10.68

515,794

10/30/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.00

$9.92

2,866,391

$10.00

$9.92

611,563

American Funds IS Growth-Income Fund Class 4

      

2017

$10.78

$13.01

2,125,764

$10.76

$12.96

672,074

2016

$9.80

$10.78

2,430,483

$9.80

$10.76

652,511

10/30/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.00

$9.80

2,562,727

$10.00

$9.80

746,024

American Funds IS High-Income Bond Fund Class 4

      

2017

$10.98

$11.58

135,106

$10.96

$11.53

15,672

01/07/2016 - 12/31/2016

$9.41

$10.98

71,431

$9.20

$10.96

7,189

American Funds IS International Fund Class 4

      

2017

$9.20

$11.99

296,669

$9.15

$11.90

34,638

2016

$9.01

$9.20

125,365

$8.98

$9.15

20,356

2015

$9.57

$9.01

94,988

$9.56

$8.98

26,524

06/09/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.35

$9.57

38,245

$10.17

$9.56

1,475

American Funds IS International Growth and Income Fund Class 4

      

2017

$9.13

$11.25

152,479

$9.07

$11.16

19,403

2016

$9.13

$9.13

99,337

$9.09

$9.07

15,767

2015

$9.80

$9.13

108,894

$9.78

$9.09

15,309

2014

$10.26

$9.80

63,188

$10.26

$9.78

11,452

11/14/2013 - 12/31/2013

$9.93

$10.26

2,258

$10.09

$10.26

1,555

American Funds IS Managed Risk Asset Allocation Fund Class P2

      

2017

$10.86

$12.33

868,895

$10.79

$12.22

54,719

2016

$10.24

$10.86

604,111

$10.20

$10.79

50,499

2015

$10.47

$10.24

329,657

$10.45

$10.20

42,933

2014

$10.29

$10.47

281,070

$10.29

$10.45

19,216

11/19/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.04

$10.29

19.941

$10.07

$10.29

1,433

American Funds IS New World Fund Class 4

      

2017

$9.16

$11.69

205,597

$9.10

$11.59

39,594

2016

$8.82

$9.16

115,150

$8.78

$9.10

47,349

2015

$9.23

$8.82

72,258

$9.21

$8.78

12,710

2014

$10.17

$9.23

44,168

$10.16

$9.21

7,907

11/06/2013 - 12/31/2013

$9.88

$10.17

1,519

$9.97

$10.16

4,000

American Funds IS U.S. Government/AAA-Rated Securities Fund Class 4

      

2017

$10.21

$10.22

291,391

$10.14

$10.13

23,710

2016

$10.22

$10.21

305,572

$10.18

$10.14

6,690

2015

$10.21

$10.22

256,885

$10.26

$10.18

4,289

2014

$9.86

$10.21

167,436

N/A

N/A

N/A

11/06/2013 - 12/31/2013

$9.99

$9.86

19,095

N/A

N/A

N/A

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund Class III

      

2017

$12.17

$13.68

38,224,035

$11.96

$13.42

4,420,793

2016

$11.86

$12.17

44,181,224

$11.68

$11.96

5,092,876

2015

$12.12

$11.86

49,956,865

$11.96

$11.68

5,887,595

2014

$12.03

$12.12

54,374,566

$11.89

$11.96

6,609,083

2013

$10.63

$12.03

57,189,743

$10.53

$11.89

7,019,196

2012

$9.78

$10.63

49,114,440

$9.71

$10.53

6,663,628

2011

$10.27

$9.78

36,075,482

$10.21

$9.71

6,043,099

2010

$9.46

$10.27

28,731,050

$9.43

$10.21

5,093,278

2009

$7.92

$9.46

24,831,756

$7.91

$9.43

4,222,873

05/05/2008 - 12/31/2008

$10.04

$7.92

10,017,720

$10.04

$7.91

2,108,239

BlackRock iShares Alternative Strategies V.I. Fund Class I

      

2017

$10.55

$11.76

58,861

$10.49

$11.67

4,440

2016

$10.02

$10.55

42,366

$9.99

$10.49

9,527

2015

$10.24

$10.02

30,110

$10.28

$9.99

3,919

06/09/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.25

$10.24

16,014

N/A

N/A

N/A

292


485BPOS294th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 294th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

BlackRock iShares Dynamic Allocation V.I. Fund Class I

      

2017

$10.04

$11.43

65,542

$9.99

$11.35

7,119

2016

$9.54

$10.04

72,738

$9.51

$9.99

7,172

2015

$10.04

$9.54

59,625

$10.03

$9.51

7,225

06/06/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.19

$10.04

24,858

$9.89

$10.03

1,002

BlackRock iShares Dynamic Fixed Income V.I. Fund Class I

      

2017

$10.04

$10.31

137,854

$9.98

$10.23

6,668

2016

$9.81

$10.04

109,590

$9.78

$9.98

6,719

2015

$10.04

$9.81

72,767

$10.03

$9.78

10,555

06/19/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.02

$10.04

28,188

$10.02

$10.03

2,860

BlackRock iShares Equity Appreciation V.I. Fund Class I

      

2017

$9.95

$11.99

42,787

$9.90

$11.90

5,064

2016

$9.21

$9.95

54,785

$9.18

$9.90

4,173

2015

$9.96

$9.21

44,694

$9.95

$9.18

4,199

05/20/2014 - 12/31/2014

$9.92

$9.96

30,566

$9.85

$9.95

4,080

ClearBridge Variable Aggressive Growth Portfolio – Class II

      

2017

$9.84

$11.28

53,387

$9.82

$11.24

1,352

2016

$9.86

$9.84

94,335

$9.86

$9.82

906

11/03/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.20

$9.86

31,074

$9.86

$9.86

1,522

Fidelity VIP Contrafund Portfolio Service Class 2

      

2017

$14.72

$17.69

728,941

$14.60

$17.51

80,042

2016

$13.82

$14.72

582,504

$13.74

$14.60

74,646

2015

$13.92

$13.82

613,379

$13.87

$13.74

76,507

2014

$12.61

$13.92

405,923

$12.59

$13.87

66,309

01/11/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.05

$12.61

289,749

$10.15

$12.59

25,192

Fidelity VIP FundsManager 60% Portfolio Service Class 2

      

2017

$12.78

$14.75

2,552,619

$12.66

$14.59

271,470

2016

$12.35

$12.78

2,479,129

$12.26

$12.66

297,644

2015

$12.46

$12.35

2,963,386

$12.40

$12.26

361,929

2014

$11.98

$12.46

2,226,834

$11.94

$12.40

280,025

2013

$10.23

$11.98

1,691,378

$10.22

$11.94

150,536

05/04/2012 - 12/31/2012

$9.85

$10.23

665,503

$9.85

$10.22

73,790

Fidelity VIP Government Money Market Portfolio Service Class

      

2017

$9.71

$9.65

2,835,129

$9.66

$9.58

381,432

2016

$9.81

$9.71

2,799,865

$9.78

$9.66

768,812

2015

$9.92

$9.81

2,773,601

$9.91

$9.78

1,058,771

04/30/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.00

$9.92

2,253,254

$10.00

$9.91

477,113

Fidelity VIP Strategic Income Portfolio Service Class 2

      

2017

$10.55

$11.21

209,195

$10.48

$11.12

38,300

2016

$9.88

$10.55

146,254

$9.83

$10.48

45,975

2015

$10.19

$9.88

148,699

$10.16

$9.83

40,878

2014

$9.97

$10.19

58,725

$10.03

$10.16

32,790

12/10/2013 - 12/31/2013

$9.99

$9.97

662

N/A

N/A

N/A

First Trust Dorsey Wright Tactical Core Portfolio Class I

      

2017

$9.90

$11.50

139,709

$9.88

$11.45

7,370

2016

$9.93

$9.90

144,763

$9.93

$9.88

5,446

11/24/2015 - 12/31/2015

$10.13

$9.93

51,503

$10.13

$9.93

162,252

First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio Class I

      

2017

$13.73

$15.40

4,978,754

$13.60

$15.22

543,317

2016

$12.43

$13.73

4,940,788

$12.34

$13.60

582,881

2015

$12.56

$12.43

2,838,609

$12.49

$12.34

268,248

2014

$11.55

$12.56

2,635,433

$11.51

$12.49

250,938

2013

$10.36

$11.55

2,301,354

$10.34

$11.51

202,572

05/04/2012 - 12/31/2012

$9.93

$10.36

905,349

$9.93

$10.34

106,159

First Trust Multi Income Allocation Portfolio Class I

      

2017

$10.73

$11.24

66,268

$10.67

$11.16

14,765

2016

$9.93

$10.73

42,001

$9.89

$10.67

4,489

2015

$10.38

$9.93

12,463

$10.36

$9.89

4,800

06/09/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.19

$10.38

10,347

$10.29

$10.36

4,008

293


485BPOS295th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 295th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Franklin Founding Funds Allocation VIP Fund Class 4

      

2017

$13.18

$14.56

5,623,078

$12.95

$14.29

1,159,602

2016

$11.81

$13.18

6,574,911

$11.63

$12.95

1,285,822

2015

$12.74

$11.81

8,044,186

$12.57

$11.63

1,526,315

2014

$12.54

$12.74

9,314,151

$12.40

$12.57

1,764,823

2013

$10.26

$12.54

10,018,414

$10.16

$12.40

1,814,928

2012

$9.01

$10.26

9,169,832

$8.94

$10.16

1,678,333

2011

$9.27

$9.01

8,883,210

$9.22

$8.94

1,698,497

2010

$8.50

$9.27

7,176,927

$8.48

$9.22

1,481,513

2009

$6.61

$8.50

5,729,414

$6.61

$8.48

1,202,014

05/08/2008 - 12/31/2008

$10.00

$6.61

2,447,072

$10.18

$6.61

644,591

Franklin Income VIP Fund Class 2

      

2017

$10.11

$10.96

397,078

$10.08

$10.91

62,903

2016

$8.97

$10.11

230,808

$8.96

$10.08

25,975

05/06/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.92

$8.97

71,287

$9.98

$8.96

17,398

Franklin Mutual Global Discovery VIP Fund Class 2

      

2017

$13.69

$14.70

469,791

$13.58

$14.55

95,648

2016

$12.34

$13.69

406,302

$12.27

$13.58

109,632

2015

$12.96

$12.34

382,433

$12.91

$12.27

106,959

2014

$12.40

$12.96

302,942

$12.38

$12.91

58,450

01/04/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.07

$12.40

198,319

$10.47

$12.38

44,817

Franklin Rising Dividends VIP Fund Class 2

      

2017

$14.74

$17.57

588,567

$14.62

$17.39

127,902

2016

$12.85

$14.74

555,677

$12.77

$14.62

131,821

2015

$13.49

$12.85

429,464

$13.43

$12.77

112,556

2014

$12.55

$13.49

411,377

$12.52

$13.43

106,622

01/11/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.05

$12.55

296,299

$10.31

$12.52

33,459

Ivy VIP Asset Strategy Class II

      

2017

$8.48

$9.92

113,407

$8.44

$9.84

5,830

2016

$8.80

$8.48

106,220

$8.77

$8.44

9,024

2015

$9.72

$8.80

108,614

$9.70

$8.77

4,531

06/16/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.13

$9.72

60,600

$10.06

$9.70

4,216

Ivy VIP Energy Class II

      

2017

$9.29

$8.02

301,584

$9.26

$7.98

50,913

2016

$6.98

$9.29

305,111

$6.97

$9.26

48,453

05/05/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.79

$6.98

73,951

$8.11

$6.97

15,250

Janus Henderson Balanced Portfolio Service Shares

      

2017

$12.81

$14.96

13,310,407

$12.71

$14.81

1,926,309

2016

$12.42

$12.81

13,911,910

$12.34

$12.71

1,975,833

2015

$12.51

$12.42

12,741,197

$12.46

$12.34

2,007,610

2014

$11.69

$12.51

7,495,400

$11.67

$12.46

1,168,162

01/10/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.06

$11.69

5,261,488

$10.20

$11.67

1,042,348

Janus Henderson Flexible Bond Portfolio Service Shares

      

2017

$10.08

$10.30

142,435

$10.03

$10.22

20,917

2016

$9.98

$10.08

152,222

$9.94

$10.03

16,333

2015

$10.10

$9.98

70,857

$10.08

$9.94

16,473

05/29/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.08

$10.10

19,621

$10.06

$10.08

29,838

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio Class 2

      

2017

$9.85

$11.38

121,448

$9.82

$11.32

31,983

2016

$9.41

$9.85

76,495

$9.40

$9.82

27,869

05/20/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.92

$9.41

47,525

$10.03

$9.40

23,324

JPMorgan Insurance Trust Income Builder Portfolio Class 2

      

2017

$10.00

$11.05

96,682

$9.97

$10.99

18,717

2016

$9.53

$10.00

91,131

$9.52

$9.97

13,825

06/11/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.88

$9.53

35,671

$9.86

$9.52

10,003

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio Class VC

      

2017

$11.86

$12.80

415,952

$11.76

$12.67

86,473

2016

$10.69

$11.86

303,616

$10.63

$11.76

64,251

2015

$10.99

$10.69

268,410

$10.94

$10.63

59,164

2014

$10.65

$10.99

230,850

$10.63

$10.94

57,554

01/16/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.09

$10.65

173,280

$10.14

$10.63

22,085

294


485BPOS296th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 296th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Lord Abbett International Equity Portfolio Class VC

      

2017

$8.57

$10.65

30,370

$8.53

$10.57

9,986

2016

$8.82

$8.57

18,666

$8.79

$8.53

10,488

2015

$9.09

$8.82

17,680

$9.08

$8.79

2,313

07/01/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.23

$9.09

10,781

$10.19

$9.08

2,127

Lord Abbett Total Return Portfolio Class VC

      

2017

$10.30

$10.58

282,738

$10.25

$10.50

67,672

2016

$9.99

$10.30

395,973

$9.96

$10.25

64,845

2015

$10.18

$9.99

155,919

$10.16

$9.96

52,199

05/08/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.02

$10.18

81,803

$10.05

$10.16

2,356

MFS Total Return Series – Service Class

      

2017

$13.86

$15.35

3,878,982

$13.71

$15.15

530,844

2016

$12.89

$13.86

3,866,709

$12.77

$13.71

545,779

2015

$13.11

$12.89

3,147,502

$13.02

$12.77

510,543

2014

$12.25

$13.11

3,181,971

$12.19

$13.02

627,318

2013

$10.44

$12.25

2,703,332

$10.40

$12.19

577,071

2012

$9.52

$10.44

1,485,351

$9.51

$10.40

154,043

05/26/2011 - 12/31/2011

$9.87

$9.52

309,188

$9.78

$9.51

49,834

MFS Utilities Series – Service Class

      

2017

$12.03

$13.62

170,331

$11.94

$13.48

21,597

2016

$10.94

$12.03

175,047

$10.88

$11.94

28,521

2015

$12.99

$10.94

167,462

$12.93

$10.88

29,658

2014

$11.68

$12.99

211,366

$11.66

$12.93

32,490

02/04/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.15

$11.68

48,096

$10.32

$11.66

13,851

Neuberger Berman U.S. Equity Index PutWrite Strategy Portfolio Class S

      

2017

$9.61

$10.13

6,529

N/A

N/A

N/A

03/28/2016 - 12/31/2016

$9.78

$9.61

4,853

N/A

N/A

N/A

Oppenheimer Global Fund/VA Service Shares

      

2017

$9.61

$12.96

103,375

$9.59

$12.90

22,201

2016

$9.74

$9.61

5,503

$8.77

$9.59

2,875

12/24/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.81

$9.74

1,705

N/A

N/A

N/A

Oppenheimer International Growth Fund/VA Service Shares

      

2017

$9.47

$11.84

129,847

$9.45

$11.79

24,438

2016

$9.85

$9.47

30,962

$9.29

$9.45

10,033

11/09/2015 - 12/31/2015

$9.91

$9.85

2,184

N/A

N/A

N/A

PIMCO All Asset All Authority Portfolio – Advisor Class

      

2017

$9.08

$9.96

48,589

$9.03

$9.89

11,924

2016

$8.09

$9.08

89,271

$8.06

$9.03

13,902

2015

$9.34

$8.09

37,605

$9.17

$8.06

11,809

05/29/2014 - 12/31/2014

$10.16

$9.34

23,505

N/A

N/A

N/A

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn Strategy Portfolio – Advisor Class

      

2017

$5.64

$5.69

95,436

$5.60

$5.64

27,901

2016

$4.97

$5.64

89,561

$4.94

$5.60

35,030

2015

$6.76

$4.97

69,045

$6.74

$4.94

32,796

2014

$8.41

$6.76

48,386

$8.39

$6.74

24,919

01/24/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.13

$8.41

25,628

$9.89

$8.39

13,737

State Street Total Return V.I.S. Fund Class 3

      

2017

$17.35

$19.77

9,384,654

$17.07

$19.42

1,253,141

2016

$16.54

$17.35

10,982,587

$16.31

$17.07

1,523,854

2015

$16.96

$16.54

12,415,377

$16.76

$16.31

1,762,892

2014

$16.33

$16.96

13,341,654

$16.17

$16.76

1,871,555

2013

$14.41

$16.33

13,786,309

$14.30

$16.17

1,924,974

2012

$12.98

$14.41

11,729,709

$12.91

$14.30

1,592,599

2011

$13.55

$12.98

7,644,225

$13.50

$12.91

1,043,780

2010

$12.54

$13.55

4,860,613

$12.51

$13.50

618,406

02/09/2009 - 12/31/2009

$10.29

$12.54

1,804,642

$10.29

$12.51

161,393

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund Class 2

      

2017

$9.68

$9.76

571,592

$9.61

$9.66

129,284

2016

$9.51

$9.68

469,519

$9.46

$9.61

124,102

2015

$10.06

$9.51

523,338

$10.02

$9.46

126,158

2014

$9.99

$10.06

442,779

$9.97

$10.02

105,358

01/04/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.00

$9.99

268,083

$9.98

$9.97

76,212

295


485BPOS297th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 297th
       

 

With Standard Death Benefit

With Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider

 

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

AUV at Beginning of Year

AUV at
End
of Year

Number of Subaccount Units Outstanding at End of Year

Van Eck VIP Global Hard Assets Fund Class S

      

2017

$7.90

$7.65

162,950

$7.84

$7.58

16,350

2016

$5.57

$7.90

224,236

$5.54

$7.84

18,699

2015

$8.49

$5.57

109,636

$8.46

$5.54

7,829

2014

$10.65

$8.49

101,737

$10.63

$8.46

17,153

01/16/2013 - 12/31/2013

$10.01

$10.65

42,511

$10.30

$10.63

9,828

296


485BPOS298th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 298th

WHERE TO GO FOR MORE INFORMATION

You will find more information about this variable annuity contract and Separate Account A in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated May 1, 2018.

The SAI has been filed with the SEC and is considered to be part of this Prospectus because it is incorporated by reference. The contents of the SAI are described in this Prospectus – see the Table of Contents.

You can get a copy of the SAI at no charge by visiting our website, calling or writing to us, or by contacting the SEC. The SEC may charge you a fee for this information.

The Pacific Voyages variable annuity Contract is offered by Pacific Life Insurance Company, 700 Newport Center Drive. P.O. Box 9000, Newport Beach, California 92660.

If you have any questions about the Contract, please ask your financial advisor or contact us.

How to Contact Us

Call or write our Service Center at:

Pacific Life Insurance Company
P.O. Box 2378
Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2378

Contract Owners: (800) 722-4448
Financial Advisors: (800) 722-2333
6 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific time

Send Purchase Payments, other payments and application forms to our Service Center at the following address:

By mail
Pacific Life Insurance Company
P.O. Box 2290
Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2290

By overnight delivery service
Pacific Life Insurance Company
6750 Mercy Road, 4th Floor, RSD
Omaha, Nebraska 68106

How to Contact the SEC

Commission’s Public Reference Section

100 F Street, NE

Washington, D.C. 20549

(202) 551-8090

Website: www.sec.gov

e-mail: publicinfo@sec.gov

FINRA Public Disclosure Program

The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) provides investor protection education through its website and printed materials. The FINRA regulation website address is www.finra.org. An investor brochure that includes information describing the BrokerCheck program may be obtained from FINRA. The FINRA BrokerCheck hotline number is (800) 289-9999. FINRA does not charge a fee for the BrokerCheck program services.


485BPOS299th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 299th



STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

May 1, 2018

PACIFIC VOYAGES®

SEPARATE ACCOUNT A

Pacific Voyages (the “Contract”) is a variable annuity contract offered by Pacific Life Insurance Company (“Pacific Life”).

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Contract’s Prospectus, dated May 1, 2018, and any supplement thereto, which is available without charge upon written or telephone request to Pacific Life or by visiting our website at www.pacificlife.com. Terms used in this SAI have the same meanings as in the Prospectus, and some additional terms are defined particularly for this SAI. This SAI is incorporated by reference into the Contract’s Prospectus.

Pacific Life Insurance Company

Mailing address: P.O. Box 2378

Omaha, Nebraska 68103-2378

(800) 722-4448 - Contract Owners

(800) 722-2333 - Financial Advisors


485BPOS300th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 300th

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

PERFORMANCE

1

Total Returns

1

Yields

2

Performance Comparisons and Benchmarks

3

Power of Tax Deferral

4

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

4

Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD)

4

THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

6

Calculating Subaccount Unit Values

6

Variable Annuity Payment Amounts

7

Redemptions of Remaining Guaranteed Variable Payments Under Options 2 and 4

9

Corresponding Dates

9

Age and Sex of Annuitant

10

Systematic Transfer Programs

10

Pre-Authorized Withdrawals

12

More on Federal Tax Issues

12

Safekeeping of Assets

15

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

16

i


485BPOS301st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 301st

PERFORMANCE

From time to time, our reports or other communications to current or prospective Contract Owners or our advertising or other promotional material may quote the performance (yield and total return) of a Subaccount. Quoted results are based on past performance and reflect the performance of all assets held in that Subaccount for the stated time period. Quoted results are neither an estimate nor a guarantee of future investment performance, and do not represent the actual experience of amounts invested by any particular Contract Owner.

Total Returns

A Subaccount may advertise its “average annual total return” over various periods of time. “Total return” represents the average percentage change in value of an investment in the Subaccount from the beginning of a measuring period to the end of that measuring period. “Annualized” total return assumes that the total return achieved for the measuring period is achieved for each full year period. “Average annual” total return is computed in accordance with a standard method prescribed by the SEC, and is also referred to as “standardized return.”

Average Annual Total Return

To calculate a Subaccount’s average annual total return for a specific measuring period, we first take a hypothetical $1,000 investment in that Subaccount, at its applicable Subaccount Unit Value (the “initial payment”) and we compute the ending redeemable value of that initial payment at the end of the measuring period based on the investment experience of that Subaccount (“full withdrawal value”). The full withdrawal value reflects the effect of all recurring fees and charges applicable to a Contract Owner under the Contract, including the Risk Charge, the asset-based Administrative Fee and the deduction of the applicable withdrawal charge, but does not reflect any charges for applicable premium taxes and/or any other taxes, any optional Rider charge, any non-recurring fees or charges, or any increase in the Risk Charge for an optional Death Benefit Rider. The Annual Fee is also taken into account, assuming an average Contract Value of $100,000. The redeemable value is then divided by the initial payment and this quotient is raised to the 365/N power (N represents the number of days in the measuring period), and 1 is subtracted from this result. Average annual total return is expressed as a percentage.

T = (ERV/P)(365/N) – 1

where T = average annual total return

ERV = ending redeemable value

P = hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

N = number of days

Average annual total return figures will be given for recent 1-, 3-, 5- and 10-year periods (if applicable), and may be given for other periods as well (such as from commencement of the Subaccount’s operations, or on a year-by-year basis).

When considering “average” total return figures for periods longer than one year, it is important to note that the relevant Subaccount’s annual total return for any one year in the period might have been greater or less than the average for the entire period.

Aggregate Total Return

A Subaccount may use “aggregate” total return figures along with its “average annual” total return figures for various periods; these figures represent the cumulative change in value of an investment in the Subaccount for a specific period. Aggregate total returns may be shown by means of schedules, charts or graphs and may indicate subtotals of the various components of total return. The SEC has not prescribed standard formulas for calculating aggregate total return.

Total returns may also be shown for the same periods that do not take into account the withdrawal charge or the Annual Fee.

1


485BPOS302nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 302nd

Non-Standardized Total Returns

We may also calculate non-standardized total returns which may or may not reflect any Annual Fee, withdrawal charges, increases in Risk Charge for an optional Death Benefit Rider, charges for premium taxes and/or any other taxes, any optional Rider charge, or any non-recurring fees or charges.

Standardized return figures will always accompany any non-standardized returns shown.

Yields

Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount

The “yield” (also called “current yield”) of the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount is computed in accordance with a standard method prescribed by the SEC. The net change in the Subaccount’s Unit Value during a seven-day period is divided by the Unit Value at the beginning of the period to obtain a base rate of return. The current yield is generated when the base rate is “annualized” by multiplying it by the fraction 365/7; that is, the base rate of return is assumed to be generated each week over a 365-day period and is shown as a percentage of the investment. The “effective yield” of the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the base rate of return is assumed to be reinvested. The effective yield will be slightly higher than the current yield because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.

The formula for effective yield is: [(Base Period Return + 1) (To the power of 365/7)] - 1.

Realized capital gains or losses and unrealized appreciation or depreciation of the assets of the underlying Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Portfolio are not included in the yield calculation. Current yield and effective yield do not reflect the deduction of charges for any applicable premium taxes and/or any other taxes, any increase in the Risk Charge for an optional Death Benefit Rider, any optional Rider charge or any non-recurring fees or charges, but do reflect a deduction for the Annual Fee, the Risk Charge, and the asset-based Administrative Fee and assume an average Contract Value of $100,000.

Other Subaccounts

“Yield” of the other Subaccounts is computed in accordance with a different standard method prescribed by the SEC. The net investment income (investment income less expenses) per Subaccount Unit earned during a specified one-month or 30-day period is divided by the Subaccount Unit Value on the last day of the specified period. This result is then annualized (that is, the yield is assumed to be generated each month or each 30-day period for a year), according to the following formula, which assumes semi-annual compounding:

   

YIELD = 2*[ (

a–b

+ 1)6-1]

c*d

where: a = net investment income earned during the period by the Portfolio attributable to the Subaccount.

b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).

c = the average daily number of Subaccount Units outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends.

d = the Unit Value of the Subaccount Units on the last day of the period.

The yield of each Subaccount reflects the deduction of all recurring fees and charges applicable to the Subaccount, such as the Risk Charge, and the asset-based Administrative Fee and the Annual Fee (assuming an average Contract Value of $100,000), but does not reflect any withdrawal charge, charge for applicable premium taxes and/or any other taxes, increase in the Risk Charge for an optional Death Benefit Rider, any optional Rider charge, or any non-recurring fees or charges.

The Subaccounts’ yields will vary from time to time depending upon market conditions, the composition of each Portfolio and operating expenses of the Fund allocated to each Portfolio. Consequently, any given performance quotation should not be considered representative of the Subaccount’s performance in the future. Yield should also be considered relative to changes in Subaccount Unit Values and to the relative risks associated with the investment policies and objectives of the various Portfolios. In addition, because performance will fluctuate, it may not provide

2


485BPOS303rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 303rd

a basis for comparing the yield of a Subaccount with certain bank deposits or other investments that pay a fixed yield or return for a stated period of time.

Performance Comparisons and Benchmarks

In advertisements and sales literature, we may compare the performance of some or all of the Subaccounts to the performance of other variable annuity issuers in general and to the performance of particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual funds, or series of mutual funds, with investment objectives similar to each of the Subaccounts. This performance may be presented as averages or rankings compiled by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. (“Lipper”), or Morningstar, Inc. (“Morningstar”), which are independent services that monitor and rank the performance of variable annuity issuers and mutual funds in each of the major categories of investment objectives on an industry-wide basis. Lipper’s rankings include variable life issuers as well as variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared by Lipper and Morningstar rank such issuers on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of dividends and distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account level into consideration. In addition, Morningstar prepares risk adjusted rankings, which consider the effects of market risk on total return performance. We may also compare the performance of the Subaccounts with performance information included in other publications and services that monitor the performance of insurance company separate accounts or other investment vehicles. These other services or publications may be general interest business publications such as The Wall Street Journal, Barron’s, Business Week, Forbes, Fortune, and Money.

In addition, our reports and communications to Contract Owners, advertisements, or sales literature may compare a Subaccount’s performance to various benchmarks that measure the performance of a pertinent group of securities widely regarded by investors as being representative of the securities markets in general or as being representative of a particular type of security. We may also compare the performance of the Subaccounts with that of other appropriate indices of investment securities and averages for peer universes of funds or data developed by us derived from such indices or averages. Unmanaged indices generally assume the reinvestment of dividends or interest but do not generally reflect deductions for investment management or administrative costs and expenses.

Tax Deferred Accumulation

In reports or other communications to you or in advertising or sales materials, we may also describe the effects of tax-deferred compounding on the Separate Account’s investment returns or upon returns in general. These effects may be illustrated in charts or graphs and may include comparisons at various points in time of returns under the Contract or in general on a tax-deferred basis with the returns on a taxable basis. Different tax rates may be assumed.

In general, individuals who own annuity contracts are not taxed on increases in the value under the annuity contract until some form of distribution is made from the contract (Non-Natural Persons as Owners may not receive tax deferred accumulation). Thus, the annuity contract will benefit from tax deferral during the accumulation period, which generally will have the effect of permitting an investment in an annuity contract to grow more rapidly than a comparable investment under which increases in value are taxed on a current basis. The following chart illustrates this benefit by comparing accumulation under a variable annuity contract with accumulations from an investment on which gains are taxed on a current ordinary income basis.

The chart shows a single Purchase Payment of $10,000, assuming hypothetical annual returns of 0%, 4% and 8%, compounded annually, and a tax rate of 32%. The values shown for the taxable investment do not include any deduction for management fees or other expenses but assume that taxes are deducted annually from investment returns. The values shown for the variable annuity do not reflect the Risk Charge, and the asset-based Administrative Fee and the Annual Fee (assuming an average Contract Value of $100,000), any withdrawal charge, charge for applicable premium taxes and/or any other taxes, increase in the Risk Charge for an optional Death Benefit Rider, any optional Rider charge, or any underlying Fund expenses.

If above expenses and fees were taken into account, they would reduce the investment return shown for both the taxable investment and the hypothetical variable annuity contract. In addition, these values assume that you do not surrender the Contract or make any withdrawals until the end of the period shown. The chart assumes a full withdrawal, at the end of the period shown, of all Contract Value and the payment of taxes at the 32% rate on the amount in excess of the Purchase Payment.

3


485BPOS304th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 304th

The rates of return illustrated are hypothetical and are not an estimate or guarantee of performance. Actual tax rates may vary for different assets (e.g. capital gains and qualifying dividend income) and taxpayers from that illustrated. Withdrawals by and distributions to Contract Owners who have not reached age 59½ may be subject to a tax penalty of 10%.

Power of Tax Deferral

$10,000 investment at annual rates of return of 0%, 4% and 8%, taxed @ 32%

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD)

Pacific Select Distributors, LLC, our subsidiary, acts as the distributor of the Contracts and offers the Contracts on a continuous basis. PSD is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. PSD is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and is a member of FINRA. We pay PSD for acting as distributor under a Distribution Agreement. We and PSD enter into selling agreements with broker-dealers whose financial advisors are authorized by state insurance departments to solicit applications for the Contracts. The aggregate amount of underwriting commissions paid to PSD for 2017, 2016 and 2015 with regard to this Contract was $29,995,868, $29,696,614 and $31,832,140 respectively, of which $0 was retained.

PSD or an affiliate pays various sales compensation to broker-dealers that solicit applications for the Contracts. PSD or an affiliate also may provide reimbursement for other expenses associated with the promotion and solicitation of applications for the Contracts. Your financial advisor typically receives a portion of the compensation that is payable to his or her broker-dealer in connection with the Contract, depending on the agreement between your financial advisor and his or her firm. Pacific Life is not involved in determining that compensation arrangement, which may present its own incentives or conflicts. You may ask your financial advisor how he/she will personally be compensated for the transaction.

Under certain circumstances where PSD pays lower initial commissions, certain broker-dealers that solicit applications for Contracts may be paid an ongoing persistency trail commission (sometimes called a residual). The mix of Purchase Payment-based versus trail commissions varies depending upon our agreement with the selling

4


485BPOS305th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 305th

broker-dealer and the commission option selected by your financial advisor or broker-dealer. Certain broker-dealers may also be paid an amount under a persistency program which will be based on assets under management and duration of contracts. The amount under the persistency program for a financial advisor is not expected to exceed 0.25% of their total assets under management.

In addition to the Purchase Payment-based, trail commissions and persistency program described above, we and/or an affiliate may pay additional cash compensation from our own resources in connection with the promotion and solicitation of applications for the Contracts by some, but not all, broker-dealers. The range of additional cash compensation based on Purchase Payments generally does not exceed 0.40% and trailing compensation based on Account Value generally does not exceed 0.15% on an annual basis. Such additional compensation may give Pacific Life greater access to financial advisors of the broker-dealers that receive such compensation. While this greater access provides the opportunity for training and other educational programs so that your financial advisor may serve you better, this additional compensation also may afford Pacific Life a “preferred” status at the recipient broker-dealer and provide some other marketing benefit such as website placement, access to financial advisor lists, extra marketing assistance or other heightened visibility and access to the broker-dealer’s sales force that otherwise influences the way that the broker-dealer and the financial advisor market the Contracts.

As of December 31, 2017, the following firms have arrangements in effect with the Distributor pursuant to which the firm is entitled to receive a revenue sharing payment:

American Portfolios Financial Services Inc., Bancwest Investment Services Inc., Bok Financial Securities Inc, Caderet, Grant & Co., Cambridge Investment Research Inc, Citizens Securities Inc, C U N A Brokerage Services Inc., C U S O Financial Services LP, Capital One Investing, Cetera Advisors LLC, Cetera Advisors Network LLC, Cetera Financial Institutions, Cetera Financial Specialists, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., CMS Investment Resources LLC, Commonwealth Financial Network, B B V A Securities Inc., Edward D. Jones & Co., LP, Ensemble Financial Services Inc., The Enterprise Securities Co., Essex Financial Services Inc., F S C Securities Corporation, Fifth Third Securities Inc., Financial Advisors, First Allied Securities Inc., First Citizens Investor, First Heartland Capital Inc., FTB Advisors Inc., Frost Brokerage Services Inc, Geneos Wealth Management Inc., Girard Securities, Hancock Investment Services, Horan Securities Inc., Independent Financial Group, Infinex Investments Inc., Invest Financial Corporation, Investacorp Inc., Investment Centers of America Inc., Investment Professionals Inc., J J B Hilliard, Jacques Financial LLC, Janney Montgomery Scott Inc., Key Investment Services LLC, Kestra Investment Services, KMS Financial Service, L P L Financial LLC, Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp., Lincoln Financial Securities Corp., M & T Securities Inc., M Holdings Securities Inc., M M L Investors Services Inc., Meridian Financial Group Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Mutual Of Omaha Investor Services Inc., National Planning Corporation, Navy Federal Brokerage, NEXT Financial Group Inc., Oppenheimer & CO. Inc, Park Avenue Securities LLC., Packerland Brokerage, People’s Securities, ProEquities Inc., Questar Capital Corporation, R B C Capital Markets Corporation, Raymond James & Associates Inc., Raymond James Financial Services Inc., Robert W Baird & Company Inc., Royal Alliance Associates Inc., S I I Investments Inc., Sagepoint Financial Inc., Santander Securities LLC, Securian Financial Services Inc., Securities America Inc., Securities Service Network, Signator Investors Inc., Sorrento Pacific Financial LLC, Stephens Inc., Stifel Nicolaus & Company Inc., Summit Brokerage Services Inc., SWBC Investment Services LLC, The Huntington Bank, The Huntington Investment, Transamerica Financial Advisors Inc., Triad Advisors Inc., U B S Financial Services Inc., U S Bancorp Investments Inc., Unionbanc Investment Services LLC, United Planners’ Financial Services of America, VOYA Financial Advisors, W L Lyons Inc., Wells Fargo Advisors LLC, Wells Fargo Investments LLC, Wescom Financial Services LLC, Woodbury Financial Services Inc.

We or our affiliates may also pay override payments, expense allowances and reimbursements, bonuses, wholesaler fees, and training and marketing allowances. Such payments may offset the broker-dealer’s expenses in connection with activities that it is required to perform, such as educating personnel and maintaining records. Financial advisors may also receive non-cash compensation, such as expense-paid educational or training seminars involving travel within and outside the U.S. or promotional merchandise.

All of the compensation described in this section, and other compensation or benefits provided by us or our affiliates, may be more or less than the overall compensation on similar or other products and may influence your financial advisor or broker-dealer to present this Contract over other investment options. You may ask your financial advisor about these potential conflicts of interest and how he/she and his/her broker-dealer are compensated for selling the Contract.

5


485BPOS306th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 306th

Portfolio Managers of the underlying Portfolios available under this Contract may from time to time bear all or a portion of the expenses of conferences or meetings sponsored by Pacific Life or PSD that are attended by, among others, representatives of PSD, who would receive information and/or training regarding the Fund’s Portfolios and their management by the Portfolio Managers in addition to information regarding the variable annuity and/or life insurance products issued by Pacific Life and its affiliates. Other persons may also attend all or a portion of any such conferences or meetings, including directors, officers and employees of Pacific Life, officers and trustees of Pacific Select Fund, and spouses/guests of the foregoing. The Pacific Select Fund Board of Trustees may hold meetings concurrently with such a conference or meeting. The Pacific Select Fund pays for the expenses of the meetings of its Board of Trustees, including the pro rata share of expenses for attendance by the Trustees at the concurrent conferences or meetings sponsored by Pacific Life or PSD. Additional expenses and promotional items may be paid for by Pacific Life and/or Portfolio Managers. PSD serves as the Pacific Select Fund Distributor.

THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

Pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 4.5, Pacific Life has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act. Therefore, it is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Calculating Subaccount Unit Values

The Unit Value of the Subaccount Units in each Variable Investment Option is computed at the close of the New York Stock Exchange, which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on each Business Day. The initial Unit Value of each Subaccount was $10 on the Business Day the Subaccount began operations. At the end of each Business Day, the Unit Value for a Subaccount is equal to:

Y × Z

where (Y) = the Unit Value for that Subaccount as of the end of the preceding Business Day; and

(Z) = the Net Investment Factor for that Subaccount for the period (a “valuation period”) between that Business Day and the immediately preceding Business Day.

The “Net Investment Factor” for a Subaccount for any valuation period is equal to:

(A ÷ B) - C

where (A) = the “per share value of the assets” of that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation period, which is equal to: a+b+c

where (a) = the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio shares held by that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation period;

 (b) = the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by the Fund for that Portfolio during that valuation period; and

 (c) = any per share charge (a negative number) or credit (a positive number) for any income taxes or other amounts set aside during that valuation period as a reserve for any income and/or any other taxes which we determine to have resulted from the operations of the Subaccount or Contract, and/or any taxes attributable, directly or indirectly, to Investments;

(B) = the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio shares held by the Subaccount as of the end of the preceding valuation period; and

(C) = a factor that assesses against the Subaccount net assets for each calendar day in the valuation period, the basic Risk Charge plus the Administrative Fee and any applicable increase in the Risk Charge (see the CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS section in the Prospectus).

As explained in the Prospectus, the Annual Fee, if applicable, will be charged proportionately against your Investment Options. Assessments against your Variable Investment Options are assessed against your Variable Account Value through the automatic debit of Subaccount Units; the Annual Fee decreases the number of Subaccount Units attributed to your Contract but does not alter the Unit Value for any Subaccount.

6


485BPOS307th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 307th

Variable Annuity Payment Amounts

The following steps show how we determine the amount of each variable annuity payment under your Contract.

First: Pay Applicable Premium Taxes

When you convert any portion of your Net Contract Value into annuity payments, you must pay any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes on your Contract Value (unless applicable law requires those taxes to be paid at a later time). We assess this charge by reducing your Account Value proportionately, relative to your Account Value in each Subaccount and in any fixed option, in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the charges. The remaining amount of your available Net Contract Value may be used to provide variable annuity payments. Alternatively, your remaining available Net Contract Value may be used to provide fixed annuity payments, or it may be divided to provide both fixed and variable annuity payments. You may also choose to withdraw some or all of your remaining Net Contract Value, less any applicable Annual Fees, any optional Rider charge, and/or withdrawal charge, and any charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes without converting this amount into annuity payments.

Second: The First Variable Payment

We begin by referring to your Contract’s Option Table for your Annuity Option (the “Annuity Option Table”). The Annuity Option Table allows us to calculate the dollar amount of the first variable annuity payment under your Contract, based on the amount applied toward the variable annuity. The number that the Annuity Option Table yields will be based on the Annuitant’s age (and, in certain cases, sex) and assumes a 5% rate of return, as described in more detail below.

Example: Assume a man is 65 years of age at his Annuity Date and has selected a lifetime annuity with monthly payments guaranteed for 10 years. According to the Annuity Option Table, this man should receive an initial monthly payment of $5.79 for every $1,000 of his Contract Value (reduced by applicable charges) that he will be using to provide variable payments. Therefore, if his Contract Value after deducting applicable fees and charges is $100,000 on his Annuity Date and he applies this entire amount toward his variable annuity, his first monthly payment will be $579.00.

You may choose any other Annuity Option Table that assumes a different rate of return which we offer at the time your Annuity Option is effective.

Third: Subaccount Annuity Units

For each Subaccount, we use the amount of the first variable annuity payment under your Contract attributed to each Subaccount to determine the number of Subaccount Annuity Units that will form the basis of subsequent payment amounts. First, we use the Annuity Option Table to determine the amount of that first variable payment for each Subaccount. Then, for each Subaccount, we divide that amount of the first variable annuity payment by the value of one Subaccount Annuity Unit (the “Subaccount Annuity Unit Value”) as of the end of the Annuity Date to obtain the number of Subaccount Annuity Units for that particular Subaccount. The number of Subaccount Annuity Units used to calculate subsequent payments under your Contract will not change unless exchanges of Annuity Units are made, (or if the Joint and Survivor Annuity Option is elected and the Primary Annuitant dies first) but the value of those Annuity Units will change daily, as described below.

Fourth: The Subsequent Variable Payments

The amount of each subsequent variable annuity payment will be the sum of the amounts payable based on each Subaccount. The amount payable based on each Subaccount is equal to the number of Subaccount Annuity Units for that Subaccount multiplied by their Subaccount Annuity Unit Value at the end of the Business Day in each payment period you elected that corresponds to the Annuity Date.

Each Subaccount’s Subaccount Annuity Unit Value, like its Subaccount Unit Value, changes each day to reflect the net investment results of the underlying investment vehicle, as well as the assessment of the Risk Charge at an annual rate of 1.00% and the Administrative Fee at an annual rate of 0.15%. In addition, the calculation of Subaccount Annuity Unit Value incorporates an additional factor; as discussed in more detail below, this additional factor adjusts Subaccount Annuity Unit Values to correct for the Option Table’s implicit assumed annual investment return on amounts applied but not yet used to furnish annuity benefits. Any increase in your Risk Charge for an optional death benefit rider is not charged after the Annuity Date.

7


485BPOS308th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 308th

Different Subaccounts may be selected for your Contract before and after your Annuity Date, subject to any restrictions we may establish. Currently, you may exchange Subaccount Annuity Units in any Subaccount for Subaccount Annuity Units in any other Subaccount(s) up to four times in any twelve month period after your Annuity Date. The number of Subaccount Annuity Units in any Subaccount may change due to such exchanges. Exchanges following your Annuity Date will be made by exchanging Subaccount Annuity Units of equivalent aggregate value, based on their relative Subaccount Annuity Unit Values.

Understanding the “Assumed Investment Return” Factors

The Annuity Option Table incorporates a number of implicit assumptions in determining the amount of your first variable annuity payment. As noted above, the numbers in the Annuity Option Table reflect certain actuarial assumptions based on the Annuitant’s age, and, in some cases, the Annuitant’s sex. In addition, these numbers assume that the amount of your Contract Value that you convert to a variable annuity will have a positive net investment return of 5% each year during the payout of your annuity; thus 5% is referred to as an “assumed investment return.”

The Subaccount Annuity Unit Value for a Subaccount will increase only to the extent that the investment performance of that Subaccount exceeds the Risk Charge, the Administrative Fee, and the assumed investment return. The Subaccount Annuity Unit Value for any Subaccount will generally be less than the Subaccount Unit Value for that same Subaccount, and the difference will be the amount of the assumed investment return factor.

Example: Assume the net investment performance of a Subaccount is at a rate of 5.00% per year (after deduction of the 1.00% Risk Charge and the 0.15% Administrative Fee). The Subaccount Unit Value for that Subaccount would increase at a rate of 5.00% per year, but the Subaccount Annuity Unit Value would not increase (or decrease) at all. The net investment factor for that 5% return [1.05] is then divided by the factor for the 5% assumed investment return [1.05] and 1 is subtracted from the result to determine the adjusted rate of change in Subaccount Annuity Unit Value:

  

1.05

= 1; 1 - 1 = 0; 0 x 100% = 0%.

1.05

If the net investment performance of a Subaccount’s assets is at a rate less than 5.00% per year, the Subaccount Annuity Unit Value will decrease, even if the Subaccount Unit Value is increasing.

Example: Assume the net investment performance of a Subaccount is at a rate of 2.60% per year (after deduction of the 1.00% Risk Charge and the 0.15% Administrative Fee). The Subaccount Unit Value for that Subaccount would increase at a rate of 2.60% per year, but the Subaccount Annuity Unit Value would decrease at a rate of 2.29% per year. The net investment factor for that 2.6% return [1.026] is then divided by the factor for the 5% assumed investment return [1.05] and 1 is subtracted from the result to determine the adjusted rate of change in Subaccount Annuity Unit Value:

  

1.026

= 0.9771; 0.9771 – 1 = -0.0229; -0.0229 × 100% = -2.29%.

1.05

The assumed investment return will always cause increases in Subaccount Annuity Unit Values to be somewhat less than if the assumption had not been made, will cause decreases in Subaccount Annuity Unit Values to be somewhat greater than if the assumption had not been made, and will (as shown in the example above) sometimes cause a decrease in Subaccount Annuity Unit Values to take place when an increase would have occurred if the assumption had not been made. If we had assumed a higher investment return in our Annuity Option tables, it would produce annuities with larger first payments, but the increases in subaccount annuity payments would be smaller and the decreases in subsequent annuity payments would be greater; a lower assumed investment return would produce annuities with smaller first payments, and the increases in subsequent annuity payments would be greater and the decreases in subsequent annuity payments would be smaller.

8


485BPOS309th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 309th

Redemptions of Remaining Guaranteed Variable Payments Under Options 2 and 4

If variable payments are elected under Annuity Options 2 and 4 (Life with Period Certain and Period Certain Only, respectively), you may redeem all remaining guaranteed variable payments after the Annuity Date. Also, under Option 4, partial redemptions of remaining guaranteed variable payments after the Annuity Date are available. If you elect to redeem all remaining guaranteed variable payments in a single sum, we will not make any additional variable annuity payments during the remaining guaranteed period after the redemption. If Annuity Option 2 was elected and the Annuitant is alive at the end of the guaranteed period, annuity payments will resume until the Annuitant’s death. The amount available upon full redemption would be the present value of any remaining guaranteed variable payments at the assumed investment return. Any applicable withdrawal charge will be deducted from the present value as if you made a full withdrawal, or if applicable, a partial withdrawal. For purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge and Free Withdrawal amount, it will be assumed that the Contract was never converted to provide annuity payments and any prior variable annuity payments in that Contract Year will be treated as if they were partial withdrawals from the Contract (see the CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS—Withdrawal Charge section in the Prospectus). If you have a Qualified Contract, there may be adverse tax implications if you elect to redeem any remaining variable payments in a single sum. Work with your tax advisor before making such an election. For example, assume that a Contract was issued with a single investment of $10,000 and in Contract Year 4 the Owner elects to receive variable annuity payments under Annuity Option 4. In Contract Year 5, the Owner elects to make a partial redemption of $5,000. The withdrawal charge as a percentage of the Purchase Payments with an age of 5 years is 3%. Assuming the Free Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the partial redemption is $300, the withdrawal charge for the partial redemption will be $141 (($5,000 - $300) * 3%). No withdrawal charge will be imposed on a redemption if:

· the Annuity Option is elected as the form of payments of death benefit proceeds, or

· the Annuitant dies before the period certain has ended and the Beneficiary requests a redemption of the variable annuity payments.

The variable payment amount we use in calculating the present value is determined by summing an amount for each Subaccount, which we calculate by multiplying your Subaccount Annuity Units by the Annuity Unit Value next computed after we receive your redemption request. This variable payment amount is then discounted at the assumed investment return from each future Annuity Payment date that falls within the payment guaranteed period. The sum of these discounted remaining variable payment amounts is the present value of remaining guaranteed variable payments.

If you elect to redeem all remaining guaranteed variable payments in a single sum, we will not make any additional variable annuity payments during the remaining guaranteed period after the redemption.

If you elect to redeem a portion of the remaining guaranteed variable payments in a single sum, we will reduce the number of Annuity Units for each Subaccount by the same percentage as the partial redemption value bears to the amount available upon a full redemption.

Redemption of remaining guaranteed variable payments will not affect the amount of any fixed annuity payments.

Corresponding Dates

If any transaction or event under your Contract is scheduled to occur on a “corresponding date” that does not exist in a given calendar period, the transaction or event will be deemed to occur on the following Business Day. In addition, as stated in the Prospectus, any event scheduled to occur on a day that is not a Business Day will occur on the next succeeding Business Day.

Example: If your Contract is issued on February 29 in year 1 (a leap year), your Contract Anniversary in years 2, 3 and 4 will be on March 1.

Example: If your Annuity Date is July 31, and you select monthly annuity payments, the payments received will be based on valuations made on July 31, August 31, October 1 (for September), October 31, December 1 (for November), December 31, January 31, March 1 (for February), March 31, May 1 (for April), May 31 and July 1 (for June).

9


485BPOS310th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 310th

Age and Sex of Annuitant

The Contracts generally provide for sex-distinct annuity income factors in the case of life annuities. Statistically, females tend to have longer life expectancies than males; consequently, if the amount of annuity payments is based on life expectancy, they will ordinarily be higher if an annuitant is male than if an annuitant is female. Certain states’ regulations prohibit sex-distinct annuity income factors, and Contracts issued in those states will use unisex factors. In addition, Contracts issued in connection with certain Qualified Plans are required to use unisex factors.

We may require proof of your Annuitant’s age and/or sex before or after commencing annuity payments. If the age or sex (or both) of your Annuitant are incorrectly stated in your Contract, we will correct the amount payable to equal the amount that the annuitized portion of the Contract Value under that Contract would have purchased for your Annuitant’s correct age and sex. If we make the correction after annuity payments have started, and we have made overpayments based on the incorrect information, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment, with interest as stated in your Contract, from any payments due then or later; if we have made underpayments, we will add the amount, with interest as stated in your Contract, of the underpayments to the next payment we make after we receive proof of the correct age and/or sex.

Additionally, we may require proof of the Annuitant’s or Owner’s age before any payments associated with the Death Benefit provisions of your Contract are made. If the age or sex of the Annuitant is incorrectly stated in your Contract, we will base any payment associated with the Death Benefit provisions on your Contract on the Annuitant’s or Owner’s correct age or sex.

Systematic Transfer Programs

The fixed option(s) are not available in connection with portfolio rebalancing. If you are using the earnings sweep, you may also use portfolio rebalancing only if you selected the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount. You may not use dollar cost averaging, DCA Plus, and the earnings sweep at the same time. In addition, no fixed option(s) may be used as the target Investment Option under any systematic transfer program.

Dollar Cost Averaging

When you request dollar cost averaging, you are authorizing us to make periodic reallocations of your Contract Value without waiting for any further instruction from you. You may request to begin or stop dollar cost averaging at any time prior to your Annuity Date; the effective date of your request will be the day we receive notice from you In Proper Form. Your request may specify the date on which you want your first transfer to be made. Your first transfer may not be made until 30 days after your Contract Date, and if you specify an earlier date, your first transfer will be delayed until one calendar month after the date you specify. If you request dollar cost averaging on your application for your Contract and you fail to specify a date for your first transfer, your first transfer will be made one period after your Contract Date (that is, if you specify monthly transfers, the first transfer will occur 30 days after your Contract Date; quarterly transfers, 90 days after your Contract Date; semi-annual transfers, 180 days after your Contract Date; and if you specify annual transfers, the first transfer will occur on your Contract Anniversary). If you stop dollar cost averaging, you must wait 30 days before you may begin this option again. Currently, we are not enforcing the 30 day waiting periods but we reserve the right to enforce such waiting periods in the future. We will provide at least a 30 day prior notice before we enforce the 30 day waiting periods.

Your request to begin dollar cost averaging must specify the Investment Option you wish to transfer money from (your “source account”). You may choose any one Investment Option as your source account. The Account Value of your source account must be at least $5,000 for you to begin dollar cost averaging. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum Account Value but we reserve the right to enforce such minimum amounts in the future. We will provide at least a 30 day prior notice before we enforce the minimum Account Value requirement.

Your request to begin dollar cost averaging must also specify the amount and frequency of your transfers. You may choose monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual transfers. The amount of your transfers may be specified as a dollar amount or a percentage of your source Account Value; however, each transfer must be at least $250. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum transfer amount but we reserve the right to enforce such minimum amounts in the future. We will provide at least a 30 day prior notice before we enforce the minimum transfer amount. Dollar cost averaging transfers are not subject to the same requirements and limitations as other transfers.

Finally, your request must specify the Variable Investment Option(s) you wish to transfer amounts to (your “target account(s)”). If you select more than one target account, your dollar cost averaging request must specify how

10


485BPOS311th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 311th

transferred amounts should be allocated among the target accounts. Your source account may not also be a target account.

Your dollar cost averaging transfers will continue until the earlier of:

· your request to stop dollar cost averaging is effective,

· your source Account Value is zero,

· your transfer amount is greater than the source Account Value, or

· your Annuity Date.

If, as a result of a dollar cost averaging transfer, your source Account Value falls below any minimum Account Value we may establish, we have the right, at our option, to transfer that remaining Account Value to your target account(s) on a proportionate basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions. We may change, terminate or suspend the dollar cost averaging option at any time.

Portfolio Rebalancing

Portfolio rebalancing allows you to maintain the percentage of your Contract Value allocated to each Variable Investment Option at a pre-set level prior to annuitization.

For example, you could specify that 30% of your Contract Value should be in Subaccount A, 40% in Subaccount B, and 30% in Subaccount C.

Over time, the variations in each Subaccount’s investment results will shift this balance of these Subaccount Value allocations. If you elect the portfolio rebalancing feature, we will automatically transfer your Subaccount Value back to the percentages you specify.

You may choose to have rebalances made quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Any Investment Options not selected for portfolio rebalancing will not be rebalanced.

Procedures for selecting portfolio rebalancing are generally the same as those discussed in detail above for selecting dollar cost averaging: You may make your request at any time prior to your Annuity Date and it will be effective when we receive it In Proper Form. If you stop portfolio rebalancing, you must wait 30 days to begin again. Currently, we are not enforcing the 30-day waiting period but we reserve the right to enforce such waiting period in the future. If you request rebalancing on your application but do not specify a date for the first rebalance, it will occur one period after your Contract Date, as described above under Dollar Cost Averaging. We may change, terminate or suspend the portfolio rebalancing feature at any time. Portfolio rebalancing will stop on the Annuity Date.

Earnings Sweep

An earnings sweep automatically transfers the earnings from the Fidelity® VIP Government Money Market Subaccount (the “sweep option”) to one or more other Variable Investment Options (your “target option(s)”). The Account Value of your sweep option will be required to be at least $5,000 when you elect the earnings sweep. Currently, we are not enforcing the minimum Account Value but we reserve the right to enforce such minimum amounts in the future. We will provide at least a 30 day prior notice before we enforce the minimum Account Value requirement.

You may choose to have earnings sweeps occur monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually until you annuitize. At each earnings sweep, we will automatically transfer your accumulated earnings attributable to your sweep option for the previous period proportionately to your target option(s). That is, if you select a monthly earnings sweep, we will transfer the sweep option earnings from the preceding month; if you select a semi-annual earnings sweep, we will transfer the sweep option earnings accumulated over the preceding 6 months. Earnings sweep transfers are not subject to the same requirements and limitations as other transfers.

To determine the earnings, we take the change in the sweep option’s Account Value during the sweep period, add any withdrawals or transfers out of the sweep option Account that occurred during the sweep period, and subtract any allocations to the sweep option Account during the sweep period. The result of this calculation represents the “total earnings” for the sweep period.

11


485BPOS312th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 312th

If, during the sweep period, you withdraw or transfer amounts from the sweep option Account, we assume that earnings are withdrawn or transferred before any other Account Value. Therefore, your “total earnings” for the sweep period will be reduced by any amounts withdrawn or transferred during the sweep option period. The remaining earnings are eligible for the sweep transfer.

Procedures for selecting the earnings sweep are generally the same as those discussed in detail above for selecting dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing: You may make your request at any time and it will be effective when we receive In Proper Form. If you stop the earnings sweep, you must wait 30 days to begin again. Currently, we are not enforcing the 30 day waiting period but we reserve the right to enforce such waiting period in the future. We will provide at least a 30 day prior notice before we enforce the 30 day waiting period. If you request the earnings sweep on your application but do not specify a date for the first sweep, it will occur one period after your Contract Date, as described above under Dollar Cost Averaging.

If, as a result of an earnings sweep transfer, your source Account Value falls below $500, we have the right, at our option, to transfer that remaining Account Value to your target account(s) on a proportionate basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions. We may change, terminate or suspend the earnings sweep option at any time.

Pre-Authorized Withdrawals

You may specify a dollar amount for your pre-authorized withdrawals, or you may specify a percentage of your Contract Value or living benefit rider, if applicable. You may direct us to make your pre-authorized withdrawals from one or more specific Investment Options. If you do not give us these specific instructions, amounts will be deducted proportionately from your Account Value in each Investment Option.

Procedures for selecting pre-authorized withdrawals are generally the same as those discussed in detail above for selecting dollar cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing, and earnings sweeps: You may make your request at any time and it will be effective when we receive it In Proper Form. If you stop the pre-authorized withdrawals, you must wait 30 days to begin again. Currently, we are not enforcing the 30-day waiting period but we reserve the right to enforce such waiting period in the future. We will provide at least a 30 day prior notice before we enforce the 30-day waiting period.

Pre-authorized withdrawals are subject to the same withdrawal charges as are other withdrawals and each withdrawal is subject to any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, to federal income tax on its taxable portion, and, if you have not reached age 59½, may be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty.

More on Federal Tax Issues

Section 817(h) of the Code provides that the investments underlying a variable annuity must satisfy certain diversification requirements. Details on these diversification requirements generally appear in the Fund SAIs. We believe the underlying Variable Investment Options for the Contract meet these requirements. On March 7, 2008, the Treasury Department issued Final Regulations under Section 817(h). These Final Regulations do not provide guidance concerning the extent to which you may direct your investments to particular divisions of a separate account. Such guidance may be included in regulations or revenue rulings under Section 817(d) relating to the definition of a variable contract. We reserve the right to make such changes as we deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that your Contract continues to qualify as an annuity for tax purposes. Any such changes will apply uniformly to affected Contract Owners and will be made with such notice to affected Contract Owners as is feasible under the circumstances.

For a variable life insurance contract or a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax deferral, assets in the separate accounts supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company and not by the contract owner. Under current U.S. tax law, if a contract owner has excessive control over the investments made by a separate account, or the underlying fund, the contract owner will be taxed currently on income and gains from the account or fund. In other words, in such a case of “investor control” the contract owner would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with variable life insurance or variable annuities.

Generally, according to the IRS, there are two ways that impermissible investor control may exist. The first relates to the design of the contract or the relationship between the contract and a separate account or underlying fund. For example, at various times, the IRS has focused on, among other factors, the number and type of investment choices available pursuant to a given variable contract, whether the contract offers access to funds that are available to the

12


485BPOS313th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 313th

general public, the number of transfers that a contract owner may make from one investment option to another, and the degree to which a contract owner may select or control particular investments.

With respect to this first aspect of investor control, we believe that the design of our contracts and the relationship between our contracts and the Portfolios satisfy the current view of the IRS on this subject, such that the investor control doctrine should not apply. However, because of some uncertainty with respect to this subject and because the IRS may issue further guidance on this subject, we reserve the right to make such changes as we deem necessary or appropriate to reduce the risk that your contract might not qualify as a life insurance contract or as an annuity for tax purposes.

The second way that impermissible investor control might exist concerns your actions. Under case law and IRS guidance, you may not select or control particular investments, other than choosing among broad investment choices such as selecting a particular Portfolio. You may not select or direct the purchase or sale of a particular investment of a Separate Account, a Subaccount (or Variable Investment Option), or a Portfolio. All investment decisions concerning the Separate Accounts and the Subaccounts must be made by us, and all investment decisions concerning the underlying Portfolios must be made by the portfolio manager for such Portfolio in his or her sole and absolute discretion, and not by the contract owner. Furthermore, you may not enter into an agreement or arrangement with a portfolio manager of a Portfolio or communicate directly or indirectly with such a portfolio manager or any related investment officers concerning the selection, quality, or rate of return of any specific investment or group of investments held by a Portfolio, and you may not enter into any such agreement or arrangement or have any such communication with us or the investment advisor of a Portfolio.

Finally, the IRS may issue additional guidance on the investor control doctrine, which might further restrict your actions or features of the variable contract. Such guidance could be applied retroactively. If any of the rules outlined above are not complied with, the IRS may seek to tax you currently on income and gains from a Portfolio such that you would not derive the tax benefits normally associated with variable life insurance or variable annuities. Although highly unlikely, such an event may have an adverse impact on the fund and other variable contracts. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the application of the investor control doctrine.

Loans

Certain Owners of Qualified Contracts may borrow against their Contracts. Otherwise loans from us are not permitted. You may request a loan from us, using your Contract Value as your only security if your Qualified Contract:

· is not subject to Title 1 of ERISA,

· is issued under Section 403(b) of the Code, and

· permits loans under its terms (a “Loan Eligible Plan”).

You will be charged interest on your Contract Debt at a fixed annual rate equal to 5%. The amount held in the Loan Account to secure your loan will earn a return equal to an annual rate of 3%. The net amount of interest you pay on your loan will be 2% annually. This loan rate may vary by state.

Interest charges accrue on your Contract Debt daily, beginning on the effective date of your loan. Interest earned on the Loan Account Value accrue daily beginning on the day following the effective date of the loan, and those earnings will be transferred once a year to your Investment Options in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions.

We may change these loan provisions to reflect changes in the Code or interpretations thereof. We urge you to consult with a qualified tax advisor prior to effecting any loan transaction under your Contract.

If you purchase any optional living benefit rider (including any and all previous, current, and future versions), taking a loan while an optional living benefit rider is in effect will terminate your Rider. If you have an existing loan on your Contract, you should carefully consider whether an optional living benefit rider is appropriate for you.

Tax and Legal Matters

The tax and ERISA rules relating to Contract loans are complex and in many cases unclear. For these reasons, and because the rules vary depending on the individual circumstances, these loans are processed by your Plan

13


485BPOS314th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 314th

Administrator. We urge you to consult with a qualified tax advisor prior to effecting any loan transaction under your Contract.

Generally, interest paid on your loan under a 403(b) tax-sheltered annuity will be considered non-deductible “personal interest” under Section 163(h) of the Code, to the extent the loan comes from and is secured by your pre-tax contributions, even if the proceeds of your loan are used to acquire your principal residence.

Loan Procedures

Your loan request must be submitted on the appropriate request form. You may submit a loan request 30 days after your Contract Date and before your Annuity Date. However, before requesting a new loan, you must wait 30 days after the last payment of a previous loan. If approved, your loan will usually be effective as of the end of the Business Day on which we receive all necessary documentation In Proper Form. We will normally forward proceeds of your loan to you within 7 calendar days after the effective date of your loan.

In order to secure your loan, on the effective date of your loan, we will transfer an amount equal to the principal amount of your loan into an account called the “Loan Account.” The Loan Account is held under the General Account. To make this transfer, we will transfer amounts proportionately from your Investment Options based on your Account Value in each Investment Option.

As your loan is repaid, a portion, corresponding to the amount of the repayment of any amount then held as security for your loan, will be transferred from the Loan Account back into your Investment Options relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

A transfer from the Loan Account back into your Investment Options following a loan repayment is not considered a transfer under the transfer limitations as stated in the HOW YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCA-TED – Transfers and Market-timing Restrictions section in the Prospectus.

Loan Terms

You may have only one loan outstanding at any time. The minimum loan amount is $1,000, subject to certain state limitations. Your Contract Debt at the effective date of your loan may not exceed the lesser of:

· 50% of the amount available for withdrawal under this Contract (see the WITHDRAWALS – Optional WithdrawalsAmount Available for Withdrawal section in the Prospectus), or

· $50,000 less your highest outstanding Contract Debt during the 12-month period immediately preceding the effective date of your loan.

You should refer to the terms of your particular Loan Eligible Plan for any additional loan restrictions. If you have other loans outstanding pursuant to other Loan Eligible Plans, the amount you may borrow may be further restricted. We are not responsible for making any determination (including loan amounts permitted) or any interpretation with respect to your Loan Eligible Plan.

Repayment Terms

Your loan, including principal and accrued interest, generally must be repaid in quarterly installments. An installment will be due in each quarter on the date corresponding to the effective date of your loan, beginning with the first such date following the effective date of your loan. See the FEDERAL TAX ISSUES – Qualified Contracts – Loans section in the Prospectus.

Example: On May 1, we receive your loan request, and your loan is effective. Your first quarterly payment will be due on August 1.

Adverse tax consequences may result if you fail to meet the repayment requirements for your loan. You must repay principal and interest of any loan in substantially equal payments over the term of the loan. Generally, the term of the loan will be 5 years from the effective date of the loan. However, if you have certified to us that your loan proceeds are to be used to acquire a principal residence for yourself, you may request a loan term of 30 years. In either case, however, you must repay your loan prior to your Annuity Date. If you elect to annuitize (or withdraw) your Net Contract Value while you have an outstanding loan, we will deduct any Contract Debt from your Contract Value at the time of the annuitization (or withdrawal) to repay the Contract Debt.

14


485BPOS315th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 315th

You may prepay your entire loan at any time. If you do so, we will bill you for any unpaid interest that has accrued through the date of payoff. Your loan will be considered repaid only when the interest due has been paid. Subject to any necessary approval of state insurance authorities, while you have Contract Debt outstanding, we will treat all payments you send us as Investments unless you specifically indicate that your payment is a loan repayment or include your loan payment notice with your payment. To the extent allowed by law, any loan repayments in excess of the amount then due will be applied to the principal balance of your loan. Such repayments will not change the due dates or the periodic repayment amount due for future periods. If a loan repayment is in excess of the principal balance of your loan, any excess repayment will be refunded to you. Repayments we receive that are less than the amount then due will be returned to you, unless otherwise required by law.

If we have not received your full payment by its due date, we will declare the entire remaining loan balance in default. At that time, we will send written notification of the amount needed to bring the loan back to a current status. You will have 60 days from the date on which the loan was declared in default (the “grace period”) to make the required payment.

If the required payment is not received by the end of the grace period, the defaulted loan balance plus accrued interest and any withdrawal charge will be withdrawn from your Contract Value, if amounts under your Contract are eligible for distribution. In order for an amount to be eligible for distribution from a TSA funded by salary reductions you must meet one of five triggering events. The triggering events are:

· attainment of age 59½,

· severance from employment,

· death,

· disability, and

· financial hardship (with respect to contributions only, not income or earnings on these contributions).

If those amounts are not eligible for distribution, the defaulted loan balance plus accrued interest and any withdrawal charge will be considered a Deemed Distribution and will be withdrawn when such Contract Values become eligible. In either case, the Distribution or the Deemed Distribution will be considered a currently taxable event, and may be subject to the withdrawal charge and a 10% federal tax penalty.

If there is a Deemed Distribution under your Contract and to the extent allowed by law, any future withdrawals will first be applied as repayment of the defaulted Contract Debt, including accrued interest and charges for applicable taxes. Any amounts withdrawn and applied as repayment of Contract Debt will first be withdrawn from your Loan Account, and then from your Investment Options on a proportionate basis relative to the Account Value in each Investment Option. If you have an outstanding loan that is in default, the defaulted Contract Debt will be considered a withdrawal for the purpose of calculating any Death Benefit Amount and/or Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit.

The terms of any such loan are intended to qualify for the exception in Code Section 72(p)(2) so that the distribution of the loan proceeds will not constitute a distribution that is taxable to you. To that end, these loan provisions will be interpreted to ensure and maintain such tax qualification, despite any other provisions to the contrary. Subject to any regulatory approval, we reserve the right to amend your Contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to maintain such tax qualification or to conform any terms of our loan arrangement with you to any applicable changes in the tax qualification requirements. We will send you a copy of any such amendment. If you refuse such an amendment, it may result in adverse tax consequences to you.

Safekeeping of Assets

We are responsible for the safekeeping of the assets of the Separate Account. These assets are held separate and apart from the assets of our General Account and our other separate accounts.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Pacific Life’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 are included in this SAI. The financial statements of Separate Account A of Pacific Life as of December 31, 2017 and for each of the periods presented are incorporated by reference in this SAI from the Annual Report of Separate Account A dated December 31, 2017. These financial statements should be

15


485BPOS316th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 316th

considered only as bearing on the ability of Pacific Life to meet its obligations under the Contracts and not as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held in the Separate Account.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
AND INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The consolidated financial statements of Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and is included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Separate Account A of Pacific Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2017 and for each of the periods presented have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in the Annual Report of Separate Account A dated December 31, 2017, which is incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement. Such financial statements and financial statement schedules have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The business address of Deloitte & Touche LLP is 695 Town Center Drive, Costa Mesa, CA 92626.

16


485BPOS317th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 317th

Form No. 4001-18A



 

PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and

for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

PL-1



 

 

Deloitte & Touche LLP

695 Town Center Drive

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

USA

 

Tel: + 1 714 436 7100

Fax: + 1 714 436 7200

www.deloitte.com

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), which comprise the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,2017 and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,2017 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

March 8, 2018

 

PL-2



 

Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries

 

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   C O N D I T I O N

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(In Millions)

 

2017

 

2016

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity securities available for sale, at estimated fair value

 

$47,460

 

$43,247

 

Equity securities available for sale, at estimated fair value

 

82

 

100

 

Fair value option securities (includes VIE assets of $621 and $0)

 

1,182

 

529

 

Mortgage loans (includes VIE assets of $1,800 and $1,800)

 

13,558

 

12,175

 

Policy loans

 

7,681

 

7,437

 

Other investments (includes VIE assets of $397 and $278)

 

3,637

 

2,693

 

TOTAL INVESTMENTS

 

73,600

 

66,181

 

Cash and cash equivalents (includes VIE assets of $66 and $7)

 

2,639

 

1,360

 

Restricted cash

 

211

 

188

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs

 

4,693

 

4,509

 

Aircraft, net

 

7,834

 

7,855

 

Other assets (includes VIE assets of $6 and $4)

 

4,465

 

3,525

 

Separate account assets

 

61,456

 

57,426

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$154,898

 

$141,044

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Policyholder account balances

 

$48,765

 

$44,907

 

Future policy benefits

 

16,895

 

15,162

 

Debt (includes VIE debt of $1,658 and $1,560)

 

10,251

 

9,156

 

Fair value option debt (includes VIE debt of $462 and $0)

 

462

 

0

 

Other liabilities (includes VIE liabilities of $108 and $5)

 

4,174

 

3,685

 

Separate account liabilities

 

61,456

 

57,426

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

142,003

 

130,336

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholder’s Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock - $50 par value; 600,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

 

30

 

30

 

Paid-in capital

 

1,023

 

1,019

 

Retained earnings

 

9,534

 

8,625

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

1,613

 

909

 

Total Stockholder’s Equity

 

12,200

 

10,583

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

695

 

125

 

TOTAL EQUITY

 

12,895

 

10,708

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

$154,898

 

$141,044

 

 

The abbreviation VIE above means variable interest entity.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PL-3



 

Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries

 

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   O P E R A T I O N S

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(In Millions)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy fees and insurance premiums

 

$4,347

 

$4,108

 

$4,179

 

Net investment income

 

2,840

 

2,587

 

2,557

 

Net realized investment gain

 

48

 

110

 

234

 

OTTI, consisting of $11, $53 and $102 in total, net of $0, $11 and $6 recognized in OCI

 

(11

)

(42

)

(96

)

Investment advisory fees

 

300

 

294

 

353

 

Aircraft leasing revenue

 

898

 

1,018

 

833

 

Other income

 

314

 

379

 

260

 

TOTAL REVENUES

 

8,736

 

8,454

 

8,320

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy benefits paid or provided

 

3,463

 

3,182

 

3,249

 

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

 

1,383

 

1,306

 

1,250

 

Commission expenses

 

769

 

953

 

1,200

 

Operating and other expenses

 

2,145

 

2,023

 

1,870

 

TOTAL BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

7,760

 

7,464

 

7,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES

 

976

 

990

 

751

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(384

)

207

 

149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

1,360

 

783

 

602

 

Less: net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(6

)

(26

)

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY

 

$1,354

 

$757

 

$604

 

 

The abbreviation OTTI above means other than temporary impairment losses.

 

The abbreviation OCI above means other comprehensive income (loss).

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PL-4



 

Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries

 

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E   ( L O S S )

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(In Millions)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

NET INCOME

 

$1,360

 

$783

 

$602

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on derivatives and unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gain (loss) arising during period

 

467

 

220

 

(710

)

Reclassification adjustment for (gain) loss included in net income

 

(56

)

5

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on derivatives and unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net

 

411

 

225

 

(669

)

Other, net

 

8

 

(4

)

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

419

 

221

 

(674

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

1,779

 

1,004

 

(72

)

Less: comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(6

)

(26

)

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY

 

$1,773

 

$978

 

($70

)

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PL-5



 

Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries

 

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   E Q U I T Y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (Loss) On

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (Loss) On

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Available for

 

Other,

 

Stockholder’s

 

Noncontrolling

 

Total

 

(In Millions)

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Sale, Net

 

Net

 

Equity

 

Interests

 

Equity

 

BALANCES, JANUARY 1, 2015

 

$30

 

$982

 

$7,264

 

$1,374

 

($12

)

$9,638

 

$104

 

$9,742

 

Comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

604

 

 

 

 

 

604

 

(2

)

602

 

OCI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(669

)

(5

)

(674

)

 

 

(674

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(70

)

(2

)

(72

)

Assumption of noncontrolling interest (Note 7)

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

(30

)

 

Change in equity of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

16

 

BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2015

 

30

 

1,012

 

7,868

 

705

 

(17

)

9,598

 

88

 

9,686

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

757

 

 

 

 

 

757

 

26

 

783

 

OCI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

225

 

(4

)

221

 

 

 

221

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

978

 

26

 

1,004

 

Assumption of noncontrolling interest (Note 7)

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

(7

)

 

Change in equity of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

18

 

BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2016

 

30

 

1,019

 

8,625

 

930

 

(21

)

10,583

 

125

 

10,708

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

1,354

 

 

 

 

 

1,354

 

6

 

1,360

 

OCI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

411

 

8

 

419

 

 

 

419

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,773

 

6

 

1,779

 

Dividend to parent

 

 

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(160

)

Reclassification of deferred tax effects (Note 1)

 

 

 

 

 

(285

)

289

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Partial sale of subsidiary (Note 1)

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

587

 

591

 

Change in equity of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23

)

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2017

 

$30

 

$1,023

 

$9,534

 

$1,630

 

($17

)

$12,200

 

$695

 

$12,895

 

 

The abbreviation OCI above means other comprehensive income (loss).

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PL-6



 

Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries

 

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(In Millions)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$1,360

 

$783

 

$602

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net accretion on fixed maturity securities

 

(46

)

(50

)

(70

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

426

 

418

 

466

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(643

)

123

 

113

 

Net realized investment gain

 

(48

)

(110

)

(234

)

Other than temporary impairments

 

11

 

42

 

96

 

Net change in deferred policy acquisition costs

 

(246

)

78

 

290

 

Interest credited to policyholder account balances

 

1,383

 

1,306

 

1,250

 

Net change in future policy benefits

 

1,369

 

1,398

 

1,274

 

Other operating activities, net

 

341

 

(107

)

348

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

3,907

 

3,881

 

4,135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity and equity securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

(6,685

)

(7,510

)

(7,340

)

Sales

 

994

 

805

 

552

 

Maturities and repayments

 

2,767

 

2,697

 

2,120

 

Purchases of fair value option securities

 

(673

)

 

 

 

 

Repayments of mortgage loans

 

295

 

410

 

863

 

Fundings of mortgage loans and real estate

 

(2,318

)

(1,934

)

(1,750

)

Funding of CMBS VIE mortgage loan

 

 

 

 

 

(1,050

)

Net change in policy loans

 

(244

)

(106

)

(97

)

Terminations of derivative instruments, net

 

400

 

137

 

159

 

Proceeds from nonhedging derivative settlements

 

105

 

120

 

135

 

Payments for nonhedging derivative settlements

 

(584

)

(583

)

(295

)

Net change in cash collateral received or pledged

 

86

 

74

 

(68

)

Purchases of and advance payments on aircraft

 

(2,134

)

(1,241

)

(1,306

)

Proceeds from sale of aircraft

 

732

 

954

 

168

 

Other investing activities, net

 

(108

)

(42

)

132

 

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

(7,367

)

(6,219

)

(7,777

)

 

(Continued)

 

The abbreviation CMBS VIE above means commercial mortgage-backed security VIE.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PL-7



 

Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries

 

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

(In Millions)

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

(Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policyholder account balances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$6,843

 

$6,727

 

$6,075

 

Withdrawals

 

(4,735

)

(4,751

)

(5,419

)

Net change in short-term debt and revolving credit facilities

 

(687

)

546

 

227

 

Issuance of long-term debt

 

2,871

 

504

 

1,041

 

Issuance of CMBS VIE debt

 

 

 

 

 

845

 

Partial retirement of surplus notes

 

(906

)

(80

)

 

 

Payments of long-term debt

 

(295

)

(1,345

)

(828

)

Issuance of fair value option debt

 

460

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash collateral for loaned securities

 

640

 

23

 

161

 

Dividend to parent

 

(160

)

 

 

 

 

Partial sale of subsidiary (Note 1)

 

591

 

 

 

 

 

Other financing activities, net

 

117

 

229

 

165

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

4,739

 

1,853

 

2,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

1,279

 

(485

)

(1,375

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

1,360

 

1,845

 

3,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

 

$2,639

 

$1,360

 

$1,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid (received), net

 

$249

 

$97

 

($99

)

Interest paid

 

$372

 

$393

 

$376

 

 

The abbreviation CMBS VIE above means commercial mortgage-backed security VIE.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

PL-8



 

Pacific Life Insurance Company and Subsidiaries

 

N O T E S   T O   C O N S O L I D A T E D   F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

 

 

1.                         ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company (Pacific Life) was established in 1868 and is domiciled in the State of Nebraska as a stock life insurance company.  Pacific Life is an indirect subsidiary of Pacific Mutual Holding Company (PMHC), a Nebraska mutual holding company, and a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific LifeCorp, an intermediate Delaware stock holding company.  Pacific Life and its subsidiaries and affiliates have primary business operations consisting of life insurance, annuities, mutual funds, aircraft leasing and reinsurance.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Pacific Life and its subsidiaries (the Company) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of Pacific Life and its majority owned and controlled subsidiaries and variable interest entities (VIEs) in which the Company is the primary beneficiary.  All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Pacific Life prepares its regulatory financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Nebraska Department of Insurance (NE DOI), which is a comprehensive basis of accounting other than U.S. GAAP (Note 2).  These consolidated financial statements materially differ from those filed with regulatory authorities.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

In developing these estimates, management makes subjective and complex judgments that are inherently uncertain and subject to material change as facts and circumstances develop.  Management has identified the following estimates as critical, as they involve a higher degree of judgment and are subject to a significant degree of variability:

 

·                   The fair value of investments in the absence of quoted market values

·                   Other than temporary impairment (OTTI) losses of investments

·                   Application of the consolidation rules to certain investments

·                   The fair value of and accounting for derivatives

·                   Aircraft valuation and impairment

·                   The capitalization and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (DAC)

·                   The liability for future policy benefits

·                   Income taxes

·                   Reinsurance transactions

·                   Litigation and other contingencies

 

During the first quarter of 2017, Pacific Life formed a wholly owned limited liability company (LLC), Pacific Life Aviation Holdings LLC (PLAH).  During March 2017, Pacific Life contributed 100% of its stock ownership of Aviation Capital Group Corp. and its subsidiaries to PLAH.  Effective March 31, 2017, Aviation Capital Group Corp. was converted to an LLC named Aviation Capital Group LLC (ACG).  ACG is engaged in the acquisition and leasing of commercial aircraft.

 

In December 2017, TC Skyward Aviation U.S., Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Investor) and direct subsidiary of Tokyo Century Corporation, a Japanese corporation, purchased a 20% member interest in ACG.  At the request of ACG and subject to certain conditions, the Investor has also agreed to provide up to $600 million of additional equity capital to ACG through December 2020 in exchange for additional member interest in ACG.  If the Investor owns less than 30% membership interest in ACG after December 2020, the Investor has the right, subject to certain conditions, to purchase additional interests up to an amount of 30% of the membership interests of ACG.

 

PL-9



 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2016 and 2015 consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2017 consolidated financial statement presentation.

 

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to December 31, 2017 through March 8, 2018, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued and has concluded that no events have occurred that require disclosure or adjustment to the consolidated financial statements.

 

INVESTMENTS

 

Fixed maturity and equity securities available for sale are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of adjustments related to DAC, future policy benefits and deferred income taxes, recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (OCI).  Amortization of premium and accretion of discount on fixed maturity securities is recorded using the effective interest method.  For mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, the determination of effective yield is based on anticipated prepayments and the estimated economic life of the securities.  When estimates of prepayments change, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date and anticipated future payments.

 

Investment income consists primarily of interest and dividends, net investment income from partnership interests, prepayment fees on fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans, and income from certain derivatives.  Interest is recognized on an accrual basis and dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date.

 

The Company’s available for sale securities are assessed for OTTI, if impaired.  If a decline in the estimated fair value of an available for sale security is deemed to be other than temporary, the OTTI is recognized equal to the difference between the estimated fair value and net carrying amount of the security.  If the OTTI for a fixed maturity security is attributable to both credit and other factors, then the OTTI is bifurcated and the non credit-related portion is recognized in OCI while the credit portion is recognized in earnings.  If the OTTI is related to credit factors only or management has determined that it is more likely than not going to be required to sell the security prior to recovery, the OTTI is recognized in earnings.

 

The evaluation of OTTI is a quantitative and qualitative process subject to significant estimates and management judgment.  The Company has controls and procedures in place to monitor securities and identify those that are subject to greater analysis for OTTI.  The Company has an investment impairment committee that reviews and evaluates securities for potential OTTI at minimum on a quarterly basis.

 

In evaluating whether a decline in value is other than temporary, the Company considers many factors including, but not limited to, the following: the extent and duration of the decline in value; the reasons for the decline (credit event, currency, interest rate related, or spread widening); the ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time to allow for a recovery of value; and the financial condition of and near-term prospects of the issuer.

 

Analysis of the probability that all cash flows will be collected under the contractual terms of a fixed maturity security and determination as to whether the Company does not intend to sell the security and that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security before recovery of the investment are key factors in determining whether a fixed maturity security is other than temporarily impaired.

 

For mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, the Company evaluates the performance of the underlying collateral and projected future discounted cash flows.  In projecting future discounted cash flows, the Company incorporates inputs from third-party sources and applies reasonable judgment in developing assumptions used to estimate the probability and timing of collecting all contractual cash flows.

 

In evaluating investment grade perpetual preferred securities, which do not have final contractual cash flows, the Company applies OTTI considerations used for debt securities, placing emphasis on the probability that all cash flows will be collected under the contractual terms of the security and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security to allow for a recovery of value.  Perpetual preferred securities are reported as equity securities as they are structured in equity form, but have significant debt-like characteristics, including periodic dividends, call features, credit ratings and pricing similar to debt securities.

 

Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are determined on a specific identification basis and are included in net realized investment gain.

 

PL-10



 

The Company has elected the fair value option (FVO) method of accounting for a portfolio of U.S. Government securities and broadly syndicated bank loans.  The Company elected the FVO in order to report the investments at estimated fair value with changes in the estimated fair value of these securities recognized in net realized investment gain.  This accounting treatment for the U.S. Government securities will provide a partial offset to the impact of interest rate movements.  The Company has elected the FVO for debt issued from a collateralized loan obligation (CLO) that is classified as a VIE.  The debt and broadly syndicated bank loans were designated as FVO to reduce the impact of market value changes from the CLO on the consolidated financial statements.  See Notes 4 and 11.

 

Mortgage loans on real estate are carried at their unpaid principal balance, net of deferred origination fees and write-downs.  Interest is recognized and discounts and deferred origination fees are amortized to interest income using the effective interest method based on the contractual life of the mortgage loan.  The method of recognizing interest or amortization income is based on the contractual life of the mortgage loan.  Mortgage loans are considered to be impaired when management estimates that based upon current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage loan agreement.  For mortgage loans deemed to be impaired, an impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount is greater than the Company’s estimated fair value of the underlying collateral of the mortgage loan.  When the fair value of the underlying collateral of the mortgage loan is greater than the carrying amount, the mortgage loan is not considered to have an impaired loss and no write-down is recorded.

 

Policy loans are stated at unpaid principal balances.

 

Other investments primarily consist of investments in private equity partnerships and joint ventures, hedge funds, real estate investments, derivative instruments, non-marketable equity securities, low income housing investments qualifying for tax credits (LIHTC), trading securities, and securities of consolidated investment funds that operate under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (40 Act Funds).  Investments in private equity partnerships, joint venture interests and hedge funds are recorded under the cost or equity method of accounting, except those held by consolidated sponsored investment funds (Note 4).  As a practical expedient, consolidated investment funds estimate the fair value of interests in the portfolio funds using the net asset value per share as determined by the respective investment manager.  The changes in estimated fair value for these assets are recognized in net investment income.  Non-marketable equity securities are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized in OCI.  Trading securities and the securities of the 40 Act Funds are reported at estimated fair value with changes in estimated fair value recognized in net realized investment gain.

 

Cost method investments are assessed for impairment.  An impairment occurs if it is probable that the Company will not be able to recover the carrying amount of the investment and is written down to its estimated fair value.

 

Real estate investments are carried at depreciated cost, net of write-downs.  For real estate acquired in satisfaction of debt, cost represents fair value at the date of acquisition.  Real estate investments are evaluated for impairment based on the future estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be received during the estimated holding period.  When the future estimated undiscounted cash flows are less than the current carrying amount of the property (gross cost less accumulated depreciation), the property is considered impaired and is written-down to its estimated fair value.

 

Investments in LIHTC are recorded under the effective interest method since they meet certain requirements, including a projected positive yield based solely on guaranteed credits.  The amortization of the original investment and the tax credits are recorded in the provision for income taxes.  See Note 15.

 

All derivatives, whether designated in a hedging relationship or not, are required to be recorded at estimated fair value.  If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative is recorded in OCI and reclassified to earnings when the hedged item affects earnings, and the ineffective portion of changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative is recognized in net realized investment gain.  If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging derivative, including amounts measured as ineffectiveness, and changes in the estimated fair value of the hedged item related to the designated risk being hedged, are reported in net realized investment gain.  The change in estimated value of the hedged item associated with the risk being hedged is reflected as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item.  For derivative instruments not designated as a hedge, the change in estimated fair value of the derivative is recorded in net realized investment gain.

 

The periodic cash flows for all derivatives designated as a hedge are recorded consistent with the hedged item on an accrual basis.  For derivatives that are hedging assets, these amounts are included in net investment income.  For derivatives that are hedging liabilities, these amounts are included in interest credited to policyholder account balances or interest expense, which is included in

 

PL-11



 

operating and other expenses.  For derivatives not designated as a hedge, the periodic cash flows are reflected in net realized investment gain on an accrual basis.  Upon termination of a cash flow hedging relationship, the accumulated amount in OCI is reclassified into earnings into either net investment income, net realized investment gain, interest credited to policyholder account balances, or operating and other expenses when the forecasted transactions affect earnings.  Upon termination of a fair value hedging relationship, the accumulated adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortized into either net investment income, interest credited to policyholder account balances, or operating and other expenses over its remaining life.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents include all investments with a maturity of three months or less from purchase date.  Cash equivalents consist primarily of U.S. Treasury bills and money market securities.

 

RESTRICTED CASH

 

Restricted cash primarily consists of liquidity reserves related to VIEs, security deposits, commitment fees, cash collateral, cash held in trusts, maintenance reserve payments and rental payments received from certain lessees related to the aircraft leasing business.

 

DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

 

The direct and incremental costs associated with the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance business; principally commissions, medical examinations, underwriting, policy issue and other expenses; are deferred and recorded as an asset referred to as DAC.  DAC related to internally replaced contracts is immediately written off to expense and any new deferrable expenses associated with the replacement are deferred if the contract modification substantially changes the contract.  However, if the contract modification does not substantially change the contract, the existing DAC asset remains in place and any acquisition costs associated with the modification are immediately expensed.  The Company defers sales inducements and amortizes them over the life of the policy using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC.

 

For universal life (UL), variable annuities and other investment-type contracts, acquisition costs are generally amortized through earnings in proportion to the present value of estimated gross profits (EGPs) from projected investment, mortality and expense margins, and surrender charges over the estimated lives of the contracts.  Actual gross margins or profits may vary from management’s estimates, which can increase or decrease the rate of DAC amortization.  DAC related to traditional policies is amortized through earnings over the premium-paying period of the related policies in proportion to premium revenues recognized, using assumptions and estimates consistent with those used in computing policy reserves.  DAC related to certain unrealized components in OCI, primarily unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, is adjusted with corresponding charges or benefits, respectively, directly to equity through OCI.

 

During reporting periods of negative actual gross profits, DAC amortization may be negative, which would result in an increase to the DAC balance.  Negative amortization is only recorded when the increased DAC balance is determined to be recoverable and is also limited to amounts originally deferred plus interest.

 

Significant assumptions in the development of EGPs include investment returns, surrender and lapse rates, rider utilization, expenses, interest spreads, and mortality margins.  The Company’s long-term assumption for the underlying separate account investment return ranges from 6.75% to 7.50% depending on the product.  A change in the assumptions utilized to develop EGPs results in a change to amounts expensed in the reporting period in which the change was made by adjusting the DAC balance to the level DAC would have been had the EGPs been calculated using the new assumptions over the entire amortization period.  In general, favorable experience variances result in increased expected future profitability and may lower the rate of DAC amortization, whereas unfavorable experience variances result in decreased expected future profitability and may increase the rate of DAC amortization.  All critical assumptions utilized to develop EGPs are evaluated at least annually and necessary revisions are made to certain assumptions to the extent that actual or anticipated experience necessitates such a prospective change.  The Company may also identify and implement actuarial modeling refinements to projection models that may result in increases or decreases to the DAC asset.

 

The DAC asset is reviewed at least annually to ensure that the unamortized balance does not exceed expected recoverable EGPs.

 

PL-12



 

AIRCRAFT, NET

 

The Company records aircraft and other aircraft components at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Cost consists of the acquisition price, including interest capitalized during the construction period of a new aircraft, and major additions and modifications.  Depreciation to estimated residual values is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the aircraft, which is generally 25 years from the date of manufacture.  Major improvements to aircraft are capitalized as incurred and depreciated over the shorter of the remaining useful life of the aircraft or the useful life of the improvement.  The Company evaluates the carrying amount of aircraft quarterly or based upon changes in market and other physical and economic conditions that indicate the carrying amount of the aircraft may not be recoverable.  The Company will record impairments to recognize a loss in the value of the aircraft when management believes that, based on future estimated undiscounted cash flows, the recoverability has been impaired.

 

GOODWILL

 

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value of net assets acquired.  Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events occur or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.  Goodwill is included in other assets and was $63 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  There were no goodwill impairments recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

POLICYHOLDER ACCOUNT BALANCES

 

Policyholder account balances on UL and certain investment-type contracts, such as funding agreements, are valued using the retrospective deposit method and are equal to accumulated account values, which consist of deposits received, plus interest credited, less withdrawals and assessments.  Other investment-type contracts such as payout annuities without life contingencies are valued using a prospective method that estimates the present value of future contract cash flows at the assumed credited or contract rate.  Interest credited to these contracts ranged from 0.1% to 10.7%.

 

FUTURE POLICY BENEFITS

 

Annuity reserves, which primarily consist of group retirement, structured settlement and immediate annuities with life contingencies, are equal to the present value of estimated future payments using pricing assumptions, as applicable, for interest rates, mortality, morbidity, retirement age and expenses.  Interest rates used in establishing such liabilities ranged from 0.8% to 11.0%.

 

The Company offers annuity contracts with guaranteed minimum benefits, including guaranteed minimum death benefits (GMDBs) and riders with guaranteed living benefits (GLBs) that guarantee net principal over a ten year holding period or a minimum withdrawal benefit over specified periods, subject to certain restrictions.  If the guarantee includes a benefit that is only attainable upon annuitization or is wholly life contingent (e.g., GMDBs or guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits for life), it is accounted for as an insurance liability (Note 10).  All other GLB guarantees are accounted for as embedded derivatives (Note 8).

 

Policy charges assessed against policyholders that represent compensation to the Company for services to be provided in future periods, or for consideration for origination of the contract, are deferred as unearned revenue reserves (URR), and recognized in revenue over the expected life of the contract using the same methods and assumptions used to amortize DAC.  Unearned revenue related to certain unrealized components in OCI, primarily unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, is recorded to equity through OCI.

 

Life insurance reserves are composed of benefit reserves and additional liabilities.  Benefit reserves are valued using the net level premium method on the basis of actuarial assumptions appropriate at policy issue.  Mortality and persistency assumptions are generally based on the Company’s experience, which, together with interest and expense assumptions, include a margin for possible unfavorable deviations.  Interest rate assumptions ranged from 3.0% to 9.3%.  Future dividends for participating business are provided for in the liability for future policy benefits.  Additional liabilities are held for certain insurance benefit features that have amounts assessed in a manner that is expected to result in profits in earlier years and subsequent losses.  The additional liability is valued using a range of scenarios, rather than a single set of best estimate assumptions, which are consistent with assumptions used in estimated gross profits for purposes of amortizing capitalized acquisition costs.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, participating experience rated policies paying dividends represent less than 1% of direct life insurance in force.

 

PL-13



 

Estimates of future policy benefit reserves and liabilities are continually reviewed and, as experience develops, are adjusted as necessary.  The Company may also identify and implement actuarial modeling refinements to projection models that may result in increases and decreases to the liability for future policy benefits.  Such changes in estimates are included in earnings for the period in which such changes occur.

 

REINSURANCE

 

The Company has ceded reinsurance agreements with other insurance companies to limit potential losses, reduce exposure arising from larger risks, and provide additional capacity for future growth.  As part of a strategic alliance, the Company also reinsures risks associated with policies written by an independent producer group through modified coinsurance and yearly renewable term (YRT) arrangements with this producer group’s reinsurance company.  The ceding of risk does not discharge the Company from its primary obligations to contract owners.  To the extent that the assuming companies become unable to meet their obligations under reinsurance contracts, the Company remains liable.  The Company evaluates the financial strength and stability of each reinsurer prior to entering into each reinsurance contract and throughout the period that the reinsurance contract is in place.

 

All assets associated with business reinsured on a modified coinsurance basis remain with, and under the control of, the Company.  As part of its risk management process, the Company routinely evaluates its reinsurance programs and may change retention limits, reinsurers or other features at any time.

 

The Company has assumed reinsurance agreements with other insurance companies, which primarily include traditional life reinsurance and non-traditional longevity reinsurance.  Reinsurance agreements related to nontraditional longevity reinsurance are assumed from Pacific Life Re Limited (PLRL), an affiliate of the Company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific LifeCorp.  PLRL is incorporated in the United Kingdom (UK) and provides reinsurance to insurance and annuity providers in the UK, Ireland, Australia and to insurers in select markets in Asia.  Non-traditional longevity reinsurance provides protection to retirement plans and insurers of such plans against changes in mortality improvement.  With a non-traditional longevity reinsurance transaction, the Company agrees with another party to exchange a predefined benefit and the realized benefit for a premium.

 

The Company utilizes reinsurance accounting for ceded and assumed transactions when risk transfer provisions have been met.  To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance contract must include insurance risk, consisting of both underwriting and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant loss to the reinsurer.

 

Reinsurance premiums ceded and reinsurance recoveries on benefits and claims incurred are deducted from their respective revenue, benefit, and expense accounts.  Prepaid reinsurance premiums, included in other assets, are premiums that are paid in advance for future coverage.  Amounts receivable and payable to reinsurers are offset for account settlement purposes for contracts where the right of offset exists, with net reinsurance receivables included in other assets and net reinsurance payables included in other liabilities.  Reinsurance receivables and payables may include balances due from reinsurance companies for paid and unpaid losses.  Reinsurance terminations and recapture gains are recorded in other income.

 

REVENUES, BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

Premiums from annuity contracts with life contingencies and traditional life and term insurance contracts are recognized as revenue when due.  Benefits and expenses are provided against such revenues to recognize profits over the estimated lives of the contracts by providing for liabilities for future policy benefits, expenses for contract administration and DAC amortization.

 

Receipts for UL and investment-type contracts are reported as deposits to either policyholder account balances or separate account liabilities and are not included in revenue.  Policy fees consist of mortality charges, surrender charges and expense charges that have been earned and assessed against related account values during the period and also include the amortization of URR.  The timing of policy fee revenue recognition is determined based on the nature of the fees.  Benefits and expenses include policy benefits and claims incurred in the period that are in excess of related policyholder account balances, interest credited to policyholder account balances, expenses of contract administration and the amortization of DAC.

 

Investment advisory fees are primarily fees earned by Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC (PLFA), a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Life, which serves as the investment advisor for the Pacific Select Fund, an investment vehicle provided to the Company’s variable universal life (VUL) and variable annuity contract holders, and the Pacific Funds Series Trust, the investment vehicle for the Company’s mutual fund products and other funds.  These fees are based upon the net asset value of the underlying portfolios and are recorded as earned.  Related subadvisory expense is included in operating and other expenses.

 

PL-14



 

Aircraft leases are generally accounted for as operating leases and are structured as triple net leases whereby the lessee is responsible for maintaining the aircraft and paying operational, maintenance and insurance expenses.  The aircraft leases require payment in U.S. dollars.  Aircraft leasing revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreements.  The Company has capital leases in the amount of $333 million and $254 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, which are included in other assets.

 

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

 

Aircraft and certain other assets are depreciated or amortized using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives, which range from three to 40 years.  Depreciation and amortization of aircraft and certain other assets are included in operating and other expenses.  Depreciation of investment real estate is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives, which range from five to 30 years, and is included in net investment income.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, the Company determines deferred tax assets and liabilities on the basis of the differences between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that these assets are more likely than not to be realized.  In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations.  If the Company determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, the Company would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

 

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification’s (Codification) Income Taxes Topic on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision (benefit) for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.  Accrued interest and penalties are included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

Pacific Life and its includable subsidiaries are included in the consolidated Federal income tax return and the combined California franchise tax return of PMHC and are allocated tax expense or benefit based principally on the effect of including their operations in these returns under a tax sharing agreement.  Certain of the Company’s non-insurance subsidiaries also file separate state tax returns, if necessary.  Generally, a life insurance company cannot be treated as an includable corporation in a consolidated return with nonlife companies unless it has been a member of the affiliated group for five taxable years.  For this reason, the Company’s life insurance companies not meeting this criterion file separate Federal income tax returns.  Some of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to tax in Singapore and other jurisdictions.

 

On December 22, 2017, tax reform legislation formally known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Act) was enacted, which significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax system.  See Note 15.

 

CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company evaluates all identified contingent matters on an individual basis.  A loss is recorded if the contingent matter is probable and reasonably estimable.  The Company establishes reserves for these contingencies at the best estimate, or, if no one amount within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated reserve at the low end of the range of losses.  The Company does not record gain contingencies.

 

PL-15



 

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

 

Separate accounts primarily include variable annuity and variable life contracts, as well as other guaranteed and non-guaranteed accounts.  Separate account assets are recorded at estimated fair value and represent legally segregated contract holder funds.  A separate account liability is recorded equal to the amount of separate account assets.  Deposits to separate accounts, investment income and realized and unrealized gains and losses on the separate account assets accrue directly to contract holders and, accordingly, are not reflected in the consolidated statements of operations or cash flows.  Amounts charged to the separate account for mortality, surrender and expense charges are included in revenues as policy fees.

 

ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies.  However, considerable judgment is often required to interpret market data used to develop the estimates of fair value.  Accordingly, the estimates presented may not be indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange.  The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

 

RECENTLY ADOPTED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In February 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2018-02.  This ASU permits retrospective reclassification of certain tax effects from AOCI to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Act.  This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, however early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not yet been issued.  The Company early adopted this ASU and reclassified $285 million of deferred tax effects from AOCI to retained earnings as of December 31, 2017.  See the consolidated statements of equity and Notes 13 and 15.

 

FUTURE ADOPTION OF ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In August 2017, the FASB issued targeted improvements to accounting for hedging activities, ASU 2017-12.  The objective of this guidance is to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of a company’s risk management activities in its financial statements and make certain targeted improvements simplify the application of the hedge accounting guidance.  The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  The amended presentations and disclosure guidance is required to be applied prospectively.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18 that provides guidance on the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows.  This ASU will require companies to include restricted cash within cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning of period and end of period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows.  This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years and will be applied retrospectively.  Adoption will change the Company’s presentation of restricted cash on the consolidated statements of cash flows with the inclusion of the restricted cash balance in the beginning and ending cash and cash equivalents balance and the elimination of the restricted cash activity in net cash provided by financing activities.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 that provides guidance on measurement of credit losses on financial instruments.  This ASU replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology with one that reflects expected credit losses.  The measurement of expected credit losses should be based on historical loss information, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts.  The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures.  This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within those fiscal years with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings under a modified-retrospective approach.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 that provides guidance on leasing transactions.  The new guidance requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months.  Consistent with current guidance, leases would be classified as finance or operating leases.  However, unlike current guidance, the new guidance will require both types of leases to be recognized on the consolidated statements of financial condition by the lessee.  Lessor accounting will remain largely unchanged from current guidance except for certain targeted changes.  The new guidance will also require new qualitative and quantitative disclosures.  This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within

 

PL-16



 

those fiscal years, and requires a modified retrospective transition approach which includes a number of optional practical expedients.  Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01 that amends certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments.  The new guidance changes the current accounting guidance related to (i) the classification and measurement of certain equity investments, (ii) the presentation of changes in the fair value of financial liabilities measured under the fair value option that are due to instrument-specific credit risk, and (iii) certain disclosures associated with the fair value of financial instruments.  Under the guidance, the change which most significantly impacts the Company is that equity securities currently classified as available for sale will be measured at fair value through net income instead of OCI.  Additionally, investments in private equity partnerships and joint ventures currently accounted for under the cost method will also be measured at fair value.  This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years and will be applied prospectively with a cumulative effect adjustment to the beginning retained earnings balance.  The Company’s equity securities available for sale, except for those accounted for using the equity method, will be presented on the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value with changes in fair value reported in net realized investment gain.  Upon adoption, the estimated impact is expected to increase retained earnings by $19 million, net of tax.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, a new revenue recognition standard.  The new guidance will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP; however, it will not impact the accounting for insurance contracts, leases, financial instruments and guarantees.  For those contracts that are impacted by the new guidance, the guidance will require an entity to recognize revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years and will be applied under a modified retrospective approach.  Early adoption is not permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

2.                         STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

 

STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES

 

Pacific Life prepares its regulatory financial statements in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the NE DOI, which is a comprehensive basis of accounting other than U.S. GAAP.  Statutory accounting practices primarily differ from U.S. GAAP by charging policy acquisition costs to expense as incurred, recognizing certain policy fees as revenue when billed, establishing future policy benefit liabilities using different actuarial assumptions, reporting surplus notes as surplus instead of debt, as well as the valuation of investments and certain assets and accounting for deferred income taxes on a different basis.

 

The NE DOI has a prescribed accounting practice for certain synthetic guaranteed interest contract (GIC) reserves that differs from National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (NAIC SAP).  The NE DOI reserve method is based on an annual accumulation of 30% of the contract fees on synthetic GICs and is subject to a maximum of 150% of the annualized contract fees.  This reserve amounted to $59 million and $63 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and has been recorded by Pacific Life.  The NAIC SAP basis for this reserve equals the excess, if any, of the value of guaranteed contract liabilities over the market value of the assets in the segregated portfolio less deductions based on asset valuation reserve factors.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the reserve for synthetic GICs using the NAIC SAP basis was zero.

 

STATUTORY NET INCOME AND SURPLUS

 

Statutory net income of Pacific Life was $1,201 million, $850 million and $520 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Statutory capital and surplus of Pacific Life was $9,313 million and $8,548 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

AFFILIATED REINSURANCE

 

Pacific Life cedes certain statutory reserves to affiliated special purpose financial insurance companies and affiliated captive reinsurance companies that are supported by a combination of cash, invested and other assets and third-party letters of credit or note facilities.  As of December 31, 2017, Pacific Life’s total statutory reserve credit was $2,224 million, of which $1,450 million was

 

PL-17



 

supported by third-party letters of credit and note facilities.  As of December 31, 2016, Pacific Life’s total statutory reserve credit was $2,081 million, of which $1,347 million was supported by third-party letters of credit and note facilities, as described below.

 

Pacific Life utilizes affiliated reinsurers to mitigate the statutory capital impact of NAIC Model Regulation “Valuation of Life Insurance Policies” (Regulation XXX) and NAIC Actuarial Guideline 38 on the Company’s UL products with flexible duration no lapse guarantee rider (FDNLGR) benefits.  Pacific Alliance Reinsurance Company of Vermont (PAR Vermont) and Pacific Baleine Reinsurance Company (PBRC) are Vermont based special purpose financial insurance companies subject to regulatory supervision by the Vermont Department of Financial Regulation (Vermont Department).  PAR Vermont and PBRC are wholly owned subsidiaries of Pacific Life and accredited authorized reinsurers in Nebraska.  Pacific Life cedes certain level term life insurance to PBRC and FDNLGR benefits to PAR Vermont and PBRC.  Reinsurance ceded to PAR Vermont is net of the reinsurance ceded under an excess of loss reinsurance agreement with a commercial reinsurer.  Economic reserves, as defined in the PAR Vermont and PBRC reinsurance agreements, are supported by cash and invested and other assets, including funds withheld at Pacific Life.

 

Reserves in excess of the economic reserves held at PAR Vermont are supported by a letter of credit agreement provided by a highly rated bank, which has a maximum commitment amount of $843 million and a 20 year term expiring October 2031.  The letter of credit agreement is non-recourse to Pacific LifeCorp or any of its affiliates, other than PAR Vermont.  The letter of credit has been approved as an admissible asset by the Vermont Department for PAR Vermont statutory accounting.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the letter of credit amounted to $767 million and $730 million, respectively, and was held in a trust with Pacific Life as beneficiary.  PAR Vermont admitted $767 million and $730 million as assets in its statutory financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Reserves in excess of the economic reserves held at PBRC are supported by a note facility with a maximum commitment amount of $1.6 billion.  This facility is non-recourse to Pacific Life or any of its affiliates, other than PBRC.  Through this facility, PBRC issued a surplus note with a maturity date of December 2046 and received a note receivable in return with a maturity date of December 2041.  The note receivable is credit enhanced by a highly rated third-party reinsurer for 22 years with a three year extension.  The note receivable has been approved as an admissible asset by the Vermont Department for PBRC statutory accounting.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the note receivable amounted to $263 million and $210 million, respectively, and was held in a trust with Pacific Life as beneficiary.  PBRC admitted $263 million and $210 million as an asset in its statutory financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Pacific Life has reinsurance agreements with Pacific Life Reinsurance (Barbados) Ltd. (PLRB), an exempt life reinsurance company domiciled in Barbados and wholly owned by Pacific LifeCorp.  The underlying reinsurance is comprised of coinsurance and YRT treaties.  Pacific Life retroceded the majority of the underlying YRT U.S. treaties on a 100% coinsurance with funds withheld basis to PLRB (PLRB Agreement).  The PLRB Agreement is accounted for under deposit accounting for U.S. GAAP and as reinsurance under statutory accounting principles.  The statutory accounting reserve credit is supported by cash, funds withheld at Pacific Life and a $420 million letter of credit issued to PLRB by a highly rated bank for the benefit of Pacific Life, which expires August 2021.  In connection with the reinsurance arrangements between Pacific Life and PLRB, Pacific LifeCorp entered into a capital maintenance agreement.

 

Pacific Annuity Reinsurance Company (PARC) is a captive reinsurance company subject to regulatory supervision by the Arizona Department of Insurance and wholly owned by Pacific LifeCorp.  PARC was formed to reinsure benefits provided by variable annuity contracts and contract rider guarantees issued by Pacific Life.  Base annuity contracts are reinsured on a modified coinsurance basis and the contract guarantees are reinsured on a coinsurance with funds withheld basis.  In December 2012, the effective date of the reinsurance agreement, Pacific Life ceded 5% of its inforce variable annuity business to PARC, after third-party reinsurance, and ceded 5% of new business issued thereafter.

 

RISK-BASED CAPITAL

 

Risk-based capital is a method developed by the NAIC to measure the minimum amount of capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations in consideration of its size and risk profile.  The formulas for determining the amount of risk-based capital specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances or various levels of activity based on the perceived degree of risk.  Additionally, certain risks are required to be measured using actuarial cash flow modeling techniques, subject to formulaic minimums.  The adequacy of a company’s actual capital is measured by a comparison to the risk-based capital results.  Companies below minimum risk-based capital requirements are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, Pacific Life, Pacific Life & Annuity Company (PL&A), an Arizona domiciled life insurance company wholly owned by Pacific Life, PAR Vermont, and PBRC all exceeded the minimum risk-based capital requirements.

 

PL-18



 

DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

 

The payment of dividends by Pacific Life to Pacific LifeCorp is subject to restrictions set forth in the State of Nebraska insurance laws.  These laws require (i) notification to the NE DOI for the declaration and payment of any dividend and (ii) approval by the NE DOI for accumulated dividends within the preceding twelve months that exceed the greater of 10% of statutory policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31 or statutory net gain from operations for the preceding twelve months ended December 31.  Generally, these restrictions pose no short-term liquidity concerns for Pacific LifeCorp.  Based on these restrictions and 2017 statutory results, Pacific Life could pay $784 million in dividends in 2018 to Pacific LifeCorp without prior approval from the NE DOI, subject to the notification requirement.  During the year ended December 31, 2017, Pacific Life paid dividends to Pacific LifeCorp of $160 million.  Pacific Life did not pay any dividends to Pacific LifeCorp during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

The payment of dividends by PL&A to Pacific Life is subject to restrictions set forth in the State of Arizona insurance laws.  These laws require (i) notification to the Arizona Department of Insurance (AZ DOI) for the declaration and payment of any dividend and (ii) approval by the AZ DOI for accumulated dividends within the preceding twelve months that exceed the lesser of 10% of statutory surplus as regards to policyholders as of the preceding December 31 or statutory net gain from operations for the preceding twelve months ended December 31.  Based on this limitation and 2017 statutory results, PL&A could pay $40 million in dividends to Pacific Life in 2018 without prior regulatory approval.  During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, PL&A paid dividends to Pacific Life of $40 million, $39 million and $37 million, respectively.

 

 

3.                         CLOSED BLOCK

 

In connection with the Company’s conversion to a mutual holding company structure, an arrangement known as a closed block (the Closed Block) was created for the exclusive benefit of certain individual life insurance policies that had an experience based dividend scale in 1997.  The Closed Block was designed to give reasonable assurance to holders of the Closed Block policies that policy dividends would not change.

 

Assets that support the Closed Block, which are primarily included in fixed maturity securities and policy loans, amounted to $250 million and $246 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Liabilities allocated to the Closed Block, which are primarily included in future policy benefits, amounted to $254 million and $252 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The net contribution to income from the Closed Block was $3 million, $3 million and zero for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

PL-19



 

4.                         VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

 

The Company evaluates its interests in VIEs on an ongoing basis and consolidates those VIEs in which it has a controlling financial interest and is thus deemed to be the primary beneficiary.  A controlling financial interest has both of the following characteristics: (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.  Creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs, where the Company is the primary beneficiary, have no recourse against the Company in the event of default by these VIEs.

 

CONSOLIDATED VIEs

 

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the assets and liabilities, which the Company has consolidated because it is the primary beneficiary:

 

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

December 31, 2017:

 

(In Millions)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

$1,805

 

$1,525

CLO and warehousing facility

 

681

 

612

Sponsored investment funds

 

380

 

72

Other

 

24

 

19

Total

 

$2,890

 

$2,228

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

$1,804

 

$1,524

Sponsored investment funds

 

260

 

22

Other

 

25

 

19

Total

 

$2,089

 

$1,565

 

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

 

The Company has purchased significant interests in multiple commercial mortgage-backed security trusts secured by commercial real estate properties (CMBS VIE).  The trusts are classified as VIEs as they have no total equity investment at risk and while no future equity infusions should be required to permit the entities to continue their activities, accounting guidance requires trusts with no equity at risk to be classified as VIEs.  The Company has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs due to the significant control over the collateral the Company has in the event of a default and has consolidated the VIEs into the consolidated financial statements of the Company.  The assets of the CMBS VIE can only be used to settle their respective liabilities, and the Company is not responsible for any principal or interest shortfalls.  The Company’s exposure is limited to its investment of $279 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  Non-recourse debt consolidated by the Company was $1,521 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 (included in CMBS VIE debt in Note 11).

 

CLO AND WAREHOUSING FACILITY

 

The Company provided initial seed capital into a sponsored CLO and a warehousing facility during 2017.  The Company has elected the FVO method of accounting for $621 million of investments in the CLO and the warehousing facility as of December 31, 2017.  The Company has also elected the FVO method of accounting for $462 million of debt issued from the CLO as of December 31, 2017.  The Company elected the FVO method of accounting for the investments and debt in order to measure both at fair value under a consistent methodology.  This debt is secured by broadly syndicated bank loans, is non-recourse to the Company and the Company is not responsible for any principal shortfalls from the underlying collateral.  Additionally, short-term non-recourse debt consolidated by the Company from the warehousing facility was $50 million as of December 31, 2017.  The line of credit associated with this debt has a borrowing capacity of $113 million.

 

PL-20



 

SPONSORED INVESTMENT FUNDS

 

The Company has leveraged internal expertise to bring investment strategies/products to sophisticated institutional investors and qualified institutional buyers.  Structured as limited partnerships, the Company has provided the initial investments to provide seed capital for these products for the purpose of refining the investment strategies and developing a performance history.  Based on the design and operation of these entities, the Company concluded that they are subject to consolidation under the variable interest rules and that the Company is the primary beneficiary.  It is anticipated that the Company will continue to maintain a controlling interest in some, but not all, of these entities.  The Company reevaluates its standing as the primary beneficiary on a quarterly basis or upon the occurrence of specified events.  Short-term non-recourse debt consolidated by the Company was $69 million and $21 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively (included in other VIE debt in Note 11).  The lines of credit associated with this debt have a $75 million borrowing capacity.  The Company’s unfunded commitment to the limited partnerships was $545 million and $244 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

FINANCING STRUCTURES

 

ACG has participated in the design and formation of certain legal entities that are consolidated.  These legal entities enable ACG’s lenders to perfect their security interest in financing structures used to purchase, lease, and obtain financings secured by various aircraft.  These legal entities have entered into loans with various third parties and financial institutions which are primarily guaranteed by ACG and supported by secondary guarantees from either the Export-Import Bank of the United States (Ex-Im) or the export credit agencies of the UK, France and/or Germany (ECA).  Some of these legal entities are considered VIEs because they do not have sufficient equity at risk.  Additionally, ACG bears significant risk of loss (through guarantees of the loans recourse to ACG), participates in gains through a capital lease and has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of these legal entities.  Therefore, it has been determined that ACG is the primary beneficiary of these VIEs.

 

Aircraft with these financing structures as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, totaled $1,396 million and $1,619 million, respectively, and are included in aircraft, net on the consolidated statements of financial condition.  Also, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, debt, recourse only to ACG, associated with these financing structures totaled $693 million and $886 million, respectively, and are included in debt on the consolidated statements of financial condition.  See Notes 7 and 11.

 

PL-21



 

NON-CONSOLIDATED VIEs

 

The following table presents the carrying amount and classification of the assets, relating to VIEs in which the Company holds a variable interest but does not consolidate because it is not the primary beneficiary.  The Company has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of these VIEs because it does not have the power to direct their most significant financial activities.  Also presented is the maximum exposure to loss which includes the carrying amount and any unfunded commitments assuming the commitments are fully funded.

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Maximum
Exposure to
Loss

December 31, 2017:

 

(In Millions)

Mortgage loans

 

$96

 

$104

Private equity

 

547

 

965

Real estate

 

147

 

203

Other

 

15

 

15

Total

 

$805

 

$1,287

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans

 

$88

 

$104

Private equity

 

520

 

989

Real estate

 

152

 

200

Other

 

13

 

13

Total

 

$773

 

$1,306

 

MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Included in mortgage loans is a non-recourse construction loan to a non-consolidated VIE.

 

PRIVATE EQUITY

 

Private equity are limited partnership investment funds that are reported in other investments.

 

REAL ESTATE

 

Real estate are limited partnership investments that are unconsolidated and accounted for under the equity method which are reported in other investments.

 

OTHER NON-CONSOLIDATED VIEs NOT INCLUDED IN THE TABLE ABOVE

 

As part of normal investment activities, the Company will make passive investments in structured securities for which it is not the sponsor.  The structured security investments include residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS), commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS), collateralized debt obligations, and other asset-backed securities which are reported in fixed maturities securities available for sale.  The Company’s maximum exposure to loss for these investments is limited to its carrying amount.  See Note 6 for the net carrying amount and estimated fair value of the structured security investments.

 

PL-22



 

5.                         DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

 

Components of DAC are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

(In Millions)

Balance, January 1

 

$4,509

 

$4,719

 

$4,742

Additions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized during the year

 

613

 

490

 

544

Amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocated to commission expenses

 

(352)

 

(547)

 

(806)

Allocated to operating expenses

 

(15)

 

(21)

 

(28)

Total amortization

 

(367)

 

(568)

 

(834)

Allocated to OCI

 

(62)

 

(132)

 

267

Balance, December 31

 

$4,693

 

$4,509

 

$4,719

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company revised certain assumptions utilized to develop EGPs  for its products subject to DAC amortization.  This resulted in a decrease in DAC amortization expense of $40 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and increases of $18 million and $51 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The revised EGPs also resulted in decreased URR amortization of $43 million and $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and increased URR amortization of $27 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Components of the capitalized sales inducement balance included in the DAC asset are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

(In Millions)

Balance, January 1

 

$545

 

$583

 

$667

Deferred costs capitalized during the year

 

11

 

14

 

17

Amortization of deferred costs

 

(43)

 

(52)

 

(101)

Balance, December 31

 

$513

 

$545

 

$583

 

PL-23



 

6.                         INVESTMENTS

 

The net carrying amount, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities available for sale are shown below.  The net carrying amount of fixed maturity securities available for sale represents amortized cost adjusted for OTTI recognized in earnings and terminated fair value hedges.  The net carrying amount of equity securities available for sale represents cost adjusted for OTTI.  See Note 12 for information on the Company’s estimated fair value measurements and disclosure.

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Estimated

 

 

Amount

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

 

(In Millions)

December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government

 

$72

 

$7

 

 

 

$79

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

810

 

172

 

 

 

982

Foreign governments

 

489

 

44

 

$1

 

532

Corporate securities

 

39,099

 

2,675

 

168

 

41,606

RMBS

 

1,846

 

92

 

13

 

1,925

CMBS

 

1,025

 

25

 

9

 

1,041

Other asset-backed securities

 

1,244

 

56

 

5

 

1,295

Total fixed maturity securities

 

$44,585

 

$3,071

 

$196

 

$47,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred securities

 

$13

 

$1

 

 

 

$14

Other equity securities

 

65

 

3

 

 

 

68

Total equity securities

 

$78

 

$4

 

 

$82

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Estimated

 

 

Amount

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

 

(In Millions)

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government

 

$49

 

$7

 

 

 

$56

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

810

 

132

 

$2

 

940

Foreign governments

 

551

 

41

 

7

 

585

Corporate securities

 

35,739

 

1,916

 

442

 

37,213

RMBS

 

2,197

 

95

 

36

 

2,256

CMBS

 

924

 

24

 

11

 

937

Other asset-backed securities

 

1,221

 

54

 

15

 

1,260

Total fixed maturity securities

 

$41,491

 

$2,269

 

$513

 

$43,247

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred securities

 

$62

 

$9

 

$2

 

$69

Other equity securities

 

28

 

4

 

1

 

31

Total equity securities

 

$90

 

$13

 

$3

 

$100

 

PL-24



 

The net carrying amount and estimated fair value of fixed maturity securities available for sale as of December 31, 2017, by contractual repayment date of principal, are shown below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Gross Unrealized

 

Estimated

 

 

Amount

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

 

(in Millions)

Due in one year or less

 

$917

 

$22

 

$2

 

$937

Due after one year through five years

 

7,936

 

421

 

13

 

8,344

Due after five years through ten years

 

18,097

 

613

 

81

 

18,629

Due after ten years

 

13,520

 

1,842

 

73

 

15,289

 

 

40,470

 

2,898

 

169

 

43,199

Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities

 

4,115

 

173

 

27

 

4,261

Total fixed maturity securities

 

$44,585

 

$3,071

 

$196

 

$47,460

 

PL-25



 

The following tables present the number of investments, estimated fair value and gross unrealized losses on investments where the estimated fair value has declined and remained continuously below the net carrying amount for less than twelve months and for twelve months or greater.  Included in the tables are gross unrealized losses for fixed maturity securities available for sale and other investments, which include equity securities available for sale and cost method investments.

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Number

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

 

 

(In Millions)

December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign governments

 

3

 

$29

 

$1

Corporate securities

 

568

 

6,139

 

168

RMBS

 

66

 

534

 

13

CMBS

 

21

 

313

 

9

Other asset-backed securities

 

63

 

428

 

5

Total fixed maturity securities

 

721

 

7,443

 

196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

3

 

12

 

3

Total other investments

 

3

 

12

 

3

Total

 

724

 

$7,455

 

$199

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or Greater

 

 

Number

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Number

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

 

 

(In Millions)

December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign governments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

$29

 

$1

Corporate securities

 

292

 

$2,573

 

$34

 

276

 

3,566

 

134

RMBS

 

13

 

145

 

1

 

53

 

389

 

12

CMBS

 

13

 

167

 

2

 

8

 

146

 

7

Other asset-backed securities

 

33

 

209

 

1

 

30

 

219

 

4

Total fixed maturity securities

 

351

 

3,094

 

38

 

370

 

4,349

 

158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

1

 

5

 

1

 

2

 

7

 

2

Total other investments

 

1

 

5

 

1

 

2

 

7

 

2

Total

 

352

 

$3,099

 

$39

 

372

 

$4,356

 

$160

 

PL-26



 

 

 

Total

 

 

Number

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

 

 

(In Millions)

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

2

 

$103

 

$2

Foreign governments

 

7

 

69

 

7

Corporate securities

 

794

 

10,001

 

442

RMBS

 

113

 

967

 

36

CMBS

 

18

 

322

 

11

Other asset-backed securities

 

66

 

584

 

15

Total fixed maturity securities

 

1,000

 

12,046

 

513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred securities

 

3

 

13

 

2

Other equity securities

 

3

 

9

 

1

Other investments

 

7

 

18

 

4

Total other investments

 

13

 

40

 

7

Total

 

1,013

 

$12,086

 

$520

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

12 Months or Greater

 

 

Number

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Number

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

 

 

(In Millions)

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

2

 

$103

 

$2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign governments

 

4

 

43

 

3

 

3

 

$26

 

$4

Corporate securities

 

648

 

8,559

 

326

 

146

 

1,442

 

116

RMBS

 

32

 

441

 

6

 

81

 

526

 

30

CMBS

 

13

 

293

 

9

 

5

 

29

 

2

Other asset-backed securities

 

49

 

455

 

7

 

17

 

129

 

8

Total fixed maturity securities

 

748

 

9,894

 

353

 

252

 

2,152

 

160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

13

 

2

Other equity securities

 

3

 

9

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

4

 

9

 

1

 

3

 

9

 

3

Total other investments

 

7

 

18

 

2

 

6

 

22

 

5

Total

 

755

 

$9,912

 

$355

 

258

 

$2,174

 

$165

 

 

The gross unrealized losses on available for sale securities and other investments in the tables above decreased from $520 million as of December 31, 2016 to $199 million as of December 31, 2017.  The decrease is primarily due to interest rate and credit spread movements.

 

The Company has evaluated fixed maturity securities available for sale and other investments with gross unrealized losses and has determined that the unrealized losses are temporary.  The Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their net carrying amounts.

 

PL-27



 

The Company has a securities lending program whereby the Company lends fixed maturity securities to financial institutions in short-term arrangements.  The Company requires cash collateral equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the loaned securities.  All securities lending agreements are callable by the Company at any time.  The contractual maturity on all securities lending arrangements is overnight and continuous.  The following table presents the Company’s security loans outstanding and the corresponding collateral held:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

Security loans outstanding, estimated fair value (1)

 

$797

 

$178

 

Reinvestment portfolio, estimated fair value (2)

 

824

 

184

 

Cash collateral liability (3)

 

824

 

184

 

 

(1) Included within fixed maturity securities available for sale, at estimated fair value and comprised of corporate securities.

(2) The reinvestment portfolio acquired with the cash collateral consists primarily of investments in reverse repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Treasuries and corporate bonds and is included in cash and cash equivalents.

(3) Included in other liabilities.

 

Major categories of investment income and related investment expense are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In Millions)

Fixed maturity securities

 

$1,912

 

$1,812

 

$1,688

 

Equity securities

 

5

 

3

 

4

 

Mortgage loans

 

613

 

550

 

582

 

Real estate

 

148

 

120

 

103

 

Policy loans

 

212

 

205

 

201

 

Partnerships and joint ventures

 

115

 

39

 

106

 

Other

 

58

 

40

 

37

 

Gross investment income

 

3,063

 

2,769

 

2,721

 

Investment expense

 

223

 

182

 

164

 

Net investment income

 

$2,840

 

$2,587

 

$2,557

 

 

PL-28



 

The components of net realized investment gain are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In Millions)

Fixed maturity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross gains on sales

 

$87

 

$37

 

$26

 

Gross losses on sales

 

(9

)

(13

)

(8

)

Total fixed maturity securities

 

78

 

24

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross gains on sales

 

17

 

1

 

5

 

Total equity securities

 

17

 

1

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FVO and trading securities

 

44

 

(3

)

(33

)

Real estate

 

 

 

78

 

2

 

Variable annuity GLB embedded derivatives

 

166

 

155

 

60

 

Variable annuity GLB policy fees

 

156

 

161

 

209

 

Variable annuity derivatives - total return swaps

 

(218

)

(107

)

(21

)

Variable annuity derivatives - futures

 

(168

)

(260

)

(46

)

Variable annuity derivatives - equity put options

 

(29

)

 

 

Fixed indexed annuity embedded derivatives

 

(128

)

(47

)

(5

)

Fixed indexed annuity derivatives - total return swaps

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed indexed annuity derivatives - futures

 

84

 

45

 

(2

)

Fixed indexed annuity derivatives - call options

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Synthetic GIC policy fees

 

45

 

44

 

44

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

(17

)

(7

)

25

 

Life indexed account embedded derivatives

 

(335

)

(100

)

51

 

Life indexed account derivatives - call options

 

341

 

98

 

(58

)

Other

 

7

 

28

 

(15

)

Net realized investment gain

 

$48

 

$110

 

$234

 

 

PL-29



 

The tables below summarize the OTTI by investment type:

 

 

 

Recognized in
Earnings

 

Included in
OCI

 

Total

 

 

 

(In Millions)

Year Ended December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate securities

 

$8

 

0

 

$8

 

RMBS

 

1

 

 

1

 

OTTI - fixed maturity securities

 

9

 

 

9

 

Other investments

 

2

 

 

2

 

Total OTTI

 

$11

 

 

$11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate securities

 

$22

 

$3

 

$25

 

RMBS

 

12

 

8

 

20

 

OTTI - fixed maturity securities

 

34

 

11

 

45

 

Real estate

 

2

 

 

2

 

Other investments

 

6

 

 

6

 

Total OTTI

 

$42

 

$11

 

$53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate securities

 

$70

 

 

$70

 

RMBS

 

2

 

$6

 

8

 

Perpetual preferred securities

 

9

 

 

9

 

OTTI - fixed maturity and equity securities

 

81

 

6

 

87

 

Mortgage loans

 

11

 

 

11

 

Other investments

 

4

 

 

4

 

Total OTTI

 

$96

 

$6

 

$102

 

 

The table below details the amount of OTTI attributable to credit losses recognized in earnings for which a portion was recognized in OCI:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

Cumulative credit loss, January 1

 

$174

 

$187

 

Additions for credit impairments recognized on:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities previously other than temporarily impaired

 

 

 

10

 

Securities not previously other than temporarily impaired

 

1

 

2

 

Total additions

 

1

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reductions for credit impairments previously recognized on:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities due to an increase in expected cash flows and time value of cash flows

 

(1

)

(4

)

Securities sold

 

 

 

(21

)

Total subtractions

 

(1

)

(25

)

Cumulative credit loss, December 31

 

$174

 

$174

 

 

PL-30



 

The tables below present gross unrealized losses on investments for which OTTI has been recognized in earnings in current or prior periods and gross unrealized losses on temporarily impaired investments for which no OTTI has been recognized.

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

OTTI
Investments

 

Non-OTTI
Investments

 

Total

 

 

(In Millions)

December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign governments

 

 

 

$1

 

$1

Corporate securities

 

 

 

168

 

168

RMBS

 

$7

 

6

 

13

CMBS

 

 

 

9

 

9

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

5

 

5

Total fixed maturity securities

 

$7

 

$189

 

$196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

$2

 

$2

Foreign governments

 

 

 

7

 

7

Corporate securities

 

$4

 

438

 

442

RMBS

 

20

 

16

 

36

CMBS

 

 

 

11

 

11

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

15

 

15

Total fixed maturity securities

 

$24

 

$489

 

$513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred securities

 

 

 

$2

 

$2

Other equity securities

 

 

 

1

 

1

Total equity securities

 

 

$3

 

$3

 

The change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments in available for sale securities is as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In Millions)

Available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed maturity

 

$1,119

 

$502

 

($1,648

)

Equity

 

(6

)

7

 

0

 

Total available for sale securities

 

$1,113

 

$509

 

($1,648

)

 

Trading securities, included in other investments, totaled $624 million and $252 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The cumulative net unrealized gain on trading securities held as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $9 million and zero, respectively.  Net unrealized gain (loss) recognized in net realized investment gain on trading securities still held at the reporting date were $7 million, $1 million and ($4) million as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

FVO securities consist of U.S. Government securities and broadly syndicated bank loans.  FVO securities totaled $1,182 million and $529 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The change in unrealized gain (loss) on FVO securities is recognized in net realized investment gain and was $33 million, ($7) million and ($27) million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Interest income earned from FVO securities is recorded in net investment income and was $26 million, $17 million and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, fixed maturity securities of $12 million were on deposit with state insurance departments to satisfy regulatory requirements.

 

PL-31



 

Mortgage loans totaled $13,558 million and $12,175 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Mortgage loans are collateralized primarily by commercial properties mainly located throughout the U.S.  As of December 31, 2017, $2,460 million, $2,033 million, $1,716 million, $1,432 million, and $1,160 million were located in Texas, California, New York, Washington, and District of Columbia, respectively.  Included in the December 31, 2017 amounts for Texas and New York are $1,050 million and $750 million, respectively, consolidated from the CMBS VIEs (Note 4).  As of December 31, 2017, $383 million and $176 million were located in Canada and the UK, respectively.  The Company did not have any mortgage loans with accrued interest more than 180 days past due as of December 31, 2017 or 2016.  As of December 31, 2017, there was no single mortgage loan investment that exceeded 10% of stockholder’s equity.

 

The Company reviews the performance and credit quality of the mortgage loan portfolio on an on-going basis, including loan payment and collateral performance.  Collateral performance includes a review of the most recent collateral inspection reports and financial statements.  Analysts track each loan’s debt service coverage ratio (DCR) and loan-to-value ratio (LTV).  The DCR compares the collateral’s net operating income to its debt service payments.  DCRs less than 1.0 times indicate that the collateral operations do not generate enough income to cover the loan’s current debt payments.  A larger DCR indicates a greater excess of net operating income over the debt service.  The LTV compares the amount of the loan to the fair value of the collateral and is commonly expressed as a percentage.  LTVs greater than 100% indicate that the loan amount exceeds the collateral value.  A smaller LTV percentage indicates a greater excess of collateral value over the loan amount.

 

The loan review process will result in each loan being placed into a No Credit Concern category or one of three levels:  Level 1 Minimal Credit Concern, Level 2 Moderate Credit Concern or Level 3 Significant Credit Concern.  Loans in No Credit Concern category are performing and no issues are noted.  The collateral exhibits a strong DCR and LTV and there are no near term maturity concerns.  The loan credit profile and borrower sponsorship have not experienced any significant changes and remain strong.  For construction loans, projects are progressing as planned with no significant cost overruns or delays.

 

Level 1 loans are experiencing negative market pressure and outlook due to economic factors.  Financial covenants may have been triggered due to declines in performance.  Credit profile and/or borrower sponsorship remain stable but require monitoring.  Near term (6 months or less) maturity requires monitoring due to negative trends.  No impairment loss concerns exist under current conditions, however some possibility of loss may exist under stressed scenarios or changes in sponsorship financial strength.

 

Level 2 loans are experiencing significant or prolonged negative market pressure and uncertain outlook due to economic factors; financial covenants may have been triggered due to declines in performance and/or borrower may have requested covenant relief.  Loan credit profile, borrower sponsorship and/or collateral value may have declined or give cause for concern.  Near term maturity (12 months or less) coupled with negative market conditions, property performance and value and/or borrower stability result in increased refinance risk.

 

Level 3 loans are experiencing prolonged and/or severe negative market trends, declines in collateral performance and value, and/or borrower financial difficulties exist.  Borrower may have asked for modification of loan terms.  Without additional capital infusion and/or acceptable modification to existing loan terms, default is likely and foreclosure the probable alternative.  Impairment loss is possible depending on current fair market value of the collateral.  This category includes loans in default and previously impaired restructured loans that underperform despite modified terms and/or for which future loss is probable.

 

Loans classified as Level 2 or Level 3 are placed on a watch list and monitored weekly.  Loans that have been identified as Level 3 are evaluated to determine if the loan is impaired.  A loan is impaired if it is probable that amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were 14 loans with a book value of $305 million and $307 million, respectively, that were considered impaired.  Since the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral on these loans was greater than their carrying amount of the loans, no impairment loss was recorded.  As of December 31, 2015, there were 16 loans with a book value of $153 million that were considered impaired and an impairment loss of $12 million (gross of reinsurance of $1 million) was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2015 as the fair value of the underlying collateral of two of these loans was lower than their carrying amount.  No impairment loss was recorded on the other 14 loans since the estimated fair value of the collateral was higher than their carrying amount.

 

PL-32



 

The following tables set forth mortgage loan credit levels as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 ($ In Millions):

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Credit Concern

 

Minimal Credit Concern

 

Moderate Credit Concern

 

Significant Credit Concern

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Property Type

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Agricultural

 

$115

 

2.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$115

 

2.11

 

Apartment

 

1,003

 

1.75

 

$45

 

1.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,048

 

1.72

 

Golf course

 

22

 

2.19

 

16

 

0.82

 

$41

 

1.00

 

$50

 

0.81

 

129

 

1.11

 

Industrial

 

34

 

1.55

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

2.09

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

1.74

 

Lodging

 

1,376

 

2.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

0.88

 

1,551

 

2.24

 

Mobile home park

 

189

 

2.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

189

 

2.94

 

Office

 

3,307

 

2.05

 

446

 

1.36

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

0.49

 

3,774

 

1.96

 

Office - VIE

 

750

 

3.28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

750

 

3.28

 

Residential

 

63

 

1.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

1.43

 

Retail

 

2,848

 

2.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,848

 

2.18

 

Retail - VIE

 

1,050

 

2.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,050

 

2.39

 

Construction

 

1,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,989

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

 

$12,746

 

2.23

 

$507

 

1.31

 

$59

 

1.33

 

$246

 

0.83

 

$13,558

 

2.16

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Credit Concern

 

Minimal Credit Concern

 

Moderate Credit Concern

 

Significant Credit Concern

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Carrying

 

Average

 

Property Type

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Amount

 

DCR

 

Agricultural

 

$2

 

3.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$2

 

3.07

 

Apartment

 

701

 

1.85

 

$138

 

1.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

839

 

1.73

 

Golf course

 

23

 

2.33

 

15

 

0.88

 

$42

 

1.05

 

$52

 

0.79

 

132

 

1.16

 

Industrial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

2.21

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

2.21

 

Lodging

 

1,321

 

2.51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

0.86

 

1,496

 

2.32

 

Mobile home park

 

192

 

2.77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

192

 

2.77

 

Office

 

3,357

 

2.02

 

446

 

1.62

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

0.38

 

3,824

 

1.97

 

Office - VIE

 

750

 

3.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

750

 

3.47

 

Residential

 

38

 

1.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

1.45

 

Retail

 

2,336

 

2.20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,336

 

2.20

 

Retail - VIE

 

1,050

 

3.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,050

 

3.24

 

Construction

 

1,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,498

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans

 

$11,268

 

2.37

 

$599

 

1.48

 

$60

 

1.40

 

$248

 

0.80

 

$12,175

 

2.28

 

 

 

Real estate investments totaled $1,287 million and $641 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The Company had no real estate investment impairments during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2015.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company had one real estate investment property with a book value prior to impairment measurement of $4 million that was considered impaired and an impairment loss of $2 million was recognized as the fair value of this property was lower than its carrying amount.

 

PL-33



 

7.                        AIRCRAFT, NET

 

Aircraft, net, consists of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Aircraft

 

$9,498

 

$9,552

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

1,664

 

1,697

 

Aircraft, net

 

$7,834

 

$7,855

 

 

The following table presents, by year, the future minimum operating lease rentals ACG is due under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2017 (In Millions):

 

Years Ended December 31:

 

 

 

2018

 

$863

 

2019

 

822

 

2020

 

729

 

2021

 

641

 

2022

 

541

 

Thereafter

 

1,266

 

Total

 

$4,862

 

 

Future minimum operating lease rentals to foreign customers represented 85% of the total.

 

Included in the table above are aircraft subleased to airlines with lease maturity dates ranging from 2021 to 2024 with total future rentals of $134 million.  The revenue related to these aircraft, included in aircraft leasing revenue, was $27 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.  During 2011 to 2013, these aircraft were sold to third parties and subsequently leased back under operating leases with maturity dates ranging from 2023 to 2025 with total minimum future lease commitments on these operating leases of $140 million.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, aircraft with a carrying amount of $1,627 million and $1,839 million, respectively, were assigned as collateral to secure debt (Note 11).  See Note 4 for amounts related to VIEs.

 

Aircraft and other assets held for sale totaled $410 million and $325 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and are included in aircraft, net.

 

Included in aircraft, net as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are $164 million and $124 million, respectively, of net aircraft maintenance right assets that represent the difference between the maintenance return conditions specified in the lease and the actual physical maintenance condition of acquired aircraft at the purchase date.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, aircraft impairments of $156 million, $152 million and $39 million, respectively, were recognized and included in operating and other expenses.  See Note 12.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, ACG had non cash transfers from aircraft orders and deposits (included in other assets) to aircraft, net of $211 million, $319 million and $56 million, respectively.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, gain (loss) on the sale of aircraft of $19 million, $11 million and ($1) million, respectively, were recognized and included in other income.

 

During 2006, ACG and a bank sponsored a 50/50 joint venture.  As ACG maintained control over the joint venture activities, ACG had a controlling financial interest and consolidated it as a subsidiary.  During 2015, the non-recourse debt was paid off and ACG

 

PL-34



 

assumed the bank’s unfunded portion of the liabilities in exchange for the bank’s 50% equity interest.  As a result, the noncontrolling interest related to this joint venture was reduced to zero.

 

See Note 18 for future aircraft purchase commitments.

 

 

8.                        DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

 

The Company primarily utilizes derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and equity risk.  Derivative instruments are also used to manage the duration mismatch of assets and liabilities.  The Company utilizes a variety of derivative instruments including swaps, exchange-traded futures and options.  In addition, certain insurance products offered by the Company contain features that are accounted for as derivatives.

 

Accounting for derivatives and hedging activities requires the Company to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at estimated fair value.  The Company applies hedge accounting by designating derivative instruments as either fair value or cash flow hedges on the inception date of the hedging relationship.  At the inception of the hedging relationship, the Company formally documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedging transaction.  In this documentation, the Company specifically identifies the asset, liability, firm commitment, or forecasted transaction that has been designated as the hedged item and states how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the risks related to the hedged item.  The Company formally assesses and measures effectiveness of its hedging relationships both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis in accordance with its risk management policy.

 

DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS HEDGING

 

The Company has certain insurance and reinsurance contracts that are considered to have embedded derivatives.  When it is determined that the embedded derivative possesses economic and risk characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to those of the host contract, and that a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, it is separated from the host contract and accounted for as a stand-alone derivative.

 

The Company offers a rider on certain variable annuity contracts that guarantees net principal over a ten-year holding period, as well as riders on certain variable annuity contracts that guarantee a minimum withdrawal benefit over specified periods, subject to certain restrictions.  These variable annuity GLBs are considered embedded derivatives.

 

GLBs on variable annuity contracts issued between January 1, 2007 and March 31, 2009 are partially reinsured by third party reinsurers.  These reinsurance arrangements are used to offset a portion of the Company’s exposure to the variable annuity GLBs for the lives of the host variable annuity contracts issued.  The ceded portion of these variable annuity GLBs is considered an embedded derivative.  The Company also reinsures certain variable annuity contracts with guaranteed minimum benefits to an affiliated reinsurer.

 

The Company employs hedging strategies (variable annuity derivatives) to mitigate equity risk associated with the variable annuity GLBs not covered by reinsurance.  The Company utilizes total return swaps, exchange-traded equity futures and equity put options based upon domestic and international equity market indices to economically hedge the equity risk of the guarantees in its variable annuity products.  Total return swaps are swaps whereby the Company agrees to exchange the difference between the economic risk and reward of an equity index and a floating rate of interest, calculated by reference to an agreed upon notional amount.  Cash is paid and received over the life of the contract based on the terms of the swap.  In exchange-traded futures transactions, the Company agrees to purchase or sell a specified number of contracts, the values of which are determined by the underlying equity indices, and to post variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the change in the daily estimated fair value of those contracts.  The equity put options involve the exchange of an upfront payment for the return, at the end of the option agreement, of the equity index below a specified strike price.  The Company also utilizes interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk in variable annuity GLBs.

 

The Company offers fixed indexed annuity products where interest is credited to the policyholder’s account balance based on domestic and/or international equity index changes, subject to various caps or participation rates.  The indexed products contain embedded derivatives.  The Company utilizes total return swaps, exchange-traded equity futures and call options based upon broad market indices to economically hedge the interest credited to the policyholder based upon the underlying equity index.  Call options are contracts to buy the index at a predetermined time at a contracted price.  These contracts involve the exchange of an

 

PL-35



 

upfront premium payment for the return, at the end of the option agreement, of the differentials in the index at the time of exercise and the strike price subject to a cap and the settlements are recognized in net realized investment gain.

 

The Company issues synthetic GICs to Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) qualified defined contribution employee benefit plans (ERISA Plan) that are considered derivatives.  The ERISA Plan uses the contracts in its stable value fixed income option.  The Company receives a fee, recognized in net realized investment gain, for providing book value accounting for the ERISA Plan stable value fixed income option.  In the event that plan participant elections exceed the estimated fair value of the assets or if the contract is terminated and at the end of the termination period the book value under the contract exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets, then the Company is required to pay the ERISA Plan the difference between book value and estimated fair value.  The Company mitigates the investment risk through pre-approval and monitoring of the investment guidelines, requiring high quality investments and adjustments to the plan crediting rates to compensate for unrealized losses in the portfolios.  The estimated fair value of the derivative is zero as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Foreign currency interest rate swap agreements are used to convert fixed or floating rate foreign-denominated assets or liabilities to U.S. dollar fixed or floating rate assets or liabilities.  A foreign currency interest rate swap involves the exchange of an initial principal amount in two currencies and the agreement to re-exchange the currencies at a future date at an agreed-upon exchange rate.  There are also periodic exchanges of interest payments in the two currencies at specified intervals, calculated using agreed-upon interest rates, exchange rates, and the exchanged principal amounts.  The Company enters into these agreements primarily to manage the currency risk associated with investments and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies.  The main currencies that the Company economically hedges are the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, and Japanese yen.

 

Interest rate swaps are used by the Company to reduce market risk from changes in interest rates and other interest rate exposure arising from duration mismatches between assets and liabilities.  An interest rate swap agreement involves the exchange, at specified intervals, of interest payments resulting from the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an underlying notional amount.  Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.

 

The Company offers life insurance products with indexed account options.  The interest credited on the indexed accounts is a function of the underlying domestic or international equity index, subject to various caps, thresholds and participation rates.   The life insurance products with indexed accounts contain embedded derivatives.  The Company utilizes call options to economically hedge the interest credited to the policyholder based upon the underlying index for its life insurance products with indexed account options.  The majority of these contracts will be net settled in cash based on differentials in the index at the time of exercise and the strike price subject to a cap, net of option premiums.

 

PL-36



 

The Company had the following outstanding derivatives not designated as a hedge:

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Variable annuity GLB embedded derivatives

 

$27,813

 

$29,804

 

Variable annuity derivatives - total return swaps

 

1,154

 

1,479

 

Variable annuity derivatives - futures

 

656

 

939

 

Variable annuity derivatives - equity put options

 

242

 

 

 

Variable annuity derivatives - interest rate swaps

 

115

 

115

 

Fixed indexed annuity embedded derivatives

 

4,511

 

3,506

 

Fixed indexed annuity derivatives - total return swaps

 

16

 

13

 

Fixed indexed annuity derivatives - futures

 

418

 

385

 

Fixed indexed annuity derivatives - call options

 

373

 

 

 

Synthetic GICs

 

21,623

 

22,052

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

1,217

 

1,235

 

Life indexed account embedded derivatives

 

5,266

 

3,975

 

Life indexed account derivatives - call options

 

5,841

 

4,343

 

Other

 

996

 

923

 

 

Notional amount represents a standard of measurement of the volume of derivatives.  Notional amount is not a quantification of market risk or credit risk and is not recorded in the consolidated statements of financial condition.  Notional amounts generally represent those amounts used to calculate contractual cash flows to be exchanged and are not paid or received, except for certain contracts such as currency swaps.  13% of variable annuity notional amounts are reinsured by third-party reinsurers as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  4% of variable annuity notional amounts are reinsured by an affiliated reinsurer as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

PL-37



 

The following table summarizes amounts recognized in net realized investment gain for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.  Gains and losses include the changes in estimated fair value of the derivatives and amounts realized on terminations.  The amounts presented do not include losses from the periodic net payments and amortization of $506 million, $464 million and $191 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which are recognized in net realized investment gain.

 

 

 

Amount of Gain (Loss)

 

 

 

Recognized in

 

 

 

Income on Derivatives

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Variable annuity derivatives - total return swaps

 

($13

)

($16

)

$2

 

Variable annuity derivatives - equity put options

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

Fixed indexed annuity derivatives - call options

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

(30

)

27

 

67

 

Life indexed account derivatives - call options

 

527

 

248

 

59

 

Other

 

1

 

(2

)

(5)

 

Embedded derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity GLB embedded derivatives

 

166

 

155

 

60

 

Fixed indexed annuity embedded derivatives

 

(128

)

(47

)

(5)

 

Life indexed account embedded derivatives

 

(335

)

(100

)

51

 

Other

 

(3

)

21

 

 

 

Total

 

$184

 

$286

 

$229

 

 

DERIVATIVES DESIGNATED AS CASH FLOW HEDGES

 

The Company primarily utilizes foreign currency and interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to variability in cash flows due to changes in foreign currencies and in benchmark interest rates.  These cash flows include those associated with existing assets and liabilities.  The maximum length of time over which the Company is hedging its exposure to variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions does not exceed 15 years.

 

The Company had outstanding foreign currency and interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges with notional amounts of $394 million and $352 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The Company had gains (losses) recognized in OCI for changes in estimated fair value of foreign currency and interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges of ($18) million, $6 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, all of the hedged forecasted transactions for designated cash flow hedges were determined to be probable of occurring.

 

The Company had losses for hedge ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedges of $1 million, zero and zero for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI to earnings resulting from the discontinuance of cash flow hedges due to forecasted cash flows that were no longer probable of occurring were zero for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.  Over the next twelve months, the Company anticipates that $1 million of deferred gains on derivative instruments in AOCI will be reclassified to earnings consistent with when the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

 

DERIVATIVES DESIGNATED AS FAIR VALUE HEDGES

 

The Company had no fair value hedges as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

PL-38



 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT IMPACT

 

Derivative instruments are recorded at estimated fair value and are presented as assets or liabilities based upon the net position for each derivative counterparty by legal entity, taking into account income accruals and net cash collateral.  The following table summarizes the gross asset or liability derivative estimated fair value and excludes the impact of offsetting asset and liability positions held with the same counterparty, cash collateral payables and receivables and income accruals.  See Note 12 for information on the Company’s estimated fair value measurements and disclosure.

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

Liability Derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

(In Millions)

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

 

 

$2

(1)

$19

 

 

(1)

 

 

$3

 

6

(5)

3

 

$7

(5)

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

3

 

8

 

22

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity derivatives - total return swaps

 

1

 

6

(1)

8

 

9

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

5

(5)

Variable annuity derivatives - equity put options

 

2

 

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity derivatives - interest rate swaps

 

 

 

3

(1)

2

 

2

(1)

 

 

3

 

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

Fixed indexed annuity derivatives - call options

 

6

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

48

 

77

(1)

22

 

20

(1)

 

 

30

 

52

(5)

12

 

16

(5)

Life indexed account derivatives - call options

 

141

 

110

(1)

1

 

 

(1)

 

 

246

 

110

(5)

1

 

 

(5)

Other

 

 

 

1

(1)

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable annuity GLB embedded derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(including reinsurance contracts)

 

157

 

178

(2)

846

 

1,033

(3)

Fixed indexed annuity embedded derivatives

 

0

 

0

 

465

 

262

(4)

Life indexed account embedded derivatives

 

0

 

0

 

526

 

341

(4)

Other

 

24

 

19

(2)

27

 

14

(4)

 

 

0

 

0

 

10

 

4

(5)

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

663

 

556

 

1,925

 

1,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 

$666

 

$564

 

$1,947

 

$1,713

 

 

Location on the consolidated statements of financial condition:

(1) Other investments  (2) Other assets  (3) Future policy benefits  (4) Policyholder account balances  (5) Other liabilities

 

Cash collateral received from counterparties was $223 million and $145 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  This unrestricted cash collateral is included in cash and cash equivalents and the obligation to return it is netted against the estimated fair value of derivatives in other investments or other liabilities.  Cash collateral pledged to counterparties was $60 million and $68 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  A receivable representing the right to call this collateral back from the counterparty is netted against the estimated fair value of derivatives in other investments or other liabilities.  Net exposure to the counterparty is calculated as the estimated fair value of all derivative positions with the counterparty, net of income or expense

 

PL-39



 

accruals and cash collateral paid or received.  If the net exposure to the counterparty is positive, the amount is reflected in other investments, whereas, if the net exposure to the counterparty is negative, the estimated fair value is included in other liabilities.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had also accepted collateral, consisting of various securities, with an estimated fair value of $91 million and $61 million, respectively, which are held in separate custodial accounts and are not recorded in the consolidated statements of financial condition.  The Company is permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral and as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, none of the collateral had been sold or repledged.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not provide any collateral in the form of various securities.

 

OFFSETTING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

The following table reconciles the net amount of derivative assets and liabilities (excluding embedded derivatives) subject to master netting arrangements after the offsetting of collateral.  Gross amounts include income or expense accruals.  Gross amounts offset include cash collateral received or pledged limited to the gross estimated fair value of recognized derivative assets or liabilities, net of accruals.  Excess cash collateral received or pledged is not included in the tables due to the foregoing limitation.  Gross amounts not offset include asset collateral received or pledged limited to the gross estimated fair value of recognized derivative assets and liabilities.

 

 

 

Gross Amounts of

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

Gross Amounts

 

 

 

Not Offset -

 

 

 

 

 

Assets/Liabilities (1)

 

Offset (2)

 

Net Amounts

 

Asset Collateral

 

Net Amounts

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

$354

 

($266

)

$88

 

($87

)

$1

 

Derivative liabilities

 

74

 

(68

)

6

 

0

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

$265

 

($171

)

$94

 

($58

)

$36

 

Derivative liabilities

 

62

 

(41

)

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

(1)      As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, derivative assets include expense accruals of $131 million and $99 million, respectively, and derivative liabilities include expense accruals of $1 million and $6 million, respectively.

(2)      As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company received excess cash collateral of $8 million and $9 million, respectively, and provided excess cash collateral of $4 million and $1 million, respectively, which are not included in the table.

 

CREDIT EXPOSURE AND CREDIT RISK RELATED CONTINGENT FEATURES

 

The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to over the counter (OTC) derivatives, which are bilateral contracts between two counterparties.  The Company manages credit risk by dealing with creditworthy counterparties, establishing risk control limits, executing legally enforceable master netting agreements, and obtaining collateral where appropriate.  In addition, the Company evaluates the financial stability of each counterparty before entering into each agreement and throughout the period that the financial instrument is owned.

 

The Company’s exchange-traded futures are transacted through regulated exchanges and variation margin is settled on a daily basis.  Therefore, the Company has minimal exposure to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties.  In addition, the Company is required to pledge initial margin for all futures contracts.  The amount of required margin is determined by the exchange on which it is traded.  The Company currently pledges cash to satisfy this collateral requirement.

 

 

For OTC derivative transactions, the Company enters into legally enforceable master netting agreements which provide for the netting of payments and receipts with a single counterparty.  The net position with each counterparty is calculated as the aggregate estimated fair value of all derivative instruments with each counterparty, net of income or expense accruals and collateral paid or received.  The majority of these master netting agreements include collateral arrangements with derivative counterparties, which requires positions be marked to market and margined on a daily basis by the daily settlement of variation margin.  The Company has minimal counterparty exposure to credit-related losses in the event of non performance by these counterparties.  The remaining master netting agreements include collateral arrangements with derivative counterparties, which require the pledge and

 

PL-40



 

acceptance of collateral when the net estimated fair value of the underlying derivatives reaches a pre-determined threshold and which also include credit-contingent provisions.

 

The Company’s credit exposure is measured on a counterparty basis as the net positive estimated fair value of all derivative positions with the counterparty, net of income or expense accruals and cash collateral received.  The Company’s credit exposure for OTC derivatives as of December 31, 2017 was $5 million.  The maximum exposure to any single counterparty was $4 million as of December 31, 2017.  All of the Company’s credit exposure from derivative contracts is with investment grade counterparties.

 

Certain of the Company’s collateral arrangements for its OTC derivatives include credit-contingent provisions that provide for a reduction of collateral thresholds in the event of downgrades in the financial strength ratings, assigned by certain independent rating agencies, of the Company and/or the counterparty.  If either the Company’s or the counterparty’s financial strength ratings were to fall below a specific investment grade credit rating, the other party to the derivative instruments could request immediate and ongoing full collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions.  There were no OTC derivative positions with credit-risk related contingent features that were in a liability position on December 31, 2017.

 

The OTC master agreements may include a termination event clause associated with financial strength ratings assigned by certain independent rating agencies.  If these financial strength ratings were to fall below a specified level, as defined within each counterparty master agreement or if one of the rating agencies were to cease to provide a financial strength rating, the counterparty could terminate the master agreement with payment due based on the estimated fair value of the underlying derivatives.  As of December 31, 2017, the Company’s financial strength ratings were above the specified level.

 

 

9.                         POLICYHOLDER LIABILITIES

 

POLICYHOLDER ACCOUNT BALANCES

 

The detail of the liability for policyholder account balances is as follows:

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

UL

 

$28,651

 

$26,989

 

Annuity and deposit liabilities

 

18,957

 

17,072

 

Life indexed account embedded derivatives

 

526

 

341

 

Fixed indexed annuity embedded derivatives

 

465

 

262

 

Funding agreements

 

166

 

243

 

Total

 

$48,765

 

$44,907

 

 

PL-41



 

FUTURE POLICY BENEFITS

 

The detail of the liability for future policy benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Annuity reserves

 

$10,134

 

$8,703

 

Policy benefits payable

 

2,808

 

2,756

 

URR

 

1,501

 

1,159

 

Life insurance

 

1,218

 

1,123

 

Variable annuity GLB embedded derivatives

 

846

 

1,033

 

Closed Block liabilities

 

254

 

252

 

Other

 

134

 

136

 

Total

 

$16,895

 

$15,162

 

 

 

10.                  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND GUARANTEED BENEFIT FEATURES

 

The Company issues variable annuity contracts through separate accounts for which investment income and investment gains and losses accrue directly to, and investment risk is borne by, the contract holder (traditional variable annuities).  These contracts also include various types of GMDB and GLB features.  For a discussion of certain GLBs accounted for as embedded derivatives, see Note 8.

 

The GMDBs provide a specified minimum return upon death.  Many of these death benefits are spousal, whereby a death benefit will be paid upon death of the first spouse.  The survivor has the option to terminate the contract or continue it and have the death benefit paid into the contract and a second death benefit paid upon the survivor’s death.  The GMDB features include those where the Company contractually guarantees to the contract holder either (a) return of no less than total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals (return of net deposits), (b) the highest contract value on any contract anniversary date through age 80 minus any payments or partial withdrawals following the contract anniversary (anniversary contract value), or (c) the highest of contract value on certain specified dates or total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (minimum return).

 

The guaranteed minimum income benefit (GMIB) is a GLB that provides the contract holder with a guaranteed annuitization value after 10 years.  Annuitization value is generally based on deposits adjusted for withdrawals plus a minimum return.  In general, the GMIB requires contract holders to invest in an approved asset allocation strategy.

 

The Company offers variable and fixed annuity contracts with guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits for life (GMWBL) features.  The GMWBL is a GLB that provides, subject to certain restrictions, a percentage of a contract holder’s guaranteed payment base will be available for withdrawal for life starting no earlier than age 59.5, regardless of market performance.  The rider terminates upon death of the contract holder or their spouse if a spousal form of the rider is purchased.

 

PL-42



 

Information in the event of death on the various GMDB features outstanding was as follows (the Company’s variable annuity contracts with guarantees may offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract; therefore, the amounts listed are not mutually exclusive):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

($In Millions)

 

Return of net deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Separate account value

 

$52,825

 

$49,764

 

Net amount at risk (1)

 

457

 

582

 

Average attained age of contract holders

 

67 years

 

66 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anniversary contract value:

 

 

 

 

 

Separate account value

 

$14,061

 

$13,567

 

Net amount at risk (1)

 

432

 

541

 

Average attained age of contract holders

 

69 years

 

68 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum return:

 

 

 

 

 

Separate account value

 

$863

 

$850

 

Net amount at risk (1)

 

363

 

430

 

Average attained age of contract holders

 

73 years

 

72 years

 

 

(1)           Represents the amount of death benefit in excess of the current contract holder account balance as of December 31.

 

Information regarding GMIB and GMWBL features outstanding is as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

GMIB

 

GMWBL (2)

 

GMWBL (3)

 

 

($In Millions)

 

($In Millions)

 

($In Millions)

 

Separate account value

$1,665

 

$1,668

 

$6,924

 

$5,908

 

$—

 

 

 

Net amount at risk (1)

148

 

232

 

153

 

316

 

$80

 

$69

 

Average attained age of contract holders

64 years

 

63 years

 

67 years

 

66 years

 

67 years

 

67 years

 

 

(1)           GMIB net amount at risk represents the amount of estimated annuitization benefits in excess of the current contract holder account balance at December 31.  GMWBL net amount at risk represents the protected balance, as defined, in excess of account value at December 31.

(2)           GMWBL related to variable contract annuities.

(3)           GMWBL related to fixed contract annuities.

 

PL-43



 

The determination of GMDB, GMIB and GMWBL liabilities is based on models that involve a range of scenarios and assumptions, including those regarding expected market rates of return and volatility, contract surrender rates and mortality experience.  The following table summarizes the GMDB, GMIB and GMWBL liabilities, which are recorded in future policy benefits, and changes in these liabilities, which are reflected in policy benefits paid or provided:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

GMDB

 

GMIB

 

GMWBL (1)

 

GMWBL (2)

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

(In Millions)

 

(In Millions)

 

(In Millions)

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$9

 

$9

 

$37

 

$40

 

$55

 

$44

 

$15

 

$8

 

Changes in reserves

 

9

 

14

 

9

 

6

 

20

 

11

 

4

 

7

 

Benefits paid

 

(7

)

(14)

 

(7

)

(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$11

 

$9

 

$39

 

$37

 

$75

 

$55

 

$19

 

$15

 

 

(1) GMWBL related to variable contract annuities.

(2) GMWBL related to fixed contract annuities.

 

Variable annuity contracts with guarantees were invested in separate account investment options as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Asset type:

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

$34,324

 

$31,408

 

Bonds

 

15,536

 

15,278

 

Money market

 

261

 

298

 

Other

 

2,948

 

3,012

 

Total separate account value

 

$53,069

 

$49,996

 

 

In addition, the Company issues certain life insurance contracts whereby the Company contractually guarantees to the contract holder a death benefit even when there is insufficient value to cover monthly mortality and expense charges, whereas otherwise the contract would typically lapse.

 

FDNLGR liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of FDNLGR costs incurred when the policyholder account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those costs over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments.  The assumptions used in estimating the FDNLGR liability are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC.  The FDNLGR costs used in calculating the FDNLGR liability are based on the average FDNLGR costs incurred over a range of scenarios.

 

PL-44



 

The following table summarizes the FDNLGR liability, which are recorded in future policy benefits, and changes in these liabilities, which are reflected in policy benefits paid or provided:

 

 

 

Direct

 

Ceded

 

Net

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

 

$557

 

$155

 

$402

 

Incurred guaranteed benefits

 

170

 

38

 

132

 

Paid guaranteed benefits

 

(2

)

2

 

(4)

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

725

 

195

 

530

 

Incurred guaranteed benefits

 

143

 

87

 

56

 

Paid guaranteed benefits

 

(5

)

(4

)

(1)

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

$863

 

$278

 

$585

 

 

Information regarding life insurance contracts included in the FDNLGR liability is as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

($In Millions)

 

Net amount at risk (1)

 

$16,183

 

$16,461

 

Average attained age of policyholders

 

61 years

 

60 years

 

 

(1)           Represents the amount of death benefit in excess of the current policyholder account balance as of December 31.

 

PL-45



 

11.                  DEBT AND FVO DEBT

 

Debt and FVO debt consists of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Short-term debt and revolving credit facilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facility recourse only to ACG

 

$235

 

$1,020

 

Other VIE debt (Note 4)

 

119

 

21

 

Total short-term debt and revolving credit facilities

 

354

 

1,041

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

Surplus notes

 

1,729

 

1,715

 

Fair value hedge adjustments - terminated interest rate swap agreements

 

154

 

243

 

Note payable to Pacific LifeCorp

 

 

 

15

 

Non-recourse long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

Debt recourse only to ACG

 

5,031

 

3,357

 

VIE debt recourse only to ACG (Note 4)

 

693

 

886

 

Other non-recourse debt

 

827

 

428

 

CMBS VIE debt (Note 4)

 

1,521

 

1,521

 

Other VIE debt

 

18

 

18

 

Total long-term debt

 

9,973

 

8,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt issuance cost

 

(76

)

(68)

 

Total debt

 

$10,251

 

$9,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FVO debt - VIE (Note 4)

 

$462

 

 

 

SHORT-TERM DEBT AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITIES

 

Pacific Life maintains a $700 million commercial paper program.  There was no commercial paper debt outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  In addition, Pacific Life has a bank revolving credit facility of $400 million maturing in May 2021 that will serve as a back-up line of credit to the commercial paper program.  Interest is at variable rates.  This facility had no debt outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

The Company maintains reverse repurchase lines of credit with various financial institutions.  These borrowings are at variable rates of interest based on collateral and market conditions.  There was no debt outstanding in connection with these reverse repurchase lines of credit as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Pacific Life is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Topeka.  Pacific Life is eligible to receive advances from the FHLB of Topeka based on a percentage of Pacific Life’s statutory general account assets provided it has sufficient available eligible collateral and is in compliance with the FHLB of Topeka requirements, debt covenant restrictions and insurance law and regulations.  The Company had estimated available eligible collateral of $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2017.  Interest is at variable or fixed rates.  The Company had no debt outstanding with the FHLB of Topeka as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

PL&A is a member of the FHLB of San Francisco.  PL&A is eligible to receive advances from the FHLB of San Francisco based on a percentage of PL&A’s statutory net admitted assets provided it has sufficient available eligible collateral and is in compliance with the FHLB of San Francisco requirements and insurance law and regulations.  PL&A had estimated available eligible collateral of $71 million as of December 31, 2017.  Interest is at variable or fixed rates.  PL&A had no debt outstanding with the FHLB of San Francisco as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

PL-46



 

ACG has revolving credit facilities with banks totaling $1,720 million borrowing capacity as of December 31, 2017.  Interest on these loans is at variable rates, payable monthly and was 2.6% and 1.9% as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The facilities expire at various dates ranging from 2019 to 2022.  There was $235 million and $1,020 million outstanding in connection with these revolving credit facilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  These credit facilities are recourse only to ACG.

 

LONG-TERM DEBT

 

In October 2017, with the approval of the NE DOI, Pacific Life issued $750 million of 4.3% surplus notes maturing on October 24, 2067.  The notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 4.3% through October 23, 2047, and thereafter until maturity at a floating rate equal to three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for deposits in U.S. dollars plus 2.796%.  Interest is payable semiannually on April 24 and October 24 until and including October 24, 2047, and thereafter quarterly on January 24, April 24, July 24 and October 24 of each year, commencing on January 24, 2048.  Pacific Life may redeem all or a portion of the surplus notes at its option at any time on or after October 24, 2047 at the redemption price described under the terms of the surplus notes, subject to the prior approval of the NE DOI for such optional redemption.  The surplus notes are unsecured and subordinated to all present and future senior indebtedness and policy claims of Pacific Life.  All future payments of interest and principal on these surplus notes can be made only with the prior approval of the NE DOI.  The carrying amount as of December 31, 2017 was $749 million.

 

Pacific Life had $385 million and $621 million of surplus notes outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, at a fixed interest rate of 9.25%, maturing on June 15, 2039.  Interest is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15.  Pacific Life may redeem all or a portion of these surplus notes at its option, subject to the prior approval of the NE DOI for such optional redemption.  The surplus notes are unsecured and subordinated to all present and future senior indebtedness and policy claims of Pacific Life.  All future payments of interest and principal on these surplus notes can be made only with the prior approval of the NE DOI.  In January 2013, Pacific Life, with the approval of the NE DOI, pursuant to a tender offer, repurchased and retired $323 million of the originally issued $1 billion of 9.25% surplus notes.  In February 2016, Pacific Life, with the approval of the NE DOI, repurchased and retired an additional $56 million of 9.25% surplus notes.  The partial retirement of these surplus notes was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and a loss of $5 million was recognized in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2016In October 2017, Pacific Life, with the approval of the NE DOI, pursuant to a tender offer, repurchased and retired an additional $236 million of 9.25% surplus notes.  The partial retirement of these surplus notes was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and a loss of $89 million was recognized in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2017.  Pacific Life previously terminated interest rate swaps converting these surplus notes to variable rate notes and fair value hedge adjustments were recorded to the net carrying amount and are being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining life of the surplus notes using the effective interest method.  The resulting effective interest rate of these surplus notes is 6.4%.  Total unamortized fair value hedge adjustments were $126 million and $208 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Pacific Life had $134 million and $150 million of surplus notes outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, at a fixed interest rate of 7.9%, maturing on December 30, 2023.  Interest is payable semiannually on June 30 and December 30.  These surplus notes may not be redeemed at the option of Pacific Life or any holder of the surplus notes.  The surplus notes are unsecured and subordinated to all present and future senior indebtedness and policy claims of Pacific Life.  All future payments of interest and principal on these surplus notes can be made only with the prior approval of the NE DOI.  In October 2017, Pacific Life, with the approval of the NE DOI, pursuant to a tender offer, repurchased and retired $16 million of the originally issued $150 million of 7.9% surplus notes.  The partial retirement of these surplus notes was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and an immaterial loss was recognized in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2017.  Pacific Life previously terminated interest rate swaps converting the 7.9% surplus notes to variable rate notes and fair value hedge adjustments were recorded to the net carrying amount and are being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining life of the surplus notes using the effective interest method.  The resulting effective interest rate of these surplus notes is 4.0%.  Total unamortized fair value hedge adjustments were $28 million and $35 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

The NE DOI approved the issuance of an internal surplus note by Pacific Life to Pacific LifeCorp for $450 million.  Pacific Life is required to pay Pacific LifeCorp interest on the internal surplus note semiannually on February 5 and August 5 at a fixed annual rate of 6.0%.  All future payments of interest and principal on the internal surplus note can be made only with the prior approval of the NE DOI.  The internal surplus note matures on February 5, 2020.  In October 2017, Pacific Life, with the approval of the NE DOI, repurchased and retired $217 million of the originally issued $450 million of its 6.0% surplus note.  In November 2017, Pacific Life, with the approval of the NE DOI, repurchased and retired an additional $177 million of its 6.0% internal surplus note.  The partial retirements of its surplus note were accounted for as an extinguishment of debt.  The carrying amount as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $56 million and $450 million, respectively.

 

PL-47



 

The NE DOI approved the issuance of an internal surplus note by Pacific Life to Pacific LifeCorp for $500 million with net cash proceeds of $494 million.  Pacific Life is required to pay Pacific LifeCorp interest on the internal surplus note semiannually on January 25 and July 25 at a fixed annual rate of 5.125%.  All future payments of interest and principal on the internal surplus note can be made only with the prior approval of the NE DOI.  The internal surplus note matures on January 25, 2043.  In October 2017, Pacific Life, with the approval of the NE DOI, repurchased and retired $90 million of the originally issued $500 million of its 5.125% internal surplus note.  The partial retirement of its surplus note was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt.  The carrying amount outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $405 million and $494 million, respectively.

 

Pacific Life Reinsurance Company II Limited (PLRC), an exempt life reinsurance company domiciled in Barbados and wholly owned by Pacific Life, had a promissory note with Pacific LifeCorp to borrow up to $50 million.  In August 2017, the note was repaid and canceled.  As of December 31, 2016, $15 million was outstanding on the note.

 

ACG enters into various secured loans that are guaranteed by the Ex-Im bank or by the ECA.  Interest on these loans is payable quarterly and ranged from 1.5% to 3.9% as of December 31, 2017 and 1.2% to 3.9% as of December 31, 2016.  As of December 31, 2017, $843 million was outstanding on these loans with maturities ranging from 2018 to 2024.  As of December 31, 2016, $1,071 million was outstanding on these loans.  These loans are recourse only to ACG.  See Note 4 for amounts included related to VIEs of $693 million and $886 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

ACG enters into various senior unsecured notes and loans with third-parties.  Interest on these notes and loans is payable quarterly or semi-annually and ranged from 0.7% to 7.2% as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  As of December 31, 2017, $4,881 million was outstanding on these notes and loans with maturities ranging from 2018 to 2027.  As of December 31, 2016, $3,172 million was outstanding on these notes and loans.  These notes and loans are recourse only to ACG.

 

Certain subsidiaries of Pacific Asset Holding LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Pacific Life, enter into various real estate property related loans with various third-parties.  Interest on these loans accrues at fixed and variable rates and is payable monthly.  Fixed rates ranged from 3.6% to 5.4% as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  The variable rates ranged from 3.0% to 4.1% as of December 31, 2017 and ranged from 2.1% to 3.4% as of December 31, 2016.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was $794 million and $394 million, respectively, outstanding on these loans with maturities ranging from 2018 to 2027.  Included in this amount is $18 million of other VIE debt as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  All of these loans are secured by real estate properties and are non-recourse to the Company.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had a secured borrowing of $51 million and $52 million, respectively, due to an unrelated third-party.  Payments of principal and interest are due monthly with an effective rate of 4.7% that matures on September 1, 2026.  The lender’s collateral for the amount borrowed is a participation interest in two of the Company’s commercial mortgage loans that are secured by real estate property and is non-recourse to the Company.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had CMBS VIE debt of $1,521 million outstanding (Note 4).  Interest rates are fixed and range from 3.5% to 3.6% with maturities from 2025 to 2044.  This debt is secured by commercial real estate property, is non-recourse to the Company, and the Company is not responsible for any principal or interest shortfalls from the underlying collateral.

 

Certain of the Company’s debt instruments and credit facilities contain various administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants.  The Company believes it was in compliance with all such covenants as of December 31, 2017.

 

PL-48



 

The following summarizes aggregate scheduled principal payments during the next five years and thereafter:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-recourse Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Surplus

 

Recourse

 

Non-recourse

 

 

 

 

 

Notes

 

Only to ACG

 

Debt

 

Total

 

Years Ending December 31:

 

(In Millions)

 

2018

 

 

 

$1,278

 

$65

 

$1,343

 

2019

 

 

 

373

 

19

 

392

 

2020

 

$56

 

956

 

230

 

1,242

 

2021

 

 

 

879

 

87

 

966

 

2022

 

 

 

1,083

 

31

 

1,114

 

Thereafter

 

1,679

 

1,173

 

395

 

3,247

 

Total

 

$1,735

 

$5,742

 

$827

 

$8,304

 

 

The table above excludes short-term debt, revolving credit facilities, VIE debt, fair value hedge adjustments and original issue discount fees of $24 million.  ACG VIE debt is included in the table above as it is recourse to ACG.

 

FVO DEBT

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had FVO debt from a CLO classified as a VIE (Note 4) of $462 million with floating interest rates that range from LIBOR plus 1.29% to 6.68%, maturing in 2029.  This debt is secured by broadly syndicated bank loans, is non-recourse to the Company and the Company is not responsible for any principal or interest shortfalls from the underlying collateral.

 

 

12.                  ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The Codification’s Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic establishes a hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation methods used to measure estimated fair value for financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at estimated fair value.  The determination of estimated fair value requires the use of observable market data when available.  The hierarchy consists of the following three levels that are prioritized based on observable and unobservable inputs.

 

Level 1               Unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.  Level 1 financial instruments include securities that are traded in an active exchange market.

 

Level 2               Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets; and model-derived valuations for which all significant inputs are observable market data.

 

Level 3               Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are not market observable.

 

PL-49



 

The following tables present, by estimated fair value hierarchy level, the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are carried at estimated fair value as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Gross

Derivatives

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Netting

Adjustments (1)

 

Total

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government

 

 

 

$79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$79

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

958

 

$24

 

 

 

 

 

982

 

Foreign governments

 

 

 

504

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

532

 

Corporate securities

 

 

 

40,130

 

1,476

 

 

 

 

 

41,606

 

RMBS

 

 

 

1,910

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

1,925

 

CMBS

 

 

 

941

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

1,041

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

921

 

374

 

 

 

 

 

1,295

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

 

45,443

 

2,017

 

 

 

47,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred securities

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Other equity securities

 

$68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

Total equity securities

 

68

 

14

 

 

 

 

82

 

FVO securities

 

 

 

1,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

375

 

249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

624

 

Other investments (2)

 

36

 

120

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

161

 

Other investments measured at NAV (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

275

 

Total other investments carried at fair value

 

411

 

369

 

5

 

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

$84

 

($79

)

5

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

401

 

401

 

(262

)

139

 

Embedded derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

181

 

 

 

181

 

Total derivatives

 

 

84

 

582

 

666

 

(341

)

325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Separate account assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Separate account assets

 

61,067

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,177

 

Separate account assets measured at NAV (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

279

 

Total separate account assets carried at fair value (4)

 

61,067

 

110

 

 

 

 

61,456

 

Total

 

$61,546

 

$47,202

 

$2,604

 

$666

 

($341

)

$111,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FVO debt

 

 

 

$462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

$58

 

($79

)

(21)

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

$15

 

15

 

(262

)

(247)

 

Embedded derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

1,874

 

1,874

 

 

 

1,874

 

Total derivatives

 

 

58

 

1,889

 

1,947

 

(341

)

1,606

 

Total

 

 

$520

 

$1,889

 

$1,947

 

($341

)

$2,068

 

 

PL-50



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

Netting

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Fair Value

 

Adjustments (1)

 

Total

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government

 

 

 

$56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$56

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

 

914

 

$26

 

 

 

 

 

940

 

Foreign governments

 

 

 

536

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

585

 

Corporate securities

 

 

 

35,626

 

1,587

 

 

 

 

 

37,213

 

RMBS

 

 

 

2,221

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

2,256

 

CMBS

 

 

 

831

 

106

 

 

 

 

 

937

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

776

 

484

 

 

 

 

 

1,260

 

Total fixed maturity securities

 

 

40,960

 

2,287

 

 

 

43,247

 

Perpetual preferred securities

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69

 

Other equity securities

 

$31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Total equity securities

 

31

 

69

 

 

 

 

100

 

FVO securities

 

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

529

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

9

 

243

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

Other investments (2)

 

77

 

153

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

235

 

Other investments measured at NAV (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

136

 

Total other investments carried at fair value

 

86

 

396

 

5

 

 

 

623

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

$140

 

($80

)

60

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

226

 

226

 

(119

)

107

 

Embedded derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

197

 

197

 

 

 

197

 

Other

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Total derivatives

 

 

141

 

423

 

564

 

(199

)

365

 

Separate account assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Separate account assets     

 

57,070

 

111

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,181

 

Separate account assets measured at NAV (3) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

245

 

Total separate account assets carried at fair value (4) 

 

57,070

 

111

 

 

 

 

57,426

 

Total

 

$57,187

 

$42,206

 

$2,715

 

$564

 

($199

)

$102,290

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

 

 

$45

 

 

 

$45

 

($80

)

($35)

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

$14

 

14

 

(119

)

(105)

 

Embedded derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

1,654

 

1,654

 

 

 

1,654

 

Total

 

 

$45

 

$1,668

 

$1,713

 

($199

)

$1,514

 

 

(1) Netting adjustments represent the impact of offsetting asset and liability positions held with the same counterparty as permitted by guidance for offsetting in the Codification’s Derivatives and Hedging Topic.

(2) Excludes investments accounted for under the equity and cost methods of accounting.

(3) In accordance with the Codification’s Fair Value Measurement Topic 820-10, certain investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value are measured using the net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient and have

 

PL-51



 

not been classified in the fair value hierarchy.  The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

(4) Separate account assets are measured at estimated fair value.  Investment performance related to separate account assets is offset by corresponding amounts credited to contract holders whose liability is recorded in the separate account liabilities.  Separate account liabilities are measured to equal the estimated fair value of separate account assets as prescribed by guidance in the Codification’s Financial Services – Insurance Topic for accounting and reporting of certain non traditional long-duration contracts and separate accounts.  Excluded are the separate account assets measured at NAV discussed below.

 

As a practical expedient to value certain investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value, the Company uses the NAV to determine the fair value.  The following table lists information regarding these investments as of December 31, 2017.

 

 

 

Estimated

 

Redemption

 

 

 

Redemption

 

Outstanding

 

Asset Class

 

Fair Value

 

Frequency

 

Initial Lock-Up

 

Notice Period

 

Commitment

 

 

 

 

 

($ In Millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hedge funds

 

$103

 

Monthly - 23%

 

None

 

30 – 90 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarterly - 61%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Semi-Annually - 2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annually - 14%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private equity funds

 

172

 

None

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$468

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Separate account hedge funds

 

279

 

Monthly - 29%

 

None to 7 years

 

5 – 125 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarterly - 60%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Semi-Annually - 8%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annually - 3%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total measured at NAV

 

$554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$468

 

 

ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

 

The Codification’s Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic defines estimated fair value as the price that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability at the measurement date.  This “exit price” notion is a market-based measurement that requires a focus on the value that market participants would assign for an asset or liability.

 

The following section describes the valuation methodologies used by the Company to measure various types of financial instruments at estimated fair value and the controls that surround the valuation process.  The Company reviews its valuation methodologies and controls on an ongoing basis and assesses whether these methodologies are appropriate based on the current economic environment.

 

FIXED MATURITY, EQUITY, FVO AND TRADING SECURITIES

 

The estimated fair values of fixed maturity securities available for sale, equity securities available for sale, FVO and trading securities are determined by management after considering external pricing sources and internal valuation techniques.  For securities with sufficient trading volume, prices are obtained from third-party pricing services.  For securities that are traded infrequently, estimated fair values are determined after evaluating prices obtained from third-party pricing services and independent brokers or are valued internally using various valuation techniques.

 

The Company’s management analyzes and evaluates prices received from independent third parties and determines whether they are reasonable estimates of fair value.  Management’s analysis may include, but is not limited to, review of third-party pricing methodologies and inputs, analysis of recent trades, comparison to prices received from other third parties, and development of internal models utilizing observable market data of comparable securities.  The Company assesses the reasonableness of valuations received from independent brokers by considering current market dynamics and current pricing for similar securities.

 

For prices received from independent pricing services, the Company applies a formal process to challenge any prices received that are not considered representative of estimated fair value.  If prices received from independent pricing services are not considered reflective of market activity or representative of estimated fair value, independent non-binding broker quotations are obtained, or an

 

PL-52



 

internally-developed valuation is prepared.  Upon evaluation, the Company determines which source represents the best estimate of fair value.  Overrides of third-party prices to internally-developed valuations of estimated fair value did not produce material differences in the estimated fair values for the majority of the portfolio.  In the absence of such market observable activity, management’s best estimate is used.

 

Internal valuation techniques include matrix model pricing and internally-developed models, which incorporate observable market data, where available.  Securities priced by the matrix model are primarily comprised of private placement securities.  Matrix model pricing measures estimated fair value using cash flows, which are discounted using observable market yield curves provided by a major independent data service.  The matrix model determines the discount yield based upon significant factors that include the security’s weighted average life, rating and sector.

 

Where matrix model pricing is not used, estimated fair values are determined by other internally-derived valuation tools which use market-observable data if available.  Generally, this includes using an actively-traded comparable security as a benchmark for pricing.  These internal valuation methods primarily represent discounted cash flow models that incorporate significant assumptive inputs such as spreads, discount rates, default rates, severity, and prepayment speeds.  These inputs are analyzed by the Company’s portfolio managers and analysts, investment accountants and risk managers.  Internally-developed estimates may also use unobservable data, which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the inputs market participants would use.

 

Most securities priced by a major independent third-party pricing service and private placement securities that use the matrix model have been classified as Level 2, as management has verified that the significant inputs used in determining their estimated fair values are market observable and appropriate.  Externally priced securities for which estimated fair value measurement inputs are not sufficiently transparent, such as securities valued based on independent broker quotations, have been classified as Level 3.  Internally valued securities, including adjusted prices received from independent third parties, where significant management assumptions have been utilized in determining estimated fair value, have been classified as Level 3.  Securities categorized as Level 1 consist primarily of investments in mutual funds.

 

The Company applies controls over the valuation process.  Prices are reviewed and approved by the Company’s credit analysts that have industry expertise and considerable knowledge of the issuers.  Management performs validation checks to determine the completeness and reasonableness of the pricing information, which include, but are not limited to, changes from identified pricing sources, significant or unusual price fluctuations above predetermined tolerance levels from the prior period, and back-testing of estimated fair values against prices of actual trades.  A group comprised of the Company’s investment accountants, portfolio managers and analysts and risk managers meet to discuss any unusual items above the tolerance levels that may have been identified in the pricing review process.  These unusual items are investigated, further analysis is performed and resolutions are appropriately documented.

 

OTHER INVESTMENTS

 

Other investments include non-marketable equity securities that do not have readily determinable estimated fair value.  Certain significant inputs used in determining the estimated fair value of these equities are based on management assumptions or contractual terms with another party that cannot be readily observable in the market.  These non-marketable equity securities are classified as Level 3 assets.  Also included in other investments are the securities of the 40 Act Funds, which are valued using the same methodology as described above for fixed maturity, equity, FVO and trading securities.

 

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

 

Derivative instruments are reported at estimated fair value using pricing valuation models, which utilize market data inputs or independent broker quotations or exchange prices for exchange-traded futures.  The Company calculates the estimated fair value of derivatives using market standard valuation methodologies for foreign currency and interest rate swaps and equity options. Internal models are used to value the equity total return swaps.  The derivatives are valued using mid-market inputs that are predominantly observable in the market.  Inputs include, but are not limited to, interest swap rates, foreign currency forward and spot rates, credit spreads and correlations, interest volatility, equity volatility and equity index levels.  On a monthly basis, the Company performs an analysis of derivative valuations, which includes both quantitative and qualitative analyses.  Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, review of pricing statistics and trends, analysis of the impacts of changes in the market environment, and review of changes in the market value for each derivative by both risk managers and investment accountants.  Internally calculated estimated fair values are reviewed and compared to external broker fair values for reasonableness.

 

PL-53



 

All of the OTC derivatives were priced by valuation models as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  A credit valuation analysis was performed for all derivative positions that are uncollateralized to measure the nonperformance risk that the counterparties to the transaction will be unable to perform under the contractual terms and was determined to be immaterial as of December 31, 2017.  Nonperformance risk is the Company’s market-perceived risk of its own or the counterparty’s nonperformance.

 

Derivative instruments classified as Level 2 primarily include foreign currency and interest rate swaps.  The derivative valuations are determined using pricing models with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data, primarily interest swap rates, interest rate volatility and foreign currency forward and spot rates.

 

Derivative instruments classified as Level 3 include complex derivatives, such as equity options and total return swaps.  Also classified in Level 3 are embedded derivatives in certain insurance and reinsurance contracts.  These derivatives are valued using pricing models, which utilize both observable and unobservable inputs, primarily interest rate volatility, equity volatility, equity index levels, nonperformance risk, and, to a lesser extent, market fees and broker quotations.  A derivative instrument containing Level 2 inputs will be classified as a Level 3 financial instrument in its entirety if it has at least one significant Level 3 input.

 

VARIABLE ANNUITY GLB EMBEDDED DERIVATIVES

 

Estimated fair values for variable annuity GLB and related reinsurance embedded derivatives are calculated based upon significant unobservable inputs using internally developed models because active, observable markets do not exist for those items.  As a result, variable annuity GLB and related reinsurance embedded derivatives are categorized as Level 3.  Below is a description of the Company’s estimated fair value methodologies for these embedded derivatives.

 

Estimated fair value is calculated as an aggregation of estimated fair value and additional risk margins including behavior risk margin, mortality risk margin and credit standing adjustment.  The resulting aggregation is reconciled or calibrated, if necessary, to market information that is, or may be, available to the Company, but may not be observable by other market participants.  Each of the components described below are unobservable in the market place and requires subjectivity by the Company in determining their value.

 

·     Behavior risk margin:  This component adds a margin that market participants would require for the risk that the Company’s assumptions about policyholder behavior used in the estimated fair value model could differ from actual experience.  This component includes assumptions about withdrawal utilization and lapse rates.

 

·     Mortality risk margin:  This component adds a margin in mortality assumptions, both for decrements for policyholders with GLBs, and for expected payout lifetimes in guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits.

 

·     Credit standing adjustment:  This component makes an adjustment that market participants would make to reflect the chance that GLB obligations or the GLB reinsurance recoverables will not be fulfilled (nonperformance risk).

 

SEPARATE ACCOUNT ASSETS

 

Separate account assets are reported at estimated fair value as a summarized total on the consolidated statements of financial condition.  The estimated fair value of separate account assets is based on the estimated fair value of the underlying assets.  Separate account assets are primarily invested in mutual funds, but also have investments in fixed maturity securities and hedge funds.

 

Level 1 assets include mutual funds that are valued based on reported net asset values provided by fund managers daily and can be redeemed without restriction.  Management performs validation checks to determine the reasonableness of the pricing information, which include, but are not limited to, price fluctuations above predetermined thresholds from the prior day and validation against similar funds or indices.  Variances are investigated, further analysis is performed and resolutions are appropriately documented.

 

Level 2 and 3 assets include fixed maturity securities.  The pricing methodology and valuation controls are the same as those previously described in fixed maturity securities available for sale.

 

PL-54



 

LEVEL 3 RECONCILIATION

 

The tables below present reconciliations of the beginning and ending balances of the Level 3 financial assets and liabilities, net, that have been measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gains or Losses

 

Transfers

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1,

 

Included in

 

Included in

 

Into

 

Out of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

Earnings

 

OCI

 

Level 3 (1)

 

Level 3 (1)

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Settlements

 

2017

 

 

(In Millions)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

$26

 

 

 

($3)

 

$2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($1)

 

$24

Foreign governments

 

49

 

 

 

(1)

 

1

 

($18)

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

28

Corporate securities

 

1,587

 

$67

 

57

 

54

 

(512)

 

$534

 

($178)

 

(133)

 

1,476

RMBS

 

35

 

 

 

2

 

5

 

(55)

 

35

 

 

 

(7)

 

15

CMBS

 

106

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

 

(16)

 

13

 

 

 

(1)

 

100

Other asset-backed securities

 

484

 

1

 

2

 

29

 

(129)

 

66

 

 

 

(79)

 

374

Total fixed maturity securities

 

2,287

 

68

 

55

 

91

 

(730)

 

648

 

(178)

 

(224)

 

2,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives, net: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

212

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

(358)

 

386

Embedded derivatives

 

(1,457)

 

(301)

 

1

 

 

 

(311)

 

 

375

 

(1,693)

Total derivatives

 

(1,245)

 

187

 

1

 

 

 

(267)

 

 

17

 

(1,307)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$1,047

 

$255

 

$56

 

$91

 

($730)

 

$381

 

($178)

 

($207)

 

$715

 

PL-55



 

 

 

 

 

Total Gains or Losses

 

Transfers

 

Transfers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1,

 

Included in

 

Included in

 

Into

 

Out of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2016

 

Earnings

 

OCI

 

Level 3 (1)

 

Level 3 (1)

 

Purchases

 

Sales

 

Settlements

 

2016

 

 

(In Millions)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

$29

 

 

 

($3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$26

Foreign governments

 

8

 

 

 

(1)

 

$45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($3)

 

49

Corporate securities

 

1,620

 

($10)

 

79

 

168

 

($317)

 

$284

 

($89)

 

(148)

 

1,587

RMBS

 

151

 

(2)

 

3

 

20

 

(122)

 

7

 

 

 

(22)

 

35

CMBS

 

54

 

 

 

(2)

 

1

 

(36)

 

90

 

 

 

(1)

 

106

Collateralized debt obligations

 

65

 

18

 

(10)

 

 

 

(12)

 

13

 

(73)

 

(1)

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

319

 

1

 

(3)

 

63

 

(87)

 

247

 

 

 

(56)

 

484

Total fixed maturity securities

 

2,246

 

7

 

63

 

297

 

(574)

 

641

 

(162)

 

(231)

 

2,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives, net: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

91

 

232

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(111)

 

212

Embedded derivatives

 

(1,379)

 

29

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

(230)

 

 

 

126

 

(1,457)

Total derivatives

 

(1,288)

 

261

 

(3)

 

 

 

(230)

 

 

15

 

(1,245)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$963

 

$268

 

$60

 

$297

 

($574)

 

$411

 

($162)

 

($216)

 

$1,047

 

(1) Transfers in and/or out are recognized at the end of each quarter.

(2) Excludes derivative net settlements of ($414) million and ($241) million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, that are recorded in net realized investment gain.  Excludes synthetic GIC policy fees of $45 million and $44 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, that are recorded in net realized investment gain.  Excludes embedded derivative policy fees of $156 million and $161 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, that are recorded in net realized investment gain.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, transfers into Level 3 were primarily attributable to the decreased availability and use of market observable inputs to estimate fair value.  The transfers out of Level 3 were generally due to the use of market observable inputs in valuation methodologies, including the utilization of pricing service information.  During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not have any significant transfers between Levels 1 and 2.

 

PL-56



 

Amounts included in earnings of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

Net

Investment

Income

 

Net

Realized

Investment

Gain (Loss)

 

OTTI

 

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2017:

 

(In Millions)

Corporate securities

 

$17

 

$55

 

($5)

 

$67

Other asset-backed securities

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

Total fixed maturity securities

 

17

 

56

 

(5)

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

488

Embedded derivatives

 

 

 

(301)

 

 

 

(301)

Total derivatives

 

 

187

 

 

187

Total

 

$17

 

$243

 

($5)

 

$255

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

Realized

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income

 

Gain (Loss)

 

OTTI

 

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2016:

 

(In Millions)

Corporate securities

 

$14

 

$1

 

($25)

 

($10)

RMBS

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

(2)

Collateralized debt obligations

 

4

 

14

 

 

 

18

Other asset-backed securities

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

Total fixed maturity securities

 

19

 

15

 

(27)

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

232

Embedded derivatives

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

29

Total derivatives

 

 

261

 

 

261

Total

 

$19

 

$276

 

($27)

 

$268

 

The table below represents the net amount of total gains or losses for the period, attributable to the change in unrealized gain (loss) relating to assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 that were still held at the end of the reporting period.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Derivatives, net: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

$331

 

$143

 

Embedded derivatives

 

(180)

 

33

 

Total derivatives

 

$151

 

$176

 

 

(1)  Amounts are recognized in net realized investment gain.

 

PL-57



 

The following table presents certain quantitative information of significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement for Level 3 assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 ($ In Millions).

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

Predominant

 

Significant

 

Range

 

 

Asset (Liability)

 

Valuation Method

 

Unobservable Inputs

 

(Weighted Average)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

$24

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread (1)

 

419-432 (428)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign governments

 

28

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread (1)

 

35-56 (36)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate securities

 

1,476

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread (1)

 

22-1005 (225)

 

 

 

 

Collateral value

 

Collateral value (3)

 

23-84 (79)

 

 

 

 

Market pricing

 

Quoted prices (2)

 

10-103 (98)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RMBS

 

15

 

Market pricing

 

Quoted prices (2)

 

58

 

 

 

 

Collateral value

 

Collateral value (3)

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CMBS

 

100

 

Market pricing

 

Quoted prices (2)

 

92-95 (94)

 

 

 

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Spread (1)

 

150-300 (163)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayment rate

 

0% - 7% (1%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Default rate

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severity

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities

 

374

 

Discounted cash flow

Market pricing

Cap at call price

 

Spread (1)

Quoted prices (2)

Call price

 

35-275 (107)

77-114 (102)

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investments

 

5

 

Redemption value

 

Redemption value (4)

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity derivatives

 

386

 

Option pricing model

 

Equity volatility

 

12% - 62% (18%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded derivatives (5)

 

(1,693)

 

Option pricing techniques

 

Equity volatility
Mortality:

 

12% - 62%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ages 0-40

 

0.01% - 0.18%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ages 41-60

 

0.06% - 0.55%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ages 61-120

 

0.39% - 100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortality improvement

 

0% - 1.50%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Withdrawal utilization

 

0% - 90%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lapse rates

 

0% - 100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit standing adjustment

 

0.12% - 1.32%

Total

 

$715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Range and weighted average are presented in basis points over the benchmark interest rate curve and include adjustments attributable to illiquidity premiums, expected duration, structure and credit quality.

(2) Independent third-party quotations were used in the determination of estimated fair value.

(3) Valuation based on the Company’s share of estimated fair values of the underlying assets held in the trusts.

(4) Represents FHLB common stock that is valued at the contractual amount that will be received upon redemption.

(5) This liability consists of embedded derivatives from variable annuity GLBs, fixed indexed annuity products and life indexed account insurance products.  Since the valuation methodology for embedded derivatives uses a range of inputs that vary at the contract level over the cash flow projection period, presenting a range, rather than weighted average, is more representative of the unobservable input used in the valuation.

 

PL-58



 

NONRECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

Certain assets are measured at estimated fair value on a nonrecurring basis and are not included in the tables presented above.  The following table presents assets fair valued on a nonrecurring basis during the fiscal year and still held as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 (In Millions):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

Level 2 (1)

 

Level 3 (2)

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Aircraft and other related assets

 

$193

 

$16

 

$246

 

$88

 

 

(1) Included in aircraft and other related assets is $70 million measured during the year ended December 31, 2017.

(2) Included in aircraft and other related assets is $8 million measured during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

AIRCRAFT AND OTHER RELATED ASSETS

 

The Company measures the fair value of aircraft and other related assets on a nonrecurring basis as part of the recoverability assessment.  The recoverability assessment is performed quarterly and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of aircraft may not be recoverable.  When aircraft are held for sale, the fair value measurement is based on the estimated sales price, less selling costs (Level 2 input).  For aircraft that are held for use, the fair value measurements are based on the present value of the future cash flows (i.e., an income approach) that uses Level 3 inputs, which include contractual lease payments, projected future lease payments, projected sales prices, and the disposition value.

 

The Company did not have any other significant nonfinancial assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis resulting from impairments as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.  The Company has not made any significant changes in the valuation methodologies for nonfinancial assets and liabilities.

 

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are not carried at fair value under the Codification’s Financial Instruments Topic are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans

 

$13,558

 

$14,005

 

$12,175

 

$12,413

 

Policy loans

 

7,681

 

7,681

 

7,437

 

7,437

 

Other investments

 

217

 

236

 

192

 

231

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

2,639

 

2,639

 

1,360

 

1,360

 

Restricted cash

 

211

 

211

 

188

 

188

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funding agreements

 

166

 

167

 

243

 

239

 

Annuity and deposit liabilities

 

18,957

 

18,957

 

17,072

 

17,072

 

Short-term debt and revolving credit facilities

 

354

 

354

 

1,041

 

1,041

 

Long-term debt

 

9,973

 

10,357

 

8,183

 

8,592

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

MORTGAGE LOANS

 

The estimated fair value of the mortgage loan portfolio is determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows, using current

 

PL-59



 

rates that are applicable to similar credit quality, property type and average maturity of the composite portfolio.

 

POLICY LOANS

 

Policy loans are not separable from their associated insurance contract and bear no credit risk since they do not exceed the contract’s cash surrender value, making these assets fully secured by the cash surrender value of the contracts.  Therefore, the carrying amount of the policy loans is a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

 

OTHER INVESTMENTS

 

Included in other investments are private equity investments accounted for under the cost method of accounting.  The fair value is based on the ownership percentage of the NAV of the underlying equity of the investments.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

RESTRICTED CASH

 

The carrying amounts approximate fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

FUNDING AGREEMENTS

 

The estimated fair value of funding agreements is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

ANNUITY AND DEPOSIT LIABILITIES

 

Annuity and deposit liabilities primarily includes policyholder deposits and accumulated credited interest.  The estimated fair value of annuity and deposit liabilities approximates carrying amount based on an analysis of discounted future cash flows with maturities similar to the product portfolio liabilities.

 

DEBT AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITIES

 

The carrying amount of short-term debt and revolving credit facilities is a reasonable estimate of its fair value because the interest rates are variable and based on current market rates.  The estimated fair value of long-term debt is based on market quotes, except for VIE debt and non-recourse debt, for which an analysis is performed to ensure the carrying amounts are reasonable estimates of their fair values.

 

PL-60



 

13.                  OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

The Company displays comprehensive income (loss) and its components on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statements of equity.  The balance of and changes in each component of AOCI attributable to the Company are as follows:

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (Loss) on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Available

 

Gain (Loss) on

 

Other,

 

Total

 

 

 

for Sale, Net (1)

 

Derivatives

 

Net

 

AOCI

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Balance, January 1, 2015

 

$1,292

 

$82

 

($12

)

$1,362

 

Change in OCI before reclassifications

 

(1,097

(2)

7

 

(8

)

(1,098)

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

384

 

(4

)

3

 

383

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(22

)

 

 

 

 

(22)

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

620

 

85

 

(17

)

688

 

Change in OCI before reclassifications

 

336

 (2)

6

 

(7

)

335

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

(120

)

(2

)

3

 

(119)

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

9

 

(1

)

 

 

8

 

Income tax expense

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

842

 

88

 

(21

)

909

 

Change in OCI before reclassifications

 

734

 (2)

(18

)

8

 

724

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

(255

)

6

 

 

 

(249)

 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

(86

)

 

 

 

 

(86)

 

Income tax expense

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Reclassification of deferred tax effects (Note 1)

 

272

 

17

 

(4

)

285

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

$1,537

 

$93

 

($17

)

$1,613

 

 

(1)  See Note 5 and Note 9 for information related to DAC and future policy benefits.

(2) Includes allocation of holding gain (loss) from DAC, URR and future policy benefits of ($465) million, ($164) million and $614 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

PL-61



 

RECLASSIFICATIONS FROM AOCI

 

The table below presents amounts reclassified from each component of AOCI and their locations on the consolidated statements of operations.  Amounts are shown gross of tax.

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

Reclassification adjustments:

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Unrealized (gain) loss on securities available for sale, net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of securities available for sale

 

($95)

(1)

($25)

(1)

($18)

(1)

OTTI recognized on securities available for sale

 

9

(2)

34

(2)

81

(2)

Total unrealized (gain) loss on securities available for sale, net

 

(86)

 

9

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency and interest rate swaps

 

 

 

(2)

(1)

 

 

 

 

(3)

(3)

(2)

(3)

(2)

(3)

 

 

2

(4)

2

(4)

2

(4)

 

 

1

(5)

1

(5)

 

 

Total gain on derivatives

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total amounts reclassified from AOCI

 

($86)

 

$8

 

$63

 

 

Location on the consolidated statements of operations:

 

(1) Net realized investment gain (2) OTTI (3) Net investment income (4) Interest credited to policyholder account balances

(5) Operating and other expenses

 

 

14.                  REINSURANCE

 

The accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risk.  The Company periodically reviews, and modifies as appropriate, the estimates and assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to assumed and ceded reinsurance.  Reinsurance receivables, included in other assets, were $1,190 million and $1,195 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Reinsurance payables, included in other liabilities, were $253 million and $227 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

The components of insurance premiums are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Direct premiums

 

$1,502

 

$1,213

 

$1,018

 

Reinsurance assumed (1)

 

1,048

 

1,034

 

1,307

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

(409

)

(392

)

(392)

 

Insurance premiums

 

$2,141

 

$1,855

 

$1,933

 

 

(1) Included are $56 million, $58 million and $319 million of assumed premiums from PLRL for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

PL-62



 

15.                  INCOME TAXES

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Current

 

$259

 

$84

 

$36

 

Deferred

 

(643

)

123

 

113

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

($384

)

$207

 

$149

 

 

A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes based on the Federal corporate statutory tax rate of 35% to the provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In Millions)

 

Provision for income taxes at the statutory rate

 

$342

 

$346

 

$263

 

Separate account dividends received deduction

 

(81

)

(107

)

(84)

 

Tax credits

 

(24

)

(22

)

(20)

 

Remeasurement of operating deferred taxes

 

(395

)

 

 

 

 

Remeasurement of OCI deferred taxes

 

(285

)

 

 

 

 

Transition tax on deemed repatriation

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

Tax on financial reporting basis over tax basis of foreign subsidiary

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

(12

)

(10

)

(10)

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

($384

)

$207

 

$149

 

 

PL-63



 

The net deferred tax liability, included in other liabilities, is comprised of the following tax effected temporary differences:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

(In Millions)

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

Policyholder reserves

 

$564

 

$954

Tax credit carryforwards

 

408

 

386

Investment valuation

 

343

 

495

Deferred compensation

 

51

 

79

Tax net operating loss carryforwards

 

3

 

60

Other

 

116

 

101

Total deferred tax assets

 

1,485

 

2,075

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

DAC

 

(716)

 

(1,133)

Partnership investments

 

(646)

 

(92)

Hedging

 

(365)

 

(494)

Depreciation

 

(2)

 

(944)

Other

 

(27)

 

(38)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(1,756)

 

(2,701)

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

 

(271)

 

(626)

Unrealized gain on derivatives and securities available for sale

 

(410)

 

(480)

Other adjustments

 

(8)

 

(4)

Net deferred tax liability

 

($689)

 

($1,110)

 

The Company has $192 million of LIHTC that expire between 2020 and 2035 and $216 million of alternative minimum tax (AMT) credits that are expected to be either fully utilized or refunded between 2018 and 2021.

 

The Company has $11 million of life company Federal loss carryovers that expire between 2026 and 2031.

 

Management has assessed that it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017 will be realized through projected future taxable income and the reversal of existing deferred tax liabilities listed above.

 

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (In Millions):

 

Balance as of January 1, 2015

 

$—

 

Increase - prior year positions

 

58

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

 

58

 

Increase - prior year positions

 

52

 

Decrease - prior year positions

 

(58)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

52

 

Decrease - prior year positions

 

(52)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

$—

 

 

The Company identified liabilities for uncertain tax positions in 2015 and 2016 for which there is uncertainty about the timing, but not the deductibility, of tax deductions relating to aircraft depreciation and aircraft maintenance reserves.  The unrecognized tax benefits have been recorded as a reduction to the deferred tax asset for net operating loss carryforwards.

 

PL-64



 

The Company filed an application for an automatic change in the method of accounting for aircraft depreciation with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) in 2016 and adjusted its net operating loss carryover to 2017 for aircraft maintenance reserves, which reduced the liability for uncertain tax positions by $58 million during 2016 and $52 million during 2017.  The Company does not expect material changes to its unrecognized tax benefits for the twelve month period following the reporting date.

 

PMHC files income tax returns in U.S. Federal and various state jurisdictions.  PMHC is under continuous audit by the IRS and is audited periodically by some state taxing authorities.  The IRS is currently examining PMHC’s tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.  The exam of the Federal tax returns through tax years ended December 31, 2012 has been completed and certain issues are under appeals.  The State of California is auditing tax year ended December 31, 2009.  The Company does not expect the current Federal and California audits to result in any material assessments.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company paid an insignificant amount of interest and penalties to state tax authorities.

 

On December 22, 2017, tax reform legislation formally known as the Act was enacted, which significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax system.  Among other things, the Act lowered the Federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018; implemented a territorial tax system, and imposed a transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries; broadened the base of taxable income, particularly with respect to the calculation of tax reserves, DAC, and the Dividends Received Deduction (DRD); and repealed the corporate AMT.

 

The Company has recorded the estimated effect of certain provisions of the Act in the Company’s financial statements; however, the final impact of the Act may differ from these estimates.  These differences could arise from changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made regarding the Act; guidance on the Act that may be issued; and/or Company actions that may occur as a result of the Act.

 

The SEC recently issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (the Bulletin), addressing situations in which the accounting for income tax effects of the Act is still incomplete when financial statements must be issued.  On the basis of the Bulletin, the Company is treating some effects of the Act as provisional - more specifically:

 

·      On January 1, 2018, the Company’s U.S. Federal income tax rate fell from 35% to 21%.  The Company must recognize the effect of this rate change on its deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period when the change was enacted.  Accordingly, an income tax benefit of $680 million has been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2017, for the estimated re-measurement of the Company’s U.S. net deferred tax liabilities.  This amount may change after further analysis of the provisions of the Act and implementation of tax planning responsive to the Act.

 

·      The Act provides for a one-time “deemed repatriation” of accumulated foreign earnings in the year ended December 31, 2017.  The Company expects to pay U.S. Federal cash tax of $23 million on the deemed repatriation over an 8-year period, and has recorded this estimated amount as part of its provision (benefit) for income tax for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

The Company is treating other effects of the Act as not yet estimated - for example, the impacts of the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) and certain tax saving initiatives that could affect the Company’s deferred tax balances as of the date of enactment of the Act.

 

The Company is treating some effects of the Act as final - more specifically:

 

·      In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02 which permits retrospective reclassification of certain tax effects from AOCI; therefore, the Company early adopted this ASU and reclassified $285 million of deferred tax benefit from AOCI to retained earnings (see the consolidated statements of equity and Notes 1 and 13).

 

·      The Act also repealed the corporate AMT for tax years beginning January 1, 2018, and provides that existing AMT credit carryovers are refundable beginning in 2018.  The Company has $216 million of AMT credit carryovers that are expected to be fully refunded between 2018 and 2021.

 

Prior to the enactment of the Act, the Company considered the earnings in its non-U.S. subsidiaries to be indefinitely reinvested; accordingly, it recorded no deferred income taxes with respect to the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis in its non-U.S. subsidiaries, including undistributed foreign earnings.  The transition tax included in the Act reduced this excess, but

 

PL-65



 

did not eliminate it.  As the remaining excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis reverses, it may result in additional non-U.S. withholding taxes, as well as U.S. Federal and state taxes.  More specifically:

 

·                  As of December 31, 2017, the Company changed its prior assertion of indefinite reinvestment of earnings in Singapore, and recorded a deferred tax liability of $48 million as a provisional amount, with respect to remaining financial reporting basis over the tax basis in its Singapore subsidiary.  This amount may change after further analysis of the international provisions of the Act, completion of calculations of the earnings and profits of the Singapore subsidiary, and the implementation of tax planning responsive to the Act.

 

16.                SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company has four operating segments:  Life Insurance, Retirement Solutions, Aircraft Leasing and Reinsurance.  These segments are managed separately and have been identified based on differences in products and services offered.  All other activity is included in the Corporate and Other segment.

 

The Life Insurance segment provides a broad range of life insurance products through multiple distribution channels operating in the affluent, broad and corporate markets.  Principal products include universal life, indexed universal life, variable universal life, hybrid Long Term Care, and term life.  Distribution channels include independent producers, financial advisory networks, independent brokerage general agencies, wirehouses, e-tailers and M Financial, an association of independently owned and operated insurance and financial producers.

 

The Retirement Solutions segment’s principal products include variable and fixed annuity products, mutual funds, and structured settlement and group retirement annuities, which are offered through multiple distribution channels.  Distribution channels include independent planners, regional broker-dealers, wirehouses and financial institution distributors.

 

The Aircraft Leasing segment offers aircraft leasing to the airline industry throughout the world and provides brokerage and asset management services to other third-parties.

 

The Reinsurance segment primarily includes the domestic retrocession business, which assumes mortality risks from other life reinsurers.  Additionally, retrocession agreements related to non-traditional longevity reinsurance are assumed from PLRL.  The international retrocession business serves clients primarily in Canada, Europe and Asia.

 

The Corporate and Other segment consists of assets, liabilities and activities, which support the Company’s operating segments.  Included in these support activities is the management of investments, the Company’s financing activities (including the issuance of long-term and short-term debt), and other expenses and other assets not directly attributable to the operating segments.  The Corporate and Other segment also includes operations that do not qualify as operating segments and the elimination of intersegment transactions.

 

The Company uses the same accounting policies and procedures to measure segment net income (loss) and assets as it uses to measure its consolidated net income (loss) and assets.  Net investment income and net realized investment gain are allocated based on invested assets purchased and held as is required for transacting the business of that segment.  Overhead expenses are allocated based on services provided.  Interest expense is allocated based on the short-term borrowing needs of the segment and is included in net investment income.  The provision (benefit) for income taxes is allocated based on each segment’s actual tax provision (benefit).

 

Certain segments are allocated equity based on formulas determined by management and receive a fixed interest rate of return on interdivision debentures supporting the allocated equity.  The debenture amount is reflected as investment expense in net investment income in the Corporate and Other segment and as net investment income in the operating segments.

 

The Company generates the majority of its revenues and net income from customers located in the U.S.  As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had foreign investments with an estimated fair value of $12.7 billion and $11.4 billion, respectively.  Aircraft leased to foreign customers were $6.6 billion and $6.9 billion as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Revenues derived from any customer did not exceed 10% of consolidated total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

PL-66



 

The following is segment information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017:

 

 

 

Life

 

Retirement

 

Aircraft

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

Solutions

 

Leasing

 

Reinsurance

 

and Other

 

Total

REVENUES

 

(In Millions)

Policy fees and insurance premiums

 

$1,110

 

$2,246

 

$—

 

$991

 

$—

 

$4,347

Net investment income

 

1,201

 

1,385

 

$5

 

33

 

$216

 

2,840

Net realized investment gain (loss)

 

14

 

(89)

 

(5)

 

8

 

120

 

48

OTTI

 

(3)

 

(6)

 

 

 

(2)

 

(11)

Investment advisory fees

 

27

 

262

 

 

 

11

 

300

Aircraft leasing revenue

 

 

 

898

 

 

 

898

Other income

 

39

 

191

 

52

 

30

 

2

 

314

Total revenues

 

2,388

 

3,989

 

950

 

1,062

 

347

 

8,736

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy benefits

 

668

 

1,881

 

 

914

 

 

3,463

Interest credited

 

915

 

460

 

 

 

8

 

1,383

Commission expenses

 

188

 

557

 

 

24

 

 

769

Operating expenses

 

418

 

467

 

261

 

33

 

122

 

1,301

Depreciation of aircraft

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

322

Interest expense

 

12

 

 

221

 

 

289

 

522

Total benefits and expenses

 

2,201

 

3,365

 

804

 

971

 

419

 

7,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

187

 

624

 

146

 

91

 

(72)

 

976

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(59)

 

(68)

 

(225)

 

7

 

(39)

 

(384)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

246

 

692

 

371

 

84

 

(33)

 

1,360

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

(5)

 

(6)

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

 

$246

 

$692

 

$370

 

$84

 

($38)

 

$1,354

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$44,410

 

$90,616

 

$9,798

 

$1,761

 

$8,313

 

$154,898

DAC

 

1,630

 

3,016

 

 

47

 

 

4,693

Separate account assets

 

8,242

 

53,214

 

 

 

 

61,456

Policyholder and contract liabilities

 

32,490

 

31,949

 

 

1,055

 

166

 

65,660

Separate account liabilities

 

8,242

 

53,214

 

 

 

 

61,456

 

PL-67



 

The following is segment information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

Life

 

Retirement

 

Aircraft

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

Solutions

 

Leasing

 

Reinsurance

 

and Other

 

Total

REVENUES

 

(In Millions)

Policy fees and insurance premiums

 

$1,196

 

$1,937

 

$—

 

$975

 

$—

 

$4,108

Net investment income

 

1,146

 

1,267

 

$3

 

36

 

$135

 

2,587

Net realized investment gain (loss)

 

 

(58)

 

(4)

 

22

 

150

 

110

OTTI

 

(18)

 

(8)

 

 

 

(16)

 

(42)

Investment advisory fees

 

25

 

262

 

 

 

7

 

294

Aircraft leasing revenue

 

 

 

1,018

 

 

 

1,018

Other income

 

32

 

209

 

48

 

90

 

 

379

Total revenues

 

2,381

 

3,609

 

1,065

 

1,123

 

276

 

8,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy benefits

 

729

 

1,596

 

 

857

 

 

3,182

Interest credited

 

878

 

417

 

 

 

11

 

1,306

Commission expenses

 

294

 

634

 

 

25

 

 

953

Operating expenses

 

388

 

461

 

274

 

35

 

104

 

1,262

Depreciation of aircraft

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

331

Interest expense

 

10

 

 

233

 

1

 

186

 

430

Total benefits and expenses

 

2,299

 

3,108

 

838

 

918

 

301

 

7,464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

82

 

501

 

227

 

205

 

(25)

 

990

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

9

 

59

 

89

 

72

 

(22)

 

207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

73

 

442

 

138

 

133

 

(3)

 

783

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

(26)

 

(26)

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

 

$73

 

$442

 

$138

 

$133

 

($29)

 

$757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$40,733

 

$83,933

 

$9,070

 

$1,838

 

$5,470

 

$141,044

DAC

 

1,393

 

3,063

 

 

53

 

 

4,509

Separate account assets

 

7,313

 

50,113

 

 

 

 

57,426

Policyholder and contract liabilities

 

30,288

 

28,550

 

 

988

 

243

 

60,069

Separate account liabilities

 

7,313

 

50,113

 

 

 

 

57,426

 

PL-68



 

The following is segment information for the year ended December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

Life

 

Retirement

 

Aircraft

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

Solutions

 

Leasing

 

Reinsurance

 

and Other

 

Total

REVENUES

 

(In Millions)

Policy fees and insurance premiums

 

$1,206

 

$1,734

 

$—

 

$1,239

 

$—

 

$4,179

Net investment income

 

1,133

 

1,201

 

$1

 

25

 

$197

 

2,557

Net realized investment gain

 

17

 

186

 

1

 

 

30

 

234

OTTI

 

(58)

 

(27)

 

 

 

(11)

 

(96)

Investment advisory fees

 

27

 

296

 

 

 

30

 

353

Aircraft leasing revenue

 

 

 

833

 

 

 

833

Other income

 

21

 

207

 

23

 

17

 

(8)

 

260

Total revenues

 

2,346

 

3,597

 

858

 

1,281

 

238

 

8,320

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BENEFITS AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy benefits

 

667

 

1,404

 

 

1,178

 

 

3,249

Interest credited

 

852

 

383

 

 

 

15

 

1,250

Commission expenses

 

345

 

831

 

 

24

 

 

1,200

Operating expenses

 

356

 

463

 

141

 

28

 

126

 

1,114

Depreciation of aircraft

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

342

Interest expense

 

7

 

 

231

 

 

176

 

414

Total benefits and expenses

 

2,227

 

3,081

 

714

 

1,230

 

317

 

7,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

119

 

516

 

144

 

51

 

(79)

 

751

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

30

 

89

 

37

 

18

 

(25)

 

149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

89

 

427

 

107

 

33

 

(54)

 

602

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

2

Net income (loss) attributable to the Company

 

$89

 

$427

 

$107

 

$33

 

($52)

 

$604

 

 

17.                TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

 

PLFA serves as the investment adviser for the Pacific Select Fund and the Pacific Funds Series Trust.  Investment advisory and other fees are based primarily upon the NAV of the underlying portfolios.  These fees, included in investment advisory fees and other income, amounted to $342 million, $339 million and $378 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  In addition, Pacific Life and PLFA provide certain support services to the Pacific Select Fund and the Pacific Funds Series Trust based on an allocation of actual costs.  These fees amounted to $16 million, $17 million and $14 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Additionally, the Pacific Select Fund and Pacific Funds Series Trust have service and other plans whereby the funds pay Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD), a wholly owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Pacific Life, as distributor of the funds, a service fee in connection with services rendered to or procured for shareholders of the fund or their variable annuity and life insurance contract owners.  These services may include, but are not limited to, payment of compensation to broker-dealers, including PSD itself, and other financial institutions and organizations, which assist in providing any of the services.  For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, PSD received $116 million, $115 million and $130 million, respectively, in service and other fees from the Pacific Select Fund and Pacific Funds Series Trust, which are recorded in other income.

 

PL-69



 

Pacific Life and PL&A’s structured settlement transactions are typically designed such that an affiliated assignment company assumes settlement obligations from external parties in exchange for consideration.  The affiliated assignment company then funds the assumed settlement obligations by purchasing annuity contracts from Pacific Life and PL&A.  Consequently, substantially all of the Pacific Life and PL&A’s structured settlement annuities are sold to an affiliated assignment company.  Included in the liability for future policy benefits are contracts with the affiliated assignment company with contract values of $3.6 billion and $3.2 billion as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  In addition, included in the liability for policyholder account balances are contracts with the affiliated assignment company of $2.8 billion and $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Related to these contracts, Pacific Life and PL&A received $475 million, $361 million and $298 million of insurance premiums and paid $210 million, $190 million and $164 million of policy benefits for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

ACG has derivative swap contracts with Pacific LifeCorp as the counterparty.  The notional amounts total $562 million and $716 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The estimated fair values of the derivatives were net liabilities of $5 million and $16 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

 

18.                 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

COMMITMENTS

 

The Company has outstanding commitments that may be funded to make investments primarily in fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, limited partnerships and other investments, as follows (In Millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Limited

 

Securities and

 

 

Years Ending December 31:

 

Mortgage Loans

 

Partnerships

 

Other Investments

 

Total

2018

 

$505

 

$300

 

$565

 

$1,370

2019

 

412

 

169

 

6

 

587

2020

 

278

 

132

 

 

410

2021

 

101

 

123

 

 

224

2022

 

65

 

105

 

 

170

Thereafter

 

 

 

133

 

2

 

135

Total

 

$1,361

 

$962

 

$573

 

$2,896

 

The Company leases office facilities under various operating leases, which in most, but not all cases, are noncancelable.  Rent expense, which is included in operating and other expenses, in connection with these leases was $9 million, $8 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Aggregate minimum future office lease commitments are as follows (In Millions):

 

Years Ending December 31:

 

 

2018

 

$10

2019 through 2022

 

28

2023 and thereafter

 

25

Total

 

$63

 

PL-70



 

As of December 31, 2017, ACG had commitments to purchase aircraft scheduled for delivery through 2022.  All of these commitments arise from fixed price purchase agreements with Boeing, Airbus and other third parties, and include adjustments for inflation.  As of December 31, 2017, the aggregate estimated total remaining payments (including adjustments for certain contractual escalation provisions) are due as follows (In Millions):

 

Years Ending December 31:

 

 

2018

 

$1,563

2019

 

1,857

2020

 

1,763

2021

 

1,945

2022

 

887

Total

 

$8,015

 

As of December 31, 2017, deposits related to these agreements totaled $1,073 million and are included in other assets.

 

Pacific Life entered into agreements with PLRL and Pacific Life Re (Australia) Pty Limited (PLRA), a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Pacific LifeCorp, to guarantee the performance of reinsurance obligations of PLRL and PLRA.  These guarantees are secondary to the guarantees provided by Pacific LifeCorp and would only be triggered in the event of nonperformance by both PLRL or PLRA and Pacific LifeCorp.  Management believes that additional obligations, if any, related to the guarantee agreements are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Pacific Life has an agreement with PLRC to guarantee the performance of reinsurance obligations of PLRC.  Management believes that additional obligations, if any, related to the guarantee agreement are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Pacific Life has a commitment to provide funds, on Pacific LifeCorp’s behalf, of up to 100 million pound sterling to PLRL.  This commitment is secondary to Pacific LifeCorp and is contingent on the nonperformance by Pacific LifeCorp.  Management believes that additional obligations, if any, related to this commitment are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

CONTINGENCIES - LITIGATION

 

The Company is a respondent in a number of legal proceedings, some of which involve allegations for extra-contractual damages.  Although the Company is confident of its position in these matters, success is not a certainty and a judge or jury could rule against the Company.  In the opinion of management, the outcome of such proceedings is not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for litigation claims against the Company.

 

CONTINGENCIES - IRS REVENUE RULING

 

In 2007, the IRS issued Rev. Rul. 2007-54, interpreting then-current tax law regarding the computation of the DRD.  Later in 2007, the IRS issued Revenue Ruling 2007-61, suspending Rev. Rul. 2007-54 and indicating that the IRS would re-address this issue in a future regulation project.  In 2014, the IRS issued Rev. Rul. 2014-7, stating that it would not address this issue through regulation, but instead would defer to legislative action.  Rev. Rul. 2014-7 also expressly superseded Rev. Rul. 2007-54, and declared Rev. Rul. 2007-61 obsolete.  With the enactment of the Act (Notes 1 and 15), DRD computations have been modified effective January 1, 2018.  Therefore, the Company does not expect that any of the rulings described above will affect DRD computations in the future.  However, in open tax years before 2018, the Company could still lose a substantial portion of its DRD claims, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

CONTINGENCIES - OTHER

 

In the course of its business, the Company provides certain indemnifications related to dispositions, acquisitions, investments, lease agreements or other transactions that are triggered by, among other things, breaches of representations, warranties or covenants provided by the Company.  These obligations are typically subject to time limitations that vary in duration, including contractual limitations and those that arise by operation of law, such as applicable statutes of limitation.  Because the amounts of

 

PL-71



 

these types of indemnifications often are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation under such indemnifications cannot be reasonably estimated.  The Company has not historically made material payments for these types of indemnifications.  The estimated maximum potential amount of future payments under these obligations is not determinable due to the lack of a stated maximum liability for certain matters.  Management believes that judgments, if any, against the Company related to such matters and the Company’s estimate of reasonably possible losses exceeding amounts already recognized on an aggregated basis is immaterial and are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Most of the jurisdictions in which the Company is admitted to transact business require life insurance companies to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by insolvent life insurance companies.  These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member companies in a particular state based on the proportionate share of premiums written by member companies in the lines of business in which the insolvent insurer operated.  The Company has not received notification of any insolvency that is expected to result in a material guaranty fund assessment.

 

In connection with the operations of certain subsidiaries, the Company has made commitments to provide for additional capital funding as may be required.

 

See Note 2 for discussion of contingencies related to reinsurance of statutory reserves to affiliates.

 

See Note 8 for discussion of contingencies related to derivative instruments.

 

See Note 15 for discussion of other contingencies related to income taxes.

 

 

 

PL-72



Part II

PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a) Financial Statements

     
  
 

Part A: None

  
 

Part B:

  
 

(1) Registrant’s Financial Statements

  
 

Audited Financial Statements dated as of December 31, 2017 and for each of the periods presented which are incorporated by reference from the 2017 Annual Report include the following for Separate Account A:

  
 

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

Statements of Operations

Statements of Changes in Net Assets

Notes to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  
 

(2) Depositor’s Financial Statements

  
 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements dated as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, included in Part B include the following for Pacific Life:

  
 

Independent Auditors’ Report

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  

(b) Exhibits

    
   

1.

(a)

Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Depositor authorizing establishment of Separate Account A and Memorandum establishing Separate Account A; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 33-88460, Accession No. 0000898430-96-001377 filed on April 19, 1996, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(b)

Resolution of the Board of Directors of Pacific Life Insurance Company authorizing conformity to the terms of the current Bylaws; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 33-88460, Accession No. 0001017062-98-000945 filed on April 29, 1998, and incorporated by reference herein.

   

2.

Not applicable

 
   

3.

(a)

Distribution Agreement between Pacific Life Insurance Company, Pacific Life & Annuity Company and Pacific Select Distributors, Inc. (PSD); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-60883,


485BPOS318th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 318th
    
  

Accession No. 0000950123-11-061492 filed on June 24, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(b)

Form of Selling Agreement between Pacific Life, PSD and Various Broker Dealers; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000528 filed on April 18, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(c)

Distribution Agreement between Pacific Life Insurance Company, Pacific Life & Annuity Company and Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD) (Amended and Restated); included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   

4.

(a)

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable Annuity Contract (Form No. 10-1130); Included in

Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000999 filed on August 14, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(b)

(1)

403(b) Tax-Sheltered Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-15200); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000999 filed on August 14, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

403(b) Tax-Sheltered Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-1156); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-001559 filed on December 4, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(c)

Section 457 Plan Rider (Form No. 24-123799); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000999 filed on August 14, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(d)

Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-18900); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0001017062-02-002150 filed on December 19, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(e)

Roth Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-19000); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0001017062-02-002150 filed on December 19, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(f)

SIMPLE Individual Retirement Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-19100); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0001017062-02-002150 filed on December 19, 2002, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(g)

Qualified Retirement Plan Rider (Form No. 20-14200); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000999 filed on August 14, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(h)

Guaranteed Earnings Enhancement (EEG) Rider (Form No. 20-14900); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 33-88460, Accession No. 0001017062-01-000459 filed on March 2, 2001, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(i)

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 5 Rider (Form No. 20-19600); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0001193125-04-031337 filed on February 27, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(j)

(1)

Income Access Rider (Form No. 20-1104); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-


485BPOS319th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 319th
     
   

88460, Accession No. 0001193125-04-031337 filed on February 27, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Income Access Endorsement (Form No. 15-1122); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0000892569-05-000440 filed on June 15, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Excess Withdrawal Endorsement (Form No. 15-1152C); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(k)

(1)

DCA Plus Fixed Option Rider (Form No. 20-1103); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0001193125-03-099259 filed on December 24, 2003, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

DCA Plus Fixed Option Rider (Form No. ICC 11:20-1219); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-175279, Accession No. 0000950123-11-063391 filed on July 1, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(l)

Guaranteed Income Annuity Rider (Form No. 20-1118); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0000892569-04-000888 filed on October 15, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(m)

Stepped-Up Death Benefit Rider (Form No. 20-1117); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0000892569-04-000888 filed on October 15, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(n)

(1)

5% Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider (Form No. 20-1131); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-06-001482 filed on December 20, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Excess Withdrawal Endorsement (Form No. 15-1152); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(o)

(1)

Joint Life 5% Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider (Form No. 20-1135); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-07-000095 filed on February 9, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Excess Withdrawal Endorsement (Form No. 15-1152B); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(p)

Guaranteed Protection Advantage 3 Rider (Form No. 20-1145); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-141135, Accession No. 0000892569-07-001521 filed on December 12, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(q)

(1)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit II Rider (Form No. 20-1146); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-141135, Accession No. 0000892569-07-001521 filed on December 12, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Excess Withdrawal Endorsement (Form No. 15-1152); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File


485BPOS320th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 320th
    
   

No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(r)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit III Rider (Form No. 20-1153); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(s)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider (Form No. 20-1154); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(t)

Joint Life Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit Rider (Form No. 20-1155); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(u)

Core Withdrawal Benefit Rider (Form No. 20-1162); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000892569-09-000061 filed on February 9, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(v)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit IV Rider (Form No. 20-1176); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-09-050719 filed on October 16, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(w)

Core Withdrawal Benefit II Rider (Form No. 20-1178); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(x)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit V Rider — Single Life (Form No. ICC 10:20-1194); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-115910 filed on December 23, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(y)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit V Rider — Joint Life (Form No. ICC 10:20-1195); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-115910 filed on December 23, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(z)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit VII Rider — Single Life (Form No. ICC 11:20-1204); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-11-036416 filed on April 18, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(aa)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit VII Rider — Joint Life (Form No. ICC 11:20-1205); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-11-036416 filed on April 18, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(bb)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XII Rider — Single Life (Form No. ICC12:20-1256); Included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-185326, Accession No. 0000950123-12-013639 filed on December 7, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(cc)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XII Rider — Joint Life (Form No. ICC12:20-1257); Included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-185326, Accession No. 0000950123-12-013639 filed on December 7, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(dd)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit X Rider — Single Life (Form No. ICC12:20-1258); Included in


485BPOS321st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 321st
   
  

Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-53040, Accession No. 0000950123-13-002336 filed on April 18, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ee)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit X Rider — Joint Life (Form No. ICC12:20-1259); Included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-53040, Accession No. 0000950123-13-002336 filed on April 18, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ff)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XIII Rider (Form No. ICC12:20-1263); Included in Registration Statement on Form N- 4, File No. 333-185326, Accession No. 0000950123-12-013639 filed on December 7, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(gg)

Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit Rider (Form No. ICC12:20-1254); Included in Registration Statement on Form N- 4, File No. 333-185326, Accession No. 0000950123-12-013639 filed on December 7, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(hh)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XV Rider — Single Life (Form No. ICC12:20-1501); Included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-16-460278 filed on February 12, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ii)

Guaranteed Withdrawal Benefit XV Rider — Joint Life (Form No. ICC12:20-1502); Included in Registration Statement on Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-16-460278 filed on February 12, 2016 and incorporated by reference herein.

   

5.

(a)

Variable Annuity Application. (Form No. 25-1130); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000999 filed on August 14, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   

6.

(a)

Pacific Life’s Articles of Incorporation; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 33-88460, Accession No. 0001017062-98-000945 filed on April 29, 1998, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(b)

By-laws of Pacific Life; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 33-88460, Accession No. 0001017062-98-000945 filed on April 29, 1998, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(c)

Pacific Life’s Restated Articles of Incorporation; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000528 filed on April 18, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(d)

By-laws of Pacific Life As Amended September 1, 2005; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 033-88460, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000528 filed on April 18, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

   

7.

(a)

Form of Reinsurance Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000624 filed on April 22, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(b)

Reinsurance Agreement with Union Hamilton; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-346508 filed on October 19, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   

8.

(a)

Pacific Select Fund Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 33-88460, Accession No. 0001017062-01-500083 filed on April 25, 2001, and incorporated by reference herein.

   


485BPOS322nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 322nd
    
 

(b)

Fund Participation Agreement Between Pacific Life Insurance Company, Pacific Select Distributions, Inc., American Funds Insurance Series, American Funds Distributors, and Capital Research and Management Company; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-93059, Accession No. 0000892569-05-000253 filed on April 19, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(c)

Form of AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(d)

Form of BlackRock Variable Series Fund, Inc. (formerly called Merrill Lynch Variable Series Fund, Inc.) Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-13-399333 filed on October 15, 2013, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-13-399333 filed on October 15, 2013, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(4)

Fourth Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-13-399333 filed on October 15, 2013, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(5)

Fifth Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(e)

Form of Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Addendum to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-11-036416 filed on April 18, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-14-143850 filed on April 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(4)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   


485BPOS323rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 323rd
    
  

(5)

Fourth Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(f)

Form of AllianceBernstein Investments, Inc. Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(g)

Form of BlackRock Distributors, Inc. (formerly called FAM Distributors, Inc.) Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(4)

Fourth Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(h)

Form of Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-000961 filed on July 2, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(4)

Fourth Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(5)

Fifth Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   


485BPOS324th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 324th
    
 

(i)

Form of AIM Variable Insurance Funds Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-001559 filed on December 4, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(j)

Form of Invesco Aim Distributors, Inc. Distribution Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-001559 filed on December 4, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Distribution Services Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(k)

Form of Invesco Aim Advisors, Inc. Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-001559 filed on December 4, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(l)

Form of GE Investments Funds, Inc. Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-001559 filed on December 4, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(m)

Form of GE Investment Distributors, Inc. Distribution and Services Agreement (Amended and Restated); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(n)

Form of Van Kampen Life Investment Trust Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-001559 filed on December 4, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(o)

Form of Van Kampen Funds, Inc. Shareholder Service Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-001559 filed on December 4, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(p)

Form of Van Kampen Asset Management Administrative Services Letter Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-08-001559 filed on December 4, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein.

   


485BPOS325th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 325th
    
 

(q)

Form of GE Investments Funds, Inc. Investor Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Investor Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Investor Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(r)

Form of PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-11-036416 filed on April 18, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-11-036416 filed on April 18, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(s)

Form of Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC Selling Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Selling Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(t)

Form of PIMCO LLC Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036152 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-14-143850 filed on April 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Services Agreement

   
 

(u)

Form of MFS Variable Insurance Trust Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036181 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 160772, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036181 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.


485BPOS326th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 326th
    
   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-11-036416 filed on April 18, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(v)

(1)

Form of MFS Variable Insurance Trust Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0000950123-10-036181 filed on April 20, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Form of MFS Variable Insurance Trust Administrative Services Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Form of MFS Variable Insurance Trust Administrative Services Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(w)

Participation Agreement with Fidelity Variable Insurance Products (Variable Insurance Products Funds, Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Variable Insurance Products Fund III and Variable Insurance Products Funds V); Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(x)

Service Contract with Fidelity Distributors Corporation; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

Amendment to Service Contract; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(y)

Participation Agreement with First Trust Variable Insurance Trust; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-14-143850 filed on April 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-346508 filed on October 19, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.


485BPOS327th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 327th
    
   
 

(z)

Administrative Services Agreement with First Trust Variable Insurance Trust; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-14-143850 filed on April 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-346508 filed on October 19, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(aa)

Support Agreement with First Trust Advisors L.P.; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000950123-12-006359 filed on April 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Support Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-14-143850 filed on April 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Support Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-346508 filed on October 19, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(bb)

Form of American Century Investment Services, Inc. Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-150092, Accession Number 000950123-12-006370 filed on April 23, 2012.

   
 

(cc)

Form of American Century Investment Services, Inc. Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-150092, Accession Number 000950123-12-006370 filed on April 23, 2012.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(dd)

Participation Agreement with Janus Aspen Series; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-118913, Accession Number 000892569-07-000444 filed on April 16, 2007.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   


485BPOS328th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 328th
    
 

(ee)

Distribution and Shareholder Service Agreement with Janus Capital Management LLC; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-118913, Accession Number 000892569-07-000444 filed on April 16, 2007.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Distribution and Shareholder Service Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ff)

Administrative Services Agreement with Janus Distributors LLC; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-118913, Accession Number 000892569-07-000444 filed on April 16, 2007.

   
 

(gg)

Form of Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. Fund Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-168284, Accession No. 0000950123-10-067409 filed on July 23, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(hh)

Form of Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. Service Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-168284, Accession No. 0000950123-10-067409 filed on July 23, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ii)

Form of Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. Administrative Services Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-168284, Accession No. 0000950123-10-067409 filed on July 23, 2010, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(jj)

Form of Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. Support Payment Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Support Payment Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(kk)

Participation Agreement with Van Eck Worldwide Insurance Trust; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 033-21754, Accession No. 0000892569-05-000254 filed on April 19, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ll)

Service Agreement with Van Eck Securities Corporation; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-118913, Accession No. 0000892569-05-000054 filed on February 10, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Service Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-12-502964 filed on December 14, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(mm)

Fund Participation and Service Agreement with American Funds; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-13-399333 filed on October 15, 2013, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Fund Participation and Service Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form


485BPOS329th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 329th
    
   

N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-14-143850 filed on April 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Fund Participation and Service Agreement.; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Fund Participation and Service Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-346508 filed on October 19, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(nn)

Business Agreement with American Funds; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-13-399333 filed on October 15, 2013, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(oo)

Participation Agreement with Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-14-143850 filed on April 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(pp)

Exhibit B to the Pacific Select Fund Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-160772, Accession No. 0001193125-14-310473 filed on August 15, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(qq)

Distribution Fee Agreement with JPMorgan Insurance Trust; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(rr)

Fund Participation Agreement with JPMorgan Insurance Trust (formerly called One Group Investments Trust); included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Fund Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ss)

Supplemental Payment Agreement with JPMorgan Insurance Trust (formerly called One Group Investments Trust); included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to the Supplemental Payment Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to the Supplemental Payment Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form


485BPOS330th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 330th
    
   

N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Supplemental Payment Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-346508 filed on October 19, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(tt)

Distribution and Marketing Support Agreement (Amended and Restated) with BlackRock Variable Series Fund, Inc.; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-128820 filed on April 14, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(uu)

Participation Agreement with Legg Mason Partners III; Filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement on Form N-6 via EDGAR on April 16, 2007, File No. 333-118913, Accession Number 000892569-07-000444.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333- 172851, Accession No. 0001193125-15-132710 filed April 16, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333- 172851, Accession No. 0001193125-15-132710 filed April 16, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(vv)

Service Agreement with Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC; Filed as part of Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement on Form N-6 via EDGAR on April 16, 2007, File No. 333-118913, Accession Number 000892569-07-000444.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Service Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-172851, Accession No. 0001193125-15-132710 filed April 16, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Service Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-172851, Accession No. 0001193125-15-132710 filed April 16, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Service Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-172851, Accession No. 0001193125-15-304332 filed August 27, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ww)

Participation Agreement with Neuberger Berman; Filed as part of the Registration Statement on Form N-6 via EDGAR on April 15, 2013, File No. 333-172851, Accession Number 0000950123-13-002255.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333- 172851, Accession No. 0001193125-15-304332 filed August 27, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(xx)

Administrative Services Agreement with Neuberger Berman; Filed as part of the Registration


485BPOS331st “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 331st
    
  

Statement on Form N-6 via EDGAR on April 15, 2013, File No. 333-172851, Accession Number 0000950123-13-002255.

   
 

(yy)

Distribution and Administrative Services Agreement (Amended and Restated) with Neuberger Berman; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333-172851, Accession No. 0001193125-15-304332 filed August 27, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(zz)

Revenue Sharing Agreement with Oppenheimer; Filed as part of the Registration Statement on Form N-6 via EDGAR on May 30, 2013, File No. 333-152224, Accession Number 0001193125-13-240969.

   
 

(aaa)

Participation Agreement with Oppenheimer; Filed as part of the Registration Statement on Form N-6 via EDGAR on May 30, 2013, File No. 333-152224, Accession Number 0001193125-13-240969.

   
  

(1)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement; Included in Registrant’s Form N-6, File No. 333- 172851, Accession No. 0001193125-15-132710 filed April 16, 2015, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(2)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333- 136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-346508 filed on October 19, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

(3)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(bbb)

Revenue Sharing Agreement with Oppenheimer (Amended and Restated); included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001193125-15-346508 filed on October 19, 2015 and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ccc)

Distribution Sub-Agreement with BlackRock Variable Series Fund, Inc.; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(ddd)

Administrative Services Agreement with Invesco Advisors, Inc.; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(eee)

Financial Support Agreement with Invesco Distributors, Inc.; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
 

(fff)

Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fee Agreement with Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

   
  

9.

Opinion and Consent of legal officer of Pacific Life Insurance Company as to the legality of Contracts being registered; Included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0000892569-06-000999 filed on August 14, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein.

  

10.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Consent of Independent Auditors;

  


485BPOS332nd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 332nd
  

11.

Not applicable

  

12.

Not applicable

  

13.

Powers of Attorney; included in Registrant’s Form N-4, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, and incorporated by reference herein.

  


485BPOS333rd “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 333rd

Item 25. Directors and Officers of Pacific Life

  

Name and Address

Positions and Offices with Pacific Life

James T. Morris

Director, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Adrian S. Griggs

Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Darryl D. Button

Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Sharon A. Cheever

Director, Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Dewey P. Bushaw

Executive Vice President

Edward R. Byrd

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

Jane M. Guon

Vice President and Secretary

Brian D. Klemens

Vice President and Controller

Joseph W. Krum

Vice President and Treasurer

The address for each of the persons listed above is as follows:

700 Newport Center Drive Newport Beach, California 92660

Item 26. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Pacific Life or Separate Account A.

The following is an explanation of the organization chart of Pacific Life’s subsidiaries:

Pacific Life is a Nebraska Stock Life Insurance Company wholly-owned by Pacific LifeCorp (a Delaware Stock Holding Company), which is, in turn, 100% owned by Pacific Mutual Holding Company (a Nebraska Mutual Insurance Holding Company).

PACIFIC LIFE, SUBSIDIARIES & AFFILIATED ENTERPRISES

LEGAL STRUCTURE

        
 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

Percentage of Ownership by its Immediate Parent

Pacific Mutual Holding Company

Nebraska

  
 

Pacific LifeCorp

Delaware

 

100

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

Nebraska

 

100

  

Pacific Life & Annuity Company

Arizona

 

100

  

Pacific Life Purchasing LLC

Delaware

 

100

  

Pacific Select Distributors, LLC

Delaware

 

100

  

Pacific Asset Holding LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

Pacific TriGuard Partners LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

Grayhawk Golf Holdings, LLC

Delaware

 

95

    

Grayhawk Golf L.L.C.

Arizona

 

100

   

Las Vegas Golf I, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Angel Park Golf, LLC

Nevada

 

100

   

PL/KBS Fund Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

KBS/PL Properties, L.P. #

Delaware

 

100

   

Wildflower Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Epoch-Wildflower, LLC

Florida

 

99

   

Glenoaks Golf Club, LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

Polo Fields Golf Club, LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

Ridgeview Owner LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

PL Regatta Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Regatta Apartments Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

Pacific Asset Loan LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

PL Vintage Park Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Vintage Park Apartments GP, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Broadstone Avena Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100


485BPOS334th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 334th
        
    

Broadstone Avena Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

GW Member LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

GW Apartments LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Sierra Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Sierra at Fall Creek Apartments Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL TOR Member LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

2803 Riverside Apartment Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Denver Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

1776 Curtis, LLC

Delaware

 

70

   

PL Timberlake Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

80 South Gibson Road Apartment Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Van Buren Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

1035 Van Buren Holdings, L.L.C.

Delaware

 

43

   

PL Lakemont Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Overlook at Lakemont Venture LLC

Delaware

 

88

   

PL Teravista Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

401 Teravista Apartment Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

700 Main Street LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

PL Brier Creek Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Brier Creek Investors JV LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL One Jefferson Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

One Jefferson Venture LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Savannah Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Savannah at Park Place Apartments LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Redland Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Redland Road Apartment Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

PL Spectrum Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

9242 West Russell Road Apartment Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Mortgage Fund, LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

PL Andate Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

 Andante Venture LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Beardslee Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Village at Beardslee Investor, LLC#

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Monterone Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Monterone Apartment Investor, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Reno Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

NPLC BV Manager LLC#

Delaware

 

81

   

PL Wabash Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

THC 1333 S. Wabash LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Alara Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Greenwood Village Apartment Investors, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Kierland Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

T&L Apartment Investor, LLC

Delaware

 

90

   

PL Wardman Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

Wardman Hotel Owner, L.L.C.

Delaware

 

66.6668

   

PL Peoria Member, LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

205 Peoria Street Owner, LLC

Delaware

 

90

  

Confederation Life Insurance and Annuity Company

Georgia

 

100

  

Pacific Global Asset Management LLC

(Formerly known as Pacific Asset Advisors LLC)

Delaware

 

100

   

Cadence Capital Management LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Cadence Global Equity GP LLC#

Delaware

 

100

   

Pacific Private Fund Advisors LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Pacific Absolute Return Strategies GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

    

Pacific Private Equity I GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

    

Pacific Multi-Strategy GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

    

Pacific Private Credit II GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

    

Pacific Private Equity Opportunities II GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

    

Pacific Private Credit III GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

    

Pacific Private Equity Opportunities III GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

  

Pacific Life Fund Advisors LLC

Delaware

 

100


485BPOS335th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 335th
         
   

PAM Bank Loan GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

   

PAM CLO Opportunities GP LLC #

Delaware

 

100

  

Pacific Alliance Reinsurance Company of Vermont

Vermont

 

100

  

Pacific Services Canada Limited

Canada

 

100

  

Pacific Life Reinsurance Company II Limited

Barbados

 

100

  

Pacific Baleine Reinsurance Company

Vermont

 

100

  

Pacific Private Equity Incentive Allocation LLC

Delaware

 

100

  

Swell Investing Holding LLC

Delaware

 

100

  

Swell Investing LLC

Delaware

 

100

  

Pacific Life Aviation Holdings LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

Aviation Capital Group LLC (Formerly known as Aviation Capital Group Corp. which converted to a limited liability company on March 31, 2017.)

Delaware

 

79

   

Aviation Capital Group Holdings, Inc. (This entity is the Managing Member of Aviation Capital Group LLC below and has 1% LLC interest therein)

Delaware

 

99.9999

   

Aviation Capital Group LLC (Aviation Capital Group Holdings, Inc. has 1% interest as Managing Member.)

Delaware

 

1

   

ACG Acquisition 4063 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 4084 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Aircraft Leasing Ireland Limited

Ireland

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition Ireland V Ltd.

Ireland

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 4658 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 4913 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 4941 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 4942 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 4891 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5038 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5063 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5136 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 38105 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 6584 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5096 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5193 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5278 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5299 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 6342 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 6734 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 38038 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 39388 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 39389 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 39891 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 40547 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG ECA Ireland Limited

Ireland

 

100

   

ACG Bermuda Leasing Limited

Bermuda

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition BR 2012-10A LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition BR 2012-10B LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition BR 2012-11 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 2688 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 30744 LLC (Aviation Capital Group LLC is the beneficiary of the owner Trust and is the indirect owner of this entity.)

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 38881 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5527 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5716 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 40544 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 299496 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5754 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 5841 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

San Miguel Leasing Cayman Limited

Cayman Islands

 

100

   

ACG Acquisitions Sweden AB

Sweden

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 6457 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Acquisition 6498 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG Trust 2004 -1 Holding LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

ACG Funding Trust 2004-1

Delaware

 

100


485BPOS336th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 336th
           
   

ACG Trust II Holding LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Aviation Capital Group Trust II

Delaware

 

100

     

ACG Acquisition XXV LLC

Delaware

 

100

      

ACG Acquisition Ireland II Limited

Ireland

 

100

      

ACG Acquisition (Bermuda) II Ltd.

Bermuda

 

100

   

Boullioun Aviation Services LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Boullioun Aircraft Holding Company LLC

Delaware

 

100

     

Boullioun Portfolio Finance III LLC

Nevada

 

100

   

ACG III Holding LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

ACG Trust III

Delaware

 

100

     

RAIN I LLC

Delaware

 

100

     

RAIN II LLC

Delaware

 

100

     

RAIN IV LLC

Delaware

 

100

     

RAIN VI LLC

Delaware

 

100

     

RAIN VII LLC

Delaware

 

100

     

RAIN VIII LLC

Delaware

 

100

     

ACG Acquisition 1176 LLC

Delaware

 

100

     

Rainier Aircraft Leasing (Ireland) Limited

Ireland

 

100

     

ACG Acquisition (Bermuda) III Ltd.

Bermuda

 

100

   

ACG 2006-ECA LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

ACG ECA-2006 Ireland Limited

Ireland

 

100

   

Aviation Capital Group Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Singapore

 

100

    

ACG International Ltd.

Bermuda

 

100

    

ACG Acquisition 2004-1 Ireland Limited

Ireland

 

100

    

ACG 2004-1 Bermuda Limited

Bermuda

 

100

    

ACG Acquisition 31 LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

ACG Acquisition 37 LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

ACG Acquisition 38 LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

Bellevue Coastal Leasing LLC

Washington

 

100

    

ACG Capital Partners Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Singapore

 

100

     

ACGCPS 2011 Pte. Ltd.

Singapore

 

100

      

ACG Capital Partners Bermuda Limited

Bermuda

 

100

      

ACG Capital Partners Ireland Limited

Ireland

 

100

     

ACG Capital Partners LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

ACG France 6280 S.A.S.

France

 

100

   

ACG France 7392 S.A.S.

France

 

100

   

ACG France 7421 S.A.S.

France

 

100

   

ACG France 8082 S.A.S.

France

 

100

   

ACG France 8354 S.A.S.

France

 

100

   

ACG France 35722 S.A.S.

France

 

100

   

ACG France 35723 S.A.S.

France

 

100

   

ACG Trust 2009-1 Holding LLC

Delaware

 

100

    

ACG Funding Trust 2009-1

Delaware

 

100

     

ACG Acquisition 29677 LLC

Delaware

 

100

   

Bauhinia Aviation Management Limited

Cayman Islands

 

50

 

Pacific Life & Annuity Services, Inc.

Colorado

 

100

 

Bella Sera Holdings, LLC

Delaware

 

100

 

Pacific Life Re Holdings LLC

Delaware

 

100

  

Pacific Life Re (Australia) Pty Limited

Australia

 

100

  

Pacific Life Re Holdings Limited

England

 

100

   

Pacific Life Re Services Limited

England

 

100

    

Pacific Life Re Limited

England

 

100

    

UnderwriteMe Limited

England

 

78.77

     

UnderwriteMe Technology Solutions Limited

England

 

100

     

UnderwriteMe Australia Pty Limited

Australia

 

100

 

Pacific Life Reinsurance (Barbados) Ltd.

Barbados

 

100

 

Pacific Annuity Reinsurance Company

Arizona

 

100

___________________________________

# = Abbreviated structure


485BPOS337th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 337th

Item 27. Number of Contractholders

    

Pacific Voyages—Approximately

35,089

 

Qualified

 

20,977

 

Non-Qualified

Item 28. Indemnification

(a) The Distribution Agreement between Pacific Life Insurance Company, Pacific Life & Annuity Company (collectively referred to as “Pacific Life”) and Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD) provides substantially as follows:

Pacific Life shall indemnify and hold harmless PSD and PSD’s officers, directors, agents, controlling persons, employees, subsidiaries and affiliates for all attorneys’ fees, litigation expenses, costs, losses, claims, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, damages, and liabilities incurred as the direct or indirect result of: (i) negligent, dishonest, fraudulent, unlawful, or criminal acts, statements, or omissions by Pacific Life or its employees, agents, officers, or directors; (ii) Pacific Life’s breach of this Agreement; (iii) Pacific Life’s failure to comply with any statute, rule, or regulation; (iv) a claim or dispute between Pacific Life and a Broker/Dealer (including its Representatives) and/or a Contract owner. Pacific Life shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless PSD for expenses, losses, claims, damages, or liabilities that result from PSD’s misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, willful misconduct or wrongful act.

PSD shall indemnify and hold harmless Pacific Life and Pacific Life’s officers, directors, agents, controlling persons, employees, subsidiaries and affiliates for all attorneys’ fees, litigation expenses, costs, losses, claims, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, damages and liabilities incurred as the direct or indirect result of: (i) PSD’s breach of this Agreement; and/or (ii) PSD’s failure to comply with any statute, rule, or regulation. PSD shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless Pacific Life for expenses, losses, claims, damages, or liabilities that have resulted from Pacific Life’s willful misfeasance, bad

faith, negligence, willful misconduct or wrongful act.

(b) The Form of Selling Agreement between Pacific Life, Pacific Select Distributors, LLC (PSD) and Various Broker-Dealers and

Agency (Selling Entities) provides substantially as follows:

Pacific Life and PSD agree to indemnify and hold harmless Selling Entities, their officers, directors, agents and employees, against any and all losses, claims, damages, or liabilities to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940, or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements made not misleading in the registration statement for the Contracts or for the shares of Pacific Select Fund (the “Fund”) filed pursuant to the Securities Act, or any prospectus included as a part thereof, as from time to time amended and supplemented, or in any advertisement or sales literature provided by Pacific Life and PSD.

Selling Entities agree to, jointly and severally, hold harmless and indemnify Pacific Life and PSD and any of their respective affiliates, employees, officers, agents and directors (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) against any and all claims, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, losses occasioned by any rescission of any Contract pursuant to a “free look” provision or by any return of initial purchase payment in connection with an incomplete application), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any loss attributable to the investment experience under a Contract, that any Indemnified Person may incur from liabilities resulting or arising out of or based upon (a) any untrue or alleged untrue statement other than statements contained in the registration statement or prospectus relating to any Contract, (b) (i) any inaccurate or misleading, or allegedly inaccurate or misleading sales material used in connection with any marketing or solicitation relating to any Contract, other than sales material provided preprinted by Pacific Life or PSD, and (ii) any use of any sales material that either has not been specifically approved in writing by Pacific Life or PSD or that, although previously approved in writing by Pacific Life or PSD, has been disapproved, in writing by either of them, for further use, or (c) any act or omission of a Subagent, director, officer or employee of Selling Entities, including, without limitation, any failure of Selling Entities or any Subagent to be registered as required as a broker/dealer under the 1934 Act, or licensed in accordance with the rules of any applicable SRO or insurance regulator.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Pacific Life pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Pacific Life has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of


485BPOS338th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 338th

any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 29. Principal Underwriters

  

(a)

PSD also acts as principal underwriter for Pacific Life Insurance Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Separate Account I, Separate Account A, Separate Account B, Pacific Select Variable Annuity Separate Account, Pacific Corinthian Variable Separate Account, Pacific Select Exec Separate Account, Pacific COLI Separate Account, Pacific COLI Separate Account II, Pacific COLI Separate Account III, Pacific COLI Separate Account IV, Pacific COLI Separate Account V, Pacific COLI Separate Account VI, Pacific COLI Separate Account X, Pacific COLI Separate Account XI, Pacific Select Separate Account, and Pacific Life & Annuity Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Separate Account A, Pacific Select Exec Separate Account, and Separate Account I.

(b)

For information regarding PSD, reference is made to Form B-D, SEC File No. 8-15264, which is herein incorporated by reference.

(c)

PSD retains no compensation or net discounts or commissions from the Registrant.

Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records

The accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Registrant pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules under that section will be maintained by Pacific Life at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

Item 31. Management Services

Not applicable

Item 32. Undertakings

The registrant hereby undertakes:

(a) to file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in this registration statement are never more than 16 months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts may be accepted, unless otherwise permitted.

(b) to include either (1) as a part of any application to purchase a contract offered by the prospectus, a space that an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a post card or similar written communication affixed to or included in the prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information, or (3) to deliver a Statement of Additional Information with the Prospectus.

(c) to deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any financial statements required to be made available under this Form promptly upon written or oral request.

Additional Representations

(a) The Registrant and its Depositor are relying upon American Council of Life Insurance, SEC No-Action Letter, SEC Ref. No. 1P-6-88 (November 28, 1988) with respect to annuity contracts offered as funding vehicles for retirement plans meeting the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the provisions of paragraphs (1)-(4) of this letter have been complied with.

(b) The Registrant and its Depositor are relying upon Rule 6c-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 with respect to annuity contracts offered as funding vehicles to participants in the Texas Optional Retirement Program, and the provisions of Paragraphs (a)- (d) of the Rule have been complied with.

(c) REPRESENTATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 26(f) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940: Pacific Life Insurance Company and Registrant represent that the fees and charges to be deducted under the Variable Annuity Contract (“Contract”) described in the prospectus contained in this registration statement are, in the aggregate, reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed in connection with the Contract.


485BPOS339th “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 339th



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets the requirements of Securities Act Rule 485(b) for effectiveness of this Registration Statement and has caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized in the City of Newport Beach, and the State of California on this 17th day of April, 2018.

   
 

SEPARATE ACCOUNT A

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

By:

PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

 
  

James T. Morris*

  

Director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

By:

PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

  

(Depositor)

 

 

 

 

By:

 
  

James T. Morris*

  

Director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

      

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

  

Director, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

 

April 17, 2018

James T. Morris*

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

April 17, 2018

Adrian S. Griggs*

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

April 17, 2018

Darryl D. Button*

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

Director, Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

April 17, 2018

Sharon A. Cheever*

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

Vice President and Secretary

 

April 17, 2018

Jane M. Guon*

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

 

April 17, 2018

Edward R. Byrd*

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

Vice President and Controller

 

April 17, 2018

Brian D. Klemens*

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

Executive Vice President

 

April 17, 2018

Dewey P. Bushaw*

   
     

 

 

Vice President and Treasurer

 

April 17, 2018

Joseph W. Krum*

   

 

 

 

 

 

*By:

/s/ SHARON A. CHEEVER

   

April 17, 2018

 

Sharon A. Cheever

    


485BPOSLast “Page” of 340TOC1stPreviousNextBottomJust 340th
      
 

as attorney-in-fact

    
 

(Powers of Attorney are contained in Post-Effective Amendment No. 38 of the Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 for Separate Account A, File No. 333-136597, Accession No. 0001104659-17-024058 filed on April 18, 2017, as Exhibit 13).



Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

Referenced-On Page
This ‘485BPOS’ Filing    Date First  Last      Other Filings
9/1/26317
12/30/23317
12/15/20317
2/5/20317
12/15/19317
12/15/18317
6/28/18326
Effective on:5/1/182299485BPOS
4/30/18326
Filed on:4/17/181339485BPOS
3/8/18317
2/28/18326497,  N-30D
1/1/18317
12/31/171931724F-2NT,  N-30D,  NSAR-U
12/22/17317
12/15/17317
4/18/17318340485BPOS
3/31/17317335
12/31/1631531724F-2NT,  N-30D,  NSAR-U
11/1/16427485BPOS
5/1/1641485BPOS
2/12/16321485APOS
1/1/16317
12/31/1531724F-2NT,  N-30D,  NSAR-U,  NT-NSAR
10/19/15321331485BPOS
8/27/15330331
5/1/154041485BPOS
4/16/15330331485BPOS
4/14/15323330485BPOS
3/15/15110
1/1/1595317
12/31/1431724F-2NT,  N-30D,  NSAR-U
8/15/14322329485APOS
5/1/1440485BPOS
4/15/14322329485BPOS
12/31/1331724F-2NT,  N-30D,  NSAR-U
10/15/13322329485BPOS
5/30/13331
5/1/134041485BPOS
4/18/13321485BPOS
4/15/13330331485BPOS
2/1/1340
12/31/1231724F-2NT,  N-30D,  NSAR-U
12/14/12323328485BPOS
12/7/12320321N-4
10/1/121541497
5/1/123055485BPOS
4/23/12324327485BPOS
10/24/1190CORRESP
7/1/11319N-4
6/24/11318485APOS
5/2/1141
4/18/11320326485BPOS
3/14/11200204
12/23/10320485BPOS
11/1/1041
7/23/10328N-4
6/1/1041
4/20/10320326485BPOS
12/31/0931724F-2NT,  N-30D,  NSAR-U
10/16/09320485APOS
10/1/0941
5/1/0941485BPOS,  497
3/31/09317
2/9/09320485APOS,  CORRESP
1/1/0941239
12/4/08318324485BPOS
7/2/08319323485APOS
5/1/0841485BPOS,  497
4/22/08321485BPOS
3/15/08118276
3/7/08312
12/12/07319485APOS,  CORRESP
4/16/07327330485BPOS
2/9/07319485APOS
1/1/07317
12/20/06319485BPOS
8/14/06318331N-4
4/18/06318321485BPOS
9/1/0586321
6/15/05319485BPOS
4/19/05322328485BPOS
2/10/05328
10/15/04319485APOS
7/1/04101
2/27/04318319485BPOS,  NSAR-U
12/24/03319485APOS
12/19/02318485BPOS
4/25/01321485BPOS
3/2/01318485APOS
4/29/98317321485BPOS
9/1/9786
4/19/96317N-4/A
9/7/9487
 List all Filings 


5 Subsequent Filings that Reference this Filing

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 4/15/24  Sep Acct A of Pacific Life Ins Co 485BPOS     5/01/24    4:7.8M                                   Toppan Merrill/FA
 4/17/23  Sep Acct A of Pacific Life Ins Co 485BPOS     5/01/23    4:7.6M                                   Toppan Merrill/FA
 4/19/22  Sep Acct A of Pacific Life Ins Co 485BPOS     5/01/22    3:26M                                    Toppan Merrill/FA
10/20/21  Sep Acct A of Pacific Life Ins Co 485BPOS    10/20/21    2:585K                                   Toppan Merrill/FA
 4/20/21  Sep Acct A of Pacific Life Ins Co 485BPOS     5/01/21    4:19M                                    Toppan Merrill/FA
Top
Filing Submission 0001104659-18-024454   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Tue., May 14, 12:01:28.4am ET